CATALOG - Tarleton State University

Tarleton State University
Undergraduate and Graduate Studies
CATALOG
2011-2012

ACCREDITATION
Tarleton State University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges
of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award the Associate’s,
Bachelor’s, Master’s, and Doctoral degrees.
Commission on Colleges
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
1866 Southern Lane
Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097
Telephone: (404) 679-4500 Fax: (404) 679-4558
PRINCIPLE OF EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
It is the policy of Tarleton State University to recruit, hire, train, and promote
persons, as well as to make available any other programs and activities, including
those for students, without regard to race, color, religion, age, sex (except in
rare occasions where gender is a bona fide occupational qualification), national
origin, disability, or veteran status. Tarleton makes every effort to assure that no
otherwise qualified person with a disability is, on the basis of a disability, subjected
to discrimination either as related to student involvement or employment in any
of the University’s programs or activities. Inquiries regarding compliance may
be directed to the Equal Opportunity Coordinator (254) 968-9128, the Director
of Student Disability Services (254) 968-9400, or the Coordinator of Disability
Services (254) 968-9103.
EQUAL EDUCATIONAL POLICY
In compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, complete equality
exists in the offering of all benefits to students without regard to sex, race, color,
or national origin. These benefits include such matters as housing, financial
assistance, recruitment, and any type of personnel service.
PRIVACY OF INFORMATION
Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, the following
data are designated as directory information and may be made public unless the
student desires to withhold it: student’s name, student type, mailing address,
official email address, major field of study, military service status, classification,
participation in officially recognized activities and sports, dates of University
attendance, degrees and academic honors received, and the most recent previous
education agency or institution attended. Any undergraduate or graduate student
wishing to withhold all of this information should, within 10 days after the first class
day, complete the appropriate form, available at the Registrar’s Office. For more
information about FERPA, please visit www.tarleton.edu/registrar.
CLERY ACT
Each year, Tarleton prepares a report to comply with the Clery Act and HEA
Safety and Security statistical requirements. The report includes information
regarding University rules, reported campus crime statistics, fire statistics, crime
awareness and prevention, important contact information, and graduation rates.
The most recent report is available by accessing the appropriate link at the bottom
of the Tarleton website at www.tarleton.edu. A printed copy of the report may be
obtained by contacting the Division of Enrollment and Information Management at
(254) 968-9762.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
UNIVERSITY CALENDARS & FINAL EXAM SCHEDULES ...................... 6
TARLETON STATE UNIVERSITY: AN OVERVIEW .................................... 14
ADMISSIONS
Pre-Enrollment Recommendations ................................................................ 17
Admission Requirements for First-Time Freshman ..................................... 19
Holds on Registration and Release of Records ........................................... 21
Individual Approval Admissions ...................................................................... 21
Texas Success Initiative (TSI) ......................................................................... 22
International Baccalaureate Diploma Program ............................................ 26
International Students ....................................................................................... 27
Transfer Students .............................................................................................. 28
Transfer Articulation Policies ........................................................................... 28
Post-Baccalaureate Admissions ..................................................................... 30
Readmissions .................................................................................................... 31
Academic Fresh Start ....................................................................................... 31
EXPENSES
2011-2012 Regular Session Fees .................................................................. 32
2012 Summer Session Fees ........................................................................... 32
Explanation of Fees .......................................................................................... 33
Payment of Fees ............................................................................................... 36
Refunds ............................................................................................................... 37
Miscellaneous Fees .......................................................................................... 38
Determination of Residence for Tuition Purposes ....................................... 39
FINANCIAL AID
Academic Eligibility Requirements for Financial Aid ................................... 41
Refund Policies on Student Financial Aid Awards ....................................... 42
Loans ................................................................................................................... 43
Late Payment on Loans ................................................................................... 45
Grants .................................................................................................................. 45
Work Opportunities ........................................................................................... 47
Scholarships ....................................................................................................... 47
Other Aid ............................................................................................................. 52
Tuition and Student Fee Exemptions ............................................................ 53
STUDENT LIFE
Career Services Center .................................................................................... 55
Dining Services .................................................................................................. 55
Residential Living & Learning .......................................................................... 55
Recreational Sports ........................................................................................... 57
Rodeo Activities ................................................................................................. 57
Student Counseling Center ............................................................................. 57
Student Health Center ...................................................................................... 58
Student Judicial Affairs ..................................................................................... 58
Student Government Association ................................................................... 59
Center for Student Engagement ..................................................................... 59
Office of Student Leadership Programs ........................................................ 59
First Year Experience............................................................................................ 59
Office of Parent Relations ................................................................................ 60
Student Life Studies .......................................................................................... 60
Student Publications ......................................................................................... 60
Thompson Student Activities Center .......................................................... 61

4 Table of Contents
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Student Classification ....................................................................................... 62
Student Course Load ........................................................................................ 62
Academic Honesty ............................................................................................ 62
Class Attendance ............................................................................................... 62
Restricted Activities Period .............................................................................. 62
Rules for Students in Developmental Courses ........................................... 62
Placement, Continuing Enrollment, and Completion Rules .................... 63
Course Credit ..................................................................................................... 67
Non-Standard Baccalaureate Level Credit ................................................... 67
Military Credit........................................................................................................ 68
Audit Policy ......................................................................................................... 68
Concurrent Enrollment ......................................................................................... 69
Grading System ................................................................................................. 69
Scholastic Honors ............................................................................................. 70
Academic Appeals ............................................................................................70
Drop and Withdrawal Policies ......................................................................... 71
Warning, Probation and Suspension ............................................................. 73
Forgiveness Options ......................................................................................... 75
Requirements for a Baccalaureate Degree .................................................. 75
Writing Proficiency Requirement ............................................................... 76
General Education Requirements ................................................................... 76
Degree Plan Information .................................................................................. 77
Class Rings ........................................................................................................ 78
Application for Degree (Graduation) .............................................................. 78
Tuition Rebate ................................................................................................... 79
Special Degree Programs
Accelerated Degree Program ...................................................................... 79
Interdisciplinary Degree Programs ............................................................. 80
Other Academic Programs
Cooperative Education ................................................................................. 82
Pre-Law Study ................................................................................................ 82
Pre-Theological Program .............................................................................. 83
Religion Studies ............................................................................................. 83
Academic Support Services
Student Disability Services .......................................................................... 83
Tarleton Libraries ........................................................................................... 84
Web Services ................................................................................................. 84
Student Success ................................................................................................ 85
Department of Military Science ....................................................................... 87
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS ................................................. 89
Undergraduate Minors..............................................................................91
TARLETON OUTREACH PROGRAMS
Southwest Metroplex ........................................................................................ 94
Waco .................................................................................................................... 97
e-Campus ....................................................................................................................99
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURAL & ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES ... 102
Agricultural and Consumer Sciences ...................................................... 105
Animal Science and Wildlife Management ................................................. 109
Environmental and Agricultural Management .......................................... 114
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ............................................120

Table of Contents
5
Accounting, Finance, and Economics ......................................................... 123
Computer Information Systems .................................................................... 126
Management, Marketing and Administrative Systems ............................. 128
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION ............................................................................... 136
Curriculum and Instruction ............................................................................ 144
Educational Leadership and Policy Studies ............................................... 150
Kinesiology ......................................................................................................... 151
Psychology and Counseling .......................................................................... 153
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL & FINE ARTS ........................................................ 156
Communication Studies ................................................................................. 157
English and Languages ................................................................................. 160
Fine Arts ............................................................................................................ 162
Social Sciences ............................................................................................... 167
Social Work, Sociology, and Criminal Justice ............................................ 170
COLLEGE OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY ............................................... 174
Biological Sciences ......................................................................................... 175
Chemistry, Geosciences, and Environmental Sciences ........................... 179
Engineering and Physics ............................................................................... 182
Engineering Technology ................................................................................. 189
Mathematics ..................................................................................................... 193
Medical Laboratory Sciences ......................................................................... 195
Nursing .............................................................................................................. 200
COLLEGE OF GRADUATE STUDIES ........................................................... 208
Agricultural & Environmental Sciences ...................................................... 222
Business Administration ................................................................................. 227
Education .......................................................................................................... 233
Liberal & Fine Arts ........................................................................................... 252
Sciences & Technology .................................................................................. 258
UNDERGRADUATE & GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ........ 266
INDEX .......................................................................................................................... 406
Purpose of Catalog
This catalog is printed to provide information about the academic programs
of Tarleton State University to students, prospective students, faculty, and staff
of the University. While every effort has been made to make this catalog as complete
and accurate as possible, changes may occur at any time in requirements,
deadlines, fees, curricula, and courses listed in this catalog.
This catalog is published annually, in advance of its effective date; therefore
its contents cannot be considered an agreement or contract between individual
students and the University. In addition to this annual print publication, the
University maintains an online edition of the catalog at www.tarleton.edu, which is
the most current edition of the catalog available.

UNIVERSITY CALENDARS and
FINAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULES
FALL SEMESTER 2011
March 21 Monday, Academic Advising for Fall 2011 begins. Contact
Academic Advising Services (required for all students with
less than 45 hours) or your major department.
April 4 Monday, Registration for Fall 2011 begins. For more
information, see Class Schedule.
April 4 - December 2011 Graduation Application Period for
August 28 Commencement Participation.
April 15 Priority date for completing student financial aid folder for first
consideration for Fall 2011 financial aid programs.
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION CONFERENCES
June 16-17 Thursday-Friday (Scholars)
June 23-24 Thursday-Friday (Scholars)
June 30-July 1 Thursday-Friday
July 8
Friday
July 14-15 Thursday-Friday
July 21-21 Thursday-Friday
July 28-29 Thursday-Friday
August 1 Monday
August 1 Priority date for submitting credentials for first-time
enrollment at Tarleton for Fall 2011.
August 5-7 Friday-Sunday, Duck Camp 1.
August 16-19
Tuesday-Friday, Service and maintenance of electronic
systems like Blackboard.
August 17-19 Wednesday-Friday, Duck Camp 2.
August 26
August 27
Friday, Tuition and Fee Payment Deadline.
Saturday, Residence Halls open at 8:00 AM.
August 28 Sunday, Freshman Convocation.
August 29 Monday, Classes begin. (16 week & 1 st 8 week classes)
August 29-31 Monday through Wednesday, ADD/DROP/LATE registration.
($25 late fee will be assessed for late registrants.)
August 31
September 5
Wednesday, Last day to register for university credit.
Monday, Labor Day, NO CLASSES.
September 6 Tuesday, Last day to drop 1 st 8 week classes with no record.
September 12 Monday, Registration begins for Writing Proficiency
Examination. For more information, contact Student
Assessment Services at 254-968-9423.
September 14 Wednesday, Last day to drop courses with no record. (16
week classes)
September 30 Friday, Last day to drop a 1 st 8 week class with a “Q” or
withdraw with a “W”.*
October 14 Friday at 12:00 PM, Last day/time to register for and
complete Writing Proficiency Examination.
October 15 Last day to apply for student teaching in Fall 2012.
October 19
October 24-29
October 24
Wednesday, Midterm Grades entered into student
information system by 5:00 PM. (16 week classes)
Homecoming Week.
Monday, 2nd 8 week classes begin.

University Calendars
7
October 24
October 31
November 4
November 7
November 7
November 7 -
January 16
November 15
November 16
November 23
November 23
November
24-25
November 27
November 28
December 1
December 5
December 6
December 7
December 8
December 12
December 15
December 16
December 17
December
17-18
December 19
December
- January
Minimester
December
26-28
Monday, Academic advising for Spring 2012 begins. Contact
Academic Advising Services (required for all students with
less than 45 hours) or your major department.
Monday, Last day to drop 2 nd 8 week classes with no record.
Friday, Last day to drop a course with a “Q” or withdraw with
a “W.” (16 week classes)
Monday, Registration for Spring 2012 begins. For more
information, see Class Schedule.
Monday, Deadline for submission of final committee-edited
theses and dissertations with committee approval signatures
to the Graduate College Office for fall graduation.
May 2012 Graduation Application Period for Commencement
Participation.
Priority date for completing student financial aid folder for first
consideration for Spring 2012 financial aid programs.
Wednesday, Comprehensive Exam results due in Graduate
Office.
Wednesday, Classes are dismissed at noon. Holiday period
begins 5:00 PM; University closes.
Wednesday, Residence Halls close at 5:00 PM.
Thanksgiving Holiday. UNIVERSITY CLOSED.
Sunday, Residence Halls open at 1:00 PM.
Monday, Last day drop a 2 nd 8 week class with a “Q” or
withdraw with a “W.”*
Application deadline for all Spring 2012 scholarships
administered by University Scholarship Committee
Monday, Deadline for bindery-ready copies of theses
and dissertations to the Graduate College Office for fall
graduation.
Tuesday, Restricted Activities period begins 8 AM.
Wednesday, Last class day; last day to withdraw from
university.
Thursday, Study Day. Finals begin 6:30 PM.
December 2011 Graduation Application deadline for degree
conferral only.
Thursday, Last day of final examinations. Restricted
Activities period ends at 9:00 PM.
Friday, Last day to apply for $1,000 Tuition Rebate for Fall
2011 graduation. (5:00 PM)
Saturday, Residence Halls close at 10:00 AM.
Saturday-Sunday, Commencement (TBA).
Monday, Grades from faculty due by 4:00 PM.
Classes meet over three weeks: First Week: 12/21 is First
Class Day, 12/22 and 12/23. Second Week: 01/03, 01/04,
01/05, 01/06. Third Week: 01/09, 01/10, 01/11, 01/12 is last
class day and Final. Grades are due for December - January
Minimester 4:00 PM on 01/13.
Monday-Wednesday, Service and maintenance of electronic
systems like Blackboard.
* Note: Extraordinary situations may occur for students enrolled in multiple part of terms (i.e.
1 st 8 week, 16 week, 2 nd 8 week) classes who wish to drop or withdraw from the university.
These students should contact the Registrar’s Office for additional information regarding
drop policies and before submitting drop requests.

8 University Calendars
FALL SEMESTER 2011- FINAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE - STEPHENVILLE
Exam Time
Thursday
8-10:30am 11:30am-2pm 3:00-5:30pm 6:30-9:00pm
All Freshman
Dec. 8
English,
EDU 404 and
Friday
Dec. 9
Monday
Dec. 12
Tuesday
Dec. 13
Wednesday
Dec. 14
All Freshman
Chemistry
MWF 11 MWF 3:00
and other
times not
listed on exam
schedule
430
M-F 5pm or
later
MWF 9 MWF 2 MWF 8 M 5 pm or
later; MW 6
pm
TR 8 All Math 107 TR 2:25 T 5pm or
later; TR
7:30pm
MWF 12 MWF 1 MWF 10 W 5pm or
later; MW
7:30pm
Thursday
Dec. 15
TR 9:25 TR 1 TR 10:50 R 5pm or
later; TR
3:50; TR 6pm
Final Examinations are to be given only on scheduled examination days as printed
on the Final Examination Schedule. At other locations and online courses, the final
examination will be given at a time designated by the instructor.
Any student with three or more final examinations on the same day may request of his/
her instructors to take one of the final examinations on another day during the Final
Examination Schedule.
*Classes having starting times not listed on the table (or within an hour of that
starting time) will have their exam on Friday, December 9 from 3:00-5:30 PM or at a
time designated by the instructor during the Final Exam period from December 8 -
December 15.
SPRING SEMESTER 2012
November 7, Monday, Registration for Spring 2012 begins. For more
2011 information, see Class Schedule.
November 7 May 2012 Graduation Application Period for Commencement
- January 16 Participation.
November Priority date for completing student financial aid folder for first
15, 2011 consideration for Spring 2012 financial aid programs.
December Classes meet over three weeks: First Week: 12/21 is First
- January Class Day, 12/22 and 12/23. Second Week: 01/03, 01/04,
Minimester 01/05, 01/06. Third Week: 01/09, 01/10, 01/11, 01/12 is last
class day and Final. Grades are due for December - January
Minimester 4:00 PM on 01/13.
January 2, Monday, Priority date for submitting credentials for first-time
2012 enrollment at Tarleton for Spring 2012.
January 13 Friday, Tuition and Fee Payment Deadline.
January 15 Sunday, Residence Halls open at 9 AM.
January 16
January 17
Monday, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, UNIVERSITY CLOSED.
Tuesday, Classes begin. (16 week classes & 1 st 8 week
classes.)

University Calendars
9
January 17- Tuesday-Thursday, ADD/DROP/LATE registration. ($25 late
19
fee will be assessed for late registrants.)
January 19 Thursday, Last date to register for university credit.
January 24 Tuesday, Last day to drop 1 st 8 week classes with no record.
February 1 Wednesday, Last day to drop courses with no record. (16
week classes)
February 6 Monday, Registration begins for Writing Proficiency
Examination. For more information, contact Student
Assessment Services at 254-968-9423.
February 15 Application deadline for all Fall 2012 scholarships
administered by University Scholarship Committee.
February 15 Last day to apply for student teaching in Spring 2013.
February 17 Friday, Last day to drop a 1 st 8 week class with a “Q” or
withdraw with a “W.”*
March 1 Priority date for completing student financial aid folders for first
consideration for Summer School 2012.
March 2 Friday at 12:00PM, Last day/time to register for and complete
Writing Proficiency Examination.
March 7 Wednesday, Midterm Grades entered in student information
system by 5:00 PM. (16 week classes)
March 9 Friday, Residence Halls close at 5 PM.
March 12-16 Spring Break.
March 18 Sunday, Residence Halls open at 1:00 PM.
March 19 Monday, 2 nd 8 week classes begin.
March 19 Monday, Academic Advisement for Summer and Fall 2012.
Contact Academic Advising Services (required for all students
with less than 45 hours) or your major department.
March 26 Monday, Last day to drop 2 nd 8 week classes with no record.
March 30 Friday, Last day to drop a course with a “Q” or withdraw with a
“W.” (16 week classes)
April 2 Monday, Deadline for submission of final committee-edited
theses and dissertations with committee approval signatures
to the Graduate College Office for spring graduation.
April 2 Monday, Registration for Summer and Fall 2012 begins. For
more information see Class Schedule.
April 2 - August 2012 Application Period for Commencement
June 4 Participation.
April 2 - December 2012 Application Period for Commencement
August 26 Participation.
April 6 No classes.
April 15 Priority date for completing student financial aid folder for first
consideration for Fall semester 2012.
April 20 Friday, Last day to drop a 2 nd 8 week class with a “Q” or
withdraw with a “W.”*
April 27 Friday, Comprehensive Exam results due in Graduate Office.
May 1 Tuesday, Restricted Activities period begins at 8:00 AM.
May 2 Wednesday, Last class day; last day to withdraw from
university.
May 3 Thursday, Study Day. Final Examinations begin at 6:30 PM.
May 7 Monday, Deadline for bindery-ready copies of theses and
dissertations to the Graduate College Office for spring
graduation.
May 7 May 2012 Graduation Application deadline for degree
conferral only.
May 10 Thursday, Last day of final examinations. Restricted Activities
period ends at 9:00 PM.
May 11 Friday, Residence Halls close at 10:00 AM.

10 University Calendars
May 11
May 11-13
May 12-13
May 14
May-June
Minimester
Friday, Last day to apply for $1,000 Tuition Rebate for Spring
2012 graduation. (5:00 PM)
Friday-Sunday, Commencement (TBA).
Saturday-Sunday, Service and maintenance of electronic
systems like Blackboard.
Monday, All Grades from faculty due by 4:00 PM.
Classes meet over three weeks: First Week: 05/16, 05/17,
05/18. Second Week: 05/21, 05/22, 05/23, 05/24, and 05/25.
Third Week: 05/29, 05/30, 05/31, and 6/01 is last class day
and Final. Grades are due for May-June Minimester 4:00 PM
on 06/04.
* Note: Extraordinary situations may occur for students enrolled in multiple part of terms (i.e.
1 st 8 week, 16 week, 2 nd 8 week) classes who wish to drop or withdraw from the university.
These students should contact the Registrar’s Office for additional information regarding
drop policies and before submitting drop requests.
SPRING SEMESTER 2012 - FINAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE - STEPHENVILLE
Exam Time
Thursday
8-10:30am 11:30am-2pm 3:00-5:30pm 6:30-9:00pm
All Freshman
May 3
English,
EDU 404 and
Friday
May 4
Monday
May 7
Tuesday
May 8
Wednesday
May 9
All Freshman
Chemistry
MWF 8
MWF 3:00 and
other times not
listed on exam
schedule
430
M-F 5pm or
later
MWF 9 MWF 10 MWF 11 M 5 pm or
later; MW 6
pm
TR 8 All Math 107 TR 2:25 T 5pm or
later; TR
7:30pm
MWF 12 MWF 1 MWF 2 W 5pm or
later; MW
7:30pm
Thursday
May 10
TR 9:25 TR 1 TR 10:50 R 5pm or
later; TR
3:50; TR 6pm
Final Examinations are to be given only on scheduled examination days as printed
on the Final Examination Schedule. At other locations and online courses, the final
examination will be given at a time designated by the instructor.
Any student with three or more final examinations on the same day may request of his/
her instructors to take one of the final examinations on another day during the Final
Examination Schedule.
*Classes having starting times not listed on the table (or within an hour of that starting
time) will have their exam on Friday, May 4 from 3:00-5:30 PM or at a time designated
by the instructor during the Final Exam period from May 3- May 10.
SUMMER SESSIONS 2012
10 week session (June 5-August 9) (All classes meeting regularly from
Monday-Thursday meet for one hour.)
March 1 Priority date for completing student financial aid folder for first
consideration for Summer 2012 financial aid programs.

University Calendars
11
March 19 Monday, Academic Advisement for Summer and Fall 2012
begins. Contact Academic Advising Services (required for all
students with less than 45 hours) or your major department.
April 2 Monday, Registration for Summer and Fall 2012 begins. For
more information see Class Schedule.
April 2 - August 2012 Application Period for Commencement
June 4 Participation.
April 2 - December 2012 Application Period for Commencement
August 26
May - June
Minimester
June 3
June 4
June 5
June 5
June 13
June 22
July 4
July 5
July 13
July 13
August 1
August 6
August 8
August 9
August 10
August 10
August 11-12
August 13
August 14-17
Participation.
Classes meet over three weeks: First Week: 05/16, 05/17,
05/18. Second Week: 05/21, 05/22, 05/23, 05/24, and 05/25.
Third Week: 05/29, 05/30, 05/31, and 6/01 is last class day
and Final. Grades are due for May - June Minimester 4:00
PM on 06/04.
Sunday, Residence Halls open at 9:00 AM.
Monday, Registration begins for Writing Proficiency
Examination. For more information, contact Student
Assessment Services at 254-968-9423.
Tuesday, Classes begin.
Tuesday, ADD/DROP/LATE registration. ($25.00 late fee will
be assessed for late registrants.)
Wednesday, Last day to drop 10- week courses with no
record.
Friday at 12:00 PM, Last day/time to register for and
complete Writing Proficiency Examination.
Wednesday, Independence Day. UNIVERSITY CLOSED.
Thursday, Deadline for submission of final committee-edited
theses and dissertations with committee approval signatures
to the Graduate College Office for summer graduation.
Friday, Last day to drop a 10 week course with a “Q” or
withdraw with a “W.”*
Friday, Comprehensive Graduate Exam results due in
Graduate office.
Wednesday, Deadline for bindery-ready copies of theses
and dissertations to the Graduate College Office for summer
graduation.
August 2012 Graduation Application deadline for degree
conferral only.
Wednesday, Last class day. Last day to withdraw from
university.
Thursday, Final Examinations will be held during normal
class time.
Finals for evening classes must be administered between
August 6 th -August 13 th at the instructor’s discretion.
Friday, Residence Halls close at 10:00 AM.
Friday, Last day to apply for $1,000 Tuition Rebate for
Summer 2012 graduation. (5:00 PM)
Saturday-Sunday, Commencement (TBA).
Monday, All grades entered by faculty into student
information system by 4:00 PM.
Tuesday-Friday, Service and maintenance of electronic
systems like Blackboard.

12 University Calendars
5 week Session I (June 5-July 5) (All classes meeting regularly from
Monday-Thursday meet for two hours.)
March 1 Priority date for completing student financial aid folder for first
consideration for Summer 2012 financial aid programs.
March 19 Monday, Academic Advisement for Summer and Fall 2012.
Contact Academic Advising Services (required for all students
with less than 45 hours) or your major department.
April 2 Monday, Registration for Summer and Fall 2012 begins. For
more information see Class Schedule.
April 2 - December 2012 Application Period for Commencement
August 26 Participation.
June 3
June 4
June 5
June 5
June 8
June 22
June 22
July 3
July 3
July 4
July 5
July 6
July 6
July 13
August 1
August 1
August 6
August 10
August 10
August 11-12
August 13
August 14-17
Sunday, Residence Halls open at 9:00 AM.
Monday, Registration begins for Writing Proficiency
Examination. For more information, contact Student
Assessment Services at 254-968-9423.
Tuesday, Classes begin.
Tuesday, ADD/DROP/LATE registration. ($25.00 late fee will
be assessed for late registrants.)
Friday, Last day to drop 1 st 5 week courses with no record.
Friday, Last day to drop a 1 st 5 week course with a “Q” or
withdraw with a “W.”*
Friday at 12:00 PM, Last day/time to register for and complete
Writing Proficiency Examination.
Tuesday, Deadline for submission of final committee-edited
theses and dissertations with committee approval signatures
to the Graduate College Office for summer graduation.
Tuesday, Last class day; last day to withdraw from university.
(Session I)
Wednesday, Independence Day. UNIVERSITY CLOSED.
Thursday, Final Examinations will be held during normal
class time. Finals for evening classes must be administered
between July 2 nd –July 9 th at the instructor’s discretion.
Friday, Residence Halls close at 5:00 PM for students enrolled
Summer Session I only.
Friday, All grades entered by faculty in student information
system by 4:00 PM.
Friday, Comprehensive Graduate Exam results due in
Graduate Office.
Wednesday, Deadline for bindery-ready copies of theses
and dissertations to the Graduate College Office for summer
graduation.
Wednesday, Final thesis/dissertation copies to the Graduate
College Office.
August 2012 Graduation Application deadline for degree
conferral only.
Friday, Residence Halls close at 10:00 AM.
Friday, Last day to apply for $1,000 Tuition Rebate for
Summer 2012 graduation. (5:00 PM)
Saturday-Sunday, Commencement (TBA).
Monday, All grades entered by faculty into student information
system by 4:00 PM.
Tuesday-Friday, Service and maintenance of electronic
systems like Blackboard.
*Classes meeting on Friday or Saturday will have final examinations on
July 7.

University Calendars
13
5 week Session II* (July 9-August 9) (All classes meeting regularly from
Monday-Thursday meet for two hours.)
March 1 Priority date for completing student financial aid folder for first
consideration for Summer 2012 financial aid programs.
March 19 Monday, Academic Advisement for Summer and Fall 2012.
Contact Academic Advising Services (required for all students
with less than 45 hours) or your major department.
April 2 Monday, Registration for Summer and Fall 2012 begins. For
more information see Class Schedule.
April 2 - December 2012 Application Period for Commencement
August 26
June 4
June 22
July 4
July 5
July 8
July 9
July 9
July 12
July 13
July 27
August 1
August 6
Participation.
Monday, Registration begins for Writing Proficiency
Examination. For more information, contact Student
Assessment Services at 254-968-9423.
Friday at 12:00 PM, Last day/time to register for and complete
Writing Proficiency Examination.
Wednesday, Independence Day. UNIVERSITY CLOSED.
Thursday, Deadline for submission of final committee-edited
theses and dissertations with committee approval signatures
to the Graduate College Office for summer graduation.
Sunday, Residence Halls open at 9:00 AM for Students
enrolled for Summer Session II only.
Monday, Classes begin.
Monday, ADD/DROP/LATE registration. ($25.00 late fee will
be assessed for late registrants.)
Thursday, Last day to drop 2 nd 5 week courses with no record.
Friday, Comprehensive Graduate Exam results due in
Graduate Office.
Friday, Last day to drop a 2 nd 5 week course with a “Q” or
withdraw with a “W.” *
Wednesday, Deadline for bindery-ready copies of theses
and dissertations to the Graduate College Office for summer
graduation.
August 2012 Graduation Application deadline for degree
conferral only.
August 8
August 9
August 10
August 10
August 11-12
August 13
August 14-
17
Wednesday, Last class day. Last day to withdraw from
university.
Thursday, Final Examinations will be held during normal
class time. Finals for evening classes must be administered
between August 6 th -August 13 th at the instructor’s discretion.*
Friday, Residence Halls close at 10:00 AM.
Friday, Last day to apply for $1,000 Tuition Rebate for
Summer 2012 graduation. (5:00 PM)
Saturday-Sunday, Commencement (TBA).
Monday, All grades entered by faculty in student information
system by 4:00 PM.
Tuesday-Friday, Service and maintenance of electronic
systems like Blackboard.
*Classes meeting on Friday or Saturday will have final examinations on
Aug. 11.

TARLETON STATE UNIVERSITY: AN OVERVIEW
THE TARLETON HERITAGE
Since its creation, Tarleton State University, a public coeducational institution,
has provided a broad-based education. Established by a $100,000 bequest from
John Tarleton, an Erath County pioneer, John Tarleton College opened in 1899
as a private preparatory school and college for the youth of the surrounding rural
region. During the next decade, students could earn a baccalaureate degree. In
1908, declining enrollment and inadequate funding caused college officials to
reorganize the institution to a two-year degree program. This revised curriculum
emphasized a liberal arts education, while retaining the two-year preparatory
division. Again in 1916, Tarleton experienced financial difficulties; consequently, the
Texas Legislature in 1917 approved the college as a branch of Texas Agricultural
and Mechanical College, which would later become The Texas A&M University
System. John Tarleton Agricultural College, as renamed by the Legislature,
retained the two-year degree as well as the preparatory program and specialized
curricula in agriculture, home economics, and military science.
To meet the needs of a changing constituency, Tarleton has adjusted and
enriched its curriculum since the 1920s. Accredited as a junior college by the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools in 1926, Tarleton gradually
redeveloped a liberal arts education. Then in 1949, the Legislature changed the
name of the school to Tarleton State College, and in 1953 the preparatory division
was discontinued, reflecting the increased access to public schools throughout the
state. By a 1959 act of the Legislature, Tarleton once again became a four-year
degree-granting institution, with the first class graduating in 1963. Accredited as a
senior college in 1966, Tarleton initiated many new programs, including graduate
courses in 1970. Because Tarleton offered a broad liberal arts education within
undergraduate and graduate degrees, the Texas Legislature recognized the
institution as a university in 1973, and changed the name officially to Tarleton State
University. In 2003, a doctoral degree in Educational Leadership was initiated.
Over the past century, Tarleton has grown from a small private college into
a thriving state university with over 9,500 students. In 1999, Tarleton established
the first university system center in Texas, providing public, upper-level academic
programs for the citizens of central Texas. This entity was called the Tarleton
University System Center – Central Texas and it is located in Killeen. On
September 1, 2009, the system center became an independent university – Texas
A&M University – Central Texas. Degree programs are also offered in Waco at
the McLennan Community College University Center and at several locations
within the Southwest Metroplex. In addition, the University offers programs at the
Terrell School of Clinical Laboratory Sciences and the Hickman Properties/Camp
Bowie Boulevard site in Fort Worth. Additional sites include the Dora Lee Langdon
Cultural and Educational Center in Granbury, and the W. K. Gordon Center for
Industrial History of Texas, Museum and Gallery in Thurber. These locations have
enabled Tarleton to meet diverse educational demands from across the state.
Throughout its first one hundred years, Tarleton has never lost the commitment to
excellence that was the vision of its founder, John Tarleton.
MISSION STATEMENT
Tarleton State University provides an academically challenging education
where learning is grounded in real-world experiences and effective teaching,
research, scholarship and service. As a member of The Texas A&M University

Tarleton State University - An Overview
15
System, Tarleton is rich in history and tradition while being committed to student
success and diversity.
Tarleton strives to develop moral and ethical thinkers, scholars, and leaders
who contribute meaningfully and responsibly to a global society.
STRATEGIC GOALS
Excel in Scholarship, Teaching and Learning
• Facilitate innovative teaching
• Develop additional professionally recognized programs
• Increase professionally recognized scholarship
• Support student engagement in research and creative activities
Expand our Horizons
• Grow enrollment strategically
• Increase faculty and staff to support continued enrollment growth
• Develop a culture that values diversity and global awareness
• Enhance internships, practicum experiences, and study away
opportunities
Encourage Leadership, Service and Student Success
• Increase service learning and leadership opportunities
• Expand student opportunities to contribute meaningfully and responsibly
to a global society through engagement activities.
• Increase student retention and success.
Extend our Reach
• Expand geographic impact
• Enhance program visibility and access
• Develop new and cultivate existing relationships and partnerships
ENROLLMENT AND FACULTY
Over 9,500 students attend Tarleton State University. Students from
approximately 219 Texas counties, 45 states, and 22 foreign countries comprise
the student body. More than 280 full-time faculty members are devoted to academic
excellence and the personal development of each student. The student-faculty
ratio is 19:1.
THE CAMPUS
One of the most striking features of Tarleton State University is the spacious
170-acre campus located in the heart of Stephenville, a city of 17,000 people only
65 miles southwest of Fort Worth. Featuring malls, open space, and beautifullylandscaped
grounds, the campus is dominated by majestic oak and pecan trees,
which create a warm atmosphere for living and learning. The architectural integrity
of aged red brick buildings is maintained campus wide. Tarleton is proud of its
spacious classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, and extensive library collections.
Other facilities include a multimedia foreign language laboratory, modern Fine Arts
Center, and updated agricultural facilities.
An ongoing construction and modernization program ensures that Tarleton
keeps abreast of new developments. The Barry B. Thompson Student Center, a
90,000-square-foot facility, is the hub for campus activity and is an integral part of
the University’s educational environment. The Center offers a food court, bookstore,
post office, conference and meeting facilities, study areas, and commuter lounge.
Other recently completed buildings include a number of new residence halls.
Tarleton’s science building features a planetarium plus state-of-the-art laboratory
and classroom space for students to engage in study and research. The newest

16 Tarleton State University - An Overview
buildings on campus are the university dining hall, nursing building, dairy complex,
and the sports recreational facility featuring an indoor walking track, climbing wall,
and state of the art exercise equipment.
THE TEXAS A&M UNIVERSITY SYSTEM
Academic institutions under the direction of the Board of Regents of The
Texas A&M University System include:
Texas A&M University
Prairie View A&M University
Texas A&M University - Commerce
Tarleton State University
West Texas A&M University
Texas A&M University - Kingsville
Texas A&M University - Corpus Christi
Texas A&M International University
Texas A&M University - Texarkana
Texas A&M University - Central Texas
Texas A&M University - San Antonio
Other agencies and programs in The Texas A&M University System are:
Texas A&M Health Science Center
Texas AgriLife Research
Texas AgriLife Extension Service
Texas Engineering Experiment Station
Texas Engineering Extension Service
Texas Forest Service
Texas Transportation Institute
Texas Veterinary Medical Diagnostic Laboratory
BOARD OF REGENTS
Dr. Richard Box (Chairman) ........................................................................ Austin
Mr. Phil Adams (Vice Chairman) ......................................... Bryan/College Station
Mr. Morris Foster .........................................................................................Belton
Ms. Elaine Mendoza ...........................................................................San Antonio
Ms. Judy Morgan ...................................................................................Texarkana
Mr. Jim Schwertner ...................................................................................... Austin
Mr. Cliff Thomas ........................................................................................ Victoria
Mr. John D. White .........................................................................The Woodlands
Mr. James P. “Jim” Wilson ...................................................................Sugar Land
CHANCELLOR
Dr. Michael D. McKinney
Chancellor
The Texas A&M University System
A&M System Building, Suite 2043
200 Technology Way
College Station, Texas 77845-3424
Telephone: (979) 458-6000
Fax: (979) 458-6044

ADMISSIONS
Cindy Hess
Director of Undergraduate Admissions
Administration Building
Box T-0030, Stephenville, TX 76402
(800) 687-8236 or (254) 968-9125
E-mail: uadm@tarleton.edu
www.tarleton.edu/admissions
Admission to The Texas A&M University System and any of its sponsored
programs is open to qualified individuals, regardless of race, color, religion, sex,
national origin, or educationally unrelated handicaps.
Transfer services such as Transfer Equivalency Guides, Texas Common
Course Numbering System Equivalency Guides, Common Core Equivalency
Guides are available for students transferring to Tarleton State University from
a junior or community college. Please check with the Coordinator of Transfer
Services at 1-800-687-8236 or review the information online at www.tarleton.edu/
admissions.
PRE-ENROLLMENT RECOMMENDATIONS
MATERIALS NEEDED FOR APPLICATION
1. The State of Texas Common Application for Public Universities,* available at
the following locations:
a. Online - www.applytexas.org (Application is submitted electronically.),
b. Print Application – www.collegeforalltexans.com/apps/publications.
2. Official transcripts from high school/colleges previously attended (see next
page)
3. Official scores from the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT I) or the American
College Test (ACT) including the essay writing component, **
4. Application fee $30 non-refundable, and
5. Section of application form used to determine Texas residency for tuition
purposes. Texas residency is determined in accordance with state law..
Please see the Determination of Residence for Tuition Purposes area in the
Expenses section of this catalog.
Each of the above items must be received before an application can be evaluated.
Other documents may be requested as needed.
* Used by U.S. citizens and permanent residents to apply for undergraduate
admission.
** Scores must be on an official high school transcript, or an official college
transcript, or sent directly from the testing agency. SAT total consists of Critical
Reading (Verbal) and Mathematics only. Test scores must be no more than six
years old at the time of admission.
Materials should be on file well in advance of registration. Students are encouraged
to apply on or before the following dates:
Semester Recommended application date
Fall
November 30 (application based on transcript through junior year)
Semester April 28 (application based on transcript through first semester of
senior year)
July 1 (transfer students)

18 Admissions
Spring December 1
Semester
Summer I May 1
Summer II June 1
Materials submitted by applicants who do not enroll at Tarleton are destroyed
after one calendar year. If a student applies for one semester and does not
attend, he/she must complete a new application and pay the application fee.
Official documents received for a previous term may be added to the new file. If
a student has completed work since applying with Tarleton, he/she must provide
final official transcripts and/or score reports. If a student applies for admission
more than one long semester after submitting a previous application, he/she will
be required to submit the completed application, the application fee, test score
reports, and a complete set of transcripts.
Official High School Transcripts
A freshman applicant who has not graduated from high school at the
time of application must submit an official transcript indicating grades, projected
high school program, projected graduation date, and class rank.
A freshman applicant who has graduated from high school at the time
of application and transfer applicants with less than 30 semester hours of
college credit must submit an official high school transcript that includes date
of graduation. The transcript should also include class rank and designation of
recommended or advanced high school program or an equivalent curriculum if
these programs were not available. If the high school does not rank, student must
provide a letter from school stating such.
Class rank shall be calculated at the end of the 11 th grade, middle of the 12 th
grade, or high school graduation, whichever is most recent when the application
is complete.
If an applicant is accepted during his/her 11 th or 12 th grade year of high school,
he/she must submit an official, final high school transcript upon graduation.
The transcript must show final class rank, graduation date (not certification of
completion date), and a seal displaying the high school program the student
completed. The final high school transcript must be submitted by the end
of the first semester of attendance at Tarleton.
To be considered official, the high school transcript must bear an original
signature of a school official and an original school seal. Faxed copies are not
official. Transcripts in a language other than English must be accompanied by an
official English translation.
Courses in Progress
Freshman applicants must provide a list of all courses in progress and
those yet to be taken in high school. The list should include exact course titles. A
copy of the applicant’s senior class schedule will fulfill this requirement.
Official College Transcripts
An official transcript is required from every post-secondary institution
attended, even if the applicant did not earn credit or receive a course grade from
the institution, or the course is not transferable. Course work from one college
posted on the transcript of another college will not satisfy this requirement.
For readmission to Tarleton, only those transcripts from institutions attended
since the last enrollment at Tarleton State University are required.
Faxed copies are not official. Electronic transcripts are considered official

Admissions
19
transcripts. Check with sending/receiving institutions for availability. Electronic
transcripts take 24 to 48 hours to be received from sending school.
Foreign transcripts must be accompanied by an English translation and an
evaluation of course work by a foreign credentials evaluation service. Check with
Undergraduate Admissions for information on transcript evaluation services.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRST-TIME FRESHMEN
At the time of application, students with no college credits since graduation
from high school or entering Tarleton directly from a Texas public high school
accredited by the Texas Education Agency or a Texas non-public school
accredited by the Texas Private School Accreditation Commission are first-time
freshmen.
REGULAR ADMISSION
To be granted regular admission status, first-time freshmen must:
Rank in the Top 10% of the high school graduating class and provide SAT and/
or ACT scores, including the essay writing component*;
or
Meet one of the following combinations of high school quarter rank, entrance
scores and high school program listed below:
Rank On Recommended Plan Not on Recommended Plan
**See UAP below
1 st quarter Provide SAT or ACT scores Provide SAT or ACT scores
2 nd quarter Provide SAT or ACT scores SAT 950 or ACT 20
3 rd quarter SAT 950 or ACT 20 SAT 1030 or ACT 22
4 th quarter SAT 1030 or ACT 22 SAT 1110 or ACT 24
*SAT total for Admission consists of Critical Reading (Verbal) and Mathematics only.
** State of Texas Uniform Admission Policy (UAP)
The Texas Education Code (TEC) 51.803-51.809 requires that all students
meet one of the following college readiness standards in order to be eligible to be
considered for admission to a Texas Four-Year Public Institution.
1. Successfully complete the recommended or advanced high school
program or complete the portion of the program that was available to
them; or
2. Successfully complete a curriculum that is equivalent in content and rigor
to the recommended or advanced high school program at a high school
that is exempt from offering such programs; or
3. Satisfy the College Readiness Benchmarks on the ACT or SAT assessment.
SAT - 1500 out of 2400 (Critical Reading, Math AND Writing)
ACT - 18 English, 21 Reading, 22 Math and 24 Science
Students applying to Tarleton State University from a non-Texas public high
school are required to submit a completed high school certification form along with
your high school transcript. Please visit www.tarleton.edu/admissions/freshman.
html.
EARLY NOTIFICATION OF ADMISSION
Students seeking early notification of admission must submit all required
application materials. Upon graduation, a final high school transcript showing
graduation date and class rank must be submitted.
Completion of Sixth High School Semester

20 Admissions
Students who are in the top ten percent of their class or who meet the SAT/
ACT requirement shown above will be admitted after completion of their sixth
semester. High school transcripts showing grades through the junior year,
projected date of graduation, estimated rank, and SAT or ACT score must be
submitted before a decision will be made regarding admission to the University.
Completion of Seventh High School Semester
Students submitting a seventh semester transcript and SAT/ACT scores who
meet regular admission requirements will be given early notification.
GENERAL EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT (GED) TESTS
A GED will be considered equivalent to a high school diploma, provided the
average standard score is at least 55 or no subscore is less than 50. An official
copy or photocopy of the results must be submitted. Application to the university
must be one calendar year after the student’s intended date of graduation.
Applicants must submit official SAT or ACT scores with a minimum score of 950
on the SAT or 20 on the ACT. **Student must meet UAP benchmark scores listed
above.
HOME-SCHOOLED OR NON-ACCREDITED HIGH SCHOOL GRADUATES
Students who graduate from high schools not accredited by the Texas
Education Agency or who are home-schooled will be admitted if they have a
score of 1110 or above on the SAT or 24 or above on the ACT. Those with SAT
scores of 950-1100 or ACT of 20-23 may be considered based on the records
provided. Statements from the school about ranking and curriculum equivalent to
recommended or advanced program will be considered. Home schooled students
must provide proof of curriculum completed from an agency or teacher. **Student
must meet UAP benchmark scores listed above.
ADVISED ADMISSION
First-time freshman applicants who do not meet regular admission requirements
are encouraged to apply for the summer advised admission program, Tarleton
Transition Program. The summer Tarleton Transition Program typically has less
restrictive eligibility conditions than the comparable fall and spring programs.
The advised admission programs for fall and spring, Gateway Programs, require
applicants to be very near the requirements for regular admission to be considered.
Applicants for any advised admission program must be within a few months of high
school graduation. Students who are eligible for an advised admission program
will be contacted by the Office of Admissions and asked to sign a contract before
being allowed to enroll at Tarleton. The contract may specify course and grade
requirements, may restrict the number of hours to be taken, and may be more
restrictive than certain university rules such as the Warning/Probation/Suspension
policy. Students should review all contract conditions carefully before signing
as students who fail to meet conditions in the contract may not be allowed to
re-enroll at Tarleton until they succeed academically at another institution and
meet Tarleton’s transfer requirements. The number of students granted advised
admission may be limited by the Academic Affairs Office at Tarleton without prior
notice.
LIMITED ADMISSION FOR OUTSTANDING HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS
Students who (1) have completed their junior year of high school; (2) are
ranked in the top quarter of their graduating class; and (3) have scores of at least

Admissions
21
1100 on the SAT, or 110 on the PSAT, or 24 on the ACT or PACT may apply for one
of the following programs. Applicants must provide a letter of recommendation
from their high school principal or counselor addressing students’ maturity and
academic capabilities and a letter of consent from a parent or legal guardian. All
high school/home school students must successfully complete all sections of a
TSI assessment or have obtained a TSI exemption prior to course registration.
For information on TSI please see the following page.
Summer Program
Those admitted to this program typically are awarded the credit earned at
Tarleton following their graduation from high school.
Concurrent Enrollment Program
Students admitted to this program may enroll in a maximum of 6 hours and
will be awarded the credit earned at Tarleton following graduation from high
school. University and high school course loads must be agreed upon before
enrollment.
HOLDS ON REGISTRATION AND RELEASE OF RECORDS
Any student who has failed to meet admission or academic requirements,
or who has a financial obligation to the university, has a HOLD placed on his or
her record. Until the hold is removed, such students are not allowed to register,
obtain transcripts, graduate, or receive other services from the university. All new
students will have a registration hold on their record until they are advised by their
departmental advisor. For further explanation of all university holds please
visit the Registrar’s website at www.tarleton.edu/registrar/holdInfo.html.
INDIVIDUAL APPROVAL ADMISSIONS
Students who are denied admission to Tarleton State University may ask to
be considered for individual approval. If the case has sufficient merit, it will be
referred to the Academic Standards Committee or the committee chair acting
on behalf of the committee. Appeals will be considered in cases of extenuating
circumstances and/or with evidence of leadership, exceptional talent, volunteer
work, internships, military service, unusual family situation, etc. An appeal will not
be considered for applicants who are ineligible to return to a previous institution.
Appeal requests should be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions no later than two weeks before the first class day for that semester.
Exceptions to this deadline must be approved by the Provost and Vice President
for Academic Affairs or the provost’s designee. The forms to be used when
requesting consideration for individual approval may be obtained from the
Undergraduate Admissions Office.
APPLICATION FEE
Students applying for admission to Tarleton are required to pay a nonrefundable
application processing fee of $30. Checks or money orders should be
made payable to Tarleton State University. The application fee must be submitted
with the application forms or mailed at the time the application is submitted
electronically. Credit card payments can be made at the time of electronic
submission or over the phone. Please contact Admissions at 1-800-687-8236
for application fee waiver qualifications.

22 Admissions
HOUSING APPLICATION
Housing requirements apply to certain students enrolled at Tarleton State
University. Please refer to Residential Living & Learning in the Student Life
section of this catalog for details.
TEXAS SUCCESS INITIATIVE (TSI)
The Texas Education Code statute 51.3062, Success Initiative, effective
September 1, 2003, requires the University to assess the academic skills of
each entering undergraduate student to determine the student’s readiness to
enroll in freshman-level academic coursework. The fee for the completion of the
assessment instrument will be paid by the student. However, the University will not
use the assessment or the results of the assessment as a condition of admission
to the institution.
Unless exempt (see below), the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board
requires that, prior to enrollment, each student must be assessed in three skill
areas (reading, writing, and mathematics) using one or more of the following
instruments:
1. ASSET offered by ACT;
2. COMPASS offered by ACT;
3. ACCUPLACER offered by the College Board;
4. Texas Higher Education Assessment (THEA) offered by National Evaluation
Systems, Inc.
Additionally, unless exempt (see below), each student is subject to the
provisions of Tarleton’s Texas Success Initiative (TSI) Plan. A copy of the TSI Plan
is available from Student Success (Thompson Student Center, Room 15; Voice:
254-968-9480) or on the Tarleton web site at www.tarleton.edu/success.
TSI Exemptions
The following students shall be either fully exempt, partially exempt, or temporarily
exempt/waived from the requirements of the TSI:
A. Full Exemption. The following students are exempt from the requirements of
the TSI:
i. For a period of five (5) years from the date of testing, a student who
is tested and performs at or above the following standards on a single
administration of the test:
a. ACT: composite score of 23 with a minimum of 19 on both the English
and Mathematics tests.
b. Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT): a combined Critical Reading
and Mathematics score of 1070 with a minimum of 500 on both the
critical reading and the mathematics tests.
ii. For a period of three (3) years from the date of testing, a student who
is tested and performs on the Eleventh grade exit-level TAKS with a
minimum scale score of 2200 on the math section and a minimum scale
score of 2200 on the English/Language Arts (ELA) section with a writing
subsection score of at least 3.
iii. A student who has graduated with an associate or baccalaureate degree
from a Texas public institution of higher education.
iv. A student who has graduated with a baccalaureate degree from a
regionally accredited private, independent, or out-of-state institution
of higher education and who has satisfactorily completed appropriate
college-level coursework as determined by the University.

Admissions
23
v. A student who transfers to Tarleton from a regionally accredited private,
independent, or out-of-state institution of higher education and who has
satisfactorily completed college-level coursework in (a) mathematics, (b)
writing, and (c) reading as indicated in Section 8 of the TSI Plan.
vi.
A student who has previously attended any Texas public institution of
higher education and met TSI readiness standards by that institution in
(a) mathematics, (b) writing, and (c) reading.
vii. A student who on or after August 1, 1990, was honorably discharged,
retired, or released from active duty as a member of the armed forces of
the United States or the Texas National Guard or service as a member of
a reserve component of the armed forces of the United States.
viii. A student who, prior to January 1, 2004, had satisfied (as indicated by the
Tarleton Developmental Education Plan and/or the Board’s THEA policy
manual) all THEA obligations.
B. Partial Exemption. The following students are exempt from one or more of the
requirement of the TSI:
i. Exempt from the mathematics requirements of the TSI:
a. For a period of five (5) years from the date of testing, a student who is
tested and performs at or above the following standards on a single
administration of the test:
1. ACT: composite score of 23 with a minimum of 19 on Mathematics
test.
2. Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT): a combined Critical
Reading and Mathematics score of 1070 with a minimum of 500
on mathematics test.
b. For a period of three (3) years from the date of testing, a student who
is tested and performs on the Eleventh grade exit-level TAKS with a
minimum scale score of 2200 on the math section.
c. A student who transfers to Tarleton from a regionally accredited
private, independent, or out-of-state institution of higher education
and who has satisfactorily completed college-level coursework in
mathematics, as indicated in Section 8 of the TSI Plan.
d. Student who has previously attended any Texas public institution of
higher education and met TSI readiness standards by that institution
in mathematics.
ii.
Exempt from the writing requirements of the TSI:
a. For a period of five (5) years from the date of testing, a student who is
tested and performs at or above the following standards on a single
administration of the test:
1. ACT: composite score of 23 with a minimum of 19 on English
test.
2. Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT): a combined Critical Reading
and Mathematics score of 1070 with a minimum of 500 on the
critical reading test.
b. For a period of three (3) years from the date of testing, a student who
is tested and performs on the Eleventh grade exit-level TAKS with a
minimum scale score of 2200 on the English/Language Arts (ELA)
section with a writing subsection score of at least 3.
c. A student who transfers to Tarleton from a regionally accredited
private, independent, or out-of-state institution of higher education
and who has satisfactorily completed college-level coursework in
writing, as indicated in Section 8 of the TSI Plan.

24 Admissions
iii.
d. Student who has previously attended any Texas public institution of
higher education and met TSI readiness standards by that institution
in writing.
Exempt from the reading requirements of the TSI:
a. For a period of five (5) years from the date of testing, a student who is
tested and performs at or above the following standards on a single
administration of the test:
1. ACT: composite score of 23 with a minimum of 19 on English
test;
2. Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT): a combined Critical Reading
and Mathematics score of 1070 with a minimum of 500 on the
critical reading test.
b. For a period of three (3) years from the date of testing, a student who
is tested and performs on the Eleventh grade exit-level TAKS with a
minimum scale score of 2200 on the English/Language Arts (ELA)
section with a writing subsection score of at least 3.
c. A student who transfers to Tarleton from a regionally accredited
private, independent, or out-of-state institution of higher education
and who has satisfactorily completed college-level coursework in
reading, as indicated in Section 8 of the TSI Plan.
d. Student who has previously attended any Texas public institution of
higher education and met TSI readiness standards by that institution
in reading.
C. Temporary Exemption/Waiver. The following students may request a
temporary exempt from the requirements of the TSI:
i. On an annual basis, a student who is serving on active duty as a member
of:
a. the armed forces of the United States; or
b. the Texas National Guard.
ii.
iii.
iv.
On an annual basis, a student who is a member of a reserve component
of the armed forces of the United States (excludes reserves of Texas
National Guard) and has been serving for at least three years preceding
enrollment.
Each semester, a student who has been admitted as a non-degree
seeking student.
Under exceptional circumstances, the Dean of Student Success may
permit a student to enroll in lower-level academic coursework without
assessment but must require that the student be assessed no later than
the end of the first semester of enrollment in freshman-level academic
coursework and may require concurrent, appropriate developmental
education.
D. Some of the TSI exemptions for enrollment in Tarleton State University are
not accepted by the Teacher Education Council for admission to the Teacher
Education Program. Please contact the Certification Office at (254) 968-9815
for more information.
TSI assessment results and/or proof of exemption must be submitted to the
Student Assessment Coordinator’s office before a student will be allowed to
register for classes. To verify that your assessment results and/or proof of
exemption have been received by Tarleton, contact the Student Assessment
Coordinator at (254) 968-9269, (800) 687-8236, or uadm@tarleton.edu.

Admissions
25
IMMUNIZATIONS
Requirements (for students living on-campus)
Meningitis – See the Student Life section of this catalog for more information.
Requirements (for students enrolling in health-related courses)
Students enrolling in health-related courses that involve direct patient
contact (Nursing and Clinical Laboratory Science) must meet the following
immunization criteria:
Measles - Persons born since January 1, 1957, must have two doses since 12
months of age, with the doses coming at least 30 days apart.
Mumps - Persons born since January 1, 1957, must have at least one dose since
12 months of age.
Rubella - Must have at least one dose since 12 months of age.
Tetanus/Diphtheria - Must have one dose within the past 10 years.
Hepatitis B - A complete series or proof of immunity is encouraged for any student
enrolling in health-related courses that involve direct patient contact, especially
with patients’ blood (i.e., Nursing, Clinical Laboratory Science, and some Pre-
Med courses). Nursing and Medical Laboratory Science students are required to
take the hepatitis series or sign a waiver.
Recommendations (for all students)
Measles - All students enrolling in institutions of higher education should have
two doses of the measles vaccine prior to the start of classes.
Meningitis – Recommended by the Center for Disease Control (CDC). For more
information, log onto the Tarleton Student Health Center website at www.tarleton.
edu/healthservices.
Tetanus/Diphtheria - Tetanus vaccines are effective for about 10 years and
need to be boosted at that interval; they should be given in combination with the
diphtheria vaccine.
SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER DISCLOSURE
Section 7(b) of the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a) requires that when
any federal, state, or local government agency requests an individual to disclose
his/her social security account number (SSAN), that individual must also be
advised whether that disclosure is mandatory or voluntary, by what statutory or
other authority the number is solicited, and what uses will be made of it.
Accordingly, applicants for admission are advised that disclosure of a
student’s SSAN is strongly recommended for admission as a student at Tarleton
State University, in view of the practical administrative difficulties that would be
encountered in maintaining adequate student records without continued use of
the SSAN. It is used to verify the identity of the student, and as a student account
number (identifier) to record necessary data accurately. As an identifier, the SSAN
is used for such activities as determining and recording eligibility for admission
as a student; reporting initial physical examinations; determining and recording
assessments and payments of student fees and charges; determining and
recording eligibility for student financial assistance including loans, scholarships,
grants, allowances, and official student travel and per diem; recording student
grades and related academic data; determining and recording eligibility for
participation in Reserve Officers Training Corps programs and in athletic, rodeo,
and similar events; registering private vehicles and issuing parking permits;
issuing student identification cards; recording issue and return of library books and
other materials; registering for placement services, including resume preparation
and furnishing information to prospective employers; and other such related

26 Admissions
requirements that might arise. Tarleton State University has for several years
consistently requested disclosure of the SSAN on student application forms and
other necessary student forms and documents used pursuant to statutes passed
by the State of Texas and United States and regulations adopted by agencies of
the State of Texas and United States, and by the Board of Regents of The Texas
A&M University System.
If a student chooses not to disclose his/her SSAN, he/she may request a
random number to be assigned to his/her records while attending Tarleton State
University. The student should contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for more details.
INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA PROGRAM
Beginning freshman applicants to Tarleton State University who have
completed or who will complete the International Baccalaureate Diploma
Program from their high school should indicate that on their application. Those
who complete the International Baccalaureate Diploma and meet State of Texas
requirements will be granted credit for a minimum of 24 semester hours. Students
should make sure that the Director of Undergraduate Admissions is aware of the
IBD Program and may request from the Director of Undergraduate Admission the
type and amount of credit Tarleton State University is willing to grant, based on
the IBD transcript.
Tarleton State University grants credit for IB higher level exams with a score
of 5 or higher and for some standard level exams with specified scores of 5 or
higher. A list of credit equivalents and required scores is listed below for certain
higher level and standard level exams. Student may inquire about equivalent
credit for higher level exams not listed if the score is 5 or higher. State law
requires that students who present evidence of completion of the IB diploma may
be granted credit for exam scores of at least 4. This can result in the awarding of
up to 24 credit hours.
Higher Exam Grade Course credit Credit hrs
Biology 5,6,7 BIOL 120,121 8
Business & Org. 5,6,7 FIN 301, MGMT 301 6
Chemistry 5,6,7 CHEM 105,108 8
Economics 5,6,7 ECO 301, 302 6
English 5,6,7 ENGL 111,112 6
French 5 FREN 101,102 8
French 6,7 FREN 101,102,201,202 14
Geography 5,6,7 GEOG 110 3
German 5 GERM 101,102 8
German 6,7 GERM 101,102,201,202 14
History, U.S. 5,6,7 HIST 201,202 6
Music 5,6,7 MUSC 126,147 5
Philosophy 5,6,7 PHIL 101 3
Physics 5,6,7 PHY 104,105 8
Psychology 5,6,7 PSY 101 3
Spanish 5 SPAN 101,102 8
Spanish 6,7 SPAN 101,102,201,202 14
Theatre Arts 5,6,7 THEA 105 3
Standard Exam
Art
Grade
5,6,7
Course credit
ART 131
Credit hrs
3
Biology 6,7 BIOL 120,121 8
Chemistry 6,7 CHEM 105,108 8
Computer Science 6,7 CIS 103 3
Economics 6,7 ECO 201,202 6
French 5 FREN 101,102 8
French 6,7 FREN 101,102,201,202 14
German 5 GERM 101,102 8

Admissions
27
Standard Exam
German
Grade
6,7
Course credit
GERM 101,102,201,202
Credit hrs
14
Mathematical Studies 6 MATH 107,109 6
Mathematical Studies 7 MATH 109,120 7
Music 6,7 MUSC 126,147 5
Philosophy 6,7 PHIL 101 3
Physics 6,7 PHYS 104,105 8
Psychology 6,7 PSY 101 3
Spanish
Spanish
5
6,7
SPAN 101,102
SPAN 101,102,201,202
8
14
Theatre Arts 5,6,7 THEA 105 3
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Admission of international students to the undergraduate program at Tarleton
is based upon graduation from a secondary school (lyceum, senior middle school,
high school, preparatory school, or other equivalent) system equivalent to at least 12
grades. Applicants must provide official transcripts and evaluations of all academic
work. Evaluations must be done by recognized evaluation services and typically
must adhere to standards of the American Association of Collegiate Registrars
and Admissions Officers and include items such as course names, course
descriptions, course credit, course grades, grade point average, and diploma or
degree earned as recommended by the National Council on the Evaluation of
Foreign Educational Credentials. The International Academic Program office can
provide a list of evaluation service providers but it is the applicant’s responsibility
to secure and pay for the evaluation and to make sure it is done early enough to
meet admission deadlines.
The quality of the applicant’s prior secondary or collegiate-level work is judged
from the scores attained. International applicants must submit SAT or ACT scores
to be considered for admission. International applicants may be admitted if they
have a score of 1110 or above on the SAT or 24 or above on the ACT. Those with
SAT scores of 950-1110 or ACT of 20-23 may be considered based on the records
provided. **Student must meet UAP benchmark scores listed above.
The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), administered by the
Educational Testing Service, is required with a minimum score of 69 on the NEW
Internet-based test, a minimum score of 190 on the computer-based test, or a
minimum score of 520 on the paper-based test. Completion of six semester hours
of regular first-year college English composition at an accredited college in the
United States with a grade of C or better in each course will satisfy the TOEFL
requirement. Students may inquire about acceptable scores on IELTS.
To obtain a visa from the American Embassy located in the applicant’s country,
a prospective student must have documented evidence of financial solvency. A
sponsor is obligated to endorse all expenditures for the applicant during the entire
course of study. Note that a copy of all financial statement documentation must be
included with the admission packet. Check with the American Embassy for further
details.
International applicants must submit two passport-style color photos taken
within six months of application, a $100 (US) processing and admission fee and
a $30 application fee. Both fees are nonrefundable. Payment must be made by
bank cashier’s check or credit card payable to Tarleton State University. Tarleton
State University requires that all international students have medical insurance
with coverage in the United States. Students may wish to purchase insurance
through the University upon arrival.
All application materials must be sent to the Office of International Academic
Programs. Applications cannot be processed until all materials are received. The

28 Admissions
I-20 will be issued only after a formal admission letter has been issued by Tarleton
State University. All undergraduate students are required to meet Texas Success
Initiative (TSI) assessment before registering for classes. For more details about
admission of international students, consult our web page at www.tarleton.edu/
international.
TRANSFER STUDENTS
At the time of application, students who have attempted college level credit
at an accredited institution after high school graduation are considered transfer
students. Applicants must be eligible to enroll at all colleges and universities
previously attended and submit final official transcripts from each college or
university attended. For students who have previously attended Tarleton State
University, transfer work and Tarleton work will be combined to determine a
cumulative GPA. Transferable work from all previously attended colleges and
universities will be combined to determine a cumulative GPA. Developmental
and similar non-college credit are not used in determining the GPA needed to be
eligible for transfer admission.
TRANSFER STUDENT QUALIFICATIONS
The following minimum standards must be met:
1. Students with 12 to 29 semester hours of college credit and a cumulative
GPA of 2.8 or higher will be admitted. A cumulative GPA of 2.00 - 2.79 is
acceptable, provided they also meet one of the regular admission standards
for first-time freshman applicants*.
2. Students with 30 or more semester hours of college credit and a cumulative
GPA of 2.0 or higher will be admitted.
3. Students with 11 or fewer semester hours of college level credit and a
cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher who meet one of the regular admission
standards for first-time freshman applicants* will be admitted.
* Please see the Admission Requirements for First-Time Freshman area in this
section of the catalog.
CORE CURRICULUM TRANSFER
Students who complete all general education requirements as approved
by the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board at another school and who
then transfer to Tarleton State University will generally be considered to have met
general education requirements as outlined toward a degree at Tarleton. However,
additional requirements for the degree must be met and this could require students
to take one or more courses that are part of the general education requirements at
Tarleton.
TRANSFER ARTICULATION POLICIES
Credits earned at another regional accredited institution are accepted as
recorded on the official transcript. However, because of differences in institutional
degree requirements and course content, some credits transferred may not apply
toward satisfying degree requirements at Tarleton. A maximum of 68 semester
hours of academic credit will be accepted for degree credit from a two-year
institution.
Beginning Spring 2004, all grades including F’s, for all academic credit
courses will be articulated to the Tarleton transcript. Remedial/developmental
courses will not be entered and will not be used in the admissions decision. When

Admissions
29
a course has been repeated at the same institution only the best effort will be
transcribed. Only those transferred hours that have been transcribed will be used
to determine admissions eligibility.
Courses that are vocational or technical in nature are not automatically
accepted by Tarleton State University. These courses must be approved by the
appropriate academic departments and resubmitted for articulation to Enrollment
Management. Students with a significant number of hours in a technical field
and who wish to use those hours toward a Tarleton degree should consider the
Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences, Bachelor of Science Applied Science,
Bachelor of Technology, or similar degree programs. Such students are expected
to meet current admissions rules and may wish to contact Advising Services or
departmental offices for further information.
TEXAS COMMON COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM
A common numbering system has been devised by area colleges and
universities to identify those courses that are similar in nature and considered
to be equal in transfer. The purpose of the system is to assist students who are
transferring between participating institutions. Following is a list of Tarleton courses
that are considered as matches with the Texas Common Course Numbering
System (TCCNS):
TCCNS TSU
ACCT 2301 or ACC 203
ACCT2401
ACCT 2302 or ACC 204
ACCT 2402
AGRI 1131 AGRI 101
AGRI 1307 AGRN 105
AGRI 1309 A EC 212
AGRI 1311 D S 202
AGRI 2313 ENTO 201
AGRI 1315 HORT 200
AGRI 1319 ANSC 107
AGRI 1325 ANSC 207
AGRI 1327 WLDM 201
AGRI 2301 AGSD 201
AGRI 2303 AGSD 221
AGRI 2317 A EC 105
AGRI 2330 WLDM 221
ARTS 1301 ART 131
ARTS 1303 ART 231
ARTS 1304 ART 232
ARTS 1311 ART 111
ARTS 1312 ART 211
ARTS 1316 ART 121
ARTS 1317 ART 221
BCIS 1301 CIS 103
BCIS 1310 CIS 201
BCIS 1332 CIS 212
BIOL 1411 BIOL 120
BIOL 1413 BIOL 121
BIOL 1322 FCS 210
BIOL 2401 BIOL 219
BIOL 2402 BIOL 220
BUSI 1301 G B 103
BUSI 1307 FIN 101
CHEM 1405 CHEM 101
CHEM 1407 CHEM 103
CHEM 1411 CHEM 105
CHEM 1412 CHEM 108
CHEM 2423 CHEM 201
CHEM 2425 CHEM 202
TCCNS TSU
COMM 1307 COMS 213
COMM 1316 COMS 214
COSC 1301 CIS 103
CRIJ 1301 C J 131
CRIJ 1306 C J 232
CRIJ 1310 C J 237
CRIJ 2313 C J 238
CRIJ 2314 C J 235
CRIJ 2323 C J 236
CRIJ 2328 C J 234
DRAM 1310 THEA 105
DRAM 1220 THEA 107
DRAM 1330 THEA 203
DRAM 1341 THEA 109
DRAM 1351 THEA 106
DRAM 1352 THEA 206
DRAM 2336 THEA 201
DRAM 2361 THEA 207
DRAM 2362 THEA 208
ECON 1301 ECO 101
ECON 1303 ECO 205
ECON 2301 ECO 201
ECON 2302 ECO 202
ECON 2311 GEOG 202
ENGL 1301 ENGL 111
ENGL 1302 ENGL 112
FREN 1411 FREN 101
FREN 1412 FREN 102
FREN 2311 FREN 201
FREN 2312 FREN 202
GEOG 1303 GEOG 110
GEOG 2312 GEOG 202
GEOL 1401 P SC 101
GEOL 1403 GEOL 105
GEOL 1404 GEOL 106
GEOL 2405 GEOL 203
GERM 1411 GERM 101
GERM 1412 GERM 102
GERM 2311 GERM 201

30 Admissions
TCCNS TSU
GOVT 2302 or POLS 201
GOVT 2305
GOVT 2301 or POLS 202
GOVT 2306
HECO 1101 FCS 110
HECO 1315 FCS 105
HECO 1322 FCS 210
HECO 1325 FCS 102
HECO 1328 FCS 202
HECO 2311 FCS 206
HIST 1301 HIST 201
HIST 1302 HIST 202
HIST 2311 HIST 101
HIST 2312 HIST 102
HORT 1301 HORT 200
HUMA 1315 F A 101
MATH 1314 MATH 107
MATH 1316 MATH 109
MATH 1324 MATH 110
MATH 1325 MATH 111
MATH 1332 MATH 108
MATH 2412 MATH 118
MATH 2413 MATH 120
MATH 2414 MATH 209
MUSI 1181 MUSC 151
MUSI 1182 MUSC 152
TCCNS TSU
MUSI 1300 MUSC 213
PHED 1301 KINE 200
PHED 1306 HLTH 231
PHED 1308 KINE 227
PHED 1338 HLTH 101
PHIL 1301 PHIL 101
PHIL 2303 PHIL 201
PHYS 1401 PHYS 104
PHYS 1402 PHYS 105
PHYS 1411 PHYS 103
PHYS 2425 PHYS 122
PHYS 2426 PHYS 242
PSYC 2301 PSY 101
PSYC 2308 PSY 220
PSYC 2315 PSY 102
PSYC 2312 PSY 201
SOCI 1301 SOC 201
SOCI 1306 SOC 202
SOCW 2361 SWK 208
SPAN 1411 SPAN 101
SPAN 1412 SPAN 102
SPCH 1311 COMS 101
SPCH 1315 COMS 102
SPCH 1342 COMS 201
TECA 1311 FCS 204
TECA 1318 FCS 211
TECA 1354 FCS 104
• If you have questions regarding transferability of courses, please contact the Office of
Transfer Services at 1-800-687-8236 or email uadm@tarleton.edu.
• Visit www.tccns.org for a more extensive list.
If Tarleton does not accept lower-division course credit earned by a student
at another public institution of higher education in Texas, Tarleton will give written
notice to the student and the other institution that the transfer of the course credit
is denied. The two institutions and the student shall attempt to resolve any dispute
over the transfer of the course credit in accordance with Texas Higher Education
Coordinating Board guidelines. If the dispute is not resolved to the satisfaction of
the student and the institution at which the credit was earned, the student may file
a Transfer Dispute Resolution form (CB-TDR) with Tarleton. It must be submitted
within 15 days of the date the student received written notification of the denial
of credit. Tarleton will forward a copy of the CB-TDR to the Commissioner of
Higher Education who will resolve the dispute if necessary. In this instance, the
Commissioner will give written notice to the student and institutions involved.
POST-BACCALAUREATE ADMISSIONS
A student who has a bachelor’s degree from an accredited U.S. institution and
who is in good standing at all schools previously attended but who is not seeking
a master’s degree or professional certification may apply as a post-baccalaureate
student. A post-baccalaureate student may work on a second bachelor’s degree
or teaching certification or take courses of interest. To be admitted to postbaccalaureate
status, an applicant must submit official transcript(s) from all
schools attended, a signed application form or completed electronic application,
a $30 application fee, a tuition residency form and a Post-Baccalaureate form.
The Post-Baccalaureate form can be found at www.tarleton.edu/admissions
by choosing “Print Various Documents Needed for Admission or by contacting
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at 254-968-9125 or 800-687-8236.
Undergraduate academic standards apply to post-baccalaureate students.

Admissions
31
READMISSIONS
Students who have previously attended Tarleton and are returning after one or
more long semesters’ absence may apply for readmission. Applicants must submit
an application for readmission, pay a $30 application fee, and be clear of any
blocks by Tarleton offices (Police, Business Office, Financial Aid, etc.).
1. Students who have not enrolled at any other college or university since
last attending Tarleton and are free of suspension will be admitted.
2. Students who have enrolled at any other college or university since last
attending Tarleton and who meet transfer requirements and are free of
suspension may be admitted.
3. Students who have been absent for one or more long semesters must
reapply to the university for admission.
ACADEMIC FRESH START
Senate Bill 1321 entitles residents of the state of Texas to seek admission to
public institutions of higher education without consideration of courses taken ten
or more years prior to enrollment. This bill gives students the option of electing
to have course work taken ten or more years prior to the starting date of the
semester in which the applicant seeks to enroll either counted as usual or ignored
for admission purposes. Applicants who elect to apply for admission under this law
and who are admitted as students may not receive any course credit for courses
taken ten or more years prior to enrollment.

EXPENSES
To meet the demands for a quality education in its broadest sense, required
expenses for Tarleton students are kept low. Comparisons reveal that Tarleton’s
total cost of about $13,326 for two regular semesters is among the lowest of any
public Texas university. Total cost includes tuition, meals, room, and all other fees. An
additional $3,481 for personal expenses makes the cost of a school year at Tarleton
approximately $16,807.
NOTE: The fees provided below were approved by The Texas A&M University
System Board of Regents at its March 2010 meeting. The tuition/fee information
below is an estimate and is subject to change based on Board action and
Legislative requirements.
2011-2012 REGULAR SESSION FEES
Fall and Spring Semesters
Tuition Fee (see Note) (required)
Texas Resident – Undergraduate 1 ............................................$143.97 per hour
Texas Resident – Graduate 1 .....................................................$163.97 per hour
Nonresident 1 Graduate or Undergraduate.................................$453.97 per hour
Student Services Fee (required)
Stephenville ..........................................$18.80 per hour with $225.60 maximum
Academic Support and Advising Fee (required)… ..…………………...$3.00 per hour
Computer Processing Fee (required) ...................................................$8.93 per hour
Distance Education Degree Program Course Fees.… .......….$300-$800 per course
Distance Learning Fee (on-line courses) ...........................................$40.00 per hour
Endowment Scholarship Fee (required-Stephenville)… ......................$1.00 per hour
Excessive Hours Fee………………… ...…………………..…………$100.00 per hour
First Year Experience Fee (required-Stephenville) ...................$100.00 1 st semester
General Property Deposit, returnable (required) .............................................$10.00 2
Health Service Fee (required-Stephenville) .........................................$4.47 per hour
Identification System Fee (required) ...........................................$10.00 per semester
Instructional Equipment Fee (required) ................................................$2.40 per hour
Intercollegiate Athletics Fee (required-Stephenville) $10.00 per hour w/$130.00 max.
International Education Fee (required) .........................................$4.00 per semester
International Student Program Fee…………………… ........ ..….$40.00 per semester
Library Access Fee (required)................................................. ..............$7.50 per hour
Off-Campus Program Delivery Fee…………………..………………..$34.00 per hour
Parking Fee (optional) .................................................................$25.00 per semester
Records Fee (required).................................. .............................$10.00 per semester
Recreational Sports Fee (required, Stephenville)……………..$100.00 per semester
Repeated Courses Fee………………………………………………..$100.00 per hour
Room Reservation & Damage Deposit (required, residence hall students) $100.00 2
Student Center Facility Fee (required, Stephenville)
..........................................................................$3.60 per hour with $36.00 maximum
Yearbook (Undergraduate-Stephenville-Spring Semester Only) ..................... $25.00
2012 SUMMER SESSION FEES
Tuition Fee (see Note) (required)
Texas Resident – Undergraduate 1 ............................................$143.97 per hour
Texas Resident – Graduate 1 .....................................................$163.97 per hour

Expenses
33
Nonresident 1 ..............................................................................$453.97 per hour
Student Services Fee (required Stephenville) .............................................................
..................................................................... $11.18 per hour with $225.60 maximum
Academic Support and Advising Fee (required)……………………….$4.00 per hour
Computer Processing Fee (required).................................. .................$8.93 per hour
Distance Education Degree Program Course Fees ................$300-$800 per course
Distance Learning Fee (on-line courses) ...........................................$40.00 per hour
Endowment Scholarship Fee (required-Stephenville)… ......................$1.00 per hour
Excessive Hours Fee……………………………………………….…$100.00 per hour
First Year Experience Fee (required-Stephenville) ..................$100.00 1 st Semester
General Property Deposit, returnable (required) .............................................$10.00 2
Health Service Fee (required-Stephenville) .........................................$4.47 per hour
Identification System Fee (required) ...........................................$10.00 per semester
Instructional Equipment Fee (required) ................................................$2.40 per hour
Intercollegiate Athletics Fee (required-Stephenville) $10.00 per hour w/$130.00 max
International Education Fee (required) .........................................$4.00 per semester
International Student Program Fee……………………… ...........$40.00 per semester
Library Access Fee (required) ..............................................................$7.50 per hour
Off Campus Program Delivery Fee ……………………………..….... $34.00 per hour
Parking Fee (optional) .................................................................$10.00 per semester
Records Fee (required) ...............................................................$10.00 per semester
Recreational Sports Fee (Required Stephenville)………………$50.00 per semester
Repeated Courses Fee………………………………………………..$100.00 per hour
Room Reservation & Damage Deposit (required, residence hall students) .$100.00 2
Student Center Facility Fee (required, Stephenville) .................................................
..........................................................................$3.60 per hour with $18.00 maximum
1
Includes State Tuition Rate of $50 per semester credit hour for Undergraduates/$70
per semester credit hour for Graduates/$360 per semester credit hour for non-resident
plus $93.97 per semester credit hour for Designated Tuition. Previously, a General
Use Fee was assessed for all students. The General Use Fee has been reclassified
as Designated Tuition as per the acts of the 75 th Texas Legislature. Reference Texas
Education Code §54.0512 and §54.0513.
2
For students without a deposit on file.
EXPLANATION OF FEES
Please Note: The following fees are required of all students, regardless of classification
(undergraduate or graduate) or type of housing (on- or off-campus) with the exception
of fees designated by campus: Tuition, Student Services (Stephenville), Student
Center Facility (Stephenville), Academic Advising & Support, Computer Processing,
Endowment Scholarship (Stephenville), Health Service (Stephenville), Identification
System, Records, Library Access, Intercollegiate Athletics (Stephenville), Instructional
Equipment, International Education, Recreational Sports Fee (Stephenville) and General
Property Deposit. Off Campus Program Delivery Fee, Distance Learning Fee, and
Distance Ed Degree Program Fee are assessed to off-campus courses, on-line courses
and Distance Ed Degree Programs courses respectively.
Note 1: The following are payable on an installment basis in the regular semesters.
TUITION FEE. Tuition for Texas resident undergraduate students is $143.97
per semester credit hour. Tuition for Texas resident graduate students is $163.97 per
semester credit hour. Tuition for non-resident students, including those who are not
U.S. citizens, is $453.97 per semester credit hour. See “Determination of Residence
for Tuition Purposes” in this section for more information.

34 Expenses
STUDENT SERVICES. This fee of $18.80 per semester credit hour, with
a $225.60 maximum per regular semester and $11.18 per semester credit hour,
with a $225.60 maximum per summer semester, is for support of student activities.
It includes a subscription to the J‐TAC (the student newspaper), admission to all
athletic events, including intramural athletics, fees for the Barry B. Thompson Student
Center, and student discounts for all special events performances in the Fine Arts
Center. The fee also supports student government, student organizations, student
travel, student counseling, rodeo activities, the cheerleaders, and Texan Stars. This
fee is assessed on Stephenville courses.
ACADEMIC SUPPORT & ADVISING FEE. This fee of $4 per semester credit
hour is used to cover costs of providing academic support programs and academic
advising services.
AGRICULTURAL FACILITIES FEE. This fee of $17 per course is charged
to all students who register for agriculture courses and is used by the College of
Agricultural and Environmental Sciences to provide agricultural facilities to support
the agricultural degree programs and courses.
COMPUTER PROCESSING FEE. This fee of $8.93 per semester credit hour
is used to cover costs of providing computing access to the students and computing
services for administrative and instructional purposes.
COURSE FEES. These fees are charged to cover the costs of materials and
services directly associated with selected classroom or laboratory activities.
DISTANCE EDUCATION DEGREE PROGRAM COURSE FEE. This fee, with
a range of $300-$800 per course based on the degree program associated with the
course, will allow for delivery and ensure the quality of the university’s Distance/
Distributed Education Programs.
DISTANCE LEARNING FEE. This fee of $40 per semester credit hour is
assessed on all online courses to provide web-based student services support.
ENDOWMENT SCHOLARSHIP FEE. This fee of $1 per semester credit hour is
to create additional scholarship funds to assist students with their college education.
This fee is assessed on Stephenville courses.
EXCESSIVE HOURS FEE. This fee of $100 per semester credit hour is charged
to students with excessive semester credit hours towards a degree program.
Reference Texas Education code § 54.014 which provides a limit on the number of
hours an undergraduate Texas resident may attempt while paying in-state tuition.
For more information, please visit www.tarleton.edu/registrar.
FIELD ASSIGNMENT FEE. This fee of $75 per course is charged to all students
who register for a student teaching, internship, field placement, or cooperative
education course. The fee is used for costs directly associated with these courses.
FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE FEE. This one-time fee of $100, charged the first
semester to all new and transfer students with less than 30 semester credit hours, is
used to cover costs associated with the First Year Experience Program. This fee is
assessed to the Stephenville Campus.
GENERAL PROPERTY DEPOSIT (Breakage Deposit). Students must have a
general deposit of $10 on file.
HEALTH SERVICE FEE. This fee of $4.47 per semester credit hour is used
to cover costs of the Student Health Center. This fee is assessed on Stephenville
courses.
IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM FEE. This fee of $10 per semester is used to
support systems related to the identification card. These systems controls building
access, meal plans, Texan Bucks and access to many activities across campus.
This is not a purchase fee. Lost/stolen cards may be replaced at a cost of $10.
Cards worn due to normal wear and tear that are more than 1 year old can be

Expenses
35
exchanged for a new card at no charge. If the existing card is not returned, the
replacement fee of $10 will apply.
INSTRUCTIONAL EQUIPMENT FEE. This fee of $2.40 per semester credit
hour is used to maintain and upgrade equipment used directly in student instruction.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS FEE. This fee of $10 per semester credit
hour, with a $130 maximum per semester, is used to support intercollegiate athletics
at Tarleton State University. This fee is assessed on Stephenville courses.
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION FEE. This fee of $4 per semester is used to
assist students participating in international student exchange or study programs.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENT PROGRAM FEE. This fee, assessed only
to international students at a rate of $40 per semester, funds expenses directly
associated with the International Education Program.
LABORATORY FEE. A fee of not less than $2 and not more than $30 for each
laboratory course may be charged for materials and supplies.
LATE REGISTRATION FEE. Students who do not register or make initial
payment on days set aside for that purpose will pay a late fee of $25.
LATE PAYMENT FEE. Students not making an installment payment by the due
date will be charged a late payment fee of $10. Students who are delinquent more
than five days may be prohibited from registering for classes and may be blocked
from all University services.
LIBRARY ACCESS FEE. This fee of $7.50 per semester credit hour is used to
purchase materials and equipment and to support the operations of the Dick Smith
Library.
OFF-CAMPUS PROGRAM DELIVERY FEE. This fee of $34 per semester
credit hour is used to cover additional expenses associated with the cost of delivering
off-campus programs.
PARKING FEE. Students who wish to park a vehicle on any part of Tarleton
property will pay a parking fee of $25 for each regular semester and $10 per summer
semester.
RECORDS FEE. This fee of $10 per semester is used to cover the cost of
maintaining academic records.
RECREATIONAL SPORTS FEE. This fee of $100 per regular semester and
$50 per summer semester is used to fund debt service requirements and operational
costs of the facility. This fee is assessed to the Stephenville Campus only.
REPEATED COURSES FEE (3-PEAT). This additional course fee will be
charged at a rate of $100 per semester credit hour to those students who have
attempted the same course for a third time since Fall 2002. This provision is
described in the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board Rules (Chapter 13,
Subchapter B, §13.25). For additional information please visit www.tarleton.edu/
registrar.
ROOM & MEALS FEES. All students living in the residence halls are required to
pay for meals, in addition to room-rent fees. Meals are provided in modified cafeteria
style during specific meal hours. Evening meals will not be served on days preceding
holidays and end of semester or summer sessions. Room and meal rates and meal
times are published in pamphlets available from Student Life and Business Services.
Meal fees include state sales tax. No deductions will be made from charges for
meals and room rent when students move into the residence hall within ten days
after the opening of a semester, nor will refunds be made when students withdraw
during the last ten days of a semester or the last ten days for which payment has
been made.
STUDENT CENTER FACILITY FEE. This fee of $3.60 per semester credit hour,
with a $36 maximum per regular semester and $18 maximum per summer semester,

36 Expenses
is used for operating, maintaining, improving, and equipping the Barry B. Thompson
Student Center. This fee is assessed to Stephenville courses.
TESTING FEE. A testing fee of $15 for freshmen and transfer students will
be assessed to cover required institutional testing, such as for Math and English
placement, writing proficiency, or achievement. It is charged on first enrollment for a
fall or spring semester and covers all institutional testing while the student is enrolled.
TEXAN BUCKS. This is an optional program available for students, which
allows them to use their ID cards to make purchases both on and off campus.
Deposits can be made to a Texan Bucks account online, in the Texan Card Office
or through machines located in the Thompson Student Center, Women’s Housing
Complex and the Library. Purchases can be made at all dining locations oncampus
as well as the Campus Bookstore and some vending machines. Funds
can also be used at all on-campus laundry facilities, the Library, University Police
Department and Student Health Center. Many off-campus businesses also accept
Texan Bucks. Unused Texan Bucks in your account at the end of a term will
automatically carry forward to the next term. Cash withdrawals are not allowed. If
you wish to close your account, you must submit a written request. Refunds are
made by check and subject to a $15.00 withdrawal fee. Accounts dormant for a
period of three (3) years will be remitted to the state.
YEARBOOK FEE. A fee of $25 for the Tarleton yearbook, The Grassburr, is
charged each Spring semester to undergraduate students enrolled in courses at the
Stephenville Campus. This fee is used to cover publication costs of the yearbook.
Note 2: The following fees are NOT payable on an installment basis.
INSTALLMENT FEE. The Texas Education Code includes a provision for
students to pay tuition and certain designated fees for the fall and spring semesters
on an installment basis. Students may elect to pay in full or in three installments.
Students who elect to pay on the installment plan will be charged an installment fee
of $20 per semester and will be required to sign an installment agreement.
ROOM RESERVATION AND DAMAGE DEPOSIT. All residence hall students
are required to have a room reservation and damage deposit of $100 on file.
PAYMENT OF FEES
All of the aforementioned fees must be paid by a designated date, which is
stated on the student’s bill. Student account information is available thru Texan
Bill Pay. Services offered include: 24/7 access, E-bills, Electronic Refunding, Online
Payment Plan enrollment, and Authorized User access. Payment due dates
are also displayed via DuckTrax at www.tarleton.edu and on Business Services
webpage at www.tarleton.edu/business. The following options are available
for fee payment in regular semesters:
OPTION 1. Payment in full by the designated date.
OPTION 2. Payment in three installments as follows:
Installment 1: 50% of Note 1 fees and all of Note 2 fees by designated
date;
Installment 2: 25% of Note 1 fees prior to the start of the 6th class week;
Installment 3: 25% of Note 1 fees prior to the start of the 11th class week.
Each student who elects option 2 must enroll in the Payment Plan thru
Texan Bill Pay. An installment agreement must be on file in the Business
Services Office. Students who fail to make tuition and fees payment by the due
date may be prohibited from registering for classes for a succeeding semester
until payment is made. Moreover, nonpayment prior to the end of the semester
means the student may be denied credit for the work done that semester.

Expenses
37
For short sessions, payment in full is due by the designated date.
NOTICE CONCERNING CHECK PAYMENTS: In an effort to reduce processing
costs, Tarleton State University will begin processing paper checks electronically
effective July 14, 2008. If you deliver a check in-person or mail it to the University,
your paper check will be converted to an electronic Automated Clearing House (ACH)
transaction. For your reconciliation purposes, these checks will now appear on your
monthly bank statement as an Electronic Debit. If you do not wish to have your
account electronically debited, please speak with the Office of Business Services
staff concerning your options when paying by check.
REFUNDS
Students who have paid fees in full and withdraw from the University will receive
refunds for tuition, student services fee, academic advising & support fee, computer
processing fee, health service fee, endowment scholarship fee, student center
facility fee, excessive hours fee, international education fee, instructional equipment
fee, records fee, off-campus course fee, intercollegiate athletics fee, international
student program fee, distance education degree program course fee, library access
fee, recreational sports fee, repeated courses fee, field assignment fee, agricultural
facilities fee, course fees and laboratory fees. Students paying on an installment
basis and who withdraw from the University will be required to pay the balance of
fees due. The refund schedule is as follows:
3 week session 4 or 5 week session
Prior to 1 st class day 100% Prior to 1 st class day 100%
1 st or 2 nd class day 80% 1 st - 3 rd class day 80%
3 rd or 4 th class day 50% 4 th - 6 th class day 50%
5 th class day 0 7 th class day 0
8 week session 9, 10 or 12 week session
Prior to 1 st class day 100% Prior to 1 st class day 100%
1 st - 4 th class day 80% 1 st - 5 th class day 80%
5 th - 8 th class day 50% 6 th - 10 th class day 50%
9 th class day 0 11 th class day 0
16 week session
Prior to 1 st class day 100%
1 st - 5 th class day 80%
6 th - 10 th class day 70%
11 th - 15 th class day 50%
16 th - 20 th class day 25%
21 st class day 0
WITHDRAWING FROM ALL COURSES AT THE UNIVERSITY
Effective Withdrawal Date is the date the withdrawal is reported to and
recorded in the Registrar’s Office.
DROPPED CLASSES
(Student remains enrolled in one or more courses at the University.) Effective
Drop Date is the date the drop is recorded in the Registrar’s Office.
1. If a course is dropped on or before the census date for the appropriate session,
the student will be refunded for the tuition and fees associated with that course.
2. If a course is dropped after the appropriate census date, the student will not
receive a refund.
Census dates for various length sessions are as follows:
3 week session 2 nd class day
4 week session 3 rd class day

38 Expenses
5 or 6 week session 4 th class day
8 week session 6 th class day
9 or 10 week session 7 th class day
16 week session 12 th class day
Special notes: For refund purposes, class days are determined by the calendar, not
by the number of class meetings. As an example, if a semester starts on Monday,
Thursday of that week is considered the 4 th class day for all classes.
Those fees paid by Tuition Assistance or other third party receivable will be
refunded to the military or other organization if a refund is due.
Tarleton’s refund policy is in accordance with mandates of the state of Texas.
CONDITIONS OF REFUNDS
Refunds of tuition and fees will not be made until 10 days have elapsed from
the date the fees were paid. Refunds of tuition and fees paid by a sponsor, donor,
scholarship or by credit card will be made to the source rather than directly to the
student who has withdrawn if the funds were made available through the University.
All student services and privileges shall terminate when a student withdraws or
graduates from the University.
GENERAL PROPERTY DEPOSIT (Breakage Deposit)
After 10 days from the date the Registrar certifies a student has officially
withdrawn or graduated, the breakage-deposit balance may be refunded upon
request.
NONREFUNDABLE FEES
Fees required for special courses, Identification System fee, first year
experience fee, parking, testing, yearbook fee, installment plan fee, reinstatement
and late registration fee are non-refundable.
ROOM RENT AND MEAL FEES
Refunds to students withdrawing prior to the first class day will be based on a
daily proration. Refunds to students withdrawing on or after the first class day will
be based on a daily proration, less an early withdrawal fee equaling 10 percent
of the semester room/meal rate. The effective date of withdrawal will be the date
written notification is provided to the Registrar’s Office.
TEXAN BUCKS
This is an optional debit plan that allows students to use their Texan Card to
make purchases both on and off campus. Accounts are opened through the Texan
Card Office with an initial deposit of $20.00. Cash withdrawals are not allowed.
Balances on dormant accounts: Accounts having a remaining balance on
the earlier of either the third anniversary of the date issued if not used, or the third
anniversary of the card’s last use must be remitted to the state.
MISCELLANEOUS FEES
REINSTATEMENT FEE
A student who has been dropped from the rolls of the University and has been
approved for reinstatement will be charged a fee of $100.
UNPAID CHECK (RETURNED CHECK)
If a check accepted by the University is returned unpaid by the bank on which
it is drawn, the person presenting it will be required to pay a penalty of $30. If

Expenses
39
a check that is accepted by the University and processed by ACH (automated
clearing house) or by eCheck (Electronic check thru Texan Bill Pay), is returned
unpaid by the bank on which it is drawn, the student account to which the original
payment was applied will be charged a penalty of $30.00 in addition to the amount
of the returned item. The student registration and transcript records will be placed
on hold. If the check is not redeemed within 20 days after the date of the certified
notice of return, the student may be dropped from the rolls of the University and
the check turned over to the County Attorney for collection.
Note: Should you have any questions regarding fees and refunds, contact the Tarleton
State University Business Office: (254) 968-9107.
DETERMINATION OF RESIDENCE FOR TUITION PURPOSES
Residency status is based on information obtained from the student’s
application for admission. It is the student’s responsibility to answer all questions on
the application for admission accurately and honestly. If a current student believes
that their residency status may have changed, it is the student’s responsibility to
report this to the Admissions Office. If a new student/applicant believes that their
residency status may be incorrect, please contact the Admissions Office.
To be a Texas resident, a student must have resided in Texas for twelve
consecutive months or more and establish a domicile in Texas PRIOR to the
semester of enrollment.
Additional documentation may be required to establish Texas residency.
Residency rules are subject to change at any time due to Texas legislation.
The student has the burden of proof to show by clear and convincing evidence
that residence or domicile, as appropriate, has been established and maintained
according to the rules.
1. The 36 Month Provision. An individual who resided in Texas for the 36
consecutive months leading up to his/her graduation from a Texas high school
or receipt of a GED, and continued to maintain a residence in Texas for the 12
months leading up to his/her enrollment in an institution of higher education
may be classified as a resident for tuition purposes, regardless of dependency
or immigration status. Any individual wishing to qualify under this provision
who is not a U.S. citizen or Permanent Resident of the United States must
complete and submit an Affidavit of Intent to Become a Permanent Resident
to the Admissions Office in addition to the Core Residency Questions.
Students who do not meet the criteria of the 36 Month Provision may qualify for
residency according to one of the following:
2. Independent Students. Independent students are those who provide more
than half of their own financial support and are not eligible to be claimed as a
dependent for income tax purposes. In order to qualify for residency for tuition
purposes, an independent student must reside in Texas while doing one of the
following for the twelve consecutive months preceding the student/applicant’s
enrollment:
a. Own a home in Texas;
b. Own a business in Texas;
c. Be professionally licensed to practice or conduct business in the State of
Texas;
d. Be gainfully employed in a position not related to student status. Student
worker positions, internships, and graduate assistantships may not be
used as a basis for establishing residency in Texas; or
e. Be married to a Texas resident.

40 Expenses
3. Dependent Students. The residency for tuition purposes of a student who
is not independent is based upon that of the parent or court-appointed legal
guardian who claims that student as a dependent or provides more than half
that student’s financial support, regardless of the length of time the student
has resided in Texas. If the parent or court-appointed legal guardian of a
dependent student meets the criteria of having established residency for
tuition purposes, the dependent student is eligible to pay resident tuition.
Parents and legal guardians qualify for residency following the same criteria
as independent students.
4. Military personnel and dependents of military personnel. Resident
military personnel and their dependents are classified as residents, provided
they maintain Texas as the Official Home of Record with the military service.
Nonresident military personnel must submit certification of active duty in
Texas at each registration to be eligible for resident tuition rates. The Office
of Undergraduate Admissions must be contacted for an Active Duty Military/
Dependent Certification Form. The spouse or child of a member of the Armed
Forces of the United States who has been assigned to duty elsewhere
immediately following assignment to duty in Texas is entitled to pay the tuition
fees and other fees or charges provided for Texas residents as long as the
spouse or child resides continuously in Texas. Nonresident military personnel
who have separated or retired from military service while stationed in Texas
and who intend to remain in Texas may be classified as residents provided
certain actions are taken by the soldier one year prior to enrollment. Please
contact the Admissions Office for information.
5. International Students. International students/applicants who are eligible
to establish a domicile in Texas may also qualify for Texas resident status.
Please contact the Admissions Office for further information.
6. Residency Reclassification. A student classified as a non-resident retains
that classification until he/she requests reclassification in writing and provides
proof of residence to the Admissions Office. An Application for Reclassification
can be found on the Admissions website or requested from the Admissions
Office. Applications for reclassification must be submitted prior to the official
census date of the relevant term. The student has the burden of proof to show
by clear and convincing evidence that residence or domicile, as appropriate,
has been established and maintained according to the rules.
7. Residency Forms. Forms for residency can be found on the admissions
website or by contacting the Admissions Office at 254-968-9752.

FINANCIAL AID
Tarleton State University offers student financial aid in the form of loans,
grants, work opportunities and scholarships. In determining the type and amount of
financial aid necessary to meet a student’s financial need, the University expects
parents and spouses to make a maximum effort to assist the student with college
expenses. Financial aid resources of the University should be viewed only as
supplementary to the financial aid resources of the applicant and family.
To apply for financial aid, a student must submit a Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The Federal Central Processor will mail renewal
applications or PIN numbers to students who applied for federal student aid for
the 2011-2012 academic year and to those students who apply in subsequent
years. Students should use the renewal FAFSA or PIN number to make their
annual application for assistance. Financial aid applications are available from
high school counselors, the internet at: www.fafsa.ed.gov, most college or
university student financial aid offices or contact:
Student Financial Aid
Box T-0310
Stephenville, TX 76402
(254) 968-9070
ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR FINANCIAL AID
Various federal and state regulations governing student financial assistance
require that an institution develop standards to measure academic standing and
progress toward a degree objective. These regulations are subject to changes in
the Tarleton academic policy regarding probation and suspension.
The financial aid program is designed for all students who have demonstrated
financial need for assistance to meet college expenses and who are making
satisfactory academic progress, as defined by the Department of Student
Financial Aid. All students must be enrolled and accepted for enrollment in a
program leading to a degree or certificate. Financial aid eligibility is contingent
upon continued satisfactory progress toward a degree or certificate. To maintain
Satisfactory Academic Progress, a student must meet the standards listed below.
Grade Point Average: Undergraduate students with less than 30 must maintain
a 1.30 minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA). Undergraduate students
with 30-59 hours must maintain a 1.50 minimum cumulative GPA. Undergraduate
students with 60 or more hours must maintain a minimum cumulative grade point
average (GPA) of 2.0 on Tarleton course work. Graduate students must maintain
a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0. If a course is repeated at this institution,
only the best grade in the course is counted in computing the cumulative
GPA.
Excessive Hours: Undergraduate and Graduate/Ph.D. students are eligible to
receive financial assistance for a limited period of time while pursuing a degree.
A student should not exceed 150 percent of the number of credits that it takes to
obtain a degree. Our policy for Excessive Hours is based on the minimal credit
hours a student must have in order to be eligible to complete a degree. Credit
hours are cumulative, thus students working towards obtaining more than one
degree in the same category (i.e. two Master) may also be blocked for Excessive
Hours. This also applies when a student changes majors.
All courses that a student registers for [including courses that were completed
and those that are not completed (i.e. drops and withdrawals)] or transfers to

42 Financial Aid
Tarleton are included in the excessive hour calculation.
Deficit Hours: Financial aid recipients are expected to complete a defined
number of credit hours each semester per academic year. This number is based
on the number of hours a student enrolls for during the semester per academic
year as follows: Students must successfully complete/earn a minimum of 67%
of all attempted course work (62% for undergraduate students with 0-29 earned
hours) to remain on track to complete the program of study within the maximum
time frame allowed to retain financial aid eligibility. Attempted hours include all
transfer hours as well as all registered hours at Tarleton as of the census date
(12 th class day in a long semester and 4 th class day in the summer term) for each
enrollment period whether or not the student earned a grade or received credit.
All partial credit hours will be rounded down to the nearest hour.
Review Policy: The Financial Aid Office will review the above minimum
standards of academic progress annually at the end of every spring semester
to determine each applicant’s eligibility for aid consideration for the upcoming
year (summer, fall, spring). If it is determined that the student does not meet the
requirements, he/she will be ineligible to receive financial aid and will be notified
accordingly.
Appeals: Students have the right to appeal Satisfactory Academic Progress
Standards. However, the submission of an appeal is only a request does not
imply that financial aid holds will be removed or that approval of the appeal is
forthcoming. The appeal must be submitted to our office in writing or by email and
should demonstrate that extenuating circumstances occurred which were beyond
the student’s control.
A decision will be reached within ten working days and the student will be
notified of the results by postal mail.
PRIORITY DATES
Priority is given to students who have submitted to the Financial Aid Office
all requested and required documentation (including appropriate electronic data
exchange) prior to the following dates:
March 1 ................................................. Summer semester
April 1 .................................................... Fall/Spring semester
DEADLINES
No aid will be processed after the following dates:
April 1 .................................................... Summer semester
October 15............................................. Fall semester
March 15 ............................................... Spring semester
Applicants are responsible for the timeliness and promptness of their
applications. Note: Electronic data from outside processing agencies and all
other required documentation must be on file in the Financial Aid Office to
ensure first consideration for awards.
REFUND POLICIES ON STUDENT FINANCIAL AID AWARDS
If a student withdraws from Tarleton before a certain period of time has
elapsed, a portion of the financial aid awarded (excluding work-study) will be
required to be repaid. The amount to be repaid is determined by the following
policy.

Financial Aid
43
TUITION, STUDENT SERVICE FEE, BUILDING USE FEE,
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT CENTER FEE, and LABORATORY FEES
Students withdrawing from Tarleton will owe a refund on these fees according
to the following schedule:
Fall or Spring Semester
Prior to the first class day ......................................100 percent
During the first five class days .................................80 percent
During the second five class days ...........................70 percent
During the third five class days ...............................50 percent
During the fourth five class days .............................25 percent
After the fourth five class days .........................................none
Summer Term
Prior to the first class day ......................................100 percent
During the first, second, or third class day ...............80 percent
During the fourth, fifth, or sixth class day ................50 percent
Seventh day of class and thereafter ..................................none
ROOM, MEALS, PERSONAL, and TRANSPORTATION
Students withdrawing from Tarleton may receive a refund on these fees
according to the following schedule with day 1 being the day the residence halls
open:
Fall or Spring Semester
Summer Term
DAYS ELAPSED ..........% REFUND DAYS ELAPSED ...... % REFUND
1-7 ........................................... 100 1-7 ............................................. 90
8-14 ............................................ 90 8-14 ........................................... 60
15-21 .......................................... 80 15-21 ......................................... 30
22-28 .......................................... 70 After 21 days or 3 weeks no refund
29-35 .......................................... 60
36-42 .......................................... 50
43-49 .......................................... 40
50-56 .......................................... 30
57-63 .......................................... 20
64-70 .......................................... 10
After 70 days or 10 weeks, no refund
LOANS
Each student must complete pre-loan counseling before release of the first
disbursement of the first Direct loan. After initiating an application in the Financial
Aid Office, the actual loan transactions are made between the student borrower
and a lending institution participating in the program. All loan amounts are
determined by the cost of education, less other financial aid, less expected family
contribution or the program limits.
In addition, students must be enrolled in at least 6 semester hours to qualify.
WILLIAM D. FORD FEDERAL DIRECT LOAN PROGRAM
William D. Ford Federal Direct Loans are student loans that must be repaid
and are available to both undergraduate and graduate students.
Undergraduate loan limits may not exceed $5,500 (no more than $3,500 may
be subsidized) for freshmen, $6,500 (no more than $4,500 may be subsidized)
for sophomores and $7,500 (no more than $5,500 may be subsidized) for juniors
and seniors. Graduate students loan limits are limited to $20,500 (no more than

44 Financial Aid
$8,500 may be subsidized).
A subsidized loan is awarded on the basis of financial need. If eligible for
a subsidized loan, the government will pay (subsidized) the interest on the loan
while the student is in school, for the first six months after leaving school, and
if the student qualifies, payments may be deferred. For an unsubsidized loan,
the student is responsible for the interest from the time the unsubsidized loan is
disbursed until it is paid in full. The borrower is required to pay a combined lender
fee and insurance premium on the principal amount of the loan.
Students begin repaying Direct loans six months after they drop below halftime
enrollment.
FEDERAL DIRECT PLUS LOANS (PARENT LOANS)
Parent Loans are made by the Department of Education to parents to assist
in meeting education costs. Parents, on behalf of their dependents, may borrow
the annual loan limit of the cost of education, less other financial aid. Repayment
is generally due within 60 days of the loan disbursement. Federal law requires
a 3% origination fee and a 1% federal default fee. Fees charged to the PLUS
borrower are deducted form the loan proceeds when the money is sent to the
student’s school.
SHORT-TERM LOANS
Application for all short-term loans is made through the Student Financial
Aid Office. Distribution and repayment of funds is made in the Business Office.
Students will be allowed to have only one Tarleton Loan, and one Tuition and
Fee Emergency Loan for the first installment only, plus one Stephen or Student
Memorial or Score or Porter Leon or Potishman Loan per semester. Students
will also be allowed only one Potishman or short-term Porter Leon Loan per
semester. Loans will cease to be disbursed 30 days before all loans are due. All
short-term loans are paid at the cashier’s window in the Administration Building.
TARLETON LOANS
These loans must be used for room and board only. There is a service charge.
Loans not paid on time will be assessed a late fee. Loans are due approximately
90 days after signing the promissory note or the end of the semester, whichever
is earlier.
STEPHEN, STUDENT MEMORIAL, SCORE, PORTER-LEIGON LOANS
These loans must be used for books only. Students may borrow up to
$500. The loan will be available on the student’s Texan Card to be used at the
Tarleton Campus Bookstore located in the Thompson Student Center. A service
charge will be assessed. Loans are due approximately 90 days after signing the
promissory note or the end of the semester, whichever is earlier. Loans not paid
on time will be assessed a late fee.
POTISHMAN LOANS
These loans may be made up to $40 for a 30-day period with a $5 service
charge. Loans not paid on time will be assessed a late fee.
TUITION AND FEE EMERGENCY LOANS
Conditions are as follows:
1. Tuition and Fee Emergency Loans are for the first installment of tuition and

Financial Aid
45
fees only. Loan applications must be submitted to the Financial Aid Office.
These loans are applied automatically to the student’s account.
2. Eligible students’ applications will be processed on a first-come, first-served
basis.
3. Maximum loan amount per student may not exceed the amount owed in
tuition and required fees for the courses in which the student is actually
enrolling.
4. A promissory note with an interest rate of 5 percent per annum will be
executed by the student to be repaid over a period not to exceed ninety days
for a loan made for a regular semester, or thirty days for a summer session.
PORTER-LEIGON LOAN FUND
The V. O. Porter and Nell Porter Leigon Fund was established in 1986 by a
gift from the Anthon M. Leigon Estate to Tarleton.
THE POTISHMAN FUND
This is a short-term loan program, which began in 1971 through a $5,000
donation of Fort Worth businessman, Leo Potishman.
THE SCORE LOAN FUND
This fund is used to make loans up to a maximum of $100 to any business
major.
THE STEPHEN MEMORIAL LOAN FUND
This fund was established from the will of Na Homer Stephen in memory of
M. L. Matt and Mattie Stephen.
THE STUDENT MEMORIAL LOAN FUND
This fund has been established from the will of Will C. Hogg of Houston.
Other friends have contributed to it. The original endowment has been invested
in securities and the income is being used for Tarleton student loans.
TARLETON LOAN FUND
When the state of Texas took over Tarleton State College in 1917, among the
many gifts provided by citizens of Stephenville was a cash gift of $75,000 with
which to commemorate the name of John Tarleton, the original benefactor who
made the establishment of Tarleton State University possible in 1899. Citizens of
Stephenville and Erath County remembered John Tarleton with great affection,
and for that reason this money was raised by private subscription and turned
over to the Board of Directors to be used as a student loan fund. The Board of
Directors immediately invested the $75,000 as an endowment, making available
for loans the income from interest. The first student loans were made in 1920.
LATE PAYMENTS ON LOANS
When a student does not make payment on any outstanding loan by the due
date, his/her records will be blocked immediately.
GRANTS
FEDERAL PELL GRANTS
Pell Grants are available to eligible undergraduates. Pell Grant funds are
disbursed based on number of hours enrolled when the funds are received. All

46 Financial Aid
other sources of aid will be given in addition to the Pell Grant.
SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS
These grants, ranging from $100 to $1,200 per year, are available to help
needy undergraduates meet education expenses.
THE TEXAS PUBLIC EDUCATION GRANT
This grant was established by the Texas State Legislature to help needy
students. Under this program, students may receive grants ranging from $100
and up.
LEAP/SLEAP
LEAP/SLEAP grants furnish financial assistance to students with need
attending public institutions of higher education. To be eligible, the applicant must
be at least a half-time student, a citizen, a national or a permanent resident of the
U.S., and otherwise eligible to pay Texas resident tuition.
TEXAS GRANT PROGRAM
The Toward Excellence, Access, and Success (TEXAS) grant program was
established in 1999 by the Texas Legislature to provide need-based financial
assistance to resident Texas students who completed the Recommended high
school program. Eligible students may receive an amount up to the cost of required
tuition and fees each academic year of eligibility. Some restrictions apply.
To be eligible for the TEXAS grant, a student must be a Texas resident and
a graduate from a public or accredited private high school and must demonstrate
exceptional financial need as determined by the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA). Detailed information is available by request in the Financial
Aid Office.
TEACH GRANT
This is a federally funded program available to students admitted into the
teacher education program. Eligible students must meet and maintain a 3.25 GPA.
In exchange for the grant, students must agree to serve as full-time teachers at
certain schools and within specific high-need fields for at least four academic years
within eight years of completing their course of study. If a grant recipient does not
carry out this obligation, the TEACH grant funds received will be converted into an
unsubsidized loan that must be repaid with interest.
TEXAS TUITION GUARANTEE
Texas Tuition Guarantee is a new program which will cover tuition and fees
for qualified freshman enrolling at Tarleton State University for the Fall 2010
semester. Please study the criteria below and determine if you might be eligible!
This program uses Pell grant and Texas Tuition Guarantee to cover Tuition and
Fees.
Tarleton Policies
Initial Eligibility
1. Entering Freshman students in the Fall of 2011
2. Family Adjusted Gross Income (AGI) of $30,000 or less
3. Apply for the program by Institutional Financial Aide Deadline
4. Be eligible for PELL Grants as either a dependent or

Financial Aid
47
independent student
5. Be a Texas resident
6. Enroll in a minimum of 15 Semester Credit hours (SCH) per
semester
7. Eligibility will be based on need
8. Student must be degree seeking
Continuing Eligibility
1. Family AGI of $30,000 or less
2. Apply for renewal by the university financial aid deadline
3. Maintain PELL eligibility
4. Maintain a minimum of 2.5 GPA in all semesters of eligibility
5. Enroll in a minimum of 15 SCH per eligible semester
6. Have completed a minimum of SCH in the previous eligible
semester or 30 SCH in the preceding Academic Year
7. Must maintain satisfactory academic progress
8. Eligibility is for a period of 8 consecutive long semesters at the
undergraduate level only
WORK OPPORTUNITIES
Tarleton participates in the College Work-Study Program, sponsored jointly
by the federal government and the University, and in the State Work-Study
Program, sponsored jointly by the State of Texas and the University. Students
must show financial need to be eligible for work-study. Approximately 130
students are employed in various departments and facilities on campus. Funds
are awarded on a first-come, first-serve basis. Current work-study employment
does not guarantee a student work-study for the following year. All wages are on
an hourly basis, and work schedules are arranged around class schedules.
SCHOLARSHIPS
The Tarleton State University Office of Scholarships is committed to providing
assistance to students in pursuit of their education. Scholarships are awarded for
academic ability and achievement, demonstrated leadership, ability to perform
(music, band, etc.), extracurricular activities, financial need, and other criteria as
defined by specific scholarship programs. Scholarship consideration for current
Tarleton students has full-time status as a criterion unless otherwise defined by
specific scholarship programs. More than 450 endowed, local, and departmental
scholarships are available to students attending Tarleton State University.
Some scholarships are awarded in specific academic areas, such as science,
humanities, agriculture, and business.
Scholarship information and application forms may be obtained from the
Office of Scholarships, Box T-0760, Stephenville, TX 76402 or at www.tarleton.
edu/scholarships/. The Office can also be contacted by telephoning (254) 968-
9922.
Any student receiving institutional scholarships valued at $4,000 or more is
generally not eligible for other institutional scholarships.
The Presidential Honors Program offers exceptional opportunities for
outstanding students. Presidential Honors Scholars are given priority in such
areas as pre-registration and housing assignments. They also enroll in two
interdisciplinary Honors Seminars, participate in the Honors Degree Program,
have the opportunity to travel to a professional meeting in their major field of

48 Financial Aid
study, and receive annual scholarships of $6,000. For more information, contact
Dr. Craig Clifford, Director of the Presidential Honors Program, Box T-0545,
Tarleton Station, TX 76402; (254) 968-1926.
SCHOLARSHIP APPLICATION DEADLINES
APPLICATIONS FOR SCHOLARSHIPS MUST BE FILED ON OR BEFORE
FEBRUARY 15 FOR THE FOLLOWING FALL OR ACADEMIC YEAR OR
DECEMBER 1 FOR THE FOLLOWING SPRING.
The following is a list of scholarships awarded by Tarleton State University by
category.
Scholarships Based on Academic Criteria
J. Brad & Nancy Gage Allen Endowed
Scholarship
ARAMARK Food Service Scholarship
Glenda Anderson Memorial Scholarship
Ted Andreas, Sr. Scholarship
Joe W. Autry Endowed Scholarship
Sue Baker Memorial Scholarship
Cecil Ballow Memorial Endowed Scholarship
Barnes & Noble College Bookstore
Scholarship
Truman T. Bell Scholarship
Birdsong Hydrology Endowment Scholarship
Bosque River Water Association Endowed
Scholarship
J.W. & A.E. Bright Endowed Scholarship
Phillip & Ruth Bratten Scholarship
Carroll & Leta Barham Scholarship
Edward L. Bicket Scholarship
Sally Boyd Teaching Endowment
Arlie Brown Memorial Endowed Scholarship
Sue Carlson Memorial Scholarship
Beatrice Robinson Carter Nursing Endowed
Scholarship
Dr. Nathan Cedars Endowed Scholarship
John S. Chapin Young Farmers Endowed
Scholarship
The Chilton Family Scholarship
Carroll Lewis Clark Scholarship
Roberta Clay Journalism Scholarship
Clinical Laboratory Scholarship
College of Business Administration
Scholarship
Community College Bridge Scholarship
O.C. & Allene Knox Cook Scholarship for
Evant High School
O.C. & Allene Knox Cook Scholarship for Hico
High School
O.C. & Allene Knox Cook Scholarship for
Panther Creek High School
Bob & Zeta Wall Crews Endowed Scholarship
Cross Timbers School Development
Scholarship
Marion Cummings Memorial Scholarship
Paul & Opal Cunyus Endowed Scholarship
J. Thomas Davis Endowment
C.J. “Red” Davidson Endowed Scholarship
Dawson-Blanchard Industrial Education &
Technology Scholarship
Uta Davis Endowed Scholarship
Davidson Presidential Academic Scholarship
Deans’ Academic Scholarship
Edwin & Welba C. Dorsey Academic
Scholarship
Patricia Egdorf Nursing Scholarship
Lucy Ellis Endowed Scholarship
Zeddie & Ruby Edgar Memorial Scholarship
Education and Psychology Department
Scholarship
Bob & Peg Elliott Memorial Award
Engineering Scholarship
English & Languages Endowed Scholarship
Minnie Fagan Endowed Scholarship in
Elementary Education
Robert & Patricia Fain Teaching Scholarship
Alex & Ruby Fambro Scholarship in
Agriculture & Rodeo
Fashion Merchandising Scholarship
John & Lillie May Farley Endowed
Scholarship in Arts & Sciences
Frances W. Fenner Memorial Scholarship
Winnie McAnelly Fiedler Memorial
Scholarship
First-Time Graduate Student Scholarship
C.M. “Dutch” Flory Memorial Scholarship in
Physical Education
Mary Fletcher Endowment
Audie & Zera Floyd Educational Trust
Scholarship
Mary Anne Foreman Memorial Scholarship
Flora Foust Graduate Scholarship
James Mack Foust Endowed Scholarship
Harold & Betty Freeman Scholarship
Dr. H. Bedford & Dr. Oneta Furr Scholarship
Reuben Friou Memorial Scholarship
Emma Mae & Evelyn Andrews Garrett
Endowed Scholarship in Human Sciences
General Studies Upward Bound Endowed
Scholarship
Goodlett-Hensarling Endowed Scholarship

Financial Aid
49
Greater Texas Foundation Freshman
Immersion in Teaching Scholarship
O.A. Grant Scholarship in History/Government
T.C. & Jill Granberry Alumni Scholarship
John Fielding Higgs Memorial Scholarship
Charles H. Hale Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
Rocky and Tracey Hardin Scholarship
Rachel Harrist Memorial Scholarship
H.H. Hassler Memorial Equine Scholarship
Willene Lowery Hendrick Nursing Scholarship
Lonnie & Clara Herring Scholarship
Mandy Holmes Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
Hohenberger Ag. Economics Scholarship
Houston Livestock Show & Rodeo Agricultural
Scholarship
E.J. Howell Memorial Scholarship
Ida Lou Nelson Holmes Scholarship in Human
Sciences
Honors Degree Program Scholarship
Human Sciences Assistance Scholarship
Evelyn Floyd & Leslie (Al) Jennings
Scholarship
Herbert Jarrett Social Work Scholarship
Danny Jenkins Memorial Scholarship
C. Richard King Scholarship
Pauline “Polly” Jenkins Memorial Scholarship
Johnny Johnson Memorial Scholarship
Mae Jones Endowed Scholarship
J.V. & Lillie Ruth Laird Scholarship
Lambda Chi Alpha Mark Kilroy Memorial
Endowed Scholarship
Jakie Laughlin Endowed Scholarship
Barbara Lancaster Scholarship
James C. Leeth Memorial Scholarship
Lewis Charles Link Endowed Scholarship
Lockheed Martin Scholarship
Lone Star Beefmaster Cattlewomen
Scholarship
Lone Star Beefmaster Endowment
Scholarship
Joe R. & Teresa L. Long Scholarship
Jeffrey P. Longbotham Endowed Scholarship
Grace Lyon/Dr. Pepper Endowed Scholarship
Bea Marin Nursing Scholarship
Bea Marin Veterans Nursing Scholarship
Math Club Scholarship
LTC J.D. McCullough Memorial Scholarship
Jay R. McDanel Education Scholarship
Sue McGinity Scholarship
Mickey & Stella Nix Maguire Alumni
Scholarship
Sam R. McInnis Scholarship
George Martin Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
Dennis & Mary Lou McCabe Presidential
Endowed Scholarship
Ruth Scrimshire McCleskey Endowed
Scholarship
A.B. Medlen Endowment
Louis and Josie Belle Merrill Endowed
Scholarship
John Mitchell Moore Endowed Scholarship in
Nursing
Howard Nance Chemical Society Scholarship
Nepalese Student Society Scholarship
Harold D. Nix Memorial Scholarship
Paul Pair Endowed Scholarship
Panhandle-Plains Scholarship
Joe Parish Endowed Scholarship
Loy Patton Endowed Nursing Scholarship
John D. & Alene Moorman Palmer Endowed
Scholarship
Donald T. & Bettejoe R. Pendleton
Scholarship Endowment Fund
Ann Bulecza Petronis Nursing Scholarship
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship
Randall Popken Endowed Scholarship
Presidential Academic
President’s 1 st Generation Student Success
Scholarship
President’s Circle Scholarship
Marshall “Digger” Procter
REAL Scholarship
Jesse Lee & Armour McCluer Richardson
Endowed Scholarship
Swan & Gaynelle Richardson Endowed
Scholarship
Rick Roach Memorial Scholarship
San Antonio Livestock Show & Rodeo
Endowed Scholarship
Richard Saunders Scholarship
Richard C. Schaffer Clinical Lab Sciences
Scholarship
William Henry & Jessy Mays Sheffield
Scholarship
Dick Smith Scholarship in Arts & Sciences
McKee Jane Smith Endowed Memorial
Scholarship
Patty Smith Memorial Endowed Scholarship
Anne M. Spitler Math Scholarship
Sociology Scholarship
Spanish Scholarship
The Springfield Family Scholarship in Criminal
Justice
Staff Council Scholarship
William H. Stanley, Sr. Scholarship
Stephenville Optimist Club Robert C. Fain
Honorary Scholarship
David & Debbie Stanphill Scholarship
Stark Scholarship
Leon B. Stinson Endowed Scholarship
Student Research Symposium Scholarship
Gregory Scott Sultemeier Criminal Justice
Memorial Scholarship
Dr. Jesse L. Tackett Endowed Scholarship
Tackett-Stahnke Soil Science Scholarship
Tarleton Academic
Tarleton General
R.L. & Mattie Tate Memorial Endowed
Scholarship

50 Financial Aid
Joy Terry Endowed Scholarship in Chemistry
Lee Edwin Terry Endowment
Texas Pioneer Foundation Scholarship
Texas Seed Trade Association/American
Seed Trade Association Scholarship
I. B. Thomas Hydrology Scholarship
Dr. Barry B. Thompson Theatre Scholarship
Top Academic Partners Scholarship
Bernie Amos and Lorraine Yarbrough Trice
Memorial Endowed Scholarship
W.O. Trogdon Endowment
Vance & Violet Terrell Scholarship in Nursing
Tarleton Alumni Association Endowed
Scholarship
Tarleton Alumni Association Baylor Nursing
Scholarship
Willie L. & Eve K. Tate Scholarship
Jewell Taylor Dietetics Scholarship
Texas Seed Trade Association Scholarship
Town & Country Bank Dublin High School
Scholarship
TSU Student Nurses’ Association Senior
Scholarship
TSU Student Nurses’ Association Sophomore
Scholarship
Twentieth Century Club Scholarship
Dr. Sara Tyler Memorial Scholarship
Washington D.C. Internship Scholarship
Coy L. Watson Class of 1939 Scholarship
Lucile W. Whisenand Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
Evelyn Wisdom Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
George Wiedebusch Scholarship
Joy Gallant Archer Scholarship
Edward L. Bicket, Sr. Presidential Honors
Scholarship
Daniel Ross Carpenter Presidential Honors
Scholarship
Frederick Thomas & Madeline Tolksdorf
Crimmins Criminal Justice Presidential
Honors
Crimmins Criminal Justice Presidential
Honors Scholarship
Helen Crimmins and Aurelia Tolksdorf
Presidential Honors Scholarship
Herman Funston Honorary Endowed
Scholarship for Presidential Honors
Scholars
Guin Lemke Presidential Honors Scholarship
Roy & Mildred McKnight Endowed
Scholarship
Audrey Myers Memorial Scholarship for
Presidential Honors Scholars
Presidential Honors Program
M.D. McElroy Presidential Honors Scholarship
Will & Pearl Nix Presidential Honors
Scholarship
Robert & Ireta Pittman Endowed Scholarship
Howard F. & Willie Dee Ross Memorial
Endowed Scholarship
Louise & Tommy Thompson Presidential
Honors Scholarship
Nita Todd Presidential Honors Scholarship
Henry Todd Presidential Honors Scholarship
Dr. James Clark Terrell Presidential Honors
Scholarship
Dora L. Willard & Ellen W. Willard Terrell
Presidential Honors Scholarship
J.L. Todd Presidential Honors Scholarship
Town & Country Bank Presidential Honors
Scholarship
Clyde H. Wells Presidential Honors
Scholarship
Royce Wisenbaker Presidential Honors
Scholarship
Scholarships Based on Leadership & Other Criteria
Agriculture Career Development Endowed
Scholarship
Agriculture Contest Scholarship
Agricultural Services & Development Alumni
Scholarship
Agricultural Special Need Scholarship
Allen Cattle Management Scholarship
Ben and Nellie Baty Endowed Scholarship
Ashley Beasley Memorial Scholarship
Gary Wayne Brannon Scholarship
Brown Foundation
W.P. & Lucille Brummett Endowed
Scholarship
Major J.W. Burkett Memorial Scholarship
John Caraway Memorial Endowed Nursing
Scholarship
Major William Clay, Jr. Memorial Scholarship
COAHS Scholarship
COBA Select Sires, Inc. Agricultural
Scholarship
Comanche County Scholarship
DeLeon, Texas Ex-students Association
Scholarship
William Edwin Dyess Endowed Scholarship
Erath County Retired Teachers Endowed
Scholarship
Bobby Fox Memorial Endowment
Oscar Frazier Endowment
Jerry Flemmons Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
Golden Family Scholarship
Harris Methodist Hospital-Erath County
Endowed Scholarship In Sports Medicine
Brian K. Iley Memorial Scholarship

Financial Aid
51
LTC Sam Jeffers ROTC Scholarship
Larry Janca Kahlbau Endowed Scholarship
Roscoe & Halcie Maker Endowed Scholarship
Judge & Mrs. Almon Maus Scholarship
Willie, Wanda & W.F. Martin Trust Scholarship
Dr. Dennis P. McCabe Student Endowment
Scholarship
Curtis L. Meeks Upward Bound Scholarship
Mills County Scholarship
W.L. & Barbara Nix Erath County Scholarship
Otho & Ellen Phillips Endowed Scholarship
Residential Living/Learning Leader
Scholarship
Ruby Nell Ruth Endowed Scholarship
Rennie & Hugley Memorial Scholarship in
Nursing
Jacob Sandlin Memorial Scholarship
Dr. Verne & Pearl Kern Scott Endowed
Scholarship
SHS Class of 1961 Endowed Scholarship
SHS/Tarleton Academic Reciprocal Scholars
Southwest Meat Assn. Foundation
Brett Spindor Memorial Endowed Scholarship
Deanna Supercinski & Janna Walker
Memorial Scholarship
June Arthur Shannon Scholarship
Dr. W.H. Stanley, Sr. Scholarship
Tanton Family Granbury High School
Scholarship
Tanton Familty Dublin High School
Scholarship
Tarleton Athletic Trainers Association
Scholarship Fund
Tarleton Parents Association Scholarship
Tarleton Professional Educators Scholarship
Texan Rider Spirit Leadership Scholarship
TriCounty Agribusiness
TSU Foundation, Inc. Endowed Scholarship
TSU Meats Team Endowment
TAA Edwin Dyess Veteran Memorial
Scholarship
University Academic Leadership
Wichita Farm & Ranch Club Scholarship
W.J. Wisdom Endowment
Zonta Club Loy Patton Scholarship
Dextor & Leroy Ator Endowed Scholarship
Joy Gallant Archer Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
Sue Baker Scholarship
Dwain & Carolyn Bruner Endowed
Scholarship
Arthur J. Carter Endowed Scholarship
Class of 1948 Endowed Scholarship
Richard & Suzy Coan Endowed Scholarship
Josephine Garrett Donaldson Scholarship
M. S. & Meek Lane Doss Scholarship
Drucilla Eberhart George Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
Walter and Sara George Scholarship
Truby Glasscock Endowed Scholarship
Eleanor Golding Memorial Scholarship
Cora Rohne Goodman & Kings’ Daughters
Nursing Alumnae Association Memorial
Scholarship
Willis-Gordon Endowed Scholarship
E.R. & Sammye Henningsen Scholarship
Gladys Hale Endowed Scholarship
Dr. Gloria M. Hewlett Endowed Scholarship
Reecie & Opal Jones Endowed Scholarship
Ethal Lewallen Memorial Scholarship
Mary Garrett Lindley Memorial Scholarship
Clifton J. Morvant Endowed Scholarship
Virginia Powell Scholarship
Athletic Performance Intern Scholarship
Band Scholarship
Bass Club Scholarship
Kacee Bradley Top Hand Rodeo Scholarship
Scholarships Based on Need & Other Criteria
Performance-Based Scholarships
Presidential Need-Based Scholarship
Shanon Rasco Scholarship for Physically
Disabled Students
Removing Educational Barriers Endowed
Scholarship
Annie Myra Schuman Nursing Scholarship
Dr. Verne A. Scott Scholarship
Second Chance Scholarship
Richard T. Shigley Memorial Scholarship
Stephenville Study Club Endowed
Scholarship
Texas Association of Ag. Consultants
Endowed Scholarship
James H. & Betty Tally Endowed Scholarship
Dean & Gloria Taylor/Kwik Kar Scholarship
Richard L. Thompson Endowed Scholarship
Thormann Endowed Scholarship
Dimple Obedia Tunnell Endowed Scholarship
Roger & Ruth Turney Memorial Scholarship
Stanley G. and Mary Ann Westbrook
Endowed Scholarship
TAA Don Winn Scholarship
Kathleen Wisdom Endowed Scholarship
Hal W. & Winnie F. Wright Endowed
Scholarship
Juanita Dixon Zonta Single Parent
Scholarship
John Caraway Memorial Endowed Music
Scholarship
Dr. Marie Meisel Cedars Memorial
Scholarship
Center Stage Scholarship

52 Financial Aid
Cheerleader Scholarship
Choir Scholarship
Drama Scholarship
Perry & Meldeene Elliott Endowed Athletic
Scholarship
Joe Fambro Memorial Endowed Scholarship
Jerry Flemmons Drama
Mike Myers & Oscar Frazier Track/Field
Scholarship
Charles & Lucille Froh
John Franks Memorial Endowed Scholarship
Morris & Beverly Gifford Scholarship
Daniel Parker Herd Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
Hunewell Band
International Piano Major Scholarship
Marguerite Landress Memorial Endowed
Scholarship in Music
Ethel Lewallen Fine Arts
Ethel Lewallen Memorial Scholarship
Pearl Mahan Writing Scholarship
Mary Jane Mingus Endowed Scholarship
Donald W. Morton Music Scholarship
Music
Sue Medlen Music Scholarship
Donald & Dahlee Morton Endowed Piano
Scholarship
Piano Performance Scholarship
Presidential Rodeo Scholarship
Swan & Ertith Richardson Endowment
David C. Riggins Memorial Scholarship
Rodeo Activity Scholarship
Rodeo Stall Scholarship
TSU Rodeo Association Scholarship
ROTC Scholarship
Earl Rudder Endowed Scholarship
Student Services Rodeo Scholarship
Rick Tackett Memorial Scholarship
Herb Teat Endowment
Texan Stars Scholarship
Town & Country Bank Rodeo Scholarship
Visual Art Scholarship
Clyde H. Wells Fine Arts Scholarship
Jana Williamson Memorial Endowed
Scholarship
C.A. Wisdom Music Endowment
Col. Ray & Pat Yantis ROTC Endowed
Scholarship
Marty Yates Rodeo Scholarship
Zonta Beaulah Brown Rodeo Scholarship
Tarleton State University also awards NCAA Division II Athletic
Scholarships to male and female student athletes.
OTHER AID
VETERANS’ ASSISTANCE
The Veterans Affairs Office, in the Registrar’s area of the Administration
Building, serves students eligible for educational benefits from the Veteran’s
Administration. Records are maintained and reports made to the Veteran’s
Administration on behalf of veterans, dependents, and active-duty service
members enrolled at the University.
Hazlewood Act
Veterans should contact the Financial Aide Office to obtain forms to apply
for Hazlewood Exemptions. Complete information must be submitted to the
Financial Aid Office on or before the census date of each term.
VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
The Texas Rehabilitation Commission offers assistance for tuition and
required fees to students who are physically or otherwise challenged, provided
the vocational objective selected by the unusually challenged person has been
approved by an appropriate representative of the Commission. Through this
state agency, other rehabilitation services are available to assist these students
in becoming employable. Application for this type of assistance should be made
to the nearest Rehabilitation Office. Address inquiries to: Commissioner, Texas
Rehabilitation Commission, Jefferson Bldg., 1600 W. 38th Street, Austin, Texas
78731.

Financial Aid
53
TUITION AND STUDENT FEE EXEMPTIONS
A student may qualify for legislative exemption from the payment of tuition
and certain fees and charges according to the following conditions. Contact the
Student Financial Aid Office for procedures for determining eligibility prior to the
registration process.
Claims for exemption from any charges and/or fees must be supported by
evidence sufficient to enable the Student Financial Aid Office to verify the student’s
exempt status and determine the duration of the exemption and the fees and
charges to which it is applicable. Supporting document(s) must be in the Student
Financial Aid Office before a student registers.
TARLETON STATE UNIVERSITY FEE EXEMPTIONS
Fee Type
Categories
Blind/Deaf
(Texas Edu Code 54.205)
Children of POWs & MIAs
(Texas Edu Code 54.209)
Dependents of Fireman & Police
(Texas Edu Code 54.204)
Hazlewood-Texas Veterans
(Texas Edu Code 54.203)
Hazlewood-Texas Veterans, dependent
children and spouse of Texas Veterans
(Texas Edu Code 54.203)
Foster Care Children
(Texas Edu Code 54.211)
Adopted Students Formerly
in Foster or Other Res Care
(Texas Edu Code 54.2111)
Tuition X X X X X X X
Student
Services Fee X X X X X
Other
Mandatory Fees X X X X X X X
Course Specific
Lab Fees X X X X X X X
Course Specific
Course Fees X X X X X X X
Breakage
Deposit X
Testing Fee X X X X X X X
Parking X X X X X X X
Room Board
Books

54 Financial Aid
FEE EXEMPTIONS, continued
Fee
Type
Categories
Students of Other
Nations of American Hemisphere
(Texas Edu Code 54.207)
Valedictorian**
(Texas Edu Code 54.201)
Survivor of Public Servant
(Killed in the line of Duty)
(Texas Gov Code 615.0225 & 615.003)
Senior Citizen (6 sch limit)
(Texas Edu Code 54.210)
Good Neighbor Scholarship Program
(Texas Edu Code 54.207)
Nursing Faculty/Staff
(Texas Edu Code 54.221)
Clinical Preceptor (Limit $500)
(Texas Edu Code 54.222)
Firefighters Taking Fire Science
Curriculum
(Texas Edu Code 54.208)
Tuition X X X X X X X X
Student
Services
Fee X
Other
Mandatory
Fees X
Course
Specific
Lab Fees X X
Course
Specific
Course
Fees X
Breakage
Deposit
Testing
X
Fee X
Parking
Room
X
Board X
Books X
**Awarded yearly to the highest ranking graduate of any accredited high school in
Texas. Recipients are exempt from tuition payment for the two long semesters of
their freshman year, providing that they attend the same school for both semesters.
Eligible students should send or bring their certificate to the Financial Aid Office
prior to registration.

STUDENT LIFE
The Division of Student Life creates a campus environment for learning and
development by serving student’s interests in every aspect of university life. To
achieve this mission, Student Life provides outstanding programs and services
for students in the following departments: Career Services, Residential Living
& Learning, Recreational Sports, Rodeo Activities, Counseling Center, Student
Heath Center, Student Judicial Affairs, Student Government Association, Student
Life Studies, Student Publications, the Thompson Student Activities Center and the
Center for Student Engagement which includes; the Office of Student Leadership,
First Year Experience, and Parent Relations.
CAREER SERVICES CENTER
The Career Services Center provides a comprehensive career development
program to assist students in developing and implementing a strategic career plan.
Students are encouraged to use the center’s services at any time during their
academic experience for: career counseling and assessment, career resource
library, job search resources, internship opportunities, job shadowing program,
resume assistance, mock interviews, career-related workshops, business etiquette
dinners, job fairs, and on-campus interviews with companies and school districts.
To assist students with career decisions, the Center provides MyPlan.com, a
robust, comprehensive web-based career planning program. For free access to
the MyPlan career assessments, students will need to call (254) 968-9078.
Students and alumni may post resumes and access full-time, part-time
and internship listings free of charge through the Hire A Texan employment It
is recommended that students post resumes in the Hire A Texan by the second
semester of the junior year.
Appointments are needed for career counseling and resume assistance, but
many of the services can be accessed on a walk-in basis. More information is
located at www.tarleton.edu/careers or call (254) 968-9078.
DINING SERVICES
Dining Services is committed to serving tasty, nutritious food at reasonable
prices. The University Dining Hall offers a variety of menu items, many of which
are prepared on the spot as the student requests it. Food is prepared, presented,
and enjoyed in a relaxing atmosphere where the students can eat, visit with
fellow students, faculty and staff, and experience one of Tarleton’s hallmarks: the
friendliness and warmth of its campus culture.
The Texan Star Food Court in the Thompson Student Center offers additional
fast food options. Students, faculty, staff, and the general public can also purchase
coffee, hot chocolate, other specialty drinks, and snacks at Suave Cafe’, a coffee
and espresso bar in the foyer of the Dick Smith Library. For more information visit:
www.tarletondiningservices.com or call (254) 968-9445.
RESIDENTIAL LIVING & LEARNING
Residential Living & Learning seeks to foster authentic communities that
engage and empower residents to value learning, citizenship and diversity through
faculty and peer engagement.
The University offers 10 on-campus residential facilities. Each residence hall
offers a unique and comfortable environment for students. Rooms are equipped
with cable TV and Internet connections as well as a combination refrigerator/

56 Student Life
freezer with a microwave unit. Laundry facilities are offered in each residential
environment. Residential facility staff is available to provide students with the
assistance they need to succeed socially and academically.
The University requires all students residing on campus in a traditional
residence hall to purchase a meal plan. Visit www.tarletondiningservices.com for
specific information regarding meal plans options.
On-Campus Housing Requirement
Residing on campus creates an environment where students experience
more success; therefore, Tarleton supports a live-on requirement of:
Two (2) academic years for:
• all “First Time Freshman” students who are under 21 years of age, prior
to the start of his/her registered semester, beginning with the Fall 2010
semester
• all “Transfer” students who are under 21 years of age with less than 12
(twelve) credit hours, prior to the start of his/her registered semester,
beginning with the Fall 2010 semester
One (1) academic year for:
• all “Transfer” students who are under 21 years of age with 12 (twelve)
credit hours or more, prior to the start of his/her registered semester,
beginning with the Fall 2010 semester
Students who meet the requirements within an academic year Housing
Contract will be required to fulfill the applicable contract and eat in the University
dining facilities when assigned in a residence hall environment. Housing contracts
are for an academic year (fall and spring).
Students may file for an exemption to this requirement for the following reasons:
• Living with a parent at their legal, full-time residence within 45 miles of
campus
• Living with a sibling who is a registered Tarleton student at their legal,
full-time residence within 45 miles of campus
• Married or have a dependent child
• Medical reasons
It is recommended that students not arrange to live off campus until their
request for exemption has been approved through Residential Living & Learning.
Proof must be submitted with a completed off-campus request form located on
the Residential Living & Learning website at: www.tarleton.edu/housing. For more
information, call (254) 968-9083.
Housing Application
Housing applications are available online at: www.tarleton.edu/housing. A
$100 deposit must be submitted with all applications. Applications are processed
in order of the date they are received. Contact the Residential Living & Learning
office at 254-968-9083 or www.tarleton.edu/housing for more information.
Meningitis Vaccine
Texas Legislative Bill 4189 requires that each student assigned to live oncampus
must provide proof of a meningitis vaccine obtained no less than 10

Student Life
57
days prior to moving into the on-campus environment. For more details about this
requirement, go to: www.tarleton.edu/housing or call (254) 968-9083.
Learning Communities
A learning community is a set of courses in which students having a common
major or interest may enroll. Participation in this program allows students to be
part of a group enrolled in primarily the same courses. Each community is limited
to no more than 24 students. Students benefit from the linked courses through
connections with peers, faculty, and a higher level of engagement in the scholarly
work. Students interested in our Learning Community programs can also choose
if they would like to live in a residence hall together with other participants in the
Learning Community. Although not required, students who choose the residential
option typically experience an increased level of academic success. For more
information, view our live-learn links on our website: www.tarleton.edu/housing or
call (254) 968-9763.
RECREATIONAL SPORTS
The, Recreational Sports Department provides a variety of recreational
activities and events to meet the physical fitness and/or personal enjoyment needs
of students, retirees, faculty/staff and spouses. Extracurricular opportunities are
coordinated and implemented to provide intramural team and individual sports,
self-directed activities, and special events.
The Recreation Sports Center is a 70,000 square foot facility, housing a weight
room, climbing wall, four racquetball courts, men’s and women’s locker rooms,
outdoor pursuits equipment check-out, three basketball/volleyball courts, three
badminton courts, archery range, and two classrooms. The second floor includes
two group exercise rooms, track-side cardio, cardio theatre, three-lane track, and
the administrative office suite.
The Vance Terrell Intramural Complex is equipped with four all-purpose fields
to serve various organized and open recreational activities. Intramural Team
Sports’ programs played at this facility include flag football, soccer, and softball.
Tarleton Challenge is an energizing ropes course learning experience.
By combining high and low elements, participants enjoy safe, fun, unique and
innovative opportunities to promote group and personal growth, team-building; as
well as communication and trust. For more information go to: www.tarleton.edu/
recsports or call (254) 968-9912.
RODEO ACTIVITIES
The Office of Rodeo Activities provides students the opportunity to be active in
rodeo activities on campus and at the intercollegiate level. Tarleton State University
is a member of the National Intercollegiate Rodeo Association (NIRA) and competes
in the Southwest Region. The Tarleton Rodeo Association provides students with
the opportunity to plan and/or participate in events such as the Intramural Rodeo,
the NIRA Rodeo, youth rodeos and various other jackpot events. The Office of
Rodeo Activities provides some stock for practice and skill development at the
Rodeo Practice Arena adjacent to the Agriculture Center. Scholarships and travel
allowances are available for outstanding rodeo athletes. For more information go
to: www.tarleton.edu/rodeo or call (254) 968-9187.
STUDENT COUNSELING CENTER
The Student Counseling Center provides counseling services to students

58 Student Life
enrolled on the Stephenville campus at Tarleton. Services include individual, couples,
pre-marital, family counseling, and group counseling. Also provided; preventative
educational outreach programs to student groups, residence halls communities,
fraternities and sororities on various topics such as stress management, test
anxiety, relationship issues, eating disorders and alcohol use. Services are funded
through the health service fee. The center is committed to diversity and meeting
the needs of a changing university community. Appointments may be scheduled
by calling (254) 968-9044. All counseling services are confidential to the limits
provided by Texas Law and Professional Ethics. For more information go to: www.
tarleton.edu/counseling or call (254) 968-9044.
STUDENT HEALTH CENTER
The Student Health Center provides health care services to students enrolled
on the Stephenville campus. The student health fee covers office visits. Reasonable
fees are charged for treatment, injections, test and medications. Identification Card
presentation is required with each visit.
Services provided include: prescription and over-the counter medications,
treatment of minor/acute illnesses and injuries, suturing of simple lacerations,
removal of simple skin lesions, services of a medical doctor or nurse practitioner,
administration of allergy injections as directed by the student’s allergist,
consultations regarding any health problems (including referrals), blood pressure
checks and the continuation of health care following surgery or illness as directed
by a physician.
Students who have graduated from a public school in Texas should have
current immunization status. The State of Texas requires students who will be living
on campus for the first time show proof of vaccination against Bacterial Meningitis.
The vaccination for Bacterial Meningitis must be received at least 10 days prior
to moving on campus. Tuberculosis (TB) testing, tetanus, meningitis, influenza
(fall semester only), and hepatitis A&B vaccines are available at the Student
Health Center. Physical exams and women’s health exams and birth control are
also available for a reasonable fee. Health literature is available for personal and
educational purposes.
All x-rays, laboratory tests, and medical services conducted outside of the
Student Health Center are performed at the student’s expense. The Student Health
Center is an advocate for the physically disabled. The university offers students a
comprehensive injury and sickness insurance plan to cover students beyond the
services of the Student Health Center. For more information, call (254) 968-9271,
come by the Student Health Center in Room 212 of the Thompson Student Center
or go to: www.tarleton.edu/healthservices.
STUDENT JUDICIAL AFFAIRS
The Office of Student Judicial Affairs staff is dedicated to promoting a
campus environment of responsibility, respect, integrity and community through
the enforcement of the Code of Student Conduct. The staff provides resolutions
for alleged misconduct by students. The established standard of behavior is set
forth in the Student Handbook under the Code of Student Conduct and addresses
social and campus community conduct, as well as academic integrity. The staff
also serves as the contact for student related grievances, absences of more than
five (5) days (related to medical or family) and as a consultant to faculty/staff on
student-related problems and concerns. For more information go to: www.tarleton.
edu/judicial/ or call (254) 968-9080.

Student Life
59
STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION
The Student Government Association is the representative voice of Tarleton
students and it is directly responsible for bringing the interests and concerns of
students to the attention of the administration and university community. For more
information, go to the Student Government Association website: www.tarleton.edu/
sga.
CENTER FOR STUDENT ENGAGEMENT
The Center for Student Engagement provides opportunities for students to
become connected both socially and academically with Tarleton State University.
Through involvement in First Year Experience Programs, student organizations,
leadership programs, civic opportunities and service learning, students will develop
an understanding for social responsibility and the significance of “learning beyond
the classroom”.
The Offices of First Year Experience, Student Leadership Programs, and
Parent Relations are housed within the Center for Student Engagement. Visit us in
Room 201 of the Thompson Student Center, go to: www.tarleton.edu/engagement
or call (254) 968-9490.
OFFICE OF STUDENT LEADERSHIP PROGRAMS
The Office of Student Leadership Programs seeks to provide opportunities
for students to engage in the development of self efficacy as leaders of the
local community while exploring their leadership abilities through interpersonal
relationships that support peer-to-peer mentoring. For more information please
visit: www.tarleton.edu/leadership or call (254) 968-9490.
Tarleton L.E.A.D.S.
Leadership, Engagement, Action, Development and Service (L.E.A.D.S.) are
the key values that we believe are essential in the development of a well-rounded
leader in society. L.E.A.D.S. is a two-semester leadership development program in
which students develop their own leadership philosophy and establish fundamental
practices of leadership. Through interactions and experiences with peers, each
student has the opportunity to engage in leadership development that will benefit
them during their college career and beyond. Upon completion of the program,
each student will be defined as “leadership certified” with university documentation
included on their diploma and transcript.
Greek Life
Greek Life at Tarleton provides opportunities for brotherhood/sisterhood,
scholarship, leadership and service. Groups range from social to social/
professional and offer numerous activities that include philanthropies, team
building events, and social gatherings. The variety of fraternities and sororities on
campus allow students the opportunity to select one that will best fit their needs.
Recruitment is held during the first few weeks of the fall and spring semesters. For
more information go to: www.tarleton.edu/stulife/greeklife or call (254) 968-9490.
FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE
The First Year Experience (FYE) is comprised of a number of programs
designed to help new students make a smooth transition to Tarleton State
University. For more information go to: www.tarleton.edu/fye or call (254) 968-
9490.

60 Student Life
Orientation
Texan Orientation Conferences provide new students and their families an
opportunity to become acquainted with the Tarleton Experience. The conferences
introduce new students to their new academic and social environment. Students
have the opportunity to interact with Tarleton faculty and staff, get to know other
new students, familiarize themselves with campus, enroll in the first semester
courses, and get answers to specific questions.
Texan-2-Texan
Texan-2-Texan is a first year program designed to prepare students for
successful transition into Tarleton State University both academically and socially.
Texan-2-Texan is held each August prior to the beginning of the fall semester.
Participants learn about and engage in the university’s long-standing traditions,
embrace the concepts of civility, integrity and diversity, meet and interact with
student organizations, and participate in freshman convocation and candle lighting
ceremony. Upperclassmen have the opportunity to serve as advisors and assist
with all aspects of the Texan-2-Texan program.
Duck Camp
Duck Camp is the popular transition camp attended by incoming first year
student in August before school starts. Duck Camp assists new students in
making the transition from high school to college. Student leaders, faculty and
staff facilitate discussions and conduct activities that aid in acclimating students
to the Tarleton experience. In addition, group leaders serve as mentors to new
students by helping build relationships with others and offering guidance based
on their own college experiences. Participants in this program generally exhibit an
increased awareness of campus programs and maintain a higher retention rate
over non-participants.
OFFICE OF PARENT RELATIONS
The Parent Relations office is a support base in assisting the parent/guardian
to continue guiding the student on a successful path. Tarleton State University
recognizes the family support network as a vital part of a students’ success, and
the Parent Relations office helps facilitate successful navigation of Tarleton’s
system. For more information go to: www.tarleton.edu/parentrelations or call (254)
968-0789.
STUDENT LIFE STUDIES
The Department of Student Life Studies serves as the primary planning,
assessment and evaluation area for the Division of Student Life. The staff works to
facilitate assessment and evaluation of services and programs within the Division
of Student Life, assess organizational effectiveness and assure continuous quality
improvement throughout each department for more information go to: www.
tarleton.edu/studentlifestudies or call (254) 968-9080.
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
The Office of Student Publications provides the campus newspaper, the
yearbook and the student handbook/planner. For more information go to: www.
tarleton.edu/studentpublications or call (254) 968-9056.

Student Life
61
The J-TAC
The J-TAC, the official student newspaper, offers news and features of interest
to the university community and provides a forum for expression of opinion. It
is published during the fall and spring semesters. An orientation issue is published
each summer. The online edition is: www.thejtac.com
The Grassburr
The Grassburr, first published in 1916, is the official student yearbook and is a
permanent record of class, club, campus, athletic and other events. The cost of the
book is included in Stephenville undergraduate fees assessed during the spring
semester. Yearbooks are mailed to graduated seniors each year at no additional
charge.
The Student Handbook/Planner
The Student Publications office publishes the handbook, which includes
information on many campus departments and organizations of Tarleton State
University. The book features a planning calendar and schedules of events.
THOMPSON STUDENT ACTIVITIES CENTER
The Thompson Student Center provides programs, services, and facilities
that are responsive to student development needs. As the center of university
community life, it serves as an arena for students to apply their educational
experiences outside the classroom. Through student organizations, co-curricular
activities, and service learning opportunities, the center is a facility for students to
exercise citizenship, social responsibility and ethical leadership.
The 103,000 square foot facility features four meeting rooms, three ballrooms,
a student organizational area, several campus life departments, the campus
bookstore, food court, and post office. For more information go to: www.tarleton.
edu/studentactivities or call (254) 968-9256.
Student Organizations
While academic success is the highest priority, participation in a student
organization(s) can add an important dimension to the college experience. Student
organizations provide opportunities for development in areas of leadership,
personal management, collaboration, supervision, organization, communication,
networking, event planning, and relationship development. More than 120 student
organizations are active on the Tarleton campus.
Student Programming Association
Student Programming Association (SPA) provides a variety of programs and
activities for the university campus and surrounding communities. Students learn
leadership and interpersonal skills by planning and implementing educational
cultural, recreational, and entertainment programs.

ACADEMIC INFORMATION
STUDENT CLASSIFICATIONS
Freshman
less than 30 semester hours
Sophomore
30-59 semester hours
Junior
60-89 semester hours
Senior
90 or more semester hours
Post-baccalaureate Holds baccalaureate degree but is not admitted for
graduate study
Graduate
Holds baccalaureate degree and is pursuing a graduate
degree
STUDENT COURSE LOAD
UNDERGRADUATE
Semester
Hours
16 weeks
(Fall/Spring)
10 weeks
(Summer)
8 week
session
5 week
session
Maximum 19 15 12 8
load
Full load 12 7 6 4
Special requests to take loads exceeding the stated maximums require
approval of the appropriate academic dean. Requests to exceed by 3 or more
hours require the additional approval of Academic Affairs.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
Tarleton State University expects its students to maintain high standards
of personal and scholarly conduct. Students guilty of academic dishonesty are
subject to disciplinary action. Academic dishonesty includes, but is not limited to,
cheating on an examination or other academic work, plagiarism, collusion, and the
abuse of resource materials. The faculty member is responsible for initiating action
for each case of academic dishonesty that occurs in his/her class.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Student absences are considered by the University to be strictly between the
individual student and faculty member. The faculty member has the responsibility
and authority to determine whether make-up work can be done because of
absences. Students may request make-up consideration for valid and verifiable
reasons such as illness, death in the immediate family, legal proceedings, or
participation in University-sponsored activities. With a University-sponsored
activity the student contact will be coincident with an explanation being sent from
the faculty/staff member who is responsible for the activity.
RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES PERIOD
A restricted activities period is enforced each long semester, beginning prior
to the start of final examinations and continuing through the last day of final
examinations. During the restricted activities period, no examinations may be
administered other than finals, no major assignments may be due, and no student
activities may be held.
RULES FOR STUDENTS IN DEVELOPMENTAL COURSES
Students in developmental courses:
1. may not drop developmental courses (DGS 100, ENGL 100, MATH 100

Academic Information
63
or 101, or RDG 100). Students will not be allowed to drop developmental
courses, except for extraordinary situations;
2. must participate in lab activities associated with the developmental courses;
3. may not advance to the next course [ENGL 100 to ENGL 111, MATH 100 to
MATH 101, or MATH 101 to college-level mathematics] until the student has
completed the prerequisite course with a grade of “C” or better;
4. who do not achieve a grade of “C” or better in a development course must
re-enroll in this course during the student’s next semester.
Developmental Mathematics
A student placed in a development Mathematics course (MATH 100 or 101)
must enroll in this course during his/her first semester and continue enrollment
in Mathematics courses until s/he has successfully completed a college level
Mathematics course.
Developmental English
A student placed in ENGL 100 must enroll in this course during his/her first
semester and continue enrollment in English courses until he/she has successfully
completed the freshman-level English sequence [i.e., ENGL 111 and 112]. Students
enrolled in ENGL 100 will be given diagnostic writing assessments during the first
and second days of class. A good performance on either of these assessments will
permit a student to switch from ENGL 100 to ENGL 111 within the late registration
period.
Exceptions to these rules require approval of the Dean of Student Success.
PLACEMENT, CONTINUING ENROLLMENT, AND COMPLETION RULES
for Freshman-Level Mathematics and English Courses
The University believes that having students enrolled in the appropriate
Mathematics and English courses early in their college careers is important to
student success. Therefore, the Division of Academic Affairs and the Division of
Enrollment and Information Management have established the following rules
related to freshman-level Mathematics and English courses.
Students with disabilities may request appropriate accommodations for the
College-Level Mathematics Placement Examinations by contacting the Director of
Student Disability Services in the Mathematics Building, Room 201, at (254) 968-
9400. Please provide documentation supporting requests for accommodations to
Student Disability Services prior to the date of the exam.
Mathematics (Stephenville Campus Only)
1. Students without prior college credit for Mathematics courses will be placed
in accordance with the following criteria:
MATH Course
College-level
mathematics (see
section 2 below)
101 “Fundamentals
of College Algebra”
(see section 3
below)
THEA
Mathematics
ASSET
Elementary
Algebra
COMPASS
Algebra
270 or higher 45 or higher 60 or higher
230 to 269 38 to 44 39 to 59

64 Academic Information
100 “Basic
Mathematics” (see
section 3 below)
MATH Course
College-level
mathematics (see
section 2 below)
101 “Fundamentals
of College Algebra”
(see section 3
below)
100 “Basic
Mathematics” (see
section 3 below)
229 or lower 37 or lower 38 or lower
ACCUPLACER
Elementary
Algebra
ACT
Mathematics
SAT
Mathematics
85 or higher 20 or higher 500 or higher
63 to 84 17 to 19 460 to 499
62 or lower 16 or lower 459 or lower
The student need exceed only one of the indicated test score minima to
achieve the corresponding placement.
Students without prior college credit for a Mathematics course and without
Mathematics scores on the THEA, ASSET, COMPASS, ACCUPLACER, ACT,
or SAT must contact the Freshman Mathematics Coordinator or designee for
placement.
2. College-level Mathematics at Tarleton includes:
• MATH 107 “College Algebra”
• MATH 108 “Elementary Applied Mathematics”
• MATH 110 “Math for Business I”
Students must enroll in Mathematics during their first semester at Tarleton
unless they are eligible for placement into college-level Mathematics and have met
the Texas Success Initiative (TSI) requirements in the skill area of Mathematics.
Students who are (a) eligible for placement into college-level Mathematics and
(b) have met the Texas Success Initiative (TSI) requirements in the skill area of
Mathematics may choose to postpone initial Mathematics enrollment until their
second regular semester at Tarleton. Following initial Mathematics enrollment,
students must enroll in Mathematics every regular semester thereafter until the
freshman Mathematics general education requirement has been satisfied.
Initial placement into the following freshman-level Mathematics courses is
based on the results of a student’s performance on an optional College-Level
Mathematics Placement Examination. Information concerning this examination
is available from Student Assessment Services (254-968-9423; Mathematics
Building, Room 201).
• MATH 109 “Plane Trigonometry”
• MATH 111 “Math for Business II”
• MATH 118 “Pre-calculus”
• MATH 120 “Calculus I”
• MATH 131 “Introduction to Probability and Statistics”
College-Level Mathematics Placement Examinations
Students who place initially into college-level mathematics (see Section 1

Academic Information
65
above) but who fail to satisfy the necessary prerequisite for advanced collegelevel
placement into MATH 109, 111, 118, 120, or 131 may still achieve advanced
placement by passing an appropriate College-Level Mathematics Placement
Examination.
Upon the recommendation of an academic advisor, a student placing into
college-level Mathematics but not having prior credit for MATH 107 (TCCNS =
MATH 1314) is eligible for enrollment as indicated in the table below depending
upon his/her performance on the indicated placement exam.
MATH Course
107, 108, or 110
Calculus Readiness
Placement
14 or lower
Advanced Algebra
Placement
14 or lower
118 14 or lower N/A
109, 111, or 131 N/A 15 or higher
120 15 or higher N/A
Upon the recommendation of an academic advisor, a student placing into
college-level mathematics and having (a) prior credit for MATH 107 (TCCNS =
MATH 1314) and (b) credit for high school-level Trigonometry or Pre-calculus is
eligible for enrollment as indicated in the table below depending upon his/her
performance on the Trigonometry placement exam.
MATH Course
Trigonometry Placement
109 or 118, selected in consultation 17 or lower
with the academic advisor
120 18 or higher
3. Developmental Mathematics Courses at Tarleton (MATH 100 & 101)
a. A student placed in a development Mathematics course must enroll in
this course during his/her first semester and continue enrollment in
Mathematics courses until he/she has successfully completed a college
level Mathematics course.
b. A student may not advance to the next Mathematics course (MATH 100
to 101 or MATH 101 to college-level mathematics) until the student has
completed the prerequisite course with a grade of “C” or better.
c. A student who does not achieve a grade of “C” or better in a development
Mathematics course must re-enroll in this course during the student’s next
semester.
4. Request for exceptions to these placement and continuing enrollment rules
related to Mathematics must be directed to the Freshman Mathematics
Coordinator or designee.
5. Failure by a student to adhere to these placement and continuing enrollment
rules will result in the student being dropped from his/her courses and/or
having a registration hold placed on the student’s record. This registration
hold will not be removed until the student has made arrangements with
the Dean of Student Success or designee to adhere to the placement and
continuing enrollment rules related to Freshman-Level Mathematics courses.
English (Stephenville Campus Only)
Students with credit for ENGL 111 (TCCNS = ENGL 1301) who have met the
Texas Success Initiative (TSI) requirements in the skill area of writing may choose

66 Academic Information
to postpone initial enrollment in ENGL 112 (TCCNS = ENGL 1302) until their
second regular semester at Tarleton following initial English enrollment. Students
must enroll in English every regular semester thereafter until the freshman English
general education requirement (i.e., ENGL 111 & 112) has been satisfied. Note:
A student with a score of 620 or higher on Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT)
verbal test or 28 or higher on ACT English test may request credit for ENGL 111 by
contacting Undergraduate Admissions.
1. Students without prior college credit for ENGL 111 (TCCNS = ENGL 1301)
will be placed in accordance with the following criteria:
ENGL Course ACT English SAT Verbal
111 (see section 2 below) 15 or higher 400 or higher
100 (see section 3 below) 14 or lower 390 or lower
A student without prior college credit for ENGL 111 (TCCNS = ENGL 1301) and
without English scores on the ACT or SAT will be placed in ENGL 100.
2. ENGL 111 “Introduction to College Composition”. Students must enroll in
English during their first semester at Tarleton unless they are eligible for
placement into ENGL 111 and have met the Texas Success Initiative (TSI)
requirements in the skill area of writing. Students who are (a) eligible for
placement into ENGL 111 and (b) have met the TSI requirements in the skill
area of writing may choose to postpone initial enrollment into ENGL 111 until
their second regular semester at Tarleton. Following initial English enrollment,
students must enroll in English every regular semester thereafter until the
freshman English general education requirement (i.e., ENGL 111 & 112) has
been satisfied.
3. Developmental English at Tarleton (ENGL 100)
A student placed in ENGL 100 must enroll in this course during his/her
first semester and continue enrollment in English courses until s/he has
successfully completed the freshman-level English sequence (i.e. ENGL 111
& 112).
a. A student initially placed into ENGL 100 may still achieve placement into
ENGL 111 by writing an in-class writing assignment given on the first and
second class days who is judged to be successful enough to send the
student on to ENGL 111.
b. A student may not advance from ENGL 100 to ENGL 111 until the student
has either (a) been advised by developmental English faculty that
the student needs to drop ENGL 100 and register for ENGL 111 or (b)
successfully completed ENGL 100 with a grade of “C” or better.
c. A student who does not achieve a grade of “C” or better in ENGL 100
must re-enroll in this course during the student’s next semester.
4. Request for exceptions to these placement and continuing enrollment rules
related to English must be directed to the Director of the Writing Program or
designee.
5. Failure by a student to adhere to these placement and continuing enrollment
rules will result in the student being dropped from his/her English courses and/
or having a registration hold placed on the student’s record. This registration
hold will not be removed until the student has made arrangements with
the Dean of Student Success or designee to adhere to the placement and
continuing enrollment rules related to Freshman-Level English courses.

Academic Information
67
Successful Completion of Freshman-Level Mathematics and English
Coursework (Applies to ALL Undergraduate Students)
All students are required to satisfy the General Education Requirements
related to freshman-level Mathematics and English coursework as a condition for
the baccalaureate degree. Students are encouraged to meet these requirements
early in their academic programs and MUST successfully complete these
requirements prior to achieving 75 semester hours.
Failure by a student to successfully complete Freshman-Level Mathematics
and English coursework prior to achieving 75 semester hours will result in the
student being dropped from his/her courses and/or having a registration hold
placed on the student’s record. This registration hold will not be removed until the
student has made arrangements with the Dean of Student Success or designee to
adhere to these rules.
COURSE CREDIT
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
Tarleton State University students may earn course credit by demonstrated
achievement on standardized tests. Students should check with the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for subject areas in which Tarleton State University
awards credit. Credit awarded for A/P and CLEP scores on transcripts from public
universities or colleges in Texas will be accepted. Students may receive credit
for courses and scores in effect at the time they enter Tarleton State University. A
superior student may earn credit by examination in the following ways:
1. A minimum score of 3 on the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB)
Advanced Placement Examination;
2. Depending on subject, scores ranging from a minimum 48 to 52 for the Subject
Examination of the College Level Examination Program (CLEP), Credit is not
available for the General Examinations;
3. If CLEP tests are not available in a desired testing area, local departmentally
prepared examinations may be petitioned. To be eligible for local testing, a
student must have (1) a minimum score of 1000 on the SAT or 21 on the ACT
and (2) completed at least two units with no grade below a B in the area of
testing during high school; or have special permission from the department
head;
4. Depending on subject, scores ranging from a minimum 494 to 678 for the
CEEB Achievement Test;
5. A score of 620 on the verbal section of the SAT or 28 on the English section of
the ACT.
Students taking departmental local examinations are charged a $5.00 per
credit hour examination and recording fee for the credit to become a part of
their academic records. Advanced placement in a subject area may be granted
by the department head concerned. Permitting advanced placement does not
necessarily mean approval for credit by examination. All acceptable credit earned
by examination will be posted to the student’s permanent record if the student is
enrolled at Tarleton State University through the official census date. Students
should consult the Office of Undergraduate Admissions for specific information.
The credit will be recorded with a grade of P (Pass) and the hours awarded.
There will be no grade points assigned for this credit, and it will not be used in the
computation for any grade point ratio.
NON-STANDARD BACCALAUREATE LEVEL CREDIT
Tarleton State University accepts non-standard credit toward a baccalaureate

68 Academic Information
degree from approved sources to a maximum of 30 credit hours. Non-standard
sources of credit include Advanced Placement (AP), College-Level Exam
Preparation (CLEP), International Baccalaureate Organization (IBO), SAT and
ACT, correspondence courses, military schools, departmental credit exams, and
others. Information about approved courses is available through the Registrar’s
Office.
Students admitted to Tarleton who believe they have more than 30 hours
of non-standard credit available should contact the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions to specify the courses they wish the university to accept. Such students
may petition for acceptance of additional credit toward a baccalaureate degree
plan. Current Tarleton students must petition and secure permission to count nonstandard
credit in excess of 30 hours toward a baccalaureate degree plan before
beginning the process of securing that non-standard credit. The petition process
is reserved for those credits which are otherwise approved but simply exceed 30
hours.
Actual course enrollment, e.g. correspondence courses, count toward
maximum course load limits for each semester. Students contemplating any
concurrent course enrollment must complete a Concurrent Enrollment form. Forms
are available at the Registrar’s Office. Failure to seek and secure approval may
lead to credit being disallowed.
Technical courses and work experience may only count toward certain
specialized degree programs. That is not the same as non-standard credit and
the conditions for acceptance and maximum applicable hours are covered by the
particular degree requirements. Technical courses and work experience may not
be counted toward traditional BA, BS, BBA, and similar undergraduate degrees.
International Baccalaureate Organization. Students who complete the IBO
diploma with certain minimum scores are guaranteed acceptance of at least 24
hours of credit. This may exceed the hours regularly granted based on individual
exam results. It is recommended that any student in the IBO program who
anticipates applying to Tarleton see the Admissions section of this catalog and
contact the Office of Undergraduate Admission for details.
MILITARY CREDIT
The Office of Transfer Services, operating as part of Undergraduate Admissions
at Tarleton State University, currently evaluates and articulates military credit with
the following methods:
1. Credit for Physical Education with a DD-214 and Honorable Discharge.
2. Evaluation of SMAART, AART, Coast Guard, and Community College of
the Air Force transcripts during the admissions process.
a. Credit awarded based on ACE recommendations and nature of
course (i.e. electrical maintenance versus personnel supervision).
b. Where possible, ACE recommended credits transfer as direct
matches to Tarleton courses
c. Students may review evaluated credits by logging into My Gateway
3. Students with technical credit based on military experience are
encouraged to explore our BSAS and BAAS degree options.
AUDIT POLICY
A student may enroll to audit one or more courses under the following
conditions:
1. Application to audit a course must be made through the Registrar’s Office.
Approval of audit requests is at the discretion of the Registrar’s Office and a

Academic Information
69
record of audit enrollment is kept in the Registrar’s Office. The request from
can be found at www.tarleton.edu/registrar/studentforms.html.
2. Written consent from the instructor and department head is required prior to
attendance in class.
3. No audit enrollee is to be permitted to sit in class more than one period.
4. Space and any required instructional equipment must be available. Evaluation
of audit requests may be postponed until the end of registration if there are
questions about availability.
5. The extent of the student’s participation in the activities of the class is at the
discretion of the instructor and is to be designated prior to enrollment.
6. No student may audit a course offered on an individual instruction basis.
7. To receive university credit from a previously audited class, the student must
retake the class and pay the appropriate fees.
8. An audit fee is required for each course at the time the request is submitted.
In addition to the audit fee, audit students must pay any laboratory fee, course
fee, practice fee, or other fee stipulated for the course. Fees associated with
an audit request are not refunded unless Tarleton denies the audit request.
CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT AT OTHER INSTITUTIONS
Students with individual hardship situations that might be improved by
their having concurrent enrollment at another college or university may request
permission for concurrent enrollment through regular academic channels
(academic advisor, department head, and dean). If permission is granted, such
credit hours earned may be applied toward degree requirements at Tarleton,
however, courses completed without such approval generally may not apply toward
degree requirements at Tarleton. Written permission from the student’s dean is
required prior to concurrent enrollment in extension course work or in any resident
courses from other institutions. Approval to take correspondence courses from
other institutions must be granted by the Registrar’s Office, academic department
head, and dean. Course load limits are not waived for students seeking concurrent
enrollment.
GRADING SYSTEM
At mid-semester, preliminary grades will be assigned to freshman and
sophomore students in 100- and 200-level courses and made available to the
student. Final grades in all courses will be available on myGateway at the end of
each semester.
The student’s term grade in any subject shall be designated as one of the
following letters:
A Excellent, 4 grade points per semester hour
B Good, 3 grade points per semester hour
C Fair, 2 grade points per semester hour
D Passing; 1 grade point per semester hour
F Failing
I In-progress (used for non-completed thesis course work)
K Incomplete (under exceptional circumstances, see below)
Q Withdrawal from course, no grade designated
W Withdrawal from university, no grade designated
WF Withdrawal failing from university (included in GPA)
*P Pass
*S Satisfactory
U Unsatisfactory

70 Academic Information
NG No credit
* Signifies credit with neutral grade point value
The lowest passing grade is D. Students should keep in mind the fact that
some universities and colleges do not accept a D in transfer. A D is not considered
passing for developmental courses.
In most instances, if a course is repeated at this institution, only the best
grade in the course is counted in computing the GPA.
The grade K shall be recorded for a student only in case of extraordinary
circumstances. This entry is used only in such cases after the instructor and his/
her department head have concurred that the incomplete entry is justified. A grade
of K must be made up by the last day that course grades are due to the Registrar’s
Office during the next long semester and in all cases before registering for the
next sequential course. Should this grade not be reported to the Registrar’s Office
within the prescribed time limit, it automatically becomes an F.
A student who drops a course on or before the census date receives no grade,
and the course will not be listed on that student’s permanent record.
SCHOLASTIC HONORS
HONOR ROLL AND DISTINGUISHED STUDENT RECOGNITION
An “A” HONOR ROLL is published at the end of each semester listing
students who have completed 12 credit hours or more during the period and have
made A’s in all courses taken for credit.
Also at the end of each semester, students in good standing who have no grade
below C, have completed during the semester at least 12 credit hours of college
work, and have a grade point ratios of at least 3.25 for freshmen and sophomores
and 3.50 for juniors and seniors shall be designated as Distinguished Students.
HONORS CLASSES AND HONORS DEGREES
Tarleton offers honors classes in most general education subjects, including
English, History, Political Science, Chemistry, Biology, Ecology, Mathematics and
Speech. Honors classes offered in a particular semester are announced in the
published course schedule and publicized in flyers and other campus publications.
Honors courses offer intellectually challenging material, innovative approaches
to the subject, increased opportunities for honing critical thinking and writing skills,
and the opportunity to interact closely with similarly motivated students and with
outstanding faculty. Honors courses often have smaller limits on class size. To
register for an honors class a student must have either a 3.0 GPA or the instructor’s
permission.
Official designation for honors classes will appear on the student’s permanent
transcript. Any student who completes 18 or more hours of such classes with a
minimum 3.0 GPA in honors classes and overall will receive recognition as an
Honors Degree Program graduate.
ACADEMIC APPEALS
Student academic appeals are handled according to the following guidelines:
1. Each department shall develop its own formula for dealing with student
grievances of an academic nature. Such policy should be in writing in the
departmental office and available to students.
2. A student who wishes to appeal a decision of a faculty member or staff
member of a department should ask for a review by that person within 60 days
of the originating event unless the departmental procedures specifically give
more time than this. The person is expected to give the student a response

Academic Information
71
within 30 days. If the person is unavailable, if a response is not made within 30
days, or if the student is unsatisfied with the response, then the student should
inform the department head of the appeal. For an appeal of a course grade,
the originating event shall be considered to be the posting of the grade to the
university record.
3. A student wishing to appeal a decision to the department head must do so
within 120 days of the originating event unless the departmental procedures
specifically give more time. The department head will review as specified by
the departmental grievance procedures.
4. A student who is unsatisfied with the outcome of the departmental grievance
process may appeal to the dean of the college. This must be within 30 days of
the notification of the departmental decision. The dean will review the appeal
and render a decision. The dean may require that the appeal be in writing.
5. A student unsatisfied with the decision of the dean may appeal in writing to the
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs within 30 days of notification
of the decision of the college. The Vice President for Academic Affairs may
decide that no further review is justified, may render a decision upon review, or
may appoint a five-member committee to consider the appeal. The committee
will consist of a faculty member from outside the involved department as
chair, two other faculty members, and two student members. After hearing
both sides of the grievance, the committee shall render an opinion to the Vice
President for Academic Affairs, who shall render the final judgment.
DROP AND WITHDRAWAL POLICIES
DROPPING CLASSES
A student desiring to drop a course should follow this procedure:
1. Secure a Q-Drop Request Form and instructions from
www.tarleton.edu/registrar;
2. Proceed to an academic advisor and obtain his/her signature;
3. Return the Q-Drop Request Form along with any other necessary approval
as indicated on the form to the Registrar’s Office.
The effective date of dropping a course is the date the card is returned to the
Registrar’s Office.
Note: The student should attend the class until this procedure is
completed to avoid penalty for absences. Students will not be allowed to
drop developmental courses, except for extraordinary situations. Students
will not be allowed to drop DGS 101, 102; ENGL 111, 112; or MATH 107, 108
until after mid-semester, expect with special permission (see www.tarleton.
edu/registrar/specialpermissioncourses.html). The last day for dropping
courses is identified in the University Calendar.
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY
An application for withdrawal from the University must be initiated in the
Office of the Registrar.
1. Refer to the census chart below to determine the last day for dropping
courses and the last day to withdraw from the University.
2. A student who withdraws on or before the last day to drop courses will receive
a grade of W in all courses.
3. A student who withdraws after the last day to drop courses will receive a
grade of WF in all courses. The student may appeal to the instructor of each
class for a change of grade from WF to W if he/she was passing at the time

72 Academic Information
of withdrawal.
4. A student who fails to withdraw officially will receive a grade of F in all
courses in progress.
5. In circumstances where in-person withdrawal is not feasible, the student
should call or write the Office of the Registrar and request an “Official
Withdrawal Request Form.”
6. The refund policy established by the State of Texas is listed under “Refunds”
in this catalog. All refunds are subject to this policy.
CENSUS CHART
Length of Class in Official Census Last Date to Drop with a
Weeks
Date
“Q” or Withdraw with a “W”
3 weeks Second class day Friday of second week
4 or 5 weeks Fourth class day Friday of third week
6, 7, or 8 weeks Sixth class day Friday of fourth week
9, 10, or 11 weeks Seventh class day Friday of sixth week
12, 13, or 14 weeks Ninth class day Friday of seventh week
15 weeks or more Twelfth class day Friday of eleventh week
LIMITS ON DROPPED COURSES AND WITHDRAWALS
Under the requirements of Senate Bill 1231, 80 th Legislature, an undergraduate
student at Tarleton who enrolled in higher education for the first time in Fall 2007
and thereafter is permitted a total of 6 dropped courses, including any courses
dropped at another Texas public institution of higher education. Specifics of the
law are available in the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board Regulations,
Chapter 4, Section 4.10 (a). Requests for a drop to be considered an acceptable
exception will be reviewed under the guidelines given in the regulations and
coordinated through the Dean of Enrollment Management. Note, if a student
withdraws from the University, the courses enrolled in that semester do not count
in the 6 drop limit.
A student who wishes to drop a course in excess of 6 should visit www.
tarleton.edu/registrar/limitForDrops.html and contact the Registrar’s Office for
appeal procedures. The student may wish to read the circumstances justifying an
exception listed in the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board Regulations
before filing the request. Requests are not restricted to these categories but the
student is asked to refer to a listed category if it is believed to apply. A student who
is not satisfied with the decision of the Dean of Enrollment Management may file a
written request for an administrative review by the Vice President for Enrollment &
Information Management. This administrative review will be limited to verification
that the student has had the opportunity to present appropriate documentation
and that the provided materials and statements were considered in making the
decision.
An undergraduate student at Tarleton who first enrolled in higher education
prior to Fall 2007 and who initially entered Tarleton for the first time in Fall 1998
or after is covered by a similar University rule which counts only drops at Tarleton
toward the maximum of 6 and which includes withdrawals from the University in
the count. Specific information is available in the catalog in force at the time of the
student’s initial enrollment at Tarleton.
FEE INCREASES FROM LEGISLATIVE MANDATES
There are legislative mandates related to increased fees for repeating
courses and excessive hours to achieve an undergraduate degree for students
paying in-state tuition rates. The increase to in-state tuition rates for each of the

Academic Information
73
three categories is $100 per credit hour. The first category applies to students
repeating the same course for the third time or more since Fall 2002. The second
category applies to students enrolled for the first time in Fall 1999 and thereafter
who are paying in-state tuition rates, who accumulate excess hours beyond that
required for an undergraduate degree. The fee increase starts at 45 hours beyond
the undergraduate degree for students beginning in Fall 1999 or after but before
Fall 2006 and starts at 30 hours beyond the undergraduate degree for students
beginning in Fall 2006 and after. Students who have not selected a major are
considered, by state law, to have a degree requirement of 120 hours. Details
about each of these situations are available by visiting www.tarleton.edu/registrar/
timelygraduation/index.html
Any student who is being charged additional tuition rates under either category
may file an appeal. The appeal is per semester so a student who wishes to appeal
must file an appeal for every semester affected by the repeated course rule and/
or the excess hours beyond a degree rule. The appeal form and procedures may
be obtained by contacting the Registrar’s Office or by visiting www.tarleton.edu/
registrar/timelygraduation/index.html
New undergraduate students enrolling in an institution of higher education in
Fall 1999 or afterward are subject to the conditions of Senate Bill 345 passed in
the 76 th Legislative session. The law states that a resident undergraduate student
whose attempted hours exceeds, by at least 45 semester credit hours, the number
of hours required for completion of the degree program may be charged tuition
at a higher rate. The higher rate will not exceed the rate charged to non-resident
undergraduate students. A resident student is one who pays the in-state rate for
tuition purposes.
As of Fall 2006, new undergraduate students whose attempted hours exceeds,
by at least 30 hours of the hours required for the completion of the degree program,
may be charged tuition at a higher rate. Texas Education Code § 54.014 provides
a limit on the number of hours an undergraduate Texas resident may attempt while
paying in-state tuition rates. This Legislation impacts new undergraduate students
enrolling in an institution of higher education in Fall 1999 or thereafter. Students
who exceed the limit of attempted hours could be charged tuition not to exceed
that of out-of-state tuition rates. Tarleton State University adopted a fee of $100
per credit hour for students who exceed attempted hours under the Undergraduate
Funding Limit Rule.
New Undergraduate students who started Fall 1999 through Summer 2006
and attempt 45 or more semester credit hours beyond the hours required to
complete their degree will be charged an additional $100 per credit hour for these
excess hours.
New Undergraduate students who started Fall 2006 and thereafter and
attempt 30 hours or more semester credit hours beyond the hours required to
complete their degree will be charged an additional $100 per credit hour for these
excess hours.
Students who have not selected a major are considered, by state law, to have
a degree requirement of 120 hours.
WARNING, PROBATION AND SUSPENSION
The following applies to all students unless more restrictive rules are included
as part of special admission conditions or unless a more restrictive rules have
been approved for a program, department, or college.
The purpose of academic warning, probation and suspension is to make the
student aware of the University’s concern that satisfactory progress is not being

74 Academic Information
made in his or her course of study. Early notification of this concern maximizes the
student’s opportunity to make appropriate adjustments that will result in remaining
in good standing. A 2.0 total institution GPA is the lowest acceptable academic
standard because this level mirrors the minimum GPA requirement for graduation.
The total institution GPA used in this policy is defined as the best attempt on all
courses taken at Tarleton State University; grades on transfer work are excluded.
A student with a 2.0 or better total institution GPA is considered to be in good
academic standing.
Warning: Each student is responsible for knowing his or her academic
status and the regulations that apply. Students who do not abide by the
regulations governing their particular status may be required to reduce
their academic loads or withdraw from the University without special
consideration.
WARNING, PROBATION AND SUSPENSION RULES
1. If a student’s total institution GPA drops below 1.00 at the end of any long
semester (fall or spring), the student will be suspended.
2. If a student who has been in good standing has a total institution GPA between
1.00 and 1.99 at the end of any long semester, the student will be placed on
academic warning.
3. A student who has been on academic warning during a long semester is
subject to the following:
a. At the end of the semester, if the total institution GPA is 2.00 or above, the
student is returned to good standing.
b. At the end of the semester, if the total institution GPA is between 1.00 and
1.99, the GPA for the semester will be used to determine the student’s
status.
i. If the GPA for the semester is less than 2.00, the student will be
suspended.
ii.
If the GPA for the semester is 2.00 or higher, the student will be
placed on probation.
c. At the end of the semester, if the total institution GPA is below 1.00, the
student will be suspended.
4. A student on probation who has less than a 2.00 total institution GPA at the
end of the next long semester will be suspended. A student on probation who
has a 2.00 or better total institution GPA at the end of the next long semester
will be removed from probation and returned to good standing.
5. A student who transfers from Tarleton while on academic warning or probation
and then returns (having met transfer requirements) has the same academic
standing the first long semester back at Tarleton as though there had been no
transfer.
6. A student who is suspended from Tarleton and takes no transferable college
level courses during the term of the suspension may return to Tarleton after
the term of the suspension and will be on academic warning the first long
semester back at Tarleton.
7. A student who is suspended from Tarleton is advised not to take transferable
college level courses during the term of suspension. Such a student who does
take transferable college level courses during the term of suspension must
meet Tarleton’s transfer requirements (as well as not having been enrolled in
any transferable college level courses for an appropriate time) in order to be
readmitted and will be on academic warning the first long semester back at
Tarleton.

Academic Information
75
8. Any student, whether in good standing, on academic warning, or on probation,
will be suspended at the end of any long semester if his or her total institution
GPA is below 1.00.
LENGTH OF SUSPENSION
The first suspension is for one long semester. The second is for one calendar
year, and the third is indefinite. Three calendar years after imposition of third
suspension, the student may apply for readmission; this application will be
evaluated by the appropriate Dean, but readmission is not guaranteed. Students
who have been absent for one or more long semesters must reapply to the
university for admission.
SUMMER SCHOOL
A student on academic warning or probation may attend summer school at
Tarleton (transfer requirements having been met, if applicable).
Students placed on first suspension at the end of a spring semester may
request their dean’s approval to attend summer school. A student attending
summer school while on first suspension, who has a cumulative GPA of 2.00 at the
end of the last summer session attended, will be returned to good standing.
FORGIVENESS OPTIONS
An undergraduate student enrolled at Tarleton may choose to exercise one,
but not both, of the following forgiveness options:
OPTION I
Grades for any one semester of Tarleton work taken more than 5 years before
a student’s current enrollment at Tarleton may be deleted for computation of total
institution GPA if the student files a request with the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs. This option may be exercised one time only.
OPTION II
After a student has attempted ninety or more hours at Tarleton, grades for
one semester of Tarleton work may be deleted for computation of total institution
GPA if the student files a request with the Provost and Vice President for Academic
Affairs. This option may be exercised one time only.
When a student has exercised one of these forgiveness options, grades for the
semester selected by the student will be deleted in computing the total institution
grade point average. Under either option, all courses and grades will continue to
appear on the student’s transcript and to be counted toward restrictions in total
number of withdrawals, fees for repeated courses, fees resulting from excess
hours beyond the degree, etc. In applying the option, all grades from the chosen
semester are deleted from the GPA, not just low or failing grades. Also, no classes
taken in the semester being forgiven may be counted on the student’s degree plan.
A student seeking to exercise either option must be enrolled at Tarleton at the time
he/she requests the forgiveness option.
REQUIREMENTS FOR A BACCALAUREATE DEGREE
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. A GPA of 2.00 or better is required on all work counted toward a degree. A
GPA of 2.00 or better is required for all work in the major field of study and
counted toward a degree.
2. All transfer students must post an overall GPA of 2.00 or better in all courses
taken at Tarleton in their major field of study and counted toward a degree as
well as an overall GPA of 2.00 or better in all courses taken at Tarleton and

76 Academic Information
counted toward a degree.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
Residence is satisfied only by official enrollment in and completion of course
work applied toward the degree requirements.
1. A minimum of 30 semester hours of work counted toward the degree must be
completed with Tarleton. The work completed at Tarleton and counted toward
the degree must include at least 24 advanced hours (300 or 400 level) and 12
of these advanced hours must be in the major subject.
2. A maximum of 68 semester hours of academic credit will be accepted for
degree credit from a two-year institution.
WRITING PROFICIENCY REQUIREMENT
All students are required to satisfy the Writing Proficiency Requirement
as a condition for the baccalaureate degree. Beginning Fall 2012, the Writing
Proficiency Exam will be discontinued and all students must satisfy the Writing
Proficiency Requirement through the Writing Intensive Program. Between Fall
2010 and Summer 2012, students will satisfy the writing requirement through
either the Writing Proficiency Exam or Writing Intensive Program in accordance
with the following rules:
First Term of
Enrollment at
Tarleton
Writing Proficiency
Exam
Prior to Fall 2007
Fall 2007, Spring
All Students
Transfer students with
N/A
2008, or Summer 30 hours or more
2008
Fall 2008, Spring
2009, or Summer
2009
Fall 2009, Spring
2010, or Summer
2010
Transfer students with
60 hours or more
Transfer students with
90 hours or more
Fall 2010 and beyond N/A All Students
Writing Intensive Program
Transfer students with less
than 30 hours and
all first-time freshmen
Transfer students with less
than 60 hours and all firsttime
freshmen
Transfer students with less
than 90 hours and all firsttime
freshmen
Writing Proficiency Exam
To satisfy this requirement, these students must successfully complete the
Writing Proficiency Exam. Beginning Fall 2010 to Summer 2012, students required
to complete the Writing Proficiency Exam for their degree will take this exam
by appointment. The office of Student Assessment Services will coordinate the
administration of this exam in accordance with the timeline listed on the University
Calendar. Students should contact this office to schedule a testing time.
Writing Intensive Program
To satisfy this requirement, these students must have credit for four writing
intensive (WI) courses. Two of these four courses must be upper level WI courses
within the major or designed for the degree plan. The remaining WI requirement
should be met through general education courses. The two general educationlevel
courses should be Freshman Composition.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
All degree programs leading to the baccalaureate degree include the following
University General Education Requirements 1, 2 :

Academic Information
77
Communications
ENGL 111, 112 3 6
COMS 101, 102, or 301 3
MATH 107 or higher 3 3
Lab Sciences from BIOL, CHEM, GEOL, PHYS 7
Visual & Performing Arts from ART, F A, I T, MUSC, THEA 4 3
Humanities: Literature course in English or PHIL 101 3
Social & Behavioral Sciences 15
HIST 201, 202 (6)
POLS 201, 202 (6)
3 additional hours from (3)
SOC 101, 201, 303, PSY 101, PHIL 201, 301 6
ECO 101, 201, A EC 105, ARCH 201, ENGR 303 6
GEOG 110, 120, 201, HIST 101, 102
Wellness: HLTH 101 5 2
Total 42
1
General Education Requirements are subject to review and change by the Texas
Higher Education Coordinating Board.
2
Some degree programs specify the courses that satisfy these requirements. A
student should consult with an academic advisor in selecting general education
requirement courses.
3
Students must enroll in these courses as outlined in the PLACEMENT, CONTINUING
ENROLLMENT, AND COMPLETION RULES for Freshman-Level Mathematics and
English Courses.
4
Visual and performing arts course must be historical, appreciative, or theoretical
in nature; it may not be an applied or performance course. Courses that meet this
requirement are ART 131, 231, 232, 331; F A 101, 135, 160, 401; IT 340; MUSC 213,
313, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328; THEA 105, 207, 208, 404.
5
The Wellness requirement also may be satisfied by any combination, totaling two
hours or more, from activity KINE, M S 101, M S 102, ANSC 150, MUSC 100.
6
Intended primarily to satisfy general education requirements for engineering and
engineering related majors; advisor permission required.
GRADUATION UNDER A PARTICULAR CATALOG
To receive a degree from Tarleton State University, a student must complete all
requirements for a degree as set forth in a particular University catalog within six
(6) years of the date of the catalog selected. For example, a student who chooses
to graduate under the requirements of the 2011-2012 catalog must complete all
requirements for the degree under that catalog prior to August 2017 graduation.
For students serving on active duty with the Armed Forces of the United States
between the dates of their matriculation and graduation, the six-year limit will be
extended one year for each year of active duty served, up to a maximum of four
years. Subject to the six-year window, Tarleton students may choose the catalog:
1. in force at the time the student first enrolls at Tarleton State University;
2. in force for any subsequent year that the student is registered at Tarleton
State University. Transfer students who pre-register for the first time in
the spring for the following fall may choose to be under the catalog in
force that spring; or
3. in force at the time the student first enrolled in higher education.
Note: A student registering for the first time in the summer session may choose the
catalog applying to the previous spring or the subsequent fall.
DEGREE PLAN INFORMATION

78 Academic Information
Students are encouraged to file a degree plan before the junior year. Following
initial enrollment at Tarleton, students with 75 or more hours attempted who do not
have a degree plan on file may be barred from registration.
1. MAJOR
a. The major must be declared by the beginning of the junior year for
advising purposes.
b. A minimum of 24 semester hours is required for a major, of which at least
12 must be in advanced courses in the major subject.
c. A double major requires that a degree plan be filed for each major.
2. MINOR
a. A minor consists of a minimum of 18 hours in a field other than the major,
of which at least 6 hours must be advanced.
b. Declaration of a minor by the student is optional in most degree programs
but strongly recommended. There are restrictions on minors for the
interdisciplinary degree programs (BAAS, BSLS, BSAS, BAT). If a minor
is desired, it must be declared on the degree plan. Students may
declare no more than two minors.
c. Lists of possible minors for baccalaureate degrees are in the
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS section of the catalog.
3. DEVELOPMENTAL COURSES needed as preparation for regular University
requirements (DGS 100, RDG 100, ENGL 100, and MATH 100 and 101)
cannot be applied as degree plan contents.
4. CREDIT HOUR REQUIREMENTS
a. The minimum number of semester credit hours for a baccalaureate
degree is 120.
b. Unless recommended otherwise by the appropriate dean and approved
by the provost, 45 hours of advanced (upper level) credit are required for
all baccalaureate degrees.
5. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
a. A student classified as a senior cannot take a freshman course that
carries the same academic prefix description as the student’s first or
second declared major field.
b. A student may count toward the degree not more than 6 hours of Religious
Studies credits.
c. A student may count toward the degree not more than 6 hours of activity
Physical Education credits.
CLASS RINGS
Students may order class rings during the semester following completion of
60 semester hours of degree credit. Students will receive notification by mail from
Jostens Ring Company of their eligibility. Students may order their official Tarleton
ring at Ring Days or may order online at www. jostens.com. Ring days are held
throughout the year at the Tarleton Alumni Center and at the Thompson Student
Center. Students will receive their rings at the Tarleton Alumni Association
Official Ring Presentation Ceremony held in the Spring and Fall semesters.
APPLICATION FOR A DEGREE
1. A candidate for a degree must apply for the degree by filing an “Application
for Graduation” with the Registrar (undergraduate students) or the Graduate
Office (graduate students) no later than specified in the University Calendar.
2. To be considered for degree conferral, a candidate must be in good standing
with the University. All contractual and financial obligations to the University

Academic Information
79
must be satisfied.
ELIGIBILITY FOR HONORS GRADUATION
To be eligible for honors graduation, a student must complete no fewer than
60 hours at Tarleton. The GPA is calculated on the last registered 60 hours. Honors
graduates will be recognized as follows:
3.90-4.00 GPA – Summa Cum Laude (Approximately 5%)
3.70-3.89 GPA – Magna Cum Laude (Approximately 10%)
3.60-3.69 GPA – Cum Laude (Approximately 10%)
Students who are members in good standing of national honor societies that
are recognized by Tarleton State University and that require a 3.2 cumulative GPA
or higher for membership may have that membership identified on their transcripts.
TUITION REBATE
A $1,000 tuition rebate from the state of Texas is offered to qualifying students
who graduate from Tarleton State University with a bachelor’s degree and no more
than 3 hours over the minimum number of hours required for the degree. Beginning
with students admitted the first time in Fall 2005, a student must also graduate in a
timely manner to earn the tuition rebate. Detailed information regarding graduating
in a timely manner and other requirements to qualify for tuition rebate can be found
at www.collegefortexans.com. Students must apply for the tuition rebate prior to
receiving their degree. This rebate program is effective for students who entered
a bachelor’s degree program as freshmen during or after Fall 1997. Additional
information is available from the Registrar’s Office.
SPECIAL DEGREE PROGRAMS
ACCELERATED DEGREE PROGRAM
Tarleton State University offers an accelerated degree program, which is
intended to allow a student who enters Tarleton as a freshman to complete a
baccalaureate degree in three years. (Please note: To complete a degree in three
years may require that a student attend summer school for at least one summer.)
The three-year program is intended for students who enter Tarleton with strong
academic preparation. To be eligible for the accelerated program, an entering
freshman must:
1. have graduated from an accredited high school with a ranking in the top
quarter of the high school class;
2. be exempt from TSI because of exam scores or have passed all parts of TSI
with scores that would not require the student to enroll in any developmental
courses at Tarleton; and
3. score at least 1050 on the SAT or 23 on the ACT.
A currently-enrolled Tarleton student or a transfer student with less than 30
hours of transferable college credit is eligible to participate in the program if he/she
meets the above requirements and has a college GPA of at least 3.0. A currentlyenrolled
Tarleton student or transfer student with more than 30 hours of college
credit may participate in the program if he/she has a college GPA of at least 3.0.
A high school student who hopes to participate in Tarleton’s accelerated
program may wish to get some college credits while still in high school, through
dual enrollment, concurrent enrollment, or advanced placement. High school
counselors can provide information about such programs.
Students admitted to the program should take no more than 19 hours in their
first long semester at Tarleton; the number of hours may be higher for students

80 Academic Information
with exemplary high school grades or SAT/ACT scores. Students who complete at
least 15 hours with a GPA of at least 3.00 their first semester in the program will be
authorized to enroll in up to 21 hours the following semester. A student maintaining
a Tarleton GPA in excess of 3.25 may request authorization to enroll in more than
21 hours for a long semester.
At any time that a participant’s Tarleton GPA drops below 3.00 or he/she
completes less than 15 hours in a long semester, the student will no longer be
considered a part of the accelerated degree program.
Program participants must satisfy all requirements for their degree
programs, including total semester credit hour requirements. They may request
minor modification of some University general education requirements (i.e., a
substitution of one course for another). Such a request should be directed to the
Office of Academic Affairs. Students in the program may request departmental
authorization to take courses out of sequence (without designated prerequisites)
when necessary.
Participants will be advised in their academic departments and by a special
designated academic counselor who will help participants plan their programs.
The counselor will advise participants about methods of accelerating their degree
programs (including CLEP tests, problems courses, correspondence courses,
and departmental exams) and will also monitor the progress of students in the
program.
INTERDISCIPLINARY DEGREE PROGRAMS
Tarleton State University offers the following degree programs that are
interdisciplinary in nature: the Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences (BAAS),
Bachelor of Applied Technology (BAT), and the Bachelor of Science in Applied
Science (BSAS). The BAAS and BSAS allow the student to apply vocational or
technical training to his/her degree program while the BAT typically requires the
student to have completed an associate degree in an appropriate technical field.
In all cases the student is encouraged to make contact with an academic advisor in
the appropriate department who is familiar with the specific program requirements.
Students in these degree programs must meet all Tarleton requirements that
are established as conditions for baccalaureate degrees unless specific waivers
have been approved. These include, but are not restricted to, general education
requirements; residency, and upper-level hour requirements. Students in these
degree programs may not get a minor in any support area required for the degree.
THE BACHELOR OF APPLIED ARTS AND SCIENCES DEGREE (BAAS)
The Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences (BAAS) is designed for the
student with training in a technical area. This degree utilizes education received
at technical schools, community colleges, military technical schools, etc. A student
must have completed at least 12 semester credit hours (or equivalent) in technical
training to be eligible for consideration. With appropriate documentation, the
technical training may be supplemented with a maximum of 21 semester credit
hours for work experience. A student must have at least 33 semester credit hours
(or equivalent) in the combination of technical training and work experience to be
eligible for consideration. In all cases, the technical training, work experience (if
any), and proposed degree area must be directly related to each other.
The approved occupational areas for the BAAS degree are: Agriculture,
Business, Criminal Justice Administration, Information Technology, and
Manufacturing and Industrial Management. Tarleton does not guarantee the
availability of all occupational areas. An occupational area is available only if an

Academic Information
81
academic department related to the occupational area is currently sponsoring
applicants.
A student interested in the Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences should:
1. review the admission requirements;
2. contact the Office of the Registrar for a list of sponsoring departments; and
3. meet with an academic advisor in the sponsoring department. The student will
submit written records related to educational training and work experience (if
any). The student is responsible for securing all related documentation.
The department will review the written records and decide whether to sponsor a
degree plan application. Sponsored degree plan applications will be considered by
the Interdisciplinary Degree Programs (IDP) Committee. Degree plan applications
will not be considered until a student has completed at least 3 semester credit hours
at Tarleton (or is currently enrolled in at least 3 hours at Tarleton). Degree plans
approved by the Committee will be processed through regular University channels.
Final approval will depend on completion of the University review process.
Quantitative Requirements for BAAS Degree Programs
I. Occupational Specialization
The occupational specialization is a maximum of 33-36 semester credit hours
(or equivalent) directly related to the degree area. These credit hours may
consist of technical training and credit for work experience. Each of these has
restrictions.
A. The technical training must be such that it can be equated to vocationaltechnical
schools. The IDP committee will rule on the admissibility of
technical training.
B. No student who has less than 12 semester credit hours of technical training
will be considered for the program. The possible credit for technical
training ranges from 12 semester credit hours up to and including all 36
hours of occupational specialization in the degree (33-36 semester credit
hours).
C. Credit for work experience is awarded only after the IDP Committee has
reviewed the written documentation of the work experience and is limited
to a maximum award of 4 semester credit hours per year of qualifying
experience. The committee may award less than this maximum. A total
of 21 semester credit hours is the greatest possible amount awarded for
work experience.
D. No student will be considered for the Bachelor of Applied Arts and
Sciences degree that has less than 33 semester credit hours in technical
training or the combination of technical training and work experience.
E. Sponsoring departments will require a minimum of 33 and a maximum
of 36 semester credit hours of technical training or a combination of
technical training and work experience, depending upon the respective
program.
II. Emphasis Area
(Minimum 24 semester credit hours, at least 12 to be upper level.) The emphasis
area is to be related to and supportive of the occupational specialization. The
advisor and the IDP committee will work together in selecting courses that
meet the individual needs of each student.
Note: The Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences degree in Agriculture is being phased-out
by the University. No new admissions will be allowed.

82 Academic Information
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED SCIENCE
The student pursuing the BS in Applied Science must complete the following,
in addition to the University general education requirements:
Occupational Specialization (12 – 36 hours of technical training
and 0 – 24 hours of approved electives) 36
Advanced hours in emphasis area (departments may determine courses) 24
Advanced electives 12
CIS Elective (LL or UL) 3
Elective 3
The Bachelor of Science in Applied Science is available in Business
Administration. Note that work experience is not a part of this degree program.
Students must work closely with the departmental advisor(s) responsible for this
program.
THE BACHELOR OF APPLIED TECHNOLOGY (BAT)
Students pursuing the Bachelor of Applied Technology will have completed
an appropriate associate degree at a community college before beginning this
program. There must be a close fit between the technical associate degree and
the degree area and students are encouraged to seek clarification even before
beginning the associate degree program to guarantee compatibility with approval
criteria. For the Bachelor of Applied Technology the available emphasis areas are
Health Professions Technology and Veterinary Technology.
OTHER ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION
Cooperative education in institutions of higher learning is an academic
program that provides students with an opportunity to integrate formal academic
work with planned and supervised experience in industry, government, or service
agencies. Students are given an opportunity, through cooperative education, to
earn a salary that may be used to finance their education. More importantly, the
program allows student to participate in off-campus work experiences that are
integrated with and that supplement their entire education and career goals.
Students may see their department heads for additional information about
cooperative education.
PRE-LAW STUDY
Admission to law school is based primarily upon a student’s performance on the
Law School Admission Test (LSAT) and cumulative grade point average. Tarleton
has no required pre-law major or curriculum, and students may take the LSAT and
apply to law schools with any major offered at Tarleton. The LSAT covers three
basic areas: logical reasoning, reading comprehension, and analytical reasoning.
Students without a grounding in these areas have little chance of competing
successfully for admission to selective law schools.
Students interested in preparing for the LSAT and law school are advised
to consult the typical curriculum for their chosen degree and to consult the prelaw
advisor early in their undergraduate program. The following courses are
recommendations, not requirements, for solid pre-law preparation. These courses
focus on various areas of public policy, legal processes, philosophy and logic, and
communications skills. Students who plan to apply to law school should enroll in

Academic Information
83
as many of these courses as possible. Students are particularly encouraged to
focus on those courses listed below that fall within their major and/or minor fields
of study.
Criminal Justice: C J, 232, C J 235, C J 237, C J 308, C J 315, C J 340,
C J 412, C J 480/POLS 480.
Communications: COMS 101*, COMS 102*, COMS 301*, COMS 303,
COMS 304
Economics/Agricultural Economics: ECO 401/A EC 402
Environmental Engineering/Hydrology and Water Resources:
ENVE 430/HYDR 430
General Business: G B 403, G B 406, G B 407, G B 432, G B 433, G B 434,
G B 444, G B 484
History: HIST 412, HIST 413
Management: MGMT 320/I T 320, MGMT 406, MGMT 407
Philosophy: PHIL 201, PHIL 301
Political Science: POLS 303, POLS 304, POLS 305, POLS 308, POLS 320,
POLS 401, POLS 402, POLS 403/PHIL 403, POLS 404/PHIL 404,
POLS 410, POLS 415
Social Work: SWK 306
For more information, contact Dr. Jeff Justice in the Department of Social
Sciences.
* These courses meet general education requirements.
PRE-THEOLOGICAL PROGRAM
Students seeking a bachelor’s degree as preparation for entering a theological
seminary will find that most programs for Master of Divinity and related degrees are
based on the standards of the American Association of Theological Schools (AATS).
These call for a heavy emphasis on the humanities, especially communication
skills in written English and speech; basic knowledge of the past and present
culture through history, sociology, philosophy, political science, literature, science,
psychology, and related areas; and a foreign language. Of those languages offered
at Tarleton, French or German is appropriate for those whose primary concern is
scholarship; Spanish, for those planning a church ministry in the Southwest.
Some religious courses, such as those offered at religious centers at
Tarleton, are valuable and usually taken by pre-ministerial students but the AATS
discourages duplication of later work at the seminary. Although most seminaries
accept candidates with a wide range of majors, the usual degrees for pre-seminary
work are in such areas as English, communications, history, and sociology.
Students planning to be candidates for seminary work need to check seminaries’
catalogs for special requirements.
RELIGION STUDIES
Religion Studies courses are offered on campus through the Department of
Social Sciences.
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES
STUDENT DISABILITY SERVICES
Students with disabilities may request appropriate accommodation by
contacting the Director of Student Disability Services in the Mathematics Building,
Room 201, at (254) 968-9400. Formal accommodation requests cannot be made

84 Academic Information
until the student has been admitted to Tarleton. However, students are encouraged
to make initial contact well in advance of this time to clarify documentation
requirements and to allow time to arrange possible accommodations.
The policy of Tarleton State University is to comply with the Americans with
Disabilities Act and other federal, state, and local laws. The Office of Disability
Services fully supports this policy. Applicants for admission are not required to
disclose disability status in the admission process. Information related to a
disability that has been released to the Disability Services Office is not used in the
admission review process.
TARLETON LIBRARIES
Tarleton Libraries offer information sources, research materials, personalized
services, technological tools, and study/meeting spaces to support the educational,
research, scholarship, and recreational needs of the University community.
Information and research offerings provided by Tarleton Libraries include print
and electronic books (400,000+), electronic and print periodicals (25,800+), state
and federal documents, audiovisual materials, microforms, and digital images.
These materials can be easily and conveniently located using the libraries’ online
catalog.
To further support users’ research endeavors, Tarleton Libraries offer over
200 databases that provide online access to full-text articles and citations from
thousands of scholarly and professional journals, trade publications, popular
magazines, newspapers, and selected reference books.
Tarleton librarians and professional staff provide assistance and resources in
person, by phone/email, and online to meet Tarleton community’s ever-changing
needs. The libraries provide research and reference assistance, individual and
group instruction sessions, online research guides and tutorials, and extended
hours. In addition, Tarleton Libraries offer interlibrary loan services that provide
materials not available in the libraries’ resources. Also, the libraries’ participation
in the TexShare consortium gives the University community privileges at most
academic libraries in Texas. Furthermore, the libraries provide document delivery
for qualified distance education students.
Tarleton Libraries also provide access to public computer workstations, inhouse
use of library laptops, wireless Internet access, and presentation software.
In addition, the libraries offer group study rooms, individual study areas, and
meeting facilities that enhance study, group interaction, and information access.
The libraries’ resources and services can be accessed online (www.tarleton.
edu/library) and by visiting the Dick Smith Library, centrally located on the
Stephenville campus.
WEB SERVICES
The mission of University Web Services is to develop and enhance Tarleton’s
presence on the web and increase awareness of Tarleton through this media.
Through the effective delivery of information and training, Web Services promotes
the University to prospective students and provides information and services to
current students, faculty, staff, and alumni.
Contact Web Services for help with gaining access to the web server and
publishing a website. The online site at www.tarleton.edu/webservices also
provides plenty of tutorials and resources on everything from publishing questions
to links on useful graphics and software. Web Services is located on the third floor
of the Dick Smith Library, Room 248.

Student Success
Dr. Dennis G. Jones, Dean
Instructors: Geye, Faulkner, Rodriguez
Thompson Student Center, Room 15
Box T-0340
(254) 968-9480
Student Success has five (5) primary functions:
• Administer the Texas Success Initiative (TSI) program.
• Administer the Rules for Students in Developmental Courses.
• Administer the Placement and Continuing Enrollment Rules related to
freshman-level mathematics and English courses.
• Administer the Bachelor of Science in Liberal Studies degree program.
• Provide programs through the following six (6) departments to assist
students to attain their highest level of academic achievement possible
by creating a supportive and challenging environment that will provide
equal opportunity to all students for academic success in the various
stages of their academic journey.
1. Academic Advising Services
2. Academic Support Programs
3. Student Assessment Services
4. Student Disability Services
5. Student Success Programs
6. Upward Bound
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN LIBERAL STUDIES
Bachelor of Science in Liberal Studies is a program designed principally for
mature students who seek a flexible degree program and who do not desire or may
not meet prerequisites of a highly structured traditional degree program, and to
permit students to plan, with advisement, an individualized program with access to
a wide range of academic disciplines and fields of professional study. This program
is not designed to provide students with the depth of content within a concentration
to typically prepare the student for advanced studies within an academic discipline
related to this concentration.
Option #1 – Dual Concentration
SCH
University General Education Requirements 42
Primary Concentration
18
• All 18 hours must be from the same academic discipline.
• At least 12 advanced (upper level) courses must be
completed with Tarleton.
• Must be from an academic discipline different than the
secondary concentration.
Secondary Concentration
9
• All 9 hours must be from the same academic discipline.
• At least 6 advanced (upper level) courses must be completed
with Tarleton.
• Must be from an academic discipline different than the
primary concentration.

86 Student Success
CIS 103 or 300 3
ENGL 309 3
LS 498 3
Electives (at least 21 hours advanced) 42
Total 120
Option #2 – Three Concentrations
SCH
University General Education Requirements 42
Concentration #1
9
• All 9 hours must be from the same academic discipline.
• At least 6 advanced (upper level) courses must be completed
with Tarleton.
• Must be from an academic discipline different than the other
concentrations.
Concentration #2
9
• All 9 hours must be from the same academic discipline.
• At least 6 advanced (upper level) courses must be completed
with Tarleton.
• Must be from an academic discipline different than the other
concentrations.
Concentration #3
9
• All 9 hours must be from the same academic discipline.
• At least 6 advanced (upper level) courses must be completed
with Tarleton.
• Must be from an academic discipline different than the other
concentrations.
CIS 103 or 300 3
ENGL 309 3
LS 498 3
Electives (at least 21 hours advanced) 42
Total 120
Catalog Notes:
• Prior to submitting a degree plan, the student must have completed 60
semester hours toward the degree not including developmental courses.
• At least 45 hours of advanced (upper level) credit is required for the degree
• A minimum of 30 semester hours of work must be completed with Tarleton,
of which at least 24 hours must be advanced.
• A maximum of 68 semester hours of academic credit will be accepted for
degree credit from a two-year institution.
• Not more than 30 semester hours of non-standard credit will be counted
toward the degree.
• A student may count toward the degree not more than 6 hours of Religious
Studies credits.
• A student may count toward the degree not more than 6 hours of Physical
Education credits.
• A student may not declare a minor in this degree program.
• A student will complete the Writing Intensive Program requirements through
successful completion of ENGL 309 and LS 498.

DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE
Lieutenant Colonel Ron Henry, Head
Wisdom Gymnasium, Room 108
Box T-0480
(254) 968-9188
www.tarleton.edu/rotc
Instructors: Lieutenant Colonel Pierce,
Major Thiebaud (Assistant Professor of Military Science),
Master Sergeant Finney (Senior Military Science Instructor),
Master Sergeant De Rosa (Enlisted Instructor)
Reserve Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC) Program
Requirements for Admission
Basic Course: All Military Science courses offered as part of the basic
course are eligible for elective credit toward graduation. Course work consists of
leadership development, time management, planning, physical fitness, life skills,
self confidence, and Army values. These courses are offered free of charge and
may be taken in lieu of the required Wellness course. Students do not incur
any military service obligation for enrollment in the Basic Course.
Advanced Course: The two-year advanced course is selective and elective,
in that any qualified student may apply for admission. The application requires
the approval of the Professor of Military Science. Qualified students will have the
following prerequisites for advance course enrollment: have at least two years
of college remaining; maintain a 2.0 or better grade point average; complete
the basic course or qualify by prior military training; and are physically qualified.
The advanced course leads to a commission as an officer in the United States
Army Reserve or Regular Army and is pursued under a written agreement
with the Department of the Army. Advanced-course contract students are paid
approximately $9,000 for the two-year course, which includes attendance to the
ROTC Leader Development and Assessment Course.
Two-Year Program: Students transferring to or currently enrolled at Tarleton,
who cannot complete the basic course prior to becoming academic juniors or
graduate students with at least two years remaining may qualify to enter the
advanced course by successfully completing a four-week Leadership Seminar
course, conducted each summer at Fort Knox, Kentucky. Academic credit, travel,
and pay are granted to students attending the course. Submit applications for
course attendance to the Department of Military Science by April 15.
Credit for Previous Military Training: Students with previous military training
may qualify for placement directly into the advanced course. The Professor of
Military Science determines the placement for each student requesting this
classification. To receive placement into the advanced course, a qualified student
will have four academic semesters remaining for degree completion and an overall
2.0 grade point average.
Veterans: Students who have prior military service may be eligible for advanced
placement, provided that their active duty was completed within the last five years.
National Guard/Reserves: Students who are currently members of the United

88 Department of Military Science
States Army Reserve or the National Guard are eligible for advanced placement
under the Simultaneous Membership Program.
Additional Information: Students desiring additional information concerning
the Army ROTC program should write to the Professor of Military Science, Tarleton
State University, Mail Stop #0480, Stephenville, TX 76402 or by e-mail to Rotc@
Tarleton.edu. Phone calls may be made collect to (254) 968-9188.
M S Leadership Laboratory: Practical application of classroom instruction
emphasizing rappelling, water survival, orienteering, physical fitness, military
small unit tactics, and basic military skills. Participating students are provided all
uniforms and equipment. Participation is required of all M S students.
Special Programs
U.S. Army ROTC Leader’s Training Course: Maximum of ten credit hours.
The ROTC Leader’s Training Course is a four-week summer course conducted at
Fort Knox, Kentucky, for students who cannot complete the Basic Course prior to
becoming academic juniors. In addition to free room, board, and transportation,
students are paid approximately $800 for attending the course and the potential
of receiving a $5,000 bonus. Training includes practical exercises to enhance
confidence, physical fitness, and leadership qualities. Prerequisite: Approval of
department head.
Ranger Challenge: An adventure-oriented organization designed to develop
leadership qualities, self discipline, self confidence, and resourcefulness through
small unit tactics and inter-collegiate military skills competition. Members participate
in several field training exercises during the semester. Open to all interested and
qualified students with at least a 2.0 GPA.
Adventure Training: Available to qualified students who apply to attend
Northern Operation Training (Alaska), Airborne-Parachutist Training (Georgia),
Air Assault Training (Kentucky), Sapper (Combat Engineer) Leader Training
(Missouri), Nurse Summer Training Program, Cadet Troop Leader Training
Program (positions world-wide), Advanced Individual Academic Development, and
other Summer Internship Programs (positions world-wide).
ROTC Scholarships: Competitive two-year, three-year, and four-year
scholarships, which pay all tuition, laboratory fees, textbooks, and other required
academic expenses or room and board, are available. Scholarship recipients also
receive a stipend of $300 to $500 per month during the academic year. Additional
scholarship funds are available through the Military Science Department for
qualified students based on merit and performance – historically, qualified students
receive an additional $700-$1,000 per semester. Students can apply these monies
towards room and board, tuition, or spend at their discretion.
ROTC Leader Development and Assessment Course: Practical application
of tactics, leadership training and practice, and arms qualification. Four weeks
during the summer at Fort Lewis, Washington. Prerequisite: M S 301 and 302 or
approval of department head.
Minor in Military Science
A student can achieve a minor in Military Science by completing 18 hours of Military
Science, military history and related courses with at least 6 hours being advanced.
The Professor of Military Science, PMS, must approve the coursework. Students
may also take HIST 316 to count towards a Military Science minor.

UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Undergraduate academic programs at Tarleton State University integrate
the two necessary components of a liberal education: first, the broad basis of
knowledge essential to the education of a citizen in a democracy; second, the
particular knowledge and skills needed in fields of major and minor concentration
essential to our modern technological society. To accomplish these goals for each
student, University programs provide three choices:
1. Four-year degree programs in most academic areas, with courses necessary
for certification in public teaching offered in education;
2. Pre-professional two- and three-year programs in most professional fields;
and
3. Special programs designed to meet unusual requirements of an individual,
usually consisting of a rearrangement of university-level subject matter
courses for cogent reasons.
The general approach in any case is to require during the first two years
an arrangement of courses presenting basic ideas and ideals of civilization and
perfecting tools of the learning process. The foundations curricula for the first two
years are essentially the same, except for a slight emphasis on mathematics and
science for science and business majors and on language and communication
skills for liberal arts majors.
Special emphasis on major and minor subjects comes in the third and fourth
years. Here the choice is made by each student, normally at the end of the
second year, but certainly by the end of the third year. A degree plan is developed
in consultation with an academic advisor in the chosen field; thereafter, any
changes in this plan must be approved by the academic advisor, department
head, and the dean of the appropriate college.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
Tarleton State University offers the following degree programs:
Associates of Applied Sciences
Histotechnology
Medical Laboratory Technology
Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences
**Agriculture
Business
Criminal Justice Administration
Bachelor of Applied Technology
Health Professions Technology
Bachelor of Arts
Communication Studies
English
History
International Studies
Bachelor of Business Administration
Accounting
Administrative Systems
Computer Information Systems
Economics
Information Technology
Manufacturing and Industrial
Management
Veterinary Technology
Music
Political Science
Spanish
Human Resources Management
Interdisciplinary Business
International Business
Management

90 Undergraduate Academic Programs
Finance
Bachelor of Fine Arts
Art
Marketing
Theatre
Bachelor of Music
Music
Bachelor of Science
Accounting
Environmental Sciences
Administration Systems
Family & Consumer Sciences
Agricultural Economics
Finance
Agricultural Services &
Geoscience
Development
Horticultural & Landscape
Agronomy & Range
Management
Management
Hydrology
Animal Industries
Industrial Technology
Animal Production
Interdisciplinary Studies
Animal Sciences
International Studies
Applied Science
Kinesiology
Biology
Liberal Studies
Biomedical Sciences
Management
Business Administration
Manufacturing Engineering
Chemistry Technology
Communication Studies
Mathematics
Computer Information
Medical Laboratory Science
Systems
Physics
Computer Science
Political Science
Criminal Justice
Psychology
Economics
Sociology
Engineering Physics
Wildlife Management
Environmental
Engineering
Bachelor of Science Nursing
Nursing
Bachelor of Social Work
Social Work
Undecided as to Major
Student Success advises all students who have not yet decided on their
majors. Such students should schedule appointments with a member of this
department prior to their first semester of enrollment at Tarleton. Advisors in this
department refer students to campus services that help them select a major and
provide academic advisement until such a selection has been made.
No secondary education degree program is available. However, secondary
education certification courses may be a part of the curriculum leading to most
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degree programs for the purpose of
secondary teacher certification. Students should consult both the College of
Education for information concerning certification requirements and the specific
academic department for their recommended degree program.

Undergraduate Academic Programs
91
Please refer to the College of Graduate Studies in this catalog for information
about graduate degree programs.
**These undergraduate degree programs are being phased-out by the University. No new
admissions will be allowed.
UNDERGRADUATE MINORS
Tarleton State University offers the following minors. Up to two minors may
be declared in most baccalaureate degree programs. The first list of minors are
those requiring a minimum of 18 hours with the designated prefix of which at least
6 must be advanced.
Accounting ACC Finance FIN
Administrative Systems ADMS Geology GEOL
Agricultural Economics AEC History HIST
Agronomy AGRN Horticulture HORT
Ag. Service & Development AGSD Hyd. & Water Resources HYDR
Animal Science ANSC Industrial Technology IT
Art ART Kinesiology* KINE
Biology BIOL Mfg. Eng. Technology MET
Chemistry CHEM Management MGMT
Computer Information Systems CIS Marketing MKTG
Criminal Justice CJ Music MUSC
Communications COMS Philosophy PHIL
Computer Science CS Physics PHYS
Economics ECO Political Science POLS
English ENGL Psychology PSY
Engineering ENGR Range & Ranch Mgmt. RNRM
Engineering Physics ENPH Sociology SOC
Entomology ENTO Spanish SPAN
Environmental Engineering ENVE Social Work SWK
Earth Science ES Theatre THEA
Family & Consumer Sciences FCS
* P ED course prefix to be used interchangeably with KINE for this minor through
Summer 2016.
The second list of minors listed below are those with options or other
requirements in addition to the 18 hours (of which at least 6 must be advanced).
Business
Business Administration
International Business
International Studies with Languages
International Studies without Languages
Mathematics
Military Science
Technical Writing
Wildlife Management
BUS
BA
INBS
INTL
INTN
MATH
MS
TWRT
WLDM
These have specific requirements; students should review the appropriate
section of the catalog and check with Academic Advising Services or other
academic advisor before beginning a minor from this list.

Tarleton State University
Outreach Programs
CATALOG
2011-2012

TARLETON STATE UNIVERSITY
SOUTHWEST METROPLEX CENTER
Fort Worth, Granbury, Weatherford & Cleburne, Texas
Dr. Karen R. Murray, Associate Vice President – Outreach
Room 237 Administration Building – Stephenville
Suite 402, Hickman Building – Fort Worth
(254) 968-9103/(817) 732-7300
Dr. Calvin Lawrence, Director of Education and Related
Programs - Southwest Metroplex
Room 455, Hickman Building-Fort Worth
(817) 732-7300
Dr. Sankar Sundarrajan, Director of Business and Related
Programs - Southwest Metroplex
Room 405 Hickman Building-Fort Worth
(817) 732-7300
Tarleton State University – Southwest Metroplex, an outreach center of
Tarleton State University, has operated programs serving the needs of Tarrant,
Johnson and Parker Counties for over 30 years. Initial programs started in 1978
in the area of Medical Laboratory Science provide critically needed health care
professionals for the rapidly growing Metroplex. Those programs were followed
by cooperative programs with the Fort Worth ISD to offer an alternative teacher
certification program to meet critical needs for teachers in 2000. Since that time,
Tarleton has expanded program offerings at this location, to include a variety of
programs in Education, Counseling, Business, Psychology, Industrial Engineering,
and Criminal Justice. Programs include both master’s level course work, and
junior/senior level courses for baccalaureate degree completion. Baccalaureate
degree completion programs are designed to build upon associate programs
offered at Tarrant County Community College, Weatherford College and Hill
College-Johnson County.
Students enrolling at Tarleton – Southwest Metroplex may choose courses
and entire programs offered via a variety of delivery modes including face-to-face,
blended or on-line. Some programs may be offered in a wholly on-line format,
some blended and some face-to-face, while others are offered in a cohort model.
Consult the programs listing for the type of delivery modes available for each
program offered through the Southwest Metroplex Center.
Tarleton – Southwest Metroplex has a diverse student population comprised
mostly of working-adults seeking master’s degrees and community college
graduates or returning students seeking baccalaureate completion degrees.
Classes are offered in the evenings, days and weekends to accommodate both
part-time and full-time students. Advisors and support staff are available to assist
with admission and degree plans.
Administrative offices for the Tarleton – Southwest Metroplex are located
at 6777 Camp Bowie Boulevard, Fort Worth, Texas at the Hickman Building.
Classrooms are located in Tarleton operated facilities at the Hickman Building in

Southwest Metroplex Outreach Program
95
Fort Worth, the R.C. Schaffer Building in Fort Worth, and the Dora Lee Langdon
Center in Granbury. In addition, classrooms may be utilized at Weatherford College
in Weatherford, Hill College in Cleburne, Tarrant County College in Fort Worth and
Arlington, and Luella Merritt School-FWISD in Fort Worth.
Nine graduate level master’s degree programs, eighteen undergraduate
degree programs and eight certification options are available through our
Southwest Metroplex outreach center at one or more of our classroom locations.
Graduate Programs include:
• Master of Business Administration
• Master of Criminal Justice
• Master of Education, Counseling
• Master of Education, Curriculum and Instruction
• Master of Education, Education Administration
• Master of Science, Counseling Psychology
• Master of Science, Management and Leadership
Additional graduate coursework is offered toward the Ed.D. in Educational
Leadership, and courses are also offered in the areas of Mathematics, Political
Science, Criminal Justice, Nursing, Biology, English, History, and Fine Arts.
These courses support concentrations in Public Administration and Health Care
Administration for the MBA, concentrations in the Liberal Studies Degree, and
concentrations in the Secondary Education option of the M.Ed. in Curriculum and
Instruction.
Undergraduate programs include:
• Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences, Business
• Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences, Criminal Justice
Administration
• Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences, Information Technology
• Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences, Manufacturing and
Industrial Management
• Bachelor of Applied Technology, Health Professions
Technology
• Bachelor of Business Administration, Accounting
• Bachelor of Business Administration, Computer Information
Systems
• Bachelor of Business Administration, Interdisciplinary Business
• Bachelor of Business Administration, Management
• Bachelor of Science in Applied Science, Business
Administration
• Bachelor of Science, Accounting
• Bachelor of Science, Criminal Justice
• Bachelor of Science, Interdisciplinary Studies, Teacher
Education Grades Early Childhood – Grade 6 Generalist
• Bachelor of Science, Liberal Studies
• Bachelor of Science, Medical Laboratory Science
• Bachelor of Science, Psychology
• Bachelor of Social Work
• Associate of Applied Science, Histology
• Associate of Applied Science, Medical Laboratory Technology

96 Southwest Metroplex Outreach Program
Certification programs include:
• Superintendent Certification
• TMATE – Alternative Teacher Certification
• Principal Certification
• Counselor Certification
• Clinical Laboratory Science/Medical Technology Certification
• Histotechnology – Advanced Technical Certificate
• Medical Laboratory Technology – Advanced Technical
Certificate
• Molecular Diagnostics
Additional information about any of these programs or teaching locations may
be obtained by visiting Tarleton State University Southwest Metroplex, 6777 Camp
Bowie Boulevard Suite 500, or by calling (817) 732-7300 or by visiting on the web
at www.tarleton.edu/fortworth.
Admission to one of the Southwest Metroplex programs requires a minimum
of 30 credit hours and that a student be TSI complete. Applicants must meet the
transfer admission standards for Tarleton State University. On site academic
support services include advising and GRE/GMAT testing.

TARLETON STATE UNIVERSITY
WACO
MCC University Center, Waco, Texas
Dr. Karen R. Murray, Associate Vice President – Outreach
Room 237 Administration Building – Stephenville
(254) 968-9103
Dr. Kim Rynearson, Director – Waco Programs
Room 124, Michaelis Academic Center, MCC-UC
(254) 299-8322
Tarleton State University – Waco, an outreach teaching site of Tarleton State
University, has operated programs serving the needs of McLennan County as
a four-year partner at the University Center hosted by McLennan Community
College (MCC-UC). Waco and McLennan County represent a rapidly growing
population not served by a four year public institution. In response to community
need for baccalaureate and master’s level degree programs McLennan Community
College established a University Center to host four year-institutional partners to
offer those degrees on the MCC campus, with Tarleton as one of the inaugural
partners. Since that time, Tarleton has expanded program offerings at this location,
to include a variety of programs in Education, Counseling, Business, Psychology,
Industrial Engineering, Criminal Justice and Agriculture. Programs include both
master’s level course work, and junior/senior level courses for baccalaureate
degree completion. Baccalaureate degree completion programs are designed to
build upon associate programs offered at McLennan Community College.
Students enrolling at Tarleton – Waco may choose courses and entire
programs offered via a variety of delivery modes including face-to-face, blended or
on-line. Some programs may be offered in a wholly on-line format, some blended
and some face-to-face, while others are offered in a cohort model. Consult the
programs listing for the type of delivery modes available for each program Tarleton
offers through the University Center at MCC.
Tarleton – Waco has a diverse student population comprised mostly of workingadults
seeking master’s degrees and community college graduates or returning
students seeking baccalaureate completion degrees. Classes are offered in
the evenings, days and weekends to accommodate both part-time and full-time
students. Advisors and support staff are available to assist with admission and
degree plans.
Administrative offices for Waco Programs are located at 1400 College Drive, in
Waco at the University Center Michaelis Academic Building, on MCC campus.
Classrooms are used at various locations on the MCC Campus.
Seven graduate level master’s degree programs, thirteen undergraduate
degree programs and four certification options are available through our Waco
outreach teaching site.
Graduate Programs include:
• Master of Business Administration
• Master of Criminal Justice

98 Waco Outreach Program
• Master of Education, Education Administration
• Master of Education, Counseling
• Master of Education, Curriculum and Instruction
• Master of Science, Counseling Psychology
• Master of Science, Management and Leadership
Additional graduate coursework is offered toward the Ed.D. in Educational
Leadership.
Undergraduate programs include:
• Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences, Business
• Bachelor of Business Administration, Accounting
• Bachelor of Business Administration, Computer Information
Systems
• Bachelor of Business Administration, Management
• Bachelor of Science in Applied Science, Business
Administration
• Bachelor of Science, Accounting
• Bachelor of Science, Agricultural Services and Development
• Bachelor of Science, Business Administration
• Bachelor of Science, Criminal Justice
• Bachelor of Science, Family and Consumer Sciences
• Bachelor of Science, Interdisciplinary Studies, Teacher
Education, Mathematics Grades 4-8, Language Arts/Social
Sciences Grades 4-8, Early Childhood – Grade 6 Generalist
• Bachelor of Science, Liberal Studies
• Bachelor of Science, Psychology
• Bachelor of Social Work
• Associate of Applied Science, Histology
Certification programs include:
• Superintendent Certification
• Principal Certification
• Counselor Certification
• Histotechnology—Advanced Technical Certificate
Additional information about any of these programs or our teaching locations
may be obtained by visiting Tarleton State University – Waco at the MCC-University
Center, 1400 College Drive, Michaelis Academic Center Room 124, or by calling
(254) 299-8322 or by visiting on the web at www.tarleton.edu/waco.
Admission to one of the Waco undergraduate programs requires a minimum
of 30 credit hours and that a student be TSI complete. Applicants must meet the
transfer admission standards for Tarleton State University. On site academic
support services include advising.

TARLETON STATE UNIVERSITY
e-CAMPUS
Dr. Karen R. Murray, Associate Vice President – Outreach
Room 237 Administration Building – Stephenville
(254) 968-9103
Jana P. Holland, Manager – Tarleton e-Campus
Suite 500, Hickman Building – Fort Worth
(817) 732-7300
Toll Free (888) 377-8828
Tarleton State University – e-Campus operates to serve the needs of students
who are geographically dispersed and who may be unable to attend traditional faceto-face
classes at Tarleton’s Stephenville campus or at the Southwest Metroplex
or Waco off-campus locations. In response to the needs of learners who desire
fully on-line degree programs, Tarleton developed one of the first on-line graduate
Agriculture degrees in 2003. Since that time, Tarleton has expanded its on-line
offerings to include graduate and undergraduate completion programs in a variety
of programs, such as Business, Criminal Justice, Agriculture, and Manufacturing
and Industrial Management.
The e-Campus offers a set of wholly on-line master’s programs, a set of online
baccalaureate completion programs (45 upper level semester credit hours),
and a limited number of blended (part on-line, part face-to-face) cohort programs
at select remote locations. Students desiring admission to the e-campus for
distant learners may not reside in the following twelve Texas Counties: Comanche,
Eastland, Erath, Hamilton, Hill, Hood, Johnson, McLennan, Palo Pinto, Parker,
Somerville, or Tarrant. Students residing within these counties may enroll in on-line
and blended programs but must do so from one of the following campus locations:
main Tarleton State University campus in Stephenville, Tarleton’s Southwest
Metroplex Center in Fort Worth, or the University Center at MCC in Waco.
Tarleton’s e-Campus has a diverse student population comprised of workingadults
seeking master’s degrees and community college graduates or returning
students seeking baccalaureate completion degrees delivered on-line. Advisors
and support staff are available to assist with admission and degree plans.
Administrative offices for Tarleton’s e-Campus are located at 6777 Camp
Bowie Boulevard, Fort Worth, Texas at the Hickman Building. Classes are delivered
fully on-line through Tarleton’s course management system, Blackboard.
Seven fully on-line graduate level master’s degree programs and eight online
undergraduate degree completion programs are available through Tarleton’s
e-Campus.
Graduate Programs include:
• Master of Business Administration
• Master of Criminal Justice
• Master of Science, Agriculture and Consumer Resources
• Master of Science, Human Resources Management
• Master of Science, Information Systems
• Master of Science, Management and Leadership

100 e-Campus
• Master of Science, Manufacturing Quality and Leadership
Undergraduate degree completion programs include:
• Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences, Business
• Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences, Information Technology
• Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences, Manufacturing and
Industrial Management
• Bachelor of Business Administration, Administrative Systems
• Bachelor of Business Administration, Interdisciplinary Business
• Bachelor of Science, Administrative Systems
• Bachelor of Science, Business Administration
• Bachelor of Science in Applied Science, Business
Administration
Additional information about any of these programs or our teaching locations
may be obtained by visiting us on the web at www.tarleton.edu/electronic campus,
at our administrative offices located at Tarleton State University Southwest
Metroplex, 6777 Camp Bowie Boulevard Suite 500, or by calling (817) 732-7300
or (888) 377-8828.
Admission to one of the on-line undergraduate degree completion programs
requires a minimum of 30 credit hours and that a student be TSI complete.
Applicants must meet the transfer admission standards for Tarleton State
University. Academic support services for distance learners include academic
advising, library access, and online technical support.

Tarleton State University
College of Agricultural and
Environmental Sciences
CATALOG
2011-2012

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURAL
& ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
Dr. Don Cawthon, Dean
Joe W. Autry Agriculture Building, Room 101
Box T-0180
(254) 968-9227
www.tarleton.edu/coaes
The College of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences includes the
Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management; the Department of
Agricultural and Consumer Sciences; and the Department of Animal Science and
Wildlife Management.
Historically, Tarleton has been strong in the discipline of agriculture since its
establishment in 1899, and it was known for most of the first half of this century
as John Tarleton Agricultural College. Enrollment in the College of Agricultural
and Environmental Sciences exceeds 1,400. With 14 Texas universities offering
baccalaureate degrees in agriculture, Tarleton’s program is third in number of
student majors in Texas and third nationally among non-land-grant universities.
Tarleton’s graduates have a reputation for high performance and for contributions to
their professions in agriculture, agribusiness, education, and consumer sciences.
Many have continued their education and attained graduate and professional
degrees at leading universities nationwide.
The majors within the Bachelor of Science in Agriculture include strong programs
in Animal Science, Animal Production, Animal Industries, Wildlife Management,
Agricultural Economics, Agronomy and Range Management, Horticulture and
Landscape Management, and Environmental Science. The Department of Animal
Science and Wildlife Management also offers a Pre-Veterinary Medicine Program,
and Bachelor of Applied Technology in Veterinary Technology.
The Agricultural and Consumer Sciences program, which includes the
traditional teacher certification program (Agricultural Education), has received
state and national recognition by routinely leading the state of Texas and the nation
in numbers of graduates certified to teach. It remains in the top five in the nation
today. The department also includes options in Agricultural Communications,
Agricultural Extension/Industry, Interdisciplinary Agriculture as well as programs
in child and family studies, foods and nutrition, clothing and textiles, housing
and design, and consumer economics and resource management. Tarleton
presently offers a degree in Family and Consumer Sciences with specialty options
in Extension, Fashion Merchandising, Child and Family Studies, and Teacher
Certification. The Department maintains and manages a Child Development
Center, which provides quality educational programs for children ages 3 to 5 years
and laboratory experience for Tarleton students. Each program provides strong
student internship opportunities.
The Tarleton Agriculture Center, supporting the instructional programs in
agriculture, is located on 2,000 acres of University land and includes a dairy;
beef cattle center, feedlot, and ranch; confinement swine operation; poultry
facility; horse center with arena, stallion barn, and laboratory; horticulture center
with greenhouses and laboratory-classroom; golf course laboratory and support
greenhouses; and a meats laboratory complete from abattoir to retail processing

College of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences 103
and sales. Located adjacent to the Texas AgriLife Research and Extension Center,
the Tarleton Agriculture Center provides excellent employment experiences for
Tarleton undergraduate agriculture majors and research opportunities for those
seeking the Master of Science degree in Agriculture.
Tarleton emphasizes quality teaching in all of the agricultural and human
science degree programs. Faculties include 40 full-time appointments, 35 with
doctoral degrees from leading universities across the nation. Several Texas A&M
University System faculty members serve as adjunct or graduate faculty.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS IN AGRICULTURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
SCIENCES
Tarleton State University offers undergraduate and graduate programs in
the Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management; the Department
of Agricultural and Consumer Sciences, and the Department of Animal Science
and Wildlife Management. More detailed information is given regarding the
departments, degree options, curricula, and course descriptions in following
sections of the catalog. The departments are interdependent and utilize common
resources in developing and offering specialized programs appealing to a broad
array of student interests.
Department of Agricultural and Consumer Sciences
I. Bachelor of Science - Agricultural Services and Development
a. Agricultural Science with Teacher Certification
b. Agricultural Communications
c. Agricultural Extension/Industry
II.
Bachelor of Science - Interdisciplinary Agriculture
a. Production Agriculture
b. Agri Systems Management
III. Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences*
a. Agriculture
IV. Bachelor of Science - Family and Consumer Sciences
a. Family and Consumer Sciences/Extension
b. Fashion Merchandising*
c. Child and Family Studies
d. Teacher Certification
V. Master of Science - Agricultural and Consumer Resources (thesis and nonthesis
tracks)
Department of Animal Science and Wildlife Management
I. Bachelor of Science - Animal Science
II. Bachelor of Science - Animal Production
III. Bachelor of Science - Animal Industries
IV. Bachelor of Science - Wildlife Management
V. Bachelor of Applied Technology - Veterinary Technology
VI. Pre-Veterinary Medicine Program
VII. Master of Science - Agriculture (thesis and non-thesis tracks)
Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management
I. Bachelor of Science - Agricultural Economics
a. Agricultural Economics
b. Agribusiness Management

104 College of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences
II. Bachelor of Science - Agronomy and Range Management
a. Crop Science
b. Range Management
c. Soil Science
III. Bachelor of Science - Horticulture and Landscape Management
a. Horticultural Business
b. Horticultural Science
c. Golf Course Management
d. Integrated Pest Management
IV. Bachelor of Science – Environmental Sciences
a. Environmental Agriculture
b. Water Resources
c. Policy and Leadership
d. Environmental Geosciences
V. Master of Science - Agriculture (thesis and non-thesis tracks)
*These undergraduate degree programs are being phased-out by the University. No new
admissions will be allowed.

Department of Agricultural and
Consumer Sciences
Dr. Rudy Tarpley, Head
Joe W. Autry Agriculture Building, Room 105
Box T-0040
(254) 968-9200
www.tarleton.edu/agservices
Professors: Dennis, Drueckhammer, Graham, Lovell
Associate Professors: Bellah, Blaylock, Ford, McGregor, Tarpley
Assistant Professors: Harder, McKeehan
Instructors: Ferguson
The Department of Agricultural and Consumer Sciences was created with the
flexibility to design career programs for students. Individuals seeking knowledge
in education, communications, and various humanistic interactions within all
segments of the agricultural industry will find interest in the department’s offerings.
Included are programs in Agricultural Science Teacher Certification, Agricultural
Communication, Agricultural Extension/Industry, Interdisciplinary Agriculture,
Production Agriculture, Agri Systems Management, and Family and Consumer
Sciences. Internships are a part of all programs.
The Department of Agricultural and Consumer Sciences administers the
Bachelor of Science degree with the following degree programs and support areas:
I. AGRICULTURAL SERVICES AND DEVELOPMENT
Agricultural Science with Teacher Certification
This program is commonly referred to as Agricultural Education and provides
you with the skills and knowledge to become a teacher of Agricultural Science
in public schools or pursue employment with government and agricultural
business and industry.
Agricultural Communication
The program provides the student with both agricultural and communication
skills. The degree opens the career opportunities of agricultural communication
as well as many other agricultural and communication related fields including:
agricultural publications, radio, livestock organizations, commodity groups,
and governmental agencies that provide communication and information.
Agricultural Extension/Industry
This is a flexible degree program to prepare you for a career in agricultural
business, industry, agriculture extension, and government agency settings.
The degree provides a broad based agricultural experience and allows the
student to specialize in an area of agriculture of business.

106 Department of Agricultural and Consumer Sciences
II. INTERDISCIPLINARY AGRICULTURE
Production
This program provides a diversified agricultural program for students and
prepares graduates for careers in diversified farming and ranching operations.
Agri Systems Management
This program is designed to prepare graduates for employment as
managers in mechanical related business of agriculture. The curriculum
includes numerous areas of agricultural mechanics along with management,
relating and sales.
III. FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES
The focus of Family and Consumer Sciences is to enhance the skills and
knowledge that will promote the well-being of individuals, families and communities.
Our programs and profession focus on individuals and families in order to
achieve an optimum balance between people and environments. The mission
of our program is to provide an academically challenging environment through
effective teaching, scholarly endeavors, and service that will provide students the
necessary skills for careers in Family and Consumer Sciences. Students pursuing
this major may select from concentrations in Child and Family Studies, Fashion
Design and Merchandising, or Family and Consumer Sciences with State Teacher
Certification.
Faculty in Family and Consumer Sciences come from diverse educational
backgrounds and expertise. Faculty members promote and integrate a holistic
approach to understanding individuals and families while preparing students
for professional careers or graduate study. The program also has a variety of
instructional resources with laboratories for apparel design and food preparation,
an early childhood center, and lecture and seminar space for computer-aided
design and learning material production.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN AGRICULTURAL SERVICES AND DEVELOPMENT
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 2 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Agricultural Services and Development
AGRN 105, A EC 314, HORT 200 9
ANSC 107, WLDM 221, FCS 304 9
AGSD 101, 201, 211, 302, 410, 450, 485, ENGL 309 20
Courses Required for Concentrations
Agricultural Science with Teacher Certification
AGSD 230, 306, 401, 406, 407, 420 21
ANSC 313 or 403 or 410 3
AGRN 425, HORT 360 6
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351, EDU 320, 330 12
Agricultural Communications
AGSD 301, 430 4

Department of Agricultural and Consumer Sciences
107
ACOM 484, 405 9
COMS 207 or 215; 211, 214, 220, 308, 310, 320 21
ENGL 312 3
Advanced Ag Elective 3
Agricultural Extension/Industry
AGSD 301, 405, 430, 484 1 13
3 hours Advanced ANSC Elective 3
3 hours AGSD Elective and 3 hours Advanced AGSD Elective 6
Advanced ACOM Elective 3
Advanced Ag Elective 3
Advanced Electives 6
Electives 6
1
A 2.25 overall GPA is required for a student to enroll in the internship semester.
2
All students planning to transfer into Agricultural Services and Development need to
take one Biology course and CHEM 105 as the lab science requirements.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN INTERDISCIPLINARY AGRICULTURE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Interdisciplinary Agriculture
A EC 212 or AGSD 211; A EC 314 6
AGSD 101, 201, 221, 301, 302, 318, 484, 485 19
ANSC 107, AGRN 105 6
MGMT 301, ENGL 309 6
Courses Required for Concentrations
Production Agriculture
ENTO 201, AGRN 309 7
ANSC 309, 403, A EC 406 10
WLDM 201 or D S 202 or ANSC 321 3
Advanced AGSD Electives 6
Advanced A EC Elective 3
Advanced ANSC or WLDM 3
Advanced AGRN or RNRM 6
Advanced Ag Elective 3
Agri Systems Management
A EC 433 3
AGSD 230, 325, 329, 340, 402 15
AGSD Electives 11
HYDR 110 3
MGMT 302, 303, MKTG 317 9

108 Department of Agricultural and Consumer Sciences
THE BACHELOR OF APPLIED ARTS AND SCIENCES DEGREE
IN AGRICULTURAL
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BAAS – Agricultural Occupations
Occupational Specialization:
Approved Technical Training, Approved Work Experience 33
AGSD 301, 430 4
Emphasis Area with at least 15 hours upper level 24
Approved Advanced Electives 17
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN FAMILY AND
CONSUMER SCIENCES
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Family and Consumer Sciences
AGSD 101, ENGL 309 4
FCS 102, 109, 205, 210, 220, 300, 309, 325, 333, 456 30
Additional Required Courses
Child and Family Studies
FCS 104, 105, 305, 316, 460, 484, 3 hrs Adv. FCS 23
COMS 304 or 309; RDG 301 or SWK 411; PSY 201 or SOC 201 9
EDSP 361; 3 hrs Electives, 6 hrs Adv. Elective 12
Family and Consumer Sciences Teacher Certification
FCS 101, 105, 202, 304, 306, 316, 317, 409 23
AGSD 401, 410, 420, EDU 320, 330; RDG 351 21
Fashion Merchandising*
FCS 101, 202, 203, 206, 302; 306 or 327; 308, 326, 408, 460, 484 29
MGMT 301, MKTG 314, 317, 318 15
Extension Support
FCS 101, 104, 105, 202, 304, 306, 316, 317, 409, 460, 484 35
AGSD 410, 430; 3 hrs Electives 9
EMPHASIS AREAS
A student pursuing a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in
Interdisciplinary Business may elect Fashion Merchandising as the supporting
field for his/her degree. This emphasis combines Family and Consumer Sciences
and the various business disciplines. Information about this area of study may be
obtained from an advisor in the Department of Agricultural and Consumer Sciences
or the Department of Management, Marketing, and Administrative Systems.
*The concentration in Fashion Merchandising is being phased-out by the University. No new
admissions will be allowed.

Department of Animal Science and
Wildlife Management
Dr. Ben Bruce, Head
Joe W. Autry Agriculture Building, Room 116
Box T-0070
(254) 968-9222
www.tarleton.edu/animalsciences
Professors: Cadle, Harp, Snyder
Associate Professors: Breeden, Bruce, Henneke, Lambert
Assistant Professors: Sawyer
Instructors: Doty, Eakin, Jackson
The Department of Animal Science and Wildlife Management offers a Bachelor
of Science degree in four different degree programs: Animal Science, Animal
Production, Animal Industries, Wildlife Management and Bachelor of Applied
Technology in Veterinary Technology. In addition, the Department of Animal Sciences
offers a Pre-Veterinary Medicine Program. The particular emphasis within each
option provides appropriate training according to the career interests of individual
students. All students complete similar general education requirements, required
by State and University regulations.
Historically, Tarleton has been known for its practical, hands-on approach
to agricultural instruction. To allow for as much student exposure to real-life
experiences as possible in an academic program, farm and ranch operations
involving almost 2,000 acres of land and eight major teaching centers are utilized
as agricultural laboratories. In addition to the animal facilities, several classrooms,
indoor laboratories, two indoor-teaching pavilions, and an indoor equine arena are
utilized in providing students with valuable “how-to-do” experiences.
I. Animal Science
This degree program provides a strong foundation in the scientific aspects
(the “whys” and “hows”) of animal production, nutrition, reproduction,
anatomy, and physiology. Supporting course work in chemistry, biology, and
math provides students with background necessary to an understanding of
the complex physiological and biological phenomena that explain why and
how animals function and perform.
II. Animal Production
This degree program stresses the practical “how-to” aspects of commercial
livestock production with somewhat less emphasis on the “whys” and “hows” of
animal physiology and biochemistry. Animal Production is especially designed
for students who expect and desire a career in the commercial production,
marketing and/or promotion phases of a livestock industry.
III. Animal Industries
The Animal Industries degree program offers students the combination of

110 Department of Animal Science and Wildlife Management
a strong foundation in animal science courses and basic business courses
needed by graduates entering commercial and business enterprises related
to animal agriculture.
IV. Wildlife Management
The objective of the wildlife management degree is to prepare students to
work in the expanding field of wildlife management. The curriculum has the
proper content of wildlife management, range management, and biology to
allow the student to become a certified wildlife biologist through The Wildlife
Society.
V. Veterinary Technology
The Bachelor of Applied Technology degree in Veterinary Technology
will provide a foundation of knowledge and training in animal health care
for persons interested in working in this field as a technologist. It will also
provide a logical path for persons holding an associate degree in Veterinary
Technology to further their knowledge in this field through completion of a
bachelor degree. Students completing the program will be able to apply
animal physiology principles to treatment of animals in a veterinary clinic as
well as business skills to management of a veterinary clinic.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine Program
Students desiring to pursue a veterinary medicine career can complete,
at Tarleton, all necessary prerequisites for application to the professional
Doctor of Veterinary Medicine (DVM) program at Texas A&M University.
Acceptance into the DVM program is quite competitive, and pre-vet students
are encouraged to work closely with their academic advisor in planning their
individual programs of study.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ANIMAL SCIENCE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for a BS in Animal Science
ANSC 101 or AGRI 101; A EC 105 1 4
From ANSC 109, 120, 201, 202, 203, 207, 210, 213, 225,
D S 202, WLDM 201, 221, AGRN 105, ENTO 201 or 301 9
CHEM 105 1 , 108, 201 12
BIOL 120 1 , 121, 307 12
ENGL 309 3
From MATH 120, 300, 350 3-4
AGRN 309 or GEN 309 or BIOL 303 4
Advanced A EC, AGRN, AGSD, BIOL, ENTO, RNRM 3
Advanced BIOL or CHEM 3-4
ANSC 107, 308, 309, 319, 321, 400, 485 22
From ANSC 310, 313, 403, 410, 426, D S 302 6
From ANSC 307, 315, 324, 325, 405, 406, 408, 412, 450, 458 3
Advanced ANSC, D S, or WLDM electives 3
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.

Department of Animal Science and Wildlife Management 111
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ANIMAL PRODUCTION
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Animal Production
ANSC 101 or AGRI 101; AGRN 105, A EC 105 or ECO 201 1 7
CHEM 105 1 ; BIOL 120 1 or 121 8
AGSD 302 or ENGL 309; AGRN 309 or GEN 309 or BIOL 303 7
RNRM 301 3
Advanced AGSD, ANSC, BIOL, MGMT, MKTG, G B 14
ANSC 107, 308, 309, 319, 321, 400, 484, 485 25
From ANSC 310, 313, 403, 410, 426, D S 302 6
From ANSC 109, 120, 201, 202, 203, 207, 210, 213, 225,
D S 202, WLDM 201, 221, ENTO 201 or 301 9
From ANSC 307, 315, 324, 325, 405, 406, 408, 412, 450, 458,
WLDM 310, 311, 375, 405 6
Advanced A EC, G B, MGMT, MKTG 3
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ANIMAL INDUSTRIES
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Animal Industries
ANSC 101 or AGRI 101; ACC 203, AGSD 211 or ACC 204 7
CHEM 105 1 , BIOL 120 1 , 121, 307 16
AGSD 302 or ENGL 309 3
From ECO 201 1 , 202, or A EC 105 6
AGRN 309 or GEN 309 or BIOL 303 4
Advanced ACC, ADMS, A EC, CIS, COMS,
ECO, FIN, G B, MGMT, MKTG 12
ANSC 107, 308, 309, 321, 400, 485 19
From ANSC 109, 120, 201, 202, 203, 207, 210, 213, 225,
D S 202, WLDM 201, 221, ENTO 201 or 301, AGRN 105 9
From ANSC 313, 403, 410, 426, 430, D S 302 3
Advanced ANSC, D S, or WLDM Electives 9
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN WILDLIFE
MANAGEMENT
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Wildlife Management
AGRN 301 4
ANSC 107, ANSC 309 or 406 6-7

112 Department of Animal Science and Wildlife Management
BIOL 120 1 , 121, 315 12
BIOL 303 or AGRN/GEN 309, BIOL 401 or RNRM 315 7-8
CHEM 105 1 , 108; ENGL 309; ENTO 201 or 301 14
MATH 300 or 350 3-4
WLDM 101 or ANSC 101 or AGRI 101; WLDM 221 or RNRM 221 4
WLDM 305 or ANSC 403 or 313 or CHEM 201 3-4
WLDM 310 or RNRM 310; WLDM 385, 485; WLDM 484 or 440 10
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Certified Wildlife Biologist Emphasis
BIOL 430 or 451 4
WLDM 201 or 426; 375, WLDM 401 or MATH 109 9
From ANSC, BIOL, RNRM, or WLDM 3
From RNRM 300, 301, 302, 416, or BIOL 336 3
Wildlife Production Emphasis
ANSC 201 or WLDM 201; ANSC 426 or WLDM 426 6
ANSC 308, 319 7
RNRM 300 or RNRM 302; RNRM 301 6
Minor in Wildlife Management
A total of 18 semester hours:
BIOL 315 4
BIOL 401 or RNRM 315 3-4
WLDM 221, WLDM 310 6
From WLDM Electives, BIOL 430, 451 or 462 4-5
THE BACHELOR OF APPLIED TECHNOLOGY DEGREE IN
VETERINARY TECHNOLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Associate Degree in Veterinary Technology 36
VETE 107, 308, 309, 315, 400, 401, 406, 485 24
ENGL 309, MGMT 302, MKTG 314 9
ANSC 301 or ANSC 403 3
ADMS 414 or MGMT 303 3
Advanced Elective 3
PRE-VETERINARY MEDICINE PROGRAM
Suggestions for Application for Admission to College of Veterinary
Medicine Texas A&M University 1
A. Typical Curriculum
ANSC 101 or AGRI 101, ENTO 301 4
BIOL 120, 121, 307, 474, 475 18
CHEM 105, 108, 201, 202 16
ENGL 111, 112, 220, 309 12
MATH 107, 109, 120 or 350 9-10

Department of Animal Science and Wildlife Management
113
HIST 201, 202 6
AGRN 309 or GEN 309 or BIOL 303 4
ANSC 107, 309, 406 10
PHYS 104, 105 8
POLS 201, 202 6
COMS 301 3
B. Accelerated Curriculum 2
ANSC 101 or AGRI 101 1
AGRN 309 or GEN 309 or BIOL 303 4
ANSC 107; 309 or 406 6-7
BIOL 120, 121, 307; BIOL or CHEM 474, BIOL or CHEM 475 18
CHEM 105, 108, 201, 202 16
ENGL 111, 112, 220 9
MATH 107, 109; 120 or 350 9-10
ENGL 309; COMS 301 6
PHYS 104, 105 8
1
Requirements subject to change pending decisions of TAMU College of Veterinary
Medicine. If a fourth year of study leading to a baccalaureate degree is pursued prior
to entry into veterinary college, additional Tarleton general education requirements
must be completed.
2
Recommended for gifted students with exceptionally strong high school background.
Meets minimum recommendations for application to the professional veterinary
medical program. All courses can also be applied towards a BS degree in Animal
Science or other chosen related field; however, additional lower-level courses are
required to meet Tarleton and/or State of Texas baccalaureate requirements.
A program in Pre-Veterinary Medicine is also offered through the Department
of Biological Sciences. Although the Pre-Veterinary programs offered through
the Departments of Animal Sciences and Biological Sciences each meet all the
requirements for admission to the Texas A&M College of Veterinary Medicine, a
student is typically best suited for one program or the other. It is important that a
student discuss with an advisor which program is best suited to his or her interests,
skills, and goals.
For additional detailed information on application and other requirements,
refer to the current issue of “Applicant Information,” available from the College
of Veterinary Medicine, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX 77843-4461;
phone (800) 874-9591.

Department of Environmental and
Agricultural Management
Dr. Roger Wittie, Head
Joe W. Autry Agriculture Building, Room 201
Box T-0050
(254) 968-9221
www.tarleton.edu/env-ag-mgmt
Professors: Ewell, Kattes, Rosiere, Wade, Wittie
Associate Professors: Cummings, Yu
Assistant Professors: Faske, McGahan
Instructors: Shockey
The Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management offers four
Bachelor of Science degrees. Through the faculty-student advisement process,
a course of study is developed to allow the student to pursue his/her interest
and potential while preparing for a long-term, productive career in production
agriculture and/or agribusiness. Though not a requirement for all careers, a
background that includes agricultural experiences either through employment
or high school activities is valuable and may be supplemented through college
work experiences, internships, cooperative education, and/or mentorships. All of
the career tracks within the Department are strongly science/discipline-based with
the goal of providing the graduate with the academic background necessary to
compete in the current employment market and to be a life long contributor to the
profession.
The Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management Bachelor of
Science degrees include:
I. Agricultural Economics
The Agricultural Economics degree allows a choice from two support
areas: agricultural economics or agribusiness management. The agricultural
economics track includes courses designed to prepare students for a career
in the analytical or research sectors of production, marketing, or finance.
It also is the preferred track for students preparing for graduate study. The
agribusiness management track shifts somewhat to courses that prepare
students for entry-level positions in the retail/wholesale sectors of production
agriculture or with firms supporting the agricultural industry.
II. Agronomy and Range Management
This degree includes support areas in crop science, range management,
and soil science. The degree is strongly science-based and allows the student
to explore the world of resource management and conservation related to
the production of food, fiber, and livestock. Students earning the degree
may choose a career within the agricultural products and service industry,
consulting, private or public lands management, environmental restoration, or
pursue a graduate degree.

Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management
115
III. Horticulture and Landscape Management
This degree offers a choice from four support areas: business, science,
golf course management, or integrated pest management. Each track allows
students to select from courses necessary to build a strong, successful career.
Horticultural business and golf course management are more appropriate
tracks for those with interest in private sector employment, while the science
and integrated pest management tracks are more appropriate for those
interested in public service or graduate study. Employment opportunities
include nursery/greenhouse management, landscape design and installation,
landscape maintenance, park, sports field or golf course management, and
many more.
IV. Environmental Sciences
This degree offers a choice from four concentrations: environmental
agriculture, water resources, policy and leadership, and environmental
geosciences. Environmental Science at Tarleton is truly an integrated, multidisciplinary
degree path that includes foundations in biology, chemistry,
economics, environmental science, geology, and political science. The
curriculum provides students a sound scientific foundation along with an
understanding of the social, economic, and political implications associated
with natural resource conservation and management. All paths prepare the
student for entry into a MS – Environmental Science program.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 1 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Agricultural Economics
ACC 203, 204, AGRI 101, ECO 201, 202, MATH 111 16
A EC 212, 230, 312, 314, 317, 333 18
AGRN 105 or ANSC 107 or HORT 200 3
A EC 484 or 488 1-3
Advanced Ag Electives 6
Additional Required Courses for Concentrations
Agricultural Economics
A EC 401, 402, 406, 421, 430, ECO 301, 302, 304 24
A EC 425 or 433 3
Advanced Electives 6
Agribusiness Management
A EC 401, 402, 406, AGSD 302 12
A EC 421 or 425 3
COBA Electives 18
1
CHEM 103 and BIOL 120 are strongly recommended.

116 Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN AGRONOMY AND RANGE MANAGEMENT
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 1 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Agronomy and Range Management
AGRI 101, AGRN 105, 301, ENGL 309, ENTO 201, MATH 350 18
BIOL 120, 315, CHEM 201 12
BIOL 320 or 336 4
Science Electives 4
Additional Required Courses for Concentrations
Crop Science
AGRN/GEN 309 4
AGRN 305, 315, 320, 420, 425 17
ENTO Electives 6
Advanced Ag Electives 6
Advanced Electives 6
AGRN/ENTO 484 or 488 1-3
Range Management
ANSC 107 3
RNRM 221, 301, 305, 310, 315, 375, 412 21
RNRM 300 or 302 3
Advanced Electives 6-7
ANSC 309, 313, 403, 406, or 426 6-7
RNRM 484 or 488 1-3
Soil Science
AGRN 302, 305, 312, 420 15
AGRN 484 or 488 1-3
GEOL 105, 106, 313; 310 or 314 14
RNRM 300 or 302 3
Advanced Elective 4
Science Electives 8
1
CHEM 105 and 108 are required as prerequisites for CHEM 201.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN HORTICULTURE AND LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Horticulture and Landscape Management
AGRI 101; ENTO 201, 380; AGRN 301 11
HORT 200, 270, 300, 301, 390 15
ENGL 309 3
AGRN/HORT 315 4
BIOL 315 or HORT 420 3-4

Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management 117
Additional Required Courses for Concentrations
Horticulture Business 1
ACC 203, MGMT 303 6
COBA Electives 12
HORT 320, ENTO 405 6
From HORT 401, 403, 420, 430, 450, 470 12
Advanced Ag Electives 3
HORT 484 or 488 1-3
Horticulture Science 1
CHEM 108, 201 8
AGRN 309; BIOL 320, 336 12
HORT 320 3
From HORT 401, 403, 420 or 470 9
HORT/ENTO 484 or 488 1-3
Advanced Ag Electives 3
Science Electives 4
Golf Course Management 1
From CHEM 108, 201, BIOL 307, 315 4
SPAN 103, BIOL 320, 336
MGMT 303, AGRN 420, ENTO 405, 416 24
HORT 380, 470, 480 9
HORT 488 or 495 1-3
ACC 203 or FIN 301 3
Integrated Pest Management 1
CHEM 108, 201 8
BIOL 320, 336 8
AGRN 309, 420 8
From ENTO 401, 405, 416 6
HORT Electives 3
Advanced Ag Electives 6
AGRN/ENTO 484 or 488 1-3
1
Golf Course Management and Business support areas require CHEM 103 or 105.
Science support area requires CHEM 105. All support areas require BIOL 120.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Environmental Sciences
ENVS 185, 485 2-3
MATH 109 or 303 or 305 or MATH Elective 6
BIOL 120; GEOL 107; CHEM 108, 201; ES 350 19
ECO 304; ENGL 309; POLS 310 9
ES 220 or AGRN 305 or HYDR 311 3

118 Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management
Additional Required Courses for Concentrations
Environmental Agriculture
AGRN 301, 302 8
BIOL 121 or MATH Elective 4
BIOL 315; BIOL 336 or 353 7-8
BIOL 307 or 401 or 441; ENTO 380 or 416 7
RNRM 315 or 320; AGSD 318; WLDM 221 or 375 9
Advanced Electives 7-8
Water Resources
BIOL 121, 401, 441 12
AGRN 301; ES 413; ENVS 490; GEOL 310, 320; HYDR 110 19-20
ES 330 or 340 3
Advanced Electives 7
Policy and Leadership
POLS 305, 306, 307, 410, 6 hours POLS elective 18
SOC 312; ECO 201 or 421; GEOG 110, 201 12
From AEC, ECO or ENVS Advanced Electives 12
Environmental Geosciences
AGRN 301, 302, ES 330, 340, 413 17
BIOL 121 or MATH Elective 4
GEOL 105, 106, 313, 320, 412 17
Advanced Elective 3

Tarleton State University
College of Business Administration
CATALOG
2011-2012

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Dr. Adolfo Benavides, Dean
Business Building, Room 173
Box T-0200
(254) 968-9350
www.tarleton.edu/coba
MISSION STATEMENT
Through our student-centered teaching, applied and pedagogical research and
service to our communities, we transform the lives of those who partner with us
in pursuit of their education and career aspirations in Business Administration to
succeed in a highly interdependent global economy.
PROGRAMS
The College of Business Administration offers a baccalaureate program leading
to the Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) degree with majors in Accounting,
Computer Information Systems, Economics, Finance, Management, Human
Resources Management, Marketing, Administrative Systems, Interdisciplinary
Business, and International Business. The College works with departments
across the University in developing support fields for the Interdisciplinary Business
degree. It cooperates with the College of Education in offering a Bachelor of
Science (BS) degree in Administrative Systems with Educator Certification. The
College also offers a BS degree in Computer Information Systems for specialists
not seeking a business degree, a BS degree in Management for those desiring a
stronger concentration in the field, a BS degree in Business Administration, a BS
degree in Economics, a BS degree in Administrative Systems (without Educator
Certification), and BS degrees in Accounting and Finance. The College also
offers the Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences (BAAS) degree in Business, and
Information Technology, and the Bachelor of Science in Applied Science (BSAS)
degree in Business Administration.
At the Graduate-level, COBA offers the Master of Business Administration
(MBA), and Master of Science (MS) degrees in Management and Leadership,
Human Resource Management, and Information Systems.
The COBA academic program is organized into the following departments:
Department of Accounting, Finance, and Economics
Department of Computer Information Systems
Department of Management, Marketing, and Administrative Systems
The Small Business Development Center is operated by the College with a
special service mission to businesses and communities within the University’s
service area.
For more information about business programs, see the COBA website at
www.tarleton.edu/coba.
ACCREDITATION
Tarleton State University, through its College of Business Administration,
is nationally accredited by the ACBSP, the Accreditation Council for Business
Schools and Program, for offering the following degree programs:

College of Business Administration 121
1. At the graduate level, the Master of Business Administration (MBA), a Master
of Science in Management and Leadership (MS), and Master of Science in
Human Resource Management (MS);
2. At the undergraduate level, for BS degrees in Accounting, Business
Administration, Finance, and Management; and for all BBA degrees.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE BBA/BS/BAAS DEGREES
Please consult the section on Requirements for a Baccalaureate Degree for
general information on general education requirements and other requirements for
Tarleton’s undergraduate degree programs.
COMMON BUSINESS CORE
The following common body of courses (or their equivalents) is required of all
majors seeking the BBA degree: ECO 201, 202; ACC 203, 204; CIS 301 or ACC
301; FIN 301; G B 311, 432, 459; G B 444 or FIN 401 or ECO 401; G B 433 or CIS/
MGMT/ACC 450; MGMT 301; MKTG 314.
CERTIFICATION FOR EDUCATOR PREPARATION IN BUSINESS
(GRADES 6-12)
The Department of Management, Marketing, and Administrative Systems offers
the BS degree in Administrative Systems with a secondary teaching certificate.
Please contact that department for information on program requirements.
TRANSFER POLICY
Community/junior college students who plan to transfer to the College of
Business Administration are advised to take the courses recommended for the
freshman and sophomore years as outlined in this section. The appropriate
department in COBA should be consulted to resolve questions of transferability.
Upper-division 300/400-level courses taught by the COBA should not be taken at
a community/junior college.
Credit for business courses taken at another college or university and
transferred to Tarleton to be applied to a BBA, BS, or BAAS degree in business will
be awarded on the following bases:
1. Business courses that are equivalent to a 100- or 200-level course at Tarleton
will be accepted if the course content is considered by COBA to be similar.
2. Business courses that are equivalent to a 300- or 400-level course at Tarleton
will be accepted for advanced credit only if they were taken for advanced
credit. Some students may petition for credit in upper-level business core
requirements by completing a validating examination through either the
College Level Examination Program or a departmental examination; such
testing requires approval of the appropriate department head and the Dean
of the College of Business Administration. If permission is granted for credit
by examination, such credit must be completed before taking any classes for
which the course is a prerequisite. Validation must be accomplished in the first
semester of enrollment at Tarleton.
3. Business courses that are upper level at Tarleton, but are transferred in as
lower-level courses, will be accepted for transfer as lower-level electives with
no validation exam.
4. The maximum hours that may be transferred from a community or junior
college with validation and applied to a specific major in business (Accounting,

122 College of Business Administration
Business Administration, Business Occupations, Economics, Finance, CIS,
Management, Marketing, or Administrative Systems) is 9 hours.
ACADEMIC APPEALS PROCESS
In accordance with Tarleton State University policy, the College of Business
Administration hereby adopts the following as its procedure for academic appeals.
Each student encountering a grievance, academic in nature, will first
attempt to resolve the problem with the faculty member of record for the course
in question according to the process identified in the Tarleton State University
catalog. If the student fails to satisfactorily resolve the academic grievance with
the faculty member, the student will have the right to appeal his/her grievance to
the Department Head responsible for the course. The appeal must be in writing,
setting forth in detail the nature of the grievance. If the student elects to appeal
to the Department Head, the appeal must be presented within 30 days of the
originating event. For an appeal of a course grade, the originating event shall be
considered to be the posting of the grade to the university record. For appeal of
an individual exam, project, assignment, or score, the originating event shall be
considered to be the date the student receives his or her grade for that exam,
project or assignment.
A student who is unsatisfied with the outcome of the departmental grievance
process may appeal to the Dean of the College of Business Administration within
30 days of the departmental decision.

Department of Accounting, Finance,
and Economics
Dr. Steve Steed, Head
Business Building, Room 125
Box T-0920
(254) 968-9331
www.tarleton.edu/afe
Professors: Benavides, Brocato, Collier, Jafri, Steed, Sundarrajan
Associate Professors: Liu
Assistant Professors: Beaty, Cadle, Nelson, Varnell, Wade
Instructors: Atchley
The Department of Accounting, Finance, and Economics (AFE) offers
programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Business Administration or Bachelor
of Science degree in Accounting, Finance and Economics. The AFE department
participates in the University off-campus initiative through our partnership with
McLennan Community College offering the BS degree in Accounting. Information
regarding this program is available on the Tarleton website.
The departments of the College of Business Administration offers the Master
of Business Administration (MBA) degree. Those interested in graduate programs
should consult the graduate section of the catalog.
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION OR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ACCOUNTING
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BBA or BS in Accounting
ACC 203, 302, 303, 304, 305, 310, 401, 403, 405, 406, 423, 424, 450 39
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
ECO 201 1 , 202 6
FIN 301, G B 432, 433, 459, MGMT 301, MKTG 314 18
G B 444 or FIN 401 or ECO 401 3
MATH 300 or G B 311 3
Electives 6
1
If this course is counted toward university general education requirements, the
student must take an additional three hours of electives.
150 HOUR CPA CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
For those students preparing to become certified public accountants, the
Public Accountancy Act of 1991 requires that applicants must have completed
at least a baccalaureate degree and not fewer than 150 semester credit hours
of recognized courses. Courses included in the BBA or BS degree program in

124 Department of Accounting, Finance, and Economics
Accounting are accepted toward this requirement. For the remainder of the 150
semester hours, students may complete the MBA or other master’s program as
described in the graduate section of the catalog. However, if a student does not
wish to take graduate courses, they can meet the requirements to sit for the CPA
exam by taking additional undergraduate courses to reach the minimum of 150
hours of credit.
A departmental accounting advisor will discuss individualized study programs
with each student.
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
DEGREE IN ECONOMICS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BBA in Economics
ECO 201 1 , 202, 301, 302, 303, 401; 6 hours Advanced ECO 24
ACC 203, 204, ENGL 309, MATH 111 12
ACC 301 or CIS 301; FIN 301 6
ACC 450 or CIS 450 or G B 433 or MGMT 450 3
G B 311 or MATH 300; G B 432, 459 9
G B 444 or FIN 401; MGMT 301, MKTG 314 9
Electives 15
1
If this course is counted toward university general education requirements, the
student must take an additional three hours of electives.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ECONOMICS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Economics
ECO 201 1 , 202, 301, 302, 303, 401; 6 hours Advanced ECO 24
ACC 203, 204, ENGL 309 9
MATH 111; A EC 317 or G B 311 or MATH 300 6
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Without Teacher Certification
Minor or second major: approved courses
(at least 6 hours advanced) 18
Electives (12 hours advanced) 18
International Economics
GEOG 110 or HIST 102 2 , SPAN103, 104 9
FIN 301, 401; G B 444, 484; MKTG 314, 454 18
Electives 9
1
Cannot be counted toward general education requirement in social and behavioral
sciences.

Department of Accounting, Finance, and Economics
125
2
A student who counts these courses for university general education requirements
must complete additional hours of electives.
3
Other foreign languages may be substituted as available. All four courses must be in
a single language.
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION OR BACHELOR
OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN FINANCE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BBA or BS in Finance
FIN 301, 302, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404;
FIN 304 or ECO 305; FIN 405 or ACC 405 27
ACC 450 or CIS 450 or MGMT 450 3
ECO 201 1 , 202, 303; ACC 203, 204; ACC 301 or CIS 301 18
ACC 302, 303, ENGL 309, MATH 111, MGMT 301, MKTG 314 18
MATH 300 or G B 311; G B 432, 459 9
Electives 3
1
If this course is counted toward university general education requirements, student
must complete an additional three hours of electives.

Department of Computer Information Systems
Business Building, Room 159
Box T-0170
(254) 968-9047
www.tarleton.edu/cis
Professors: Collins
Assistant Professors: Cowdrey, Crockett, Dearing,
Schultz, Sharp, Wells
The Department of Computer Information Systems offers programs of study
leading to the Bachelor of Business Administration or Bachelor of Science degree
in Computer Information Systems. The department also offers the BAAS degree in
Information Technology. This program is designed for students who have completed
technical/occupational specializations from community colleges, technical schools,
military schools, among others, and qualify for admission. The department offers a
Master of Science degree in Information Systems and a graduate concentration in
Computer Information Systems for the MBA program. Additional information can be
found on the departmental website; www.tarleton.edu/cis.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 1 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Computer Information Systems
CIS 110 or 303 3
CIS 300, 347, 389, 401, 450 15
From CIS 240, 241, 242, 330, 331, 332 3
From CIS 340, 341, 342, 343 3
ACC 203 or 300 3
G B 312 or ENGL 309 3
G B 311, MGMT 301 6
Electives 6
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Information Systems
CIS 443, 444 6
CIS Electives (15 hours Advanced) 24
Electives 6
Software Engineering and Database Design
From CIS 240, 241, 242, 330, 331, 332 3
From CIS 340, 341, 342, 343 3
CIS 305, 315, 351, 440, 452, 480 18
CIS Electives (3 hours Advanced) 12

Department of Computer Information Systems
127
Network Development and Management
CIS 346, 348, 445, 476, 478 15
CIS Electives (12 hours Advanced) 21
1
COMS 301 and ECO 201 are recommended.
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 1 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BBA in Computer Information Systems
CIS 103 or 300 3
CIS 110 or 303 3
CIS 240 or 241 or 242 or 330 or 331 or 332 3
CIS 340 or 341 or 342 or 343 3
CIS 347, 389, 401, 450 12
CIS or C S Electives (6 hours Advanced) 12
G B 311 or MATH 300 3
ECO 201 2 , 202, FIN 301 9
ACC 203 or 300; ACC 204 or 308; ACC 301 or CIS 301 9
G B 432 3
G B 444 or FIN 401 or ECO 401 3
G B 433 or Advanced Elective 3
G B 459, MGMT 301, MKTG 314 9
ENGL 309 3
1
COMS 301 and ECO 201 are recommended.
2
If this course is counted toward university general education requirements, student
must take an additional three hours of business electives.
THE BACHELOR OF APPLIED ARTS AND SCIENCES DEGREE
IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BAAS – Information Technology
Occupational Specialization:
Approved Technical Training, Approved Work Experience 33
ACC 203, ENGL 309 or GB 312, GB 311, MGMT 301 12
CIS 347, 389, 401, 450 12
Advanced CIS Electives 15
Electives 6

Department of Management, Marketing,
and Administrative Systems
Dr. Rusty Freed, Head
Ms. Carolyn Smith, Administrative Assistant
Business Building, Room 130
Box T-0330
(254) 968-9098
www.tarleton.edu/mmas
Professors: Deviney, Hazen, J. Petronis, R. Petronis
Associate Professors: Boykin, Freed, McCamey
Assistant Professors: Ball, Bradley, Dudley, Hall, Heller, Kegans,
Kendall, LaMarca, Lewis, Notgrass, Shaw, Smith, Vrba
Instructors: Foster, Gerhardt, K. Kelly, B. Turner, N. Turner
The Department of Management, Marketing, and Administrative Systems
(MMAS) offers twelve undergraduate degree programs. The Bachelor of Business
Administration (BBA) degree is available in Administrative Systems, Human
Resource Management, Interdisciplinary Business, Management, Marketing,
and International Business. The Bachelor of Science (BS) degree is offered in
Administrative System (with or without Secondary Teacher Certification), Business
Administration, and Management. The Department also offers the Bachelor of
Applied Arts and Science (BAAS) degree in Business Occupations and the Bachelor
of Science in Applied Science (BSAS) degree with a Business Administration
emphasis. These degree programs are designed for students who have completed
technical/occupational specializations from community college, technical schools,
military schools, among others, and qualify for admission. Additional information
regarding these two programs is available in the MMAS Department or in the
Interdisciplinary Degree Programs section of this catalog. The department also
supports a minor in Business, Business Administration, International Business and
International Studies.
The baccalaureate degree programs provide a broad-based education
in the foundation disciplines of the liberal arts and the sciences and a focused
development of business knowledge. Each major has a set of required courses
and electives that students may choose to enrich their degree programs as well
as business core requirements designed to provide a common set of business
competencies. All departmental programs are designed to prepare students
to meet the demands of today’s challenging and competitive workforce and for
entrance into graduate school.
At the graduate level, the department offers a Master of Science (MS)
degree in Management and Leadership and in Human Resource Management.
The departments of the College of Business Administration offer the Master of
Business Administration (MBA) degree. Those interested in graduate programs
should consult the graduate section of this catalog.
The MMAS Department participates in the University off-campus initiatives.
Various degree programs are offered in Forth Worth at the Hickman Building
on Camp Bowie Blvd. and in Waco through our partnership with the McLennan

Department of Management, Marketing, and Administrative Systems
129
Community College (MCC) University Center. The department also participates in
upper-division degree completion programs offered online. Information regarding
these initiatives are available on the Tarleton website.
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN MANAGEMENT
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BBA in Management
MGMT 301, 302, 350, 407, 421 15
From MGMT 303, 304, 325, 412 6
G B 103, 311, 432, 444, 459 15
G B 433 or ACC/CIS/MGMT 450 3
From MGMT 320, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 422, 454, 484, 485, 489 3
From COMS 304, 404, 406 3
Advanced ACC/ECO/FIN 3
ACC 203, 204, FIN 301 9
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
MKTG 314, ECO 201 1 , 202 9
ENGL 309 or G B 312 3
PSY 101 1 3
Elective 3
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MANAGEMENT
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Management
MGMT 301, 302, 350, 421, 422 15
From MGMT 303, 304, 320, 325, 412; 3 Adv. hours MGMT elective 9
G B 103, 311, 432, 444, 459 15
G B 433 or ACC/CIS/MGMT 450 3
PSY 101 1 3
ACC 203, 204, FIN 301 9
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
MKTG 314, ECO 201 1 , 202 9
ENGL 309 or G B 312 3
Electives 9
1
A student who counts this course toward the university general education
requirements must complete 3 hours of electives.
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)

130 Department of Management, Marketing, and Administrative Systems
Courses Required for BBA in Human Resources Management
MGMT 301, 302, 350, 403, 404, 405, 406 21
From MGMT 303, 325, 402, 484 3
G B 103, 311, 432, 434, 444, 459 18
G B 433 or ACC/CIS/MGMT 450 3
From COMS 304, 404, 406, PSY 410 3
ACC 203, 204, FIN 301, MKTG 314, ECO 201 1 , 202 18
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
ENGL 309 or G B 312 3
PSY 101 1 3
Elective 3
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN MARKETING
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BBA in Marketing
MKTG 314, 316, 415, 416 12
From MKTG 312, 315, 317, 318, 401, 402, 412, 454,
479, 484, 486, 489, 490 12
G B 103, 311, 432, 444, 459 15
G B 433 or ACC/CIS/MGMT 450 3
ACC 203, 204, FIN 301 9
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
MGMT 301, ECO 201 1 , 202 9
ENGL 309 or G B 312 3
SOC 201 1 or PSY 101 1 3
Electives 9
1
A student who counts this course toward university general education
requirements must complete an additional 3 hours of electives.
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN INTERDISCIPLINARY BUSINESS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BBA in Interdisciplinary Business
ACC 203, 204, FIN 301 9
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
G B 103, 311, 432, 444, 459 15
G B 433 or ACC/CIS/MGMT 450 3
ECO 201 2 , 202, MGMT 301, 302, MKTG 314 15
ENGL 309 or G B 312 3
Electives 6
Support area (at least 12 hours advanced) 1 24
1
Students may complete 24 hours in a support area. Courses in the support area or areas

Department of Management, Marketing, and Administrative Systems
131
must be selected through collaboration with the heads of the departments involved.
Support areas include but are not limited to Small Business/Entrepreneurship, Real
Estate, Financial Institution Management, Manufacturing Management, Military
Science, Healthcare Administration or complete the degree in a General Business
area. Not all support areas are available in all locations.
2
A student who counts this course toward university general education requirements
must complete an additional 3 hours of electives.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Business Administration
ACC 203, 204, ECO 201 1 , 202, FIN 301 15
Approved Electives 6
G B 103, 311, 312, 432, 444, 459 18
G B 433 or ACC/CIS/MGMT 450 3
MGMT 301, 302, MKTG 314 9
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
Supportive Area (12 Advances hours) 24
1
A student who counts this course toward university general education requirements
must complete an additional 3 hours of electives.
2
Students may complete 24 hours in a supportive area determined in consultation
with their academic advisor and/or head of departments involved.
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN ADMINISTRATIVE SYSTEMS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BBA in Administrative Systems
ADMS 105, 314, 315, 316, 413, 414 18
Advanced ADMS Electives 6
G B 103, 311, 432, 444, 459 15
G B 433 or MGMT/CIS/ACC 450 3
ACC 203, 204, FIN 301 9
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
MKTG 314, ECO 201 1 , 202, MGMT 301, 302 15
ENGL 309 or G B 312 3
Electives 6
1
A student who counts this course toward university general education requirements
must complete an additional 3 hours of electives.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ADMINISTRATIVE
SYSTEMS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42

132 Department of Management, Marketing, and Administrative Systems
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Administrative Systems
ADMS 105, 314, 315, 316, 318, 319, 413, 414 24
FIN 101, G B 103, 312, 432, 444; MGMT 301 18
CIS 103 or 300 3
ACC 203, ECO 201 1 6
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Without Teacher Certification
Approved Electives 2 15
Approved Advanced Electives 2 12
Business Teacher Certification
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490, RDG 351 21
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300 3
Sophomore ENGL 3
1
If ECO 201 is taken to meet the General Education Requirement, the student
will need to complete 3 additional hours of electives.
2
Students are encouraged to declare a minor or second major.
THE BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BBA in International Business
MKTG 454; MGMT 454; GB 484; FIN 401; ECO 401 15
MGMT/MKTG 414 3
Foreign Language or
GB/MKTG/MGMT 489 or ADMS/MGMT/MKTG 484 6
ACC 203, 204; ECO 201 1 , 202; FIN 301 15
GB 103, 311, 432, 444, 459 15
MGMT 301; MKTG 314; ENGL 309 or GB 312 9
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
GB 433 or ACC/CIS/MGMT 450 3
From GEOG 110, HIST 101, 102, ENGL 341,
POLS 301, 308, 320, 405, PHIL 304 9
1
If ECO 201 is taken to meet the General Education Requirement, the student will need
to complete 3 additional hours of electives.
THE BACHELOR OF APPLIED ARTS AND SCIENCES DEGREE
IN BUSINESS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BAAS – Business Occupations

Department of Management, Marketing, and Administrative Systems
133
Occupational Specialization:
Approved Technical Training, Approved Work Experience 33
G B 433 or ACC/CIS/MGMT 450 3
G B 311, 432, 444, 459 12
ECO 201 1 , 202, ACC 203, 204 12
ACC 301 or CIS 301 3
FIN 301, MGMT 301, MKTG 314 9
Approved Advanced Electives 6
ENGL 309 or G B 312 3
1
This course is required for the BAAS degree and may also count toward university
general education requirements.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN APPLIED SCIENCE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Applied Science
Occupational Specialization 36
24 hours Advanced Business Electives from: ACC, ADMS,
CIS, ECO, FIN, G B, MGMT, MKTG 24
12 hours Advanced Electives 12
Approved CIS Elective 3
Any Elective 3
MINORS
Business Minor
18 hours of coursework with a minimum of 6 advanced hours from ADMS,
ACC, CIS, ECO, FIN, G B, MGMT or MKTG. Student must select coursework from
at least 2 different subject fields.
Business Administration Minor
ACC 203 or ACC 300; ECO 201; FIN 301; MGMT 301
MKTG 314; G B 311
International Business
G B 444; MGMT 454; MKTG 454; G B 484;
6 hours from Foreign Language; GB/MGMT/MKTG 489; ADMS/MGMT/ MKTG
484; MGMT/MKTG 414; ENGL 341; POLS 301,308,320,405, or PHIL 304.

Tarleton State University
College of Education
CATALOG
2011-2012

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Dr. Jill Burk, Dean
E. J. Howell Building, Room 105
Box T-0210
(254) 968-9089
www.tarleton.edu/coe
Dr. Tod Allen Farmer, Certification Officer
(254) 968-9817
Ms. Sue Owens, Coordinator of Testing,
Certification and Accountability
(254) 968-1908
The College of Education includes the Department of Curriculum and
Instruction, the Department of Educational Leadership and Policy Studies, the
Department of Kinesiology, and the Department of Psychology and Counseling.
The mission of the College of Education is to provide students in kinesiology,
professional education, and other behavioral sciences with a quality education
through academic, cultural, and leadership experiences, and to provide leadership
through scholarship and service to the community and professions. Programs in
the College of Education prepare students for challenging, gratifying, and socially
significant careers.
Degree programs offered include the Bachelor of Science in Kinesiology;
Bachelor of Science in Interdisciplinary Studies; Bachelor of Science in Psychology;
Master of Science with a major in Counseling Psychology; the Master of Education
degree with majors in Curriculum and Instruction, Educational Administration,
Kinesiology, and Counseling; and a Doctorate in Educational Leadership. Several
teaching supplemental and professional certificates are also offered in conjunction
with different academic departments.
In addition to its teaching function, the college has a strong service commitment
to public schools, human service agencies, and the University Interscholastic
League. Each year the college plays host to a variety of professional development
institutes for educators and interscholastic events for public schools. Tarleton
professors actively provide consultation and technical assistance to schools and
human service agencies.
* The following graduate degree programs are being phased-out by the University, and
no new admissions will be allowed: Master of Science in Educational Psychology,
and Specialist in School Psychology.
TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM
Teacher Education, one of the major programs at Tarleton State University,
emphasizes broad general education as a foundation for mastery of teaching skills
and specialized knowledge in an academic discipline. The primary purpose of
teacher education is to prepare highly qualified teachers for Texas and the nation.
The goal of Tarleton State University’s Teacher Education Program is to develop
teachers who:
1. possess appropriate knowledge and abilities in specific content areas or

College of Education 137
teaching fields;
2. communicate effectively with students, parents, and other professionals;
3. apply the principles of instructional planning in the development of curriculum;
4. use effective teaching practices;
5. formally and informally evaluate student performance and use results of such
assessment in the instructional decision-making process;
6. promote critical thinking and participatory citizenship;
7. are skilled in the use of instructional technology;
8. are proficient in mathematical skills;
9. operate within the legal guidelines and uphold the ethics of the teaching
profession;
10. demonstrate concern for students’ general welfare; and
11. are committed to continued professional growth and development.
A student must meet THEA or Stamford Achievement Test (for students who
are deaf) requirements prior to admission into the teacher education program
or being admitted to an alternative certification program..
Tarleton State University’s Title II Institutional Report for 2000-2001 through
2007-2008 may be accessed at www.tarleton.edu/coe.
ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM*
www.tarleton.edu/EPS/TEP
Secondary and All-Level Certification
1. Formal application for admission to the Teacher Education Program should be
made by the student during the first semester of the junior year while enrolled
in EDU 320. Application deadlines are October 15 for the fall semester,
February 15 for the spring semester, and June 15 for the summer. Formal
admission to this program shall be a prerequisite to taking any professional
development courses beyond EDU 320.
The student must submit the following items in a manila folder to Educator
Preparation Services, Suite 101, Mathematics Building:
a. Application for admission to the Teacher Education Program;
b. Checklist for application packet;
c. A completed and signed certificate plan;
d. Verification of Successful Completion of Departmental Screening form;
e. Current Enrollment Information form; and
f. A $20 application fee.
The student must have completed 60 semester hours toward a degree not
including developmental courses. Department Heads reserve the right to
accept or decline the use of courses on the certificate plan based on content
alignment and currency. Such decisions are based on the background needed
to be an effective public school teacher. General Education Requirements
(core curriculum courses) do not have an age limitation.
2. The following criteria must be met for admission to the Teacher Education
Program:
a. Minimum GPA of 2.6 (on a 4.00 scale) on all courses in the following
areas: professional development, teaching field(s), or supplemental
coursework;
b. Minimum GPA of 2.6 on all courses listed on the secondary certificate
plan;
c. No grade lower than a C on professional education course work;
d. No grade lower than a C in teaching field(s), supplemental coursework

138 College of Education
e. Satisfaction of THEA requirements;
f. Completion of EDU 320 and PSY 220, 303 or FCS 300 with a grade of C
or better;
g. Completion of 12 hours of required English with a grade of C or better in
each course;
h. Completion of 12 hours in certificate area with a grade of “C” or better and
a minimum 2.6 GPA by the end of the application semester;
i. Evidence of good moral character and the mental, emotional, and
physical ability to function effectively in a classroom;
j. Completion of COMS 101 or its equivalent with a grade of B or better;
k. Successful completion of a departmental screening instrument;
l. Approval of the Educator Preparation Council based on recommendations
from the department head of the student’s teaching field(s), or
supplemental course work and the Certification Officer; and
m. Completion of any required documented professional development and/
or leadership activities. Check with individual departments for specific
requirements.
3. The applicant will receive written notification from the chair of the Educator
Preparation Council regarding his/her acceptance into the Tarleton Teacher
Education Program. For the most current admissions requirement, see the
online catalog.
* Appeals of any admissions requirements must be made in writing to the Certification
Officer. Appeals are reviewed by the Teacher Education Council at the next regular
meeting.
Note: The State Board for Educator Certification may require disclosure of previous
arrest, conviction and/or deferred adjudication and may refuse to issue an educator
certificate for a person who has been convicted of a felony or misdemeanor for a
moral turpitude crime which relates to the teaching function. Pursuant to §22.082,
Texas Education Code, the State Board for Educator Certification may access any
criminal history information pertaining to you and held by any law enforcement or
criminal justice agency. The State Board for Educator Certification may refuse to
confer state certification based on such criminal history information.
Pursuant to §22.083, Texas Education Code, a school district or private school
may access any criminal history information pertaining to you and held by any
law enforcement or criminal justice agency. A school district or private school may
refuse to provide a placement for field experience or employ you based on your
criminal history. A school district or private school must report to the State Board
for Educator Certification if the school district or private school obtains or has
knowledge that an applicant or holder of an educator certificate has a criminal
history.
Interdisciplinary Studies and Elementary Certification
1. Formal application for admission to the Teacher Education Program should be
made by the student during the first semester of the junior year while enrolled
in EDU 320. Application deadline dates are October 15 for the fall semester,
February 15 for the spring semester, and June 15 for the summer. Formal
admission to this program shall be prerequisite to taking any professional
development courses beyond EDU 320.
2. The student must submit the following items in a manila folder to Educator
Preparation Services, Suite 101, Mathematics Building:
a. Application for admission to the Teacher Education Program;

College of Education 139
b. Checklist for application packet;
c. A $20 application fee;
d. Acknowledgment/Responsibility Form (dated and with all signatures);
e. Substitution form (if applicable; dated and with all signatures);
f. Online degree/certificate audit;
g. Reference/Acknowledgment Form with 2 typed responses; and
h. 3 letters of recommendation; and
i. Current Enrollment Information Form.
3. The following criteria must be met for admission to the Teacher Education
Program as an Interdisciplinary Studies major:
a. Minimum 2.6 GPA (on a 4.0 scale) and no grade lower than a C in all
courses in the following areas: professional development, emphasis
area(s), reading, and supplemental coursework;
b. Minimum GPA of 2.6 on all courses listed on the certification plan;
c. Satisfaction of THEA requirements;
d. Completion of EDU 320 and PSY 220, 303 or FCS 300 with a grade of C
or better;
e. Completion of 12 hours of required English with a grade of C or better in
each course;
f. Completion of 12 hours in certificate area with a grade of “C” or better and
a minimum 2.6 GPA by the end of the application semester;
g. Completion of COMS 101 or its equivalent with a grade of B or better;
h. Successful completion of a departmental screening instrument;
i. Completion of MATH 107 or higher;
j. Evidence of good moral character and the mental, emotional, and
physical ability to function effectively in a classroom; and
k. Recommendation from the Department of Curriculum and Instruction.
Recommendation for Admission to Teacher Education: Interviews
will be conducted by two-member teams comprised of Tarleton State University
faculty and/or invited public school educators. Students will be asked questions
similar to those that might be asked in a job interview, and the responses will be
evaluated according to established interview criteria (oral communication, thought
processes, leadership potential, and human interaction). Students should expect
interviews to last approximately 15-20 minutes.
After the interviews, the candidates will be given a prompt to respond to in
writing. Candidates will also be allowed to provide, in writing, any explanations
or additional thoughts that might have occurred after the interview. The writing
samples will be graded according to established criteria (mechanics, organization
of content, and appropriateness of content).
Only those applicants who are selected by the Interdisciplinary Studies
Admissions Committee and have maintained the above academic standards will
be recommended for admission to the Tarleton Teacher Education Program. At
the beginning of the semester following selection, the Tarleton Teacher Education
Council members will vote on those candidates recommended for admission to the
Program. Should limitations on resources require restrictions to be placed on the
number of students admitted in a given semester or year, the Teacher Education
Council will admit students based on a total score which is an aggregate of all the
above criteria. Students not admitted must reapply.
RETENTION IN THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM
Retention in the Teacher Education Program requires maintenance of

140 College of Education
standards required for admission, plus evidence of satisfactory academic progress
and professional development. If the above-stated criteria for admission and
retention are not maintained, a student will receive written notification from the
Certification Officer, and he/she will be placed on probation for one long semester.
If the deficiency is not corrected by the end of the probationary period, the student
will be removed from the program and must reapply for admission to the Teacher
Education Program to be eligible for enrollment in additional professional education
courses.
Tarleton State University reserves the right to monitor a student’s professional
ethics according to those standards specified in the Code of Ethics and Standard
Practices for Texas Educators (adopted by the Teachers’ Professional Practice
Commission, revised December 2010) as it relates to the performance of his or her
role as a student teacher or in a field-based activity in the elementary or secondary
schools. Appropriate disciplinary action, which may include removal from the
Teacher Education Program, may be instituted for violations of ethical conduct or
professionalism.
ADMISSION TO STUDENT TEACHING
www.tarleton.edu/eps/field
Prior to admission to student teaching, students must be admitted to the
Tarleton Teacher Education Program (see “Admission to the Teacher Education
Program” in this section of the catalog). Students are urged to study requirements
for admission and retention in the program. Application for student teaching must
be submitted to the Director of Field Experiences no later than October 15 of the
fall semester or February 15 of the spring semester prior to the corresponding fall
or spring semester in which the student expects to student teach. (i.e. Application
for student teaching must be submitted one year before the semester in which the
student expects to student teach.)
Candidates for certification who do not satisfactorily complete student teaching
are automatically dropped from the Teacher Education Program. In order to regain
eligibility for student teaching and be recommended for certification, a candidate
must reapply and be admitted to the Teacher Education Program.
To be admitted to student teaching, all admission requirements to the
Tarleton Teacher Education Program must be maintained. Moreover, the following
requirements must be completed:
Before being admitted to the Practicum in Teaching Program, each
intern must meet the following requirements:
1. Senior classification and prior admission to the Teacher Education Program;
2. A minimum grade point average of 2.6 on all course work that is listed and has
been completed on the certification plan;
3. Formal approval of the Tarleton Teacher Education Council;
4. Removal of all incomplete grades prior to the first class day of the semester in
which the practicum is done.
In addition, each intern must meet specific program requirements
found below:
Additional requirements for students under 2000 Standards (EC-6
Generalist w/ESL)
1. Completion of EDU 310, 320, 330, 404, 415, and EDSP 361 with minimum
GPA of 2.6 and no grade lower than a “C”;
2. Completion of at least 21 hours of Generalist course work (excluding EDU 310

College of Education 141
and EDSP 361) with a minimum GPA of 2.6 and no grade lower than a “C”;
3. Completion of RDG 301, 311, 351, 384, 409, and 410 with a minimum GPA of
2.6 and no grade lower than a “C”.
Additional requirements for students under 2000 Standards (All-
Level Special Education w/ EC-6 Generalist w/ESL)
1. Completion of EDU 310, 320, 330, 404, and 415 with minimum GPA of 2.6 and
no grade lower than a “C”;
2. Completion of at least 15 hours of Generalist course work with a minimum
GPA of 2.6 and no grade lower than a “C”;
3. Completion of RDG 301, 311, 351, 384, 409, and 410 with a minimum GPA of
2.6 and no grade lower than a “C”.
4. Completion of 15 hours of required Special Education course work with a
minimum GPA of 2.6 and no grade lower than a “C”.
Additional requirements for students under 2000 Standards (4-8/
Middle School Emphasis)
1. Completion of EDU 320, 330, and 430 with a minimum GPA of 2.6 and no
grade lower than a “C”;
2. Completion of at least 20 hours of single academic emphasis course work
with a minimum GPA of 2.6 and no grade lower than a “C”; or completion of
at least 42 hours in composite emphasis course work with a minimum GPA of
2.6 and no grade lower than a “C”;
3. For Math/Science, completion of 9 hours of reading with a minimum GPA of
2.6 and no grade lower than a “C”; for all others, completion of ENGL 390 or
RDG 301, RDG 311, 351, 384, 409 and 410 with a minimum GPA of 2.6 and
no grade lower than a “C”.
Secondary and All-Level*
1. Senior classification and prior admission to the Teacher Education Program;
2. Completion of EDU 330, 320 or 335, 430, PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300, and
RDG 351 with a minimum GPA of 2.6 and no grade lower than a C;
3. No grade lower than a C and a minimum grade point average of 2.6 in the
teaching field(s) or supplemental course work;
4. Completion of at least 75% of the hours in each teaching field, or supplemental
course work (Specific information may be obtained in the Office of Field
Experiences.);
5. A GPA of 2.6 on all course work that is listed and has been completed on the
certificate plan;
6. Formal approval of the Teacher Education Council;
7. Removal of all incomplete grades prior to the first day of class of the semester
during which student teaching is done; and
8. Presentation and/or documentation of acceptable professional development
and leadership activities. Requirements are available from individual
departments.
* It is recommended that students be within 12 hours of completing certification and
degree requirements, excluding EDU 490 and EDU 435.
PLACEMENT OF STUDENT TEACHERS
The Tarleton Center for Professional Development of Educators (TCPDE)
governs the placement of student teachers. Student teaching must be accomplished
under supervision of Tarleton State University in a school approved by the TCPDE.

142 College of Education
OBTAINING A TEACHING CERTIFICATE
The Certification Office must verify the following before a student will be
recommended for certification online.
1. Degree earned;
2. Passing scores on each portion of the THEA test;
3. Passing scores on all TExES tests required for initial certification;
4. Completion of all course work on certification plan;
5. Written documentation and advisor approval for course substitutions; and
6. Minimum 2.6 GPA in required areas on certificate plan and a minimum 2.6
GPA overall on certificate plan.
To apply online, please follow the instructions found at www.tarleton.edu/EPS/
certification/.
TESTING FOR CERTIFICATION
www.tarleton.edu/eps/testing
In addition to degree requirements, students must attain passing scores on
the Texas Examination of Educator Standards (TExES). Because Tarleton State
University must verify eligibility for the TExES, students must consult with their
academic advisors or the Coordinator for Certification Testing and Program
Accountability to determine when they are eligible to begin testing.
Before the student is granted permission to register for a test, all departmental
requirements must be met. Requirements may include successful completion of
the Representative Form, attendance at review sessions and/or workshops, and/
or completion of specific courses. Registration information for the TExES may
be obtained by contacting the Coordinator for Certification Testing and Program
Accountability in Educator Preparation Services, Suite 101, Mathematics Building
or by calling 254-968-1908. Additional testing information can be found at www.
tarleton.edu/eps/testing.
DEFICIENCY PLANS
Tarleton State University may provide a deficiency plan for an individual who
seeks certification while teaching in a public school. A processing fee of $50.00 will
be charged for the preparation of each deficiency plan. The applicant must hold a
bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university;
An applicant who seeks a deficiency plan in school counseling or educational
diagnostician should contact his or her advisor first for additional departmental
requirements.
Please contact the Certification Officer at farmer@tarleton.edu for information
concerning forms and documentation necessary for preparation of a deficiency
plan.
TRANSFER STUDENTS
Tarleton State University welcomes students who transfer credits from other
universities or neighboring community colleges. Persons seeking elementary
certification will work toward the Bachelor of Science in Interdisciplinary Studies.
Students will be assigned to a specific academic advisor to evaluate transfer credits
and plan a course of study. Transfer students should contact the Department of
Curriculum and Instruction (E.J. Howell Building Room 320; phone 254-968-9097).
Transfer students working toward secondary and all-level certification will be
advised in the academic department of their major. Information about education
courses and all-level certification requirements may be obtained in the Department
of Curriculum and Instruction (E.J. Howell Building, Room 320; Phone 254-968-

College of Education 143
9097).
Policies governing the acceptance of transfer course work for credit toward
teacher certification include the following:
1. All transfer students are required to submit official transcripts to the University
Admissions Office for analysis. The Certification Officer will require official
transcripts to develop certification plans for students who already hold a
bachelor’s degree.
2. Transfer students from other Texas institutions and institutions in other states
are expected to meet Tarleton’s program requirements for certification.
3. Department Heads reserve the right to accept or decline the use of courses on
the certificate plan based on content alignment and currency. Such decisions
are based on the background needed to be an effective public school teacher.
General Education Requirements (core curriculum courses) do not have an
age limitation.
4. Typically, students will not be allowed to transfer more than three hours of
professional developmental (education) course work into the program at
Tarleton and will be required to meet all institutional requirements for the
degree and certification.
5. A minimum of one-third of the semester hours required in each teaching field
or areas of emphasis sought must be completed at Tarleton.
6. Individuals who have a degree but are not certified will be evaluated for
certification requirements by the Certification Officer (Educator Preparation
Services, Suite 101, Mathematics Building; phone 254-968-9817). The
Certification Officer also evaluates credentials of individuals with expired
certificates. A $50.00 transcript evaluation fee will be charged.
Note: Individuals who have a degree and a valid teaching certificate from another state
and who seek Texas teacher certification must apply directly to the State Board
for Educator Certification to obtain their credentials.
TARLETON WARRANTY FOR FIRST-YEAR TEACHERS
Because Tarleton State University believes that teacher education is a
collaborative process between the University and public schools, and because
this University is dedicated to achieving excellence in teacher education, the
teaching performance of all Tarleton State University graduates is warranted by
the University. Should a graduate of Tarleton’s Teacher Education Program receive
a Professional Development and Appraisal System (PDAS) domain (I-IV) rating
that is less than “satisfactory” on his/her annual appraisal, the University will
provide additional professional development aimed at remediating deficiencies at
no additional cost to the individual or district.
PROVISIONS
1. The warranty applies only to first-year Texas teachers who graduated from
Tarleton State University in the preceding 12 months.
2. To be eligible for the professional development program, the teacher must
have received a domain rating(s) of below expectation or unsatisfactory on
his/her annual appraisal.
3. All requests for services must be in writing from the superintendent of schools.
4. In cooperation with the independent school district, a professional growth plan
will be developed, and the requirements of the plan will be addressed in the
professional development program.
The program will be limited to one summer and will not include the cost of room
and board.

Department of Curriculum and Instruction
Dr. Ann Calahan, Head
E.J. Howell Building, Room 320
Box T-0290
(254) 968-9097
www.tarleton.edu/teachered
Professors: Burk, Calahan, L. Jones, Lamb, Larmer, P. Lindsey
Associate Professors: Becker, Ford, Harris, L. Hawke, M. Hawke, S.
Smith, Sopko, D. Taylor, Worrell
Assistant Professors: C. Baker, Castaneda, Clark-Goff,
S. Erwin, Gentry, Graves, D. Hopkins-Higham,
McAdams,R. Miller, Staples
Instructors: J. McGregor
ELEMENTARY CERTIFICATION
The Department of Curriculum and Instruction offers the Bachelor of Science
in Interdisciplinary Studies as the degree leading to teacher certification at the
elementary level of Early Childhood through Grade 6, at the middle school level
of Grades 4 through 8, All Level Special Education, and Early Childhood through
Grade 6 with Bilingual Education. Through this degree students choosing early
childhood certification obtain a broad-based content preparation with a strong
emphasis on language arts and reading. At the middle school level, certification
areas include Generalist, Math, Science, Language Arts/Social Studies, and Math/
Science. English as a Second Language (ESL) certification is included in the BS
Interdisciplinary Studies degree with EC – 6, All Level Special Education, and Middle
School certification except for Math/Science. At the graduate level certifications are
available for Technology Applications and Master Reading Teacher. Application for
admission to the Tarleton Teacher Education Program must be made during the
junior year while enrolled in EDU 320. Requirements for admission, retention, and
admission to student teaching are described in the College of Education section
of this catalog. Prior to enrolling in any teacher education course work, students
must complete a minimum of 60 hours of coursework, excluding developmental
courses.
SECONDARY AND ALL-LEVEL CERTIFICATION
Students working toward secondary and all-level certification will pursue
a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree with a major and minor, if
applicable, in academic disciplines. Students will also take professional education
courses to meet certification requirements. While not offering a major in secondary
education, the Department of Curriculum and Instruction does offer the professional
development courses required to obtain secondary and all-level certification.
Students obtain academic advisement for secondary and all-level certification
programs in the department of their major. Application for admission to the Tarleton
Teacher Education Program must be made during the junior year while enrolled in
Education 320. Requirements for admission, retention, and admission to student

Department of Curriculum and Instruction 145
teaching are described in the College of Education section of this catalog. Prior
to enrolling in any teacher education course work, students must complete a
minimum of 60 hours of coursework excluding developmental courses.
ALTERNATIVE CERTIFICATION
The Tarleton Model for Accelerated Teacher Education (TMATE) is an
alternative teacher certification program offered in Stephenville, Fort Worth, and
Killeen. Its purpose is to prepare highly qualified individuals to serve as public
school teachers in Texas. TMATE is a collaborative teacher education program
between Tarleton State University and public school districts in the Tarleton service
area.
TMATE is an alternative certification program designed for persons who have
already completed a baccalaureate degree and who have a record of exemplary
academic achievement and/or work experience. Certification is earned through
a combination of intensive summer course work coupled with a paid, year-long
internship in a teaching position with a public school. The internship is jointly
sponsored and supervised by Tarleton State University and the participating
school district. Interns develop professional teaching skills and values through the
combination of University classes and practical classroom experience.
Through TMATE, teaching certificates may be earned in the following
certification areas: Early Childhood – Grade 6; Middle School (grades 4 – 8); and
High School (grades 8 – 12); ESL and Bilingual. All-level certifications are available
in Generic Special Education, Physical Education, Art, and Music.
TMATE Entry Requirements
TMATE applicants must present a bachelor’s degree from a regionally
accredited institution with an overall GPA of at least 2.75 in the area of certification.
Applicants must meet the requirements for Graduate School and are eligible to
apply their TMATE coursework toward a Master of Education degree in Curriculum
and Instruction.
Applicants will be evaluated to determine an appropriate level of oral language
proficiency and critical thinking ability. Additional evaluation procedures include a
structured oral interview, formal writing sample, work evaluations from previous
employment, performance on a standardized test of critical thinking, and additional
evaluations prescribed by TMATE admission policies.
Concurrent to applying for admission to TMATE, applicants must also apply
for a teaching position with a school district within a 125-mile radius of Fort Worth,
Killeen, and Stephenville. Thus, applicants are subjected to a dual screening
process: one conducted by the University and the other by the school district.
A full description of the TMATE program is provided on the website, www.
tarleton.edu/tmate. Applicants may also contact one of the TMATE offices.
Fort Worth
Dr. Randy Ford
TMATE Coordinator
6777 Camp Bowie Blvd.
Fort Worth, TX 76116
817-723-7300
rford@tarleton.edu
Killeen
Dr. Jan Parham
TMATE Coordinator
701 Whitlow Ave., Room 501
Killeen, TX 76541
254-526-4164
jparham@tarleton.edu

146 Department of Curriculum and Instruction
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
The Bachelor of Science Degree in Interdisciplinary Studies leads to teacher
certification at the Early Childhood through Grade 6 and the Middle School Grades 4
through 8 levels. Standards developed by the State Board of Educator Certification
(SBEC) provide the framework for Early Childhood through Grade 6 Generalist and
Middle School Grades 4 through 8 Generalist and in Math, Science, Language Arts/
Social Studies, and Math/Science certification programs as well as All Level Special
Education that have been approved at Tarleton State University.
The typical curriculum for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Interdisciplinary
Studies requires (1) a minimum of 120 semester hours and (2) a minimum of 45
semester hours of advanced credit (300 level or above).
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for Major
Sophomore Literature; F A 135 1 or MUSC 213 1 6
BIOL 210 2 , CHEM 102 2 , E S 210, PHYS 102 2 , 12
MATH 303, 305, RDG 311, 351, 384 15
EDU 130, 320, 330, 435, 490 16
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Generalist with Bilingual Certification
GEOG 110 4 ; ECO 101 4 or 201 4 or 202 4 6
FCS 300, MATH 405, HLTH 351, EDSP 361 12
RDG 301, 409, 410 9
EDU 200, 310, 315, 404, 405, 415 18
EC-6 Generalist with ESL
GEOG 110, HLTH 351, SPAN 103 9
PSY 303 or FCS 300 3
ECO 101, 201, or 202; MATH 405 6
EDSP 361, RDG 301, RDG 409, 410 12
EDU 200, 310, 404, 415 12
Middle School Generalist with ESL
PSY 220 or 303; RDG 301 or ENGL 390 6
EDU 310, 430, RDG 409, 410 9
BIOL 120, 121, 401, GEOL 107 16
MATH 118 5 , 120; 131 or 300 or 350; 302, 405 17
ECO 101 4 or 201 4 or 202 4 ; GEOG 110; SPAN 103 9
Advanced HIST or SOSC 301 3
Middle School Math with ESL
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300 3
SPAN 103, EDU 310, 430 9
RDG 301 or ENGL 390; RDG 409, 410 9

Department of Curriculum and Instruction 147
MATH 118 5 , 120, 302, 404, 405; MATH 131, 300 or 350 19-20
Advanced MATH as advised 3
Middle School Science with ESL
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300 3
SPAN 103, MATH 405 6
EDU 310, 430; RDG 301 or ENGL 390; RDG 409, 410 15
BIOL 120 3 , 121 3 , 401, GEOL 107 3 16
Advised science elective 3-4
Middle School Math and Science
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300 3
EDU 430; RDG 301 or ENGL 390 6
BIOL 120 3 , 121 3 , 401, GEOL 107 3 16
Advised Science Elective 3-4
MATH 118 5 , 120, 302; 404 or 405; 131 or 300 or 350 16-17
Advanced MATH as advised 3
Middle School Language Arts and Social Sciences with ESL
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300 3
COMS 201, ENGL 320, MATH 405, SPAN 103 12
EDU 310, 430, RDG 409, 410; RDG 301 or ENGL 390 15
Advanced ENGL as advised 3
HIST 101 4 or 102 4 ; ECO 101 4 or 201 4 or 202 4 6
Advanced HIST or SOSC 301 3
Advanced Social Science as advised 3
GEOG 110, 120 6
All Level Special Education and EC-6 Generalist with ESL
EDU 310, 404, 415, RDG 301, 409, 410 18
GEOG 110, SPAN 103 6
HLTH 351 or KINE 380 3
PSY 303 or FCS 300 3
EDSP 361, 462, 463, 464, 465 15
1
This course satisfies the visual and performing arts general education requirement.
2
These three courses satisfy the university lab science general education requirement.
3
Any two of these courses satisfies the university lab science general education
requirement.
4
One of these courses may be counted toward the social and behavioral sciences
general education requirement.
5
This requirement may also be met by taking both MATH 107 and 109. This course
satisfies the university general education mathematics requirement.
SECONDARY AND ALL-LEVEL CERTIFICATION
Students pursuing secondary and all-level certification must be in contact with
the academic department of their intended major.
Prior to enrolling in any teacher education course work, students must complete
a minimum of 60 hours of coursework excluding developmental courses.
A student seeking provisional certification to teach in secondary schools (grades
8-12) must earn a bachelor’s degree in an academic department by completing:
1. 60 semester hours of academic foundations;

148 Department of Curriculum and Instruction
2. the specified courses in professional development;
3. a course in reading instruction; and
4. requirements in teaching field(s) or delivery system(s) selected.
A grade of C or better is required in all professional development courses and a
GPA of 2.6 is required on all work in professional development and in the academic
specialization(s) selected. Admission to the Teacher Education Program is a prerequisite
for enrollment in professional development courses beyond EDU 320.
The following courses must be completed prior to enrollment in student teaching:
PSY 220 or 303; EDU 320, 330, RDG 351, and EDU 430. The recommended
sequence for secondary education course work is listed below:
• PSY 220 or 303 required for admission to Tarleton Teacher Education
Program
• EDU 320 First semester junior year. (See Tarleton Teacher Education
Admission requirements.) Formal admission to the Teacher Education
Program shall be a prerequisite to taking Professional Development
courses beyond EDU 320. The THEA requirement must be met for
admission to the Tarleton Teacher Education Program
• EDU 330 Two semesters prior to Practicum Semester
• RDG 351 Must be completed before enrolling in EDU 430
• *EDU 430 Semester prior to Practicum Semester
• *EDU 435 and 490 (Practicum Semester)
*These courses must be taken concurrently during the practicum
semester.
Those seeking secondary and all-level certification must seek advisement from
the department of their academic major. (Refer to specific academic departments
for typical curriculum.) Refer to the College of Education section of this catalog for
specific requirements regarding: 1) admission to the Teacher Education Program;
2) retention in the Teacher Education Program; 3) admission of practicum interns;
4) placement of practicum interns; and 5) obtaining a teaching certificate.
SECONDARY AND ALL-LEVEL EDUCATOR CERTIFICATES
The State Board of Educator Certification (SBEC) adopted Standards Based
Educator Preparation programs aligned with the Texas Essential Knowledge and
Skills (TEKS). Tarleton State University currently offers the following secondary
and all-level educator certificates developed within the framework of SBEC 2000
Standards.
EDUCATOR CERTIFICATES 2000 STANDARDS
Grades 6 – 12
AGRICULTURE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY: AGSD 101, AGRN 105, 425, AGSD
201, 211, 230, 302, 406, 407, 450, 485; ANSC 107, 403, 410 or 313; AEC 314, 401,
410, 420, HORT 200, 360, WLDM 221, FCS 304
BUSINESS EDUCATION: ACC 203, ADMS 105, 314, 315, 316, 318, 319, 413, 414;
CIS 103 or 300; ECO 201* (may be counted toward the general education requirement),
FIN 101, GB 103, 312, 432, 444, MGMT 301
FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES: FCS 101, 102, 105, 202, 205, 210, 300, 306;
309 or 316; 311, 312, 317, 325, 333, 407; 409 or 305; 470, 6 hours FCS electives
SPANISH: SPAN 101, 102, 201, 202, 303, 306, 400, 406, 407, 9 hours from SPAN 401,
402, 485*, 486* (*may be repeated for credit)
TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION (BS): I T 105, 106, 117, 235, 303, 314, 317, 324, 325,
345, 350, 393, 405, MET 216, 336, AGSD 230, COMS 214
TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION (BAAS): IT 106, 117, 235, 303, 314, 324, 393, 33 hours

Department of Curriculum and Instruction 149
from SPEC FIELD
Grades 8 – 12
CHEMISTRY: CHEM 105, 108, 201, 486, MATH 120, 209; PHYS 104 or 122 and PHYS
105 or 244; 6 hours advanced CHEM as advised.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS AND READING: ENGL 111, 112; 3 hours from ENGL
210, 220, or 240; ENGL 250, 301, 302, 320, 400, 401, 402, 411, 460; 3 hours from
ENGL 341, 342 or 415
HISTORY: HIST 101, 102, 201, 202, 440, 21 hours advanced HIST electives
LIFE SCIENCE: BIOL 120, 121, 303, 307, 315, 349, 401, 470
MATHEMATICS (BS IN MATH): MATH 120, 209, 232, 301, 306, 310, 311, 332, 333,
402, 404, 405,409, 411, 432, PHYS 122, 3 hours approved CS elective, 3 hours
approved advanced CS elective
MATHEMATICS/PHYSICS (BS in MATH): MATH 120, 209, 232, 301, 306, 310, 311,
332, 333, 402, 404, 409, 411, 432, 3 hours advanced PHYS electives, PHYS 122, 242,
334, 435; 3 hours approved CS elective, 3 hours approved advanced CS elective
MATHEMATICS/PHYSICS (BS IN PHYSICS): MATH 120, 209, 306, 311, 333, 402,
404, PHYS 122, 242, 331, 332, 333, 334, 430, 435, 3 hours PHYS elective, 6 hours
advanced PHYS electives, 3 hours approved CS elective
PHYSICAL SCIENCE (BS in CHEMISTRY): CHEM 105, 108, 201,323, 486 (lab safety);
MATH 120, 209; 306 or 333; PHYS 122, 242, 334; 6 hours advanced advised CHEM
PHYSICAL SCIENCE (BS in PHYSICS): CHEM 105, 108, 201, 486, MATH 120, 209,
306, 333, 404, PHYS 122, 242, 331, 332, 333, 334, 430, 435, 3 hours PHYS elective,
6 hours advanced PHYS electives
SCIENCE (BS in Biology): BIOL 120, 121, 303, 307, 315, 349, 401, 470; GEOL 105,
106, E S 210, CHEM 105, 108, 201, 486, PHYS 104, 105
SCIENCE (Geosciences Emphasis): BIOL 120, 121, 401, 470, GEOL 105, 106; 6
hours from E S 320, 330, 340, or 350; CHEM 105, 108, 201, 486, PHYS 104, 105,
PHYS elective
SOCIAL STUDIES (BA in History): HIST 101, 102, 201, 202, 440, 15 hours advanced
HIST; GEOG 110, 3 hours from GEOG 120, 201, or 202; ECO 201, 202, POLS 201,
202, 6 hours advanced POLS.
SOCIAL STUDIES (BS in Political Science): HIST 101, 102, 201, 202, 440, advanced
HIST, POLS 201, 202, 490, 18 hours advanced POLS, GEOG 110, 3 hours from GEOG
120, 201 or 202; ECO 201, 202, ECO elective; SOC 330
SPEECH: COMS 102, 201, 213, 303, 304, 310, 406, 412
TECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS: EDTC 300, 305, 315, 400, 405, 410. GRADUATE
LEVEL: EDTC 549, 550, 551, 552, 558, 559
All – Level
ART: ART 111, 121, 211, 221, 231, 232, 234, 241, 311, 321, 331, 341, 342, 351, 371,
441, 490, 12 hours advised advanced ART electives
MUSIC: MUSC 101 or 102; 301, 302, 131, 132, 231, 232, 331, 332, 433, 147, 148, 247,
248, 349, 448, 311, 312, 315, 316, 326, 327, 328, 329; if instrumental: MUSC 226, 227,
228, 229, 442; if vocal: MUSC 115, 125, 235, 335, 444
PHYSICAL EDUCATION: KINE 119, 200, 218, 330, 310,312, 340, 380, 405, 416, 420,
480; HLTH 231, 351
SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATES*
*May be added to grade level certificate
ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL): ENGL 320, 370; PSY 320; EDU 310
MASTER READING TEACHER: RDG 572, 575, PSY 320 (may be taken for graduate
credit as PSY 590)
SPECIAL EDUCATION: 4 - 8: EDSP 361,462, 463, 464, 465, 8 - 12: EDSP 361, 462,
463, 464, 465

Department of Educational Leadership and
Policy Studies
Dr. Betty Jo Monk, Head
E.J. Howell Building, Room 320
Box T-0815
(254) 968-1947
www.tarleton.edu/edlps
Professors: Beach, Floyd, Littleton, McCabe, Monk
Associate Professors: Beaty, Higham, Winn
Assistant Professors: Farmer, Lawrence, Weber
The Department of Educational Leadership and Policy Studies offers degree
and certification programs in educational administration. A Master of Education
degree in Educational Administration is available to those students interested in
obtaining principal certification. In addition, the department provides coursework
leading to the Superintendent certification. The department also offers a Doctorate
in Educational Leadership. To obtain information about these programs, students
should contact the Department of Educational Leadership and Policy Studies,
E.J. Howell Building, Room 320; 254-968-1947. Detailed information about our
programs can be found in the graduate section of this catalog. Information may
also be obtained from our website: www.tarleton.edu/edlps.

Department of Kinesiology
Dr. Steve Crews, Head
Wisdom Gym
Box T-0370
(254) 968-9186
www.tarleton.edu/kinesiology
Professors: Gillespie, Priest, Sadler, Simpson
Associate Professors: Belvins-McNaughton, Crews, Martin
Assistant Professors: Peak
Instructors: Carr, Conger, Hearne, Mata, Ponder, C. Reisman,
M. Reisman, Wright, Zoch
The mission of the Department of Kinesiology is to provide quality education,
research, and service opportunities by empowering students to become successful
professionals in teaching, sports medicine, and exercise science.
The Department of Kinesiology offers the following undergraduate programs:
all-level certification (teaching) with specialization in Physical Education; Fitness
Management with emphasis areas in strength training, cardiac rehab, exercise
physiology, and others; and a Sports Medicine program which leads to state
licensure in Athletic Training. All undergraduate Kinesiology majors are required
to demonstrate departmental standards in health-related fitness and swimming
proficiency, as well as participate in leadership/professional development activities.
The Department of Kinesiology also offers a graduate program with both the thesis
and non-thesis option.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN KINESIOLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Kinesiology
KINE 119, 310, 312, 330, 380, 420, 480 20
ENGL 309 3
HLTH 231 3
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Fitness Management
BIOL 219 or 220, and 3 hrs Science 1 7
KINE 200, 218, 320, 405; 326 or 430; 470, 482 27
KINE 4 hrs (100), 3 hrs (200-400) 7
MGMT (6 hours advanced) 6
FCS 210, HLTH 101 1 5
Electives (6 hours Advanced) 12

152 Department of Kinesiology
Sports Medicine/Athletic Training
BIOL 219 and 3 hrs Science 1 7
KINE 200, 212, 313, 314, 320, 412,
413, 414, 415; 430 or 440; 485 33
MGMT 301 or 302, or MKTG 312 or 314 6
Free Electives 11
HLTH 101 1 , KINE (100) 5
With All-Level Certification
BIOL 219 or 220, and 3 hrs Science 1 7
KINE 200, 218, 340, 405, 416, 4 hrs (100), 6 hrs (200-400) 25
FCS 210, HLTH 101 1 , 351 8
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
With All-Level Certification and Level 8-12 Additional Certification Field
BIOL 219 or 220, and 3 hrs Science 1 7
KINE 200, 218, 340, 416; HLTH 351 15
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
Level 8-12 additional certification field 12
Level 8-12 additional certification field (advanced) 6
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION – COEDUCATIONAL ACTIVITY COURSES
(basic fee of $5.00):
110. Archery. (1-2)
112. Bowling. (1-2) 1
117. Scuba. (1-2) 2
118. Golf. (1-2) 1
119. Conditioning and Fitness. (1-2)
120. Fitness Walking. (1-2)
122. Racquetball. (1-2)
123. Beginners Swimming. (1-2)
127. Badminton. (1-2)
128. Tennis. (1-2)
129. Team Sports. (1-2)
132. Weight Training. (1-2)
133. Beginning Aerobic Dance. (1-2)
134. Yoga. (1-2)
135. Water Aerobics. (1-2) 3
136. Dance Technique. (1-2)
139. Beginning Group Exercise. (1-2)
140. Texan Star Drill Team. (1-2)
150. Varsity Athletics. (1-2)
151. Varsity Athletics. (1-2)
1
Additional fee for this course.
2
Student must be in good health and able to swim and must pay a special fee.
3
Student should have basic swimming.

Department of Psychology and Counseling
Dr. David Weissenburger, Head
Mathematics Building, Room 301
Box T-0820
(254) 968-9090 or (254) 968-9945
www.tarleton.edu/pc
Professors: Albrecht, Duncan, Newby, Weissenburger
Associate Professors: Rynearson
Assistant Professors: Burdenski, Lyons, Merriman, Stewart, Valdez
Instructors: Gibson, Mason
The Department of Psychology and Counseling offers degree and certification
programs in each of its discipline areas. In Counseling, the department provides
coursework leading to a Master of Education degree in Counseling and School
Counselor certification. In Psychology, the department offers programs of study
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Psychology, and the Master of
Science degree in Counseling Psychology degree. In Counseling and Psychology,
graduate coursework is provided to meet the requirements for the Certified School
Counselor, Licensed Professional Counselor, and Licensed Marriage and Family
Therapist credentials. To obtain information about these programs, students
should contact the Department of Psychology and Counseling, Mathematics
Building, Room 301; phone 254-968-9090 or 254-968-9945. Information may also
be obtained from our web site: www.tarleton.edu/pc.
* The following graduate degree programs are being phased-out by the University, and
no new admissions will be allowed: Master of Science in Educational Psychology,
and Specialist in School Psychology.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Psychology
PSY 101, 301, 309, 330, 335, 420 19
PSY 201, 220, or 307 3
PSY 303, 305, 311, or 320 3
PSY 102, 310, 350 or 401 6
PSY 360, 402, 405 or 410 6
PSY 332, 403, or 412 3
Advanced PSY Elective 3
SOC 101, 201 or 303 1 , and PHIL 101 6
CIS Elective 3
8 hrs of Lab Science 1 8
Literature Course in English 1 3
Electives (12 hours Advanced) 28
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.

Tarleton State University
College of Liberal and Fine Arts
CATALOG
2011-2012

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL & FINE ARTS
Dr. Dean A. Minix, Dean
Davis Hall, Room 111
Box T-0190
(254) 968-9141
www.tarleton.edu/colfa/
The College of Liberal and Fine Arts has two missions. First, to the college
provides courses in the humanities, social sciences, and fine arts that comprise
part of the general education requirements required of all University students; and
secondly, to provide major fields of study in the above areas and in criminal justice
and social work.
Degree programs available in the College of Liberal and Fine Arts provide the
base required for professional and related fields. They also include specialized
programs that are professionally oriented and lead to careers in such fields as
teaching, criminal justice, social work, and the performing arts. The College of Liberal
and Fine Arts is organized into five departments:
I. Communication Studies
II. English and Languages, including Foreign Languages
III. Fine Arts, including Art, Music, and Theatre
IV. Social Sciences, including History, Political Science, Geography, Philosophy
and Religion Studies
V. Social Work, Sociology, and Criminal Justice

Department of Communication Studies
Dr. Charles Howard, Head
Davis Hall Room 411
Box T-0230
(254) 968-9149
www.tarleton.edu/communications
Associate Professors: Howard, Wakefield
Assistant Professors: Edwards, Milford
Instructors: Holley, Horton, Malone
The Department of Communication Studies offers a Bachelor of Arts degree in
Communication Studies, a Bachelor of Science degree in Communication Studies
(with or without certification). The department also offers a minor in Communications.
Recommendations concerning a student’s minor and course requirements are made
to the department head by academic advisors.
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BA in Communication Studies
COMS 110, 304, 310, 406 12
ENGL 309, HIST 101 1 , 102 1 9
Foreign Language 101, 102, 201, 202 14
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Public Relations and Event Management
COMS 211, 220, 311, 320, 340, 420, 425;
6 hours COMS Electives 27
PHIL 301 1 ; ENGL 310, 312, 412 12
MKTG 314, 316 or 415, 318 9
Journalism and Broadcasting
COMS 211, 214, 215, 308, 311, 318, 409, 412;
3 hours Advanced COMS Electives 27
PHIL 301 1 ; ENGL 310, 312, 412, 420; 4 hours electives 19
Speech Communication
COMS 201, 303, 308, 332, 404, 412 18
PHIL 201 1 3
From ENGL 310, 312, 330, 412, 420 6
Electives (15 hours Advanced) 21
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.

158 Department of Communication Studies
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN COMMUNICATION
STUDIES
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Communication Studies
COMS 110, 304, 310, 406 12
ENGL 309; 15 hours electives 18
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Public Relations and Event Management
COMS 211, 220, 311, 320, 340, 420, 425;
6 hours COMS Electives 27
PHIL 301 1 ; MKTG 314, 316 or 415, 318 12
ENGL 310, 312, 412 9
Electives 3
Journalism and Broadcasting
COMS 211, 214, 215, 308, 311, 318, 409, 412;
3 hours Advanced COMS Elective 27
PHIL 301 1 3
ENGL 310, 312, 412, 420 12
Electives 9
Speech Communication
COMS 201, 303, 308, 332, 404, 412 18
PHIL 201 3
From ENGL 310, 312, 330, 412, 420 6
Electives (12 hours Advanced) 21
Level 8-12 Certification
COMS 102 1 , 201, 303, 412; 3 hours Adv COMS Elective 15
Additional teaching field or minor/electives (Advanced) 9
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
PHIL 201 3
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
Additional Information for the BS in Communications with Certification:
1. No substitutions are allowed for any COMS course listed on certification plan.
a. No Tarleton COMS course may substitute for another Tarleton COMS
course.
b. A transfer course must be a direct translation for a COMS course listed on
the certification plan.
2. For admission to the teacher certification program, each certification candidate
must pass a public speaking competency exercise upon completion of COMS
101, 102, or 301, but no later than the first semester of the junior year.
a. The presentation will be a 7-10 minute persuasive speech evaluated by
three Communications faculty members.

Department of Communication Studies 159
b. Student must pass the presentation with a combined score of 80 or better.
i. If a student fails to complete the presentation with a score of 80
or better, he/she may request to repeat the presentation within the
same semester.
ii.
After one semester, any student wishing to repeat the public speaking
requirement must make an alternative presentation.
c. The presentation will be judged for a variety of communication skills
including organization, appropriate style of delivery for subject matter,
ability to communicate concepts to an audience clearly, articulation, and
diction.
3. Before being allowed to take the TExES, each candidate must pass the
departmental “mock” TExES examination in partial fulfillment of requirements
for COMS 485.
a. Each student will take a mock exam based on the format for the TExES.
b. Students are required to pass each section of the mock exam with a
grade of 80 percent or better before taking TExES.
c. A student who fails a section of the mock exam may retake just the failed
section within the same semester.
d. A student who does not successfully pass all parts of the mock exam
within the semester of the initial exam must retake the entire mock
examination.
4. Students seeking certification must meet with the COMS certification
representative at least once a semester.
5. The departmental certification representative will review specific COMS
requirements with each student. Candidates for certification will then be
required to sign an acknowledgment form.

Department of English and Languages
Dr. Jeanelle Barrett, Head
Humanities Building, Room 327
Box T-0300
(254) 968-9039
www.tarleton.edu/english
Professors: Dodson, Shipman, Young
Associate Professors: Barrett, Chappell, Quazi, Robitaille, Tanter
Assistant Professors: Beaty, Brister, Dooley, Fehler,
Konvicka, Ladd, Lilly, Lincoln, Mollick, Newsome,
Otwell, Smith, Sword, Tober, Urbán
Instructors: Cruz-Solano, Gonzales, Hommel,
Jones, Juhasz, McCutchen
The Department of English and Languages offers programs leading to
Bachelor of Arts degrees in English and Spanish (either with or without secondary
certification). A technical writing emphasis is available in conjunction with the English
BA. In addition, the department offers course sequences leading to an academic
minor in English, Technical Writing, Spanish and French. On the graduate level, the
department offers the Master of Arts degree in English. The graduate section of this
catalog contains further information about the graduate program.
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ENGLISH
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BA in English
Foreign Language 101, 102, 201, 202 14
Sophomore English 3
HIST 101 1 , 102 6
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Without Teacher Certification
ENGL 415; Advanced ENGL Electives 24
Electives (21 Advanced) 33
Level 8-12 Certification
ENGL 250 1 , 301, 302, 320, 400, 401, 402, 411, 460 27
3 hours from ENGL 341, 342, 415 3
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
Electives 9
Technical Writing
ENGL 309, 310, 312, 320, 412, 420 18

Department of English and Languages 161
6 hours from ENGL 330, 370, or 411 6
3 hours from ENGL 342, 343, or 435 3
Electives (18 Advanced Electives) 31
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SPANISH
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BA in Spanish
SPAN 101, 102, 201, 202, 303, 306, 400, 406, 407 29
HIST 101 1 , 102 6
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Without Teacher Certification
From SPAN 401, 402, 485 3
Advanced SPAN 6
Sophomore Literature 3
Electives (21 hours Advanced) 34
Level 8-12 Certification
From SPAN 401, 402, 485, 486 9
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
Electives 10
ENGL 250 3
Level 8-12 Certification with additional teaching field
From SPAN 401, 402, 485 3
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
ENGL 250 3
Additional teaching field 12
Additional teaching field advanced hours 12
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
Minor in Technical Writing
A minor in Technical Writing requires the following course work: ENGL 111; ENGL
112; ENGL 309; 3 hours of Sophomore Literature; 6 hours from ENGL 310, 312,
412, or 420.

Department of Fine Arts
Dr. Teresa Davidian, Head
105 Clyde H. Wells Fine Arts Center
Box T-0320
(254) 968-9245
www.tarleton.edu/finearts
Professor: Rives
Associate Professors: Davidian, Holtorf, Seelig, Spotz, Stavish
Assistant Professors: Asakura, Ball, Davis, Ireland, Johnson,
Pollard, Pursell, Wehnert-Skinner, Westbrook
Instructors: Chambers, Hawk
The Department of Fine Arts offers programs in Art, Music, and Theatre. The
department offers a Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in Art (with or without secondary
certification, or with an emphasis in Digital Media), a Bachelor of Music with teacher
certification, a Bachelor of Arts in Music, and a Bachelor of Fine Arts in Theatre.
The department also offers minors in three areas: art, music, and theatre.
Recommendations concerning a student’s minor and course requirements are
made to the department head by academic advisors.
THE BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE IN ART
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BFA in Art
ART 111, 121, 211, 221, 231, 232 1 , 234, 241,
321, 331, 371, 441, 490, 3 hrs Adv. ART Elective 42
Sophomore Literature; HIST 101 or 102 1 6
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Without Certification
ART 341, 342, 351, 12 hrs Adv. ART Electives 21
F A 401; 6 hrs Electives, 6 hrs Adv. Electives 15
With Certification
ART 311, 341, 342, 351, 6 hrs Adv. ART Electives 18
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
With Digital Media
ART 381, 382, 481; 9 hrs Adv. ART Electives; F A 401 21
ART 235 or CIS 300; COMS 207 or CIS 315 6
COMS 308 or CIS 415; 6 hrs Adv. Electives 9
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.

Department of Fine Arts 163
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Required Courses for BA in Music
MUEN 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, or 402 4
MUAP 131, 132, 231, 232, 331, 332, 431, or 432 8
MUSC 147, 148, 247, 248, 433, 448 19
MUSC, MUAP or MUEN Electives 100 – 499 10
MUSC 311, 326 1 , 327, 328, 329 12
F A 401, Sophomore Literature 1 6
Foreign Language 101, 102, 201, 202 11
Electives 11
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: ALL-LEVEL CERTIFICATION
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Required Courses for BM with All-Level Certification
MUEN 101 or 102; 301, 302 3
MUAP 131, 132, 231, 232, 331, 332 12
MUSC 147, 148, 247, 248, 311, 312, 315,
316, 326, 327, 328, 329, 349, 433, 448 39
MUSC Electives 1 8
Sophomore Literature 3
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
1
For vocal music emphasis area, electives are MUSC 115, 125, 235, 335, 452.
For instrumental music emphasis area, electives are MUSC 226, 227, 228, 229, 442.
ADMISSION TO DEGREE PROGRAMS IN MUSIC
To be admitted to the music program, a student must fulfill the following
conditions:
1. Pass a qualifying music theory test prior to the beginning of the student’s first
academic term in music. Students who do not pass must take MUSC 213 and
subsequently pass an aural skills examination.
2. Pass a qualifying performance test on the student’s major instrument or voice at
the end of the semester in which he/she is enrolled in MUSC 131.
3. Transfer students in music must also pass these tests for admission to the
music program as scheduled in consultation with the department head.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC
Recommended Courses for Optional Vocal Performance Track
8 hours of applied music (MUAP 331, 332, 431, 432)
Italian Diction (MUSC 115), German Diction (MUSC 125), and French Diction
(MUSC 235)

164 Department of Fine Arts
Vocal Pedagogy (MUSC 444)
Additional Performances:
Freshmen
2 studio recitals and 1 student recital per
semester
Sophomores, Juniors, 2 studio recitals and 2 student recitals per
Seniors
semester
Junior Recital Semester 2 studio recitals, 1/2 recital (25 minutes)
Option for 1/2 recital Participation in musical production during the
junior year*
Seniors
Full recital (50 minutes) during the senior year
*Must involve feature role or considerable chorus part. Minimal time on stage is
not acceptable.
Recommended Courses for Optional Instrumental Performance Track
8 hours of applied music (MUAP 331, 332, 431, 432)
Twentieth-Century Theory (MUSC 349)
String Class (226)
Additional Performances:
Freshmen
2 studio recitals and 1 student recital per
semester
Sophomores, Juniors, Seniors 1 studio recital and 2 student recitals per
semester
Juniors
Seniors
1/2 recital (25 minutes)
Full recital (50 minutes) during the senior
year
4 off-campus recitals (N.B.: cannot be derived from senior recital).
Recommended Courses for Optional Piano Performance Track
8 hours of applied music (MUAP 331, 332, 431, 432)
Twentieth-Century Theory (MUSC 349)
Additional Performances:
Freshmen
2 studio recitals and 1 student recital per
semester
Sophomores, Juniors, Seniors 1 studio recital and 2 student recitals per
semester
Juniors
Seniors
Accompanying in at least 3 student recitals.
1/2 recital (25 minutes)
Full recital (50 minutes) during the senior
year
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR BACHELOR OF MUSIC – ALL-LEVEL
CERTIFICATION
1. Students in the Bachelor of Music with teacher certification program must be
enrolled in an appropriate ensemble throughout the baccalaureate program for
a minimum of seven semesters. The appropriate ensemble will be determined
by the student’s academic advisor and by the Director of Bands or Director
of Choirs. Due to constraints imposed on the University by the State of Texas
Higher Education Coordinating Board regarding the number of hours allowed
in the degree (no more than 139 hours in any degree), only three hours of
ensemble credit may be counted towards graduation.
2. Typically, four and one-half years are required for completion of the Bachelor of

Department of Fine Arts 165
Music with teacher certification degree.
TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM
Formal application to the Teacher Education Program shall be made at the
completion of the following:
1. 60 hours with a C average (2.6 GPA); developmental course hours do not count.
2. MUSC 147, 148, 247, 248, 8 hours of applied principal instrument with an
average grade not lower than C (2.6); and acceptance into music program.
3. 12 hours English with a grade of C or better and MATH 107 or 108.
STUDENT TEACHING
In addition to education requirements, the following music requirements must be
completed prior to application for student teaching.
1. Piano Proficiency Examination
2. Sight Singing Proficiency Examination
3. Proficiency Examinations on Principal Instrument or Voice
4. MUSC 311, 312, 315, and 316
5. Recital requirements.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR ALL MUSIC MAJORS
All music majors must receive an overall grade of C or better in any music
course that applies to their degree.
In addition, all music students should become familiar with the current Music
Major Handbook and abide by the policies and procedures therein. It is distributed at
the beginning of each school year.
APPLIED MUSIC
For all major and minor lessons, permission of the instructor is
required.
Applied Music for Majors (1-3)
131-132 Applied Music 231-232 Applied Music
331-332 Applied Music 431-432 Applied Music
Applied Music for Minors or Non-Majors (.5-1.5)
121-122 Applied Music 221-222 Applied Music
321-322 Applied Music 421-422 Applied Music
Sections:
10-19 Piano 100-109 Trombone
20-29 Voice 110-119 Baritone
30-39 Flute 120-129 Tuba
40-49 Oboe 130-139 Percussion
50-59 Clarinet 140-149 Organ
60-69 Saxophone 150-159 Guitar
70-79 Bassoon 160-169 Strings
80-89 French Horn 220-229 Voice
90-99 Trumpet 230-239 Voice
Applied Music: Class Lessons (3-0)*
151, 152. Beginning Class Piano I, II
161, 162. Intermediate Class Piano I, II
* Five hours of practice required weekly. Class piano is taught in an electronic piano
lab that features individual instruments.

166 Department of Fine Arts
Ensembles
Ensemble membership is open to all University students who enroll in the
ensemble courses numbered for their academic standing.
MUEN 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401or 402 (0-3)
SECTIONS
10 Wind Ensemble 80 Women’s Ensemble
20 Jazz Ensemble I (Co-requisite Section 10) 90 Collaborative Piano
30 University Singers 100 Percussion Ensemble
40 Chamber Choir (Co-requisite Section 30)
50 Woodwind Chamber Ensembles 120 Symphonic Band
60 Brass Chamber Ensembles 130 Jazz Ensemble II
70 Opera/Musical Theatre
Minor in Music
A minor in Music requires the following course work: MUSC 147; MUSC 313; 8
hours of Music Electives (including applied lessons and ensembles); and 3 hours of
Advanced Music Electives (including applied lessons and ensembles).
THE BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE IN THEATRE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Required Courses for BFA in Theatre
THEA 106, 107, 108, 109, 201, 203, 204, 207 1 , 208,
300, 301, 302, 400, 404, 407, 484, F A 401 48
Advanced THEA electives 9
ENGL 220 or 309 3
Foreign Language 8
Electives (6 hours advanced electives) 13
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
Additional Information for Bachelor of Fine Arts in Theatre
Majors must receive a grade of C or better in every Theatre course.

Department of Social Sciences
Dr. Malcolm L. Cross, Head
O.A. Grant Building, Room 355
Box T-0660
(254) 968-9021
www.tarleton.edu/socialsciences
Professors: Baker, Clifford, Cross, Guthrie, Minix,
Price, Schmelzer, D. Zelman, P. Zelman
Associate Professors: Cruz, Margolis, Velasco
Assistant Professors: R. G. Atkinson, Hallgarth, Justice
Instructor: Morrow
The Department of Social Sciences offers programs of study leading to a
Bachelor of Arts degree in History, with or without certification; a Bachelor of Arts
degree in Political Science, and a Bachelor of Science degree in Political Science.
Additionally, the department offers minors in History, Philosophy, and Political
Science. On the graduate level, the Master of Arts degree is offered in History.
* The following graduate degree programs are being phased-out by the University,
and no new admissions will be allowed: Master of Arts in Political Science.
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BA in History
HIST 101, 102, 440, 12 hours Advanced HIST 21
Foreign Language 101, 102, 201, 202 14
Additional Courses Required for Concentration
Without Teacher Certification
ENGL 210, 220, 240, or 250 3
9 hours Advanced HIST, 6 hours Advanced POLS 15
ECO 101, 201, SOC 101, 201, 303, GEOG 110, 120, or 201 3
PHIL 101, 201, 301, 485, R S 101, 102, 205, or 304 3
Advanced hours from ART, C J, COMS, ENGL, MUSC,
POLS, R S, SOC, SWK, THEA 9
Electives (9 hours advanced) 1 12
Secondary Certification/Option 1
9 hours Advanced HIST, 6 hours Advanced POLS 15
ENGL 210, 220, 240, or 250 3
ECO 101, 201, SOC 101, 201, 303, GEOG 110, 120, or 201 3
PHIL 101, 201, 301, 485, R S 101, 102, 205, or 304 3
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6

168 Department of Social Sciences
Social Studies Composite Certification/Option 4
Advanced HIST 3
Advanced POLS 6
GEOG 110; 3 hours from GEOG 120, 201, 202 6
ECO 201, 202 6
ENGL 210, 220, 240, or 250 3
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
1
Consult with your academic advisor before selecting electives. Students who
cannot prove computer literacy should take CIS 103.
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BA in Political Science
HIST 101, 102 6
POLS 490, Advanced POLS 21
Foreign Language 101, 102, 201, 202 14
Electives (24 hours advanced) 37
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
Semester Hours
University General Education Requirements 42
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Political Science
HIST 101 1 , 102 6
POLS 490, Advanced POLS 21
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Without Certification
PHIL 101, SOC 330 6
Electives (21 hours advanced) 48
With Social Studies Composite Certification/Option 4
HIST 440, Advanced HIST Elective 6
GEOG 110; 3 hours from GEOG 120, 201, 202 6
ECO 201 1 , 202; ECO Elective 9
SOC 330 3
Elective, Sophomore Literature 6
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.

Department of Social Sciences 169
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BA in International Studies
Foreign Language 101, 102, 201, 202 14
GEOG 110 1 ; HIST 101 1 , 201 1 ; ENGL 341;
ECO 202, 401; G B 444, 484 24
POLS 301, 308, 320, 405 15
From HIST 320, 321, 322, 335, 336,
420, 423, 426, 431, POLS 485, 490
GEOG 303, SOC 413, C J 308, ENGL 400, 401, 402 27
Elective 1
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirements for social and
behavioral sciences.
Note: 6 hours of course work must be completed as study abroad.
Minors in International Studies
The minor in International Studies is an interdisciplinary minor intended to be
available for all majors. The International Studies minor must include at least one
course offered in the College of Business Administration and one course from the
Department of Social Sciences.
A. International Studies Minor with Language
Two semesters of the same foreign language and four courses from the
following: AGSD 455, ECO 401 or A EC 402, FIN 401, G B 444, MKTG 454,
POLS 308, 405, 415, HIST 401, SPAN 303, 306, 406, 486
B. International Studies Minor without Language
Four courses from those listed below and two courses from directed problems
course 1 , POLS 485 2 , or internship 3 or five courses from the list below and one
course from directed problems course POLS 485, or internship.
AGSD 455, ECO 401 or A EC 402, FIN 401, G B 444, MKTG 454, POLS 308,
405, 415, HIST 401
1
Problems course in major – focused independent study of international aspect of
major field of study with direction from major professor.
2
POLS 485 – Seminar on Russia, the Middle East, and Latin America
3
International internship in major – faculty–directed work experience in international
relations.

Department of Social Work, Sociology,
and Criminal Justice
Dr. James J. Vardalis, Head
Humanities Building, Room 375
Box T-0665
(254) 968-9024
www.tarleton.edu/swksoccj
Professors: Anderson, Stanley-Stevens
Associate Professors: Eichenberg, Styron, Vardalis
Assistant Professors: Key, Lanning, LaTouche, Pratt
Instructors: Hankhouse
The Department of Social Work, Sociology, and Criminal Justice offers programs
of study leading to a Bachelor of Social Work degree, a Bachelor of Science degree
in Sociology, and a Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice, a Bachelor of Applied
Arts and Sciences in Criminal Justice Administration and Master of Criminal Justice.
SOCIAL WORK
The principal educational objective of the program leading to a Bachelor of
Social Work degree is preparation of students for generalist social work practice.
This program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and qualifies
graduates for the licensing examination for Social Work under Texas law. No
academic credit is awarded for life experiences in this degree program.
Requirements for admission, retention, and successful completion of the
program are described in the Social Work Program Student Handbook and include
a 2.5 overall GPA.
THE BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK DEGREE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BSW
SWK 207, 208, 300, 303, 306, 314, 316, 320 329, 339,
412, 422, 423 45
BIOL 219 and 220 1 8
SOC 201 1 and PSY 101 6
SPAN 103 and SPAN 104 6
Sophomore Literature 1 3
Advanced SWK Electives 9
Electives from SOC, SWK, C J 6
Electives 9
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.

Department of Social Work, Sociology, and Criminal Justice 171
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN SOCIOLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Sociology
SOC 101, 201, 330, 402, 403, 499 18
Advanced SOC Electives 18
ECO 101 or 201 1 3
PHIL 101 or 201 1 3
HIST 101 or 102 1 3
Electives from C J. SOC, or SWK, (3 hours advanced) 6
Electives (3 hours advanced) 9
CIS 300 or 345, or ENGL 412 or 420 3
Minor (6 hours advanced) 18
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Criminal Justice
C J 131, 232, 234 or 238, 235, 237, 305, 310,
315, 340, 412, 416, 498, 6 hrs Advanced CJ Electives 42
SPAN 101 or 103; ENGL 309 6
SOC 303; CJ 331 or PSY 330 or SOC 330 6
Electives (9 hours advanced) 24
THE BACHELOR OF APPLIED ARTS AND SCIENCES DEGREE IN
CRIMINAL JUSTICE ADMINISTRATION
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Criminal Justice Administration
Occupational Specialization:
Approved Technical Training, Approved Work Experience 33
ENGL 309 3
SOC 303 3
C J 310, 315, 340, 412, 416, 485, 486 24
C J Electives (6 hours Advanced) 15

Tarleton State University
College of Science and Technology
CATALOG
2011-2012

COLLEGE OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
Dr. James Pierce, Dean
Science Building, Room 119
Box T-0885
(254) 968-9781
www.tarleton.edu/cost
The College of Science and Technology has three primary missions: first, to
provide the courses in mathematics and natural and physical sciences that form
an essential part of the general education requirement required of all University
students; second, to provide supporting courses for students in other academic
areas, such as education, business, and agriculture; and third, to provide the
opportunity for students to concentrate their study in a major field of science,
technology, or engineering. The College is strongly committed to excellence in
teaching, research, and service to the University and to society.
Degree programs available in the College of Science and Technology
feature considerable variety at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. The
range of programs includes those areas that provide the foundation required for
professional fields such as medicine, dentistry, optometry, and pharmacy as well as
specialized programs that are professionally oriented and lead to specific careers
such as clinical laboratory science and nursing. It also includes mathematics,
various sciences, engineering, computer science, and technology. The college
offers masters degrees in four areas: biology, environmental science, engineering
technology, and mathematics. The College of Science and Technology is organized
into seven departments:
I. Biological Sciences
II. Chemistry, Geosciences, and Environmental Science
III. Engineering and Physics
IV. Engineering Technology
VI. Mathematics
V. Medical Laboratory Sciences
VI. Nursing

Department of Biological Sciences
Dr. John S. Calahan, Jr., Head
Science Building, Room 203
Box T-0100
(254) 968-9159
www.tarleton.edu/biology
Professors: Calahan, Keith, Nelson, Pierce, Sudman
Associate Professors: Murray, Pfau,
Rathburn, Sanderford
Assistant Professors: Higgins, Speshock
Instructors: McReynolds
The Department of Biological Sciences offers two distinct four-year curricula
that lead to the baccalaureate degree. These are the Bachelor of Science in
Biology and the Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Science. In addition, Pre-Health
professional programs are offered which include Pre-Medicine, Pre-Dentistry,
Pre-Physical Therapy, Pre-Pharmacy, and Pre-Veterinary Medicine. Secondary
teaching certificates may be obtained with Science Certification or Life Science
Certification. The curricula are designed to maximize career opportunities and to
prepare students for various graduate and professional school programs.
A Master of Science degree is also offered. For further information, see the
graduate section of this catalog.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in General Biology
BIOL 120, 121, 303, 307, 353 19
CHEM 105 1 , 108 1 , 201, PHYS 104, 105 20
ENGL 309, MATH 109 1 6
Additional Required Courses for Concentrations
General Without Certification
Advanced BIOL Electives 24
MATH 350 4
Electives (3 hours advanced) 15
Freshwater Ecology
BIOL 349, 401, 441, 462 16
Advanced BIOL Electives 8
E S 350, GEOL 105, HYDR 110, MATH 350 13
Electives 6

176 Department of Biological Sciences
General Aquatic Marine
BIOL 340, 349 401, 442, 462 18
Advanced BIOL Electives 6
E S 340, GEOL 105, MATH 350 10
Electives 9
Environmental
BIOL 315, 336, 349, 401, 441; 340 or 442 23
E S 350, GEOL 105, MATH 350 10
Electives (3 hours advanced) 10
Molecular
BIOL 313, 385, 395, 474, 475, 478 21
Advanced BIOL Electives 3
CHEM 202, MATH 350 8
Electives (3 hours advanced) 11
Wildlife
BIOL 315, 401, 430, 451, 462 20
Advanced BIOL Electives 4
MATH 350 4
RNRM 221 or WLDM 221; RNRM or WLDM Elective 6
Electives 9
Life Science Teacher Certification 2
BIOL 315, 349, 401, 470 15
Advanced BIOL Electives 4
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
Science Teacher Certification 2
BIOL 315, 349, 401, 470 15
CHEM 486, ES 210, GEOL 105, 106 11
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
2
A student who fails to complete certification requirements must complete the
requirements of one of the non-certification support areas to graduate with a
bachelor’s degree in biology.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Biomedical Science
BIOL 120, 121, 303, 306, 307, 353, 460, 474, 485 31
CHEM 105 1 , 108 1 , 201 12
PHYS 104 or 122; PHYS 105 or 242 8
MATH 109 or 120 1 , 350 7-8
ENGL 309 3

Department of Biological Sciences 177
Additional Required Courses for Concentrations
General Without Certification
From BIOL 302, 313, 385, 395, 445, 461, 475, 478 10
Electives (5 hours advanced) 17
Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental
BIOL 385, 461 8
From BIOL 302, 313, 395, 445, 475, 478 3
CHEM 202 4
Electives (4 hours advance) 12
Pre-Physical Therapy
From BIOL 302, 313, 385, 395, 445, 461, 475, 478 10
PSY 101 1 , 307, SOC 201, MGMT 301 12
Electives 8
Pre-Veterinary
BIOL 461, 475 7
From BIOL 302, 313, 385, 395, 445, 478 3
CHEM 202 4
ANSC 107; ANSC 309 or 406 6
Electives (4 hours advanced) 7
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
Important Information Regarding Health Professions Programs
The Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental, Pre-Physical Therapy, and Pre-Veterinary
Support Areas in Biomedical Science are designed to meet or exceed the entrance
requirements for medical, dental, physical therapy, and veterinary programs in
Texas. Other health profession programs including, but not limited to Physician
Assistant, Pharmacy, Optometry, Chiropractic, Podiatry, Radiology Technician, and
Dental Hygiene can vary considerably in terms of entrance requirements. Students
interested in such programs are encouraged to earn a BS in Biomedical Science
by following the General Biomedical Science Support Area. By allowing greater
flexibility in elective courses, the General Biomedical Science Support Area can
be easily adjusted to meet the entrance requirements of these health profession
programs.
A program in Pre-Veterinary Medicine is also offered through the Department
of Animal Science and Wildlife Management. Although the Pre-Veterinary programs
offered through the Departments of Animal Science and Wildlife Management,
and Biological Sciences each meet all the requirements for admission to the Texas
A&M College of Veterinary Medicine, a student is typically best suited for one
program or the other. It is important that a student discuss with an advisor which
program is best suited to his or her interests, skills, and goals.
It is important to know that health profession programs may change entrance
requirements without notice. Therefore, it is the responsibility of the student
to check these requirements and work closely with an advisor to ensure that
all requirements are met. If all of the entrance requirements for a professional
program have been met, it is sometimes possible for a student to matriculate to
the professional program prior to completing a degree at Tarleton. In this case, a
student might meet the requirements of a Bachelor of Science degree at Tarleton

178 Department of Biological Sciences
by (1) fulfilling the “Degree Requirements” as stated in the Academic Information
section of the catalog and (2) transferring the necessary hours from an approved
professional school to Tarleton for a minimum total of 120 hours.
SUGGESTED CURRICULUM FOR PRE-PHARMACY 1
ENGL 111, 112, 6 hours Sophomore Literature 12
BIOL 120,121, 219, 303, 307, 474 23
CHEM 105, 108, 201, 202 16
MATH 107, 109, 120, 350 14
PHYS 104 4
COMS 101, 102, or 301 3
HIST 201, 202 6
POLS 201, 202 6
PSY 101 3
ECO 201 3
1
Requirement for different schools of pharmacy vary considerably. Students should
seek counsel from the Pre-Pharmacy advisor in the Department of Biological Sciences
prior to enrollment.

Department of Chemistry, Geosciences,
and Environmental Science
Dr. Beth Rinard-Hinga, Head
Science Building, Room 117
Box T-0540
(254) 968-9143
www.tarleton.edu/cges
Professors: Field, Murry, Low, Schultz, Thompson, Walter
Associate Professors: Bell, Rinard-Hinga
Assistant Professors: Whaley
Instructors: Gamble, Sundarrajan
The Department of Chemistry, Geosciences, and Environmental Science offers
programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Chemistry (with
concentrations in professional chemistry, teacher certification in Chemistry (8-12)
or Physical Science (8-12), biochemistry, forensic chemistry, an interdisciplinary
field, or as a pre-medical, pre-dental, or pre-pharmacy program) and the Bachelor
of Science degree in Geoscience, with concentrations in Geology, Environmental
Science, Earth Science, Hydrogeology, and a teacher certification program in
Science (8-12). On the graduate level, a Master of Science degree in Environmental
Science is offered. For further information about this program, see the graduate
section of the catalog.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CHEMISTRY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Chemistry
CHEM 105, 108, 201, 202, 307, 323, 408, 486 (Library Research) 29
CIS or C S Elective; ENGL 309; MATH 120, 209 2 14
PHYS 104 and 105 or 122 8 and 242 8 8
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Biochemistry
CHEM 427 or 445; 474, 475 9
BIOL 120, 121, 303, 307, 313, 478 23
Advanced Electives 5
Forensic Chemistry 1, 4
CHEM 427, 474, Advanced CHEM 3 8
BIOL 120, 307, 478 11
C J 131, 232, 235 9
From C J 305, 315, 416, 425 9

180 Department of Chemistry, Geosciences, and Environmental Science
Interdisciplinary 1
Advanced CHEM Electives 3 8
Advanced Elective 4
Supporting field (14 hours advanced 5 ) 21
From GEOL 105, 106, 107, BIOL 120, 121 4
1, 6, 7
Pre-Pharmacy
CHEM 445, 474, Advanced CHEM Electives 3 8
BIOL 120, 121, 303, 307, 313 20
BIOL 475 or 478; MATH 300 or 350; PSY 101 or ECO 201 3 9
Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental Program
BIOL 120, 121, 306, 307, 385, 460, 461, 485 29
CHEM 445, 474; Advanced CHEM Elective 3 8
Professional Chemistry 1, 4
Foreign Language 8
Advanced Electives 5
BIOL 120, 121 8
CHEM 324, 427, 428, 474 13
Advanced CHEM Electives 3 3
With Teacher Certification, Chemistry (8-12)
Advanced CHEM 3 ; CHEM 486 (Lab Safety) 7
GEOL 107; Electives 6
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
With Teacher Certification, Physical Science (8-12)
Advanced CHEM 3 ; CHEM 486 (Lab Safety) 7
GEOL 107; MATH 306 or 333; PHYS 334 10-11
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
1
COMS 301 required for all concentrations except Teacher Certification,
Biochemistry, and PreMedical.
2
MATH requirement satisfied by MATH 120 or 209.
3
See additional courses required for concentrations for specific lab science
requirements.
4
Arts elective must be advanced hours for Professional Chemistry and Forensics
concentrations.
5
Possible support fields include biology, geoscience, hydrology, physics, business
administration, and other fields approved by department heads involved.
6
General Education Social and Behavioral Elective must be PSY 101 or ECO 201.
7
Check with specific pharmacy schools for details.
8
Required for Professional Chemistry and Teacher Certification in Physical Science
(8-12).
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GEOSCIENCE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)

Department of Chemistry, Geosciences, and Environmental Science 181
Courses Required for BS in Geoscience 1, 2
CHEM 105, 108, GEOL 105, HYDR 110 14
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
Earth Science
AGRN 301, BIOL 120, 121 12
GEOL 106, 107, 300, 310, 405 18
From GEOL 305, 306, 312, 313, 314, 320, 411, 412 9-11
E S 220, 320, 330, 340, 350, 413 18
From MATH 107, 109, 120, 209, 300, 350 6-8
Advanced Electives 11
Environmental Science
AGRN 301; AGRN 302 or 312; CHEM 201 or 307 or 408 11-12
GEOL 107, 300, 314, 405 14
From GEOL 310, 313, 320, 412 9-10
E S 220, 330, 340, 350, 413 15
From MATH 107, 109, 120, 209 6-8
MATH 300 or 350 3-4
BIOL 120, 121, 401, 441 16
Geology
BIOL 120, 121 or PHYS 104, 105 or PHYS 122, 242 8
Electives (8 hours advanced) 12
GEOL 106, 300, 305, 306, 310, 312, 313,
314, 320, 405, 411, 412 40
E S 220, 413 6
From MATH 118, 120, 209, 300, 350 8
Hydrogeology
AGRN 301, CHEM 201, 307, 408 12
E S 350, 413, HYDR 311, PHYS 122, 242 17
GEOL 300, 306, 310, 313, 314, 320, 405, 412 27
From MATH 118, 120, 209, 306, 333 11-12
MATH 300 or 350 3-4
Teacher Certification, Science (8-12)
BIOL 120, 121, 401, 470 15
CHEM 201, 486, GEOL 106, 107, PHYS 104, 105 21
ENGL 309 3
From E S 320, 330, 340, 350 9
From MATH 107, 109, 120, 209, 300, 350 6-8
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
Advanced GEOL or E S Elective 4
1
CHEM 105 and 108 satisfy general education lab science requirements.
2
See concentrations for MATH requirements.

Department of Engineering and Physics
Dr. Daniel K. Marble, Head
Hydrology and Engineering Building, Room 114
Box T-0390
(254) 968-9863
www.tarleton.edu/engrphys
Professors: McCoy
Associate Professors: Ahmad, Hibbs, Marble, Martinez, Reese
Assistant Professors: Agapie, Goderya, Kurwadkar, Wang
The Department of Engineering and Physics provides degrees in Engineering
Physics, Environmental Engineering, Computer Science, Hydrology, and Physics
as well as providing the first two years of engineering course work required for
transfer to other engineering programs. The department also provides paths of
study for students interested in advanced study in medicine, dentistry, medical
physics and nuclear engineering. The department offers undergraduate research
opportunities with state of the art facilities including a 32” robotic telescope, 1
MV tandem particle accelerator, anechoic chamber for microwave research, grid
computer, and hydrology research lab.
ENGINEERING PROGRAM
The Engineering Program at Tarleton State University prepares the
student for further studies in specific engineering disciplines either at Tarleton
State University or other colleges and universities. The Engineering Program
comprises approximately one half of the course work required for a Bachelor of
Science degree in Engineering and is the entry point for all students wishing to
major in engineering. Entry into the Engineering Program requires registration in
Trigonometry, Pre-calculus or higher. Once the designated Engineering courses in
the table below have been completed with a “C” or better, the student may apply
for admission into the upper level programs leading to a degree in an engineering
discipline at Tarleton.
The student may instead choose to transfer to another engineering degreegranting
college or university to complete the requirements for an engineering
degree. For example, the Engineering Program is aligned with the current program
at Texas A&M University for seamless transfer. Students wishing to transfer are
encouraged to keep their advisor informed of their intentions, as requirements for
different schools of engineering vary considerably.
Entering freshman Engineering students are evaluated for mathematics
preparedness. The normal course progression calls for taking Mathematics 120
(Calculus I) as the first mathematics course. If the student is not prepared to take
Calculus I as the first course, then he or she may be required to take MATH 107
(College Algebra), MATH 109 (Plane Trigonometry) or MATH 118 (Pre-Calculus)
instead. It is strongly recommended that students who are not certain that they
are well grounded in algebra and trigonometry come to Tarleton and take the
placement tests early enough in the summer prior to first enrollment so they can
take any necessary calculus preparatory courses in summer school if they wish.

Department of Engineering and Physics 183
SUGGESTED CURRICULUM FOR ENGINEERING 1
Courses from University General Education Requirements Semester
Hours
ENGL 111, 112 6
PHYS 122 1 , 242 1 8
MATH 120 1 4
HIST 201, 202 6
POLS 201, 202 6
HLTH 101 3
Other Required Courses
CHEM 108 4
MATH 209 1 , 306, 333 11
ENGR 111 1 , 112 1 , 221 1 , 222 1 , 223 15
1
These courses must be completed with a grade of “C” or better before the student
can make application to the upper-level engineering programs at Tarleton State
University.
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
The Engineering Physics program at Tarleton State University is an ABET
accredited B.S. engineering degree program with emphases in selected areas of
Electrical Engineering, Computer Engineering, and Materials Physics. Students are
prepared for employment as an engineer and for engineering licensure, as well as for
graduate studies in selected areas of Electrical Engineering, Computer Engineering
or Physics. Extensive study in mathematics, engineering, and physics gives the
Engineering Physics graduate the ability to design components, processes, and
systems to meet specifications and the ability to work and communicate effectively
in team-oriented, project-management-driven environments. Computer simulation
and modern analytical tools are used to solve physical and electrical problems.
Software development, hardware integration, and testing of microcomputers,
microcontrollers, and design of microelectronic circuitry provide the graduate with
the tools to apply computer and software-based solutions. Additional studies in
ethics assure that the graduate understands engineers’ special responsibilities to
protect the health and well being of the general public. See more details at: www.
tarleton.edu/engineering.
The first two years of the Engineering Physics program consist of the
courses in the Engineering Program. In order to ensure that students have the
solid foundation needed for success in upper level coursework, the student must
complete designated courses in the Engineering Program with a grade of “C” or
better before being admitted into upper level Engineering Physics coursework.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ENGINEERING PHYSICS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Engineering Physics
(A grade of “C” or better in each required for graduation)
PHYS 122 1 , 242 1 , 334, 435 14
ENGR 111, 112, 221, 222, 223, 460 18
ENPH 225, 248, 314, 332, 343, 345, 430, 436, 441, 443 36
Advanced PHYS, ENGR, ENPH, or CS Electives 9
MATH 120 1 , 209, 306, 333, CHEM 108 19

184 Department of Engineering and Physics
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
The Environmental Engineering program at Tarleton State University is relatively
unique in the State of Texas in preparing students to work as environmental
engineers at the baccalaureate level. Students are prepared for employment as
an engineer, for engineering licensure, as well as for graduate studies. Extensive
study in math, engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, and environmental
engineering gives the graduate the ability to design components, processes, and
systems to meet specifications and the ability to work and communicate effectively
in team-oriented, project-management-driven environments. Computer simulation
and modern analytical tools are used to solve environmental engineering problems
within the fields of water supply and resources, environmental systems modeling,
environmental chemistry, wastewater management, solid waste management,
hazardous waste management, atmospheric systems and air pollution control, and
environmental and occupational health. Students will take a survey course covering
all aspects of environmental engineering followed by more comprehensive studies
in water resources, water and wastewater management, systems modeling
and either air pollution monitoring and control or solid and hazardous waste
management. Additional studies in ethics assure that the graduate understands
engineers’ special responsibilities to protect the health and well being of the
general public. See more details at: www.tarleton.edu/engineering.
The first two years of the Environmental Engineering program consist of
the courses in the Engineering Program. In order to ensure that students have
the solid foundation needed for success in upper level coursework, the student
must complete designated courses in the Engineering Program with a grade of
“C” or better before being admitted into upper level Environmental Engineering
coursework.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINEERING
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Environmental Engineering
(A grade of “C” or better is required in each for graduation)
BIOL 441, CHEM 108, 201, GEOL 105 15
PHYS 122 1 , 242 1 8
ENGR 111, 112, 221, 222, 223, 303 1 , 460 21
ENPH 225 4
ENVE 210, 211, 300, 301, 310, 320, 402, 410, 420, 430 37
MATH 120 1 , 209, 306, 311, 333 18
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
NUCLEAR ENGINEERING
Nuclear power will be an important component in meeting the United States
energy needs of the future. The nuclear power industry has already petitioned
the nuclear regulatory commission to construct four new reactors in Texas and

Department of Engineering and Physics 185
is expected to build at least eight new reactors over the next twenty years. Not
only will there be a need for skilled workers to man these new facilities, but also to
replace the aging existing nuclear workforce. Tarleton State University is working
with the Nuclear Power Institute, Texas Electronics Coalition for Physic and the
Nuclear Engineering Department at Texas A&M University to meet this need.
Tarleton is located approximately 30 miles southwest of Comanche Peak nuclear
plant which is the site of two of Texas’ four existing reactors and the proposed site
of two additional reactors. Tarleton students have access to nuclear engineering
classes from Texas A&M University through distance learning to prepare for
advanced study in nuclear engineering as well as special four class sequence to
reduce the time required for certification as a Nuclear Power Operator. Engineering
Physics majors may use these courses to fulfill their 9 hours of advanced technical
electives while Physics majors may use up to 26 hours to fulfill their support field.
During Fall 2009, Tarleton was second only to Texas A&M in the number of student
taking nuclear engineering courses in Texas.
PHYSICS
Physics is the science that investigates and tries to understand the basic laws
of nature. In this pursuit, it deals with the entire range of natural phenomena from
the smallest domain of sub-nuclear particles to the largest domain of distant objects
in the universe. This breadth of interests is reflected in the type of work pursued by
physicists. Some are interested in research on problems that are at the frontiers
of knowledge. Some apply this newly acquired knowledge to make practical
advances in fields like engineering. Still others use the knowledge of physics as a
basis for careers in medicine, law, teaching or administration. The Tarleton physics
program is one of the best equipped undergraduate programs in Texas with stateof-the-art
undergraduate research facilities including a 32” robotic telescope and
1 MV tandem particle accelerator. The physics program provides several different
tracks including medical physics for students interested in medicine, dentistry, or
medical physics and an astronomy track so that students can tailor the program
to meet their educational goals. By adding two or three additional courses with a
support area of mathematics or computer science, a student in the classical can
obtain a second bachelors degree in their support area. For students interested
in teaching at the high school level, secondary (grades 8-12) certification in either
Physical Science or Math/Physics is available. Through Tarleton’s membership
in the Texas Electronic Coalition for Physics and students may take upper-level
elective physics courses from professors across the Texas A&M System. Through
Tarleton’s membership in the Nuclear Power Institute students may take nuclear
engineering courses from Texas A&M’s nuclear engineering department to prepare
the student for entry into nuclear engineering graduate program.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PHYSICS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Physics
PHYS 122 1 , 242 1 , 331, 332, 334, 435 20
MATH 120 1 , 209, 306, 333 15

186 Department of Engineering and Physics
Additional Required Courses for Concentrations
Astronomy
PHYS 103, 113, 333, 403, 430, 488 18
MATH 232 3
Advanced PHYS Elective 3
Supporting field (12 hours advanced) 26
C S elective 3
Classical Track
Math 232, PHYS 333, 430, 488 11
PHYS Electives (6 hours advanced) 9
Supporting field (12 hours advanced) 26
Approved C S Elective 3
Electives 4
Medical Physics (Pre-Professional)
CHEM 105, 108, 201, 202 16
BIOL 120, 121, 474, 475 14
PHYS 350, 432, 437, 450 12
MATH 232, 311 6
Advanced Electives from BIOL, CHEM, C S, ENGR,
ENPH, MATH, or PHYS 5
With Teacher Certification, 8-12 Physical Science
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
PHYS Electives (6 hours advanced) 9
ENGL 309, MATH 404, PHYS 333, 430 12
CHEM 105, 108, 201, 486 13
With Teacher Certification, 8-12 Mathematics/Physics
MATH 311, 402, 404 9
PHYS 333, 430 6
PHYS Electives (6 hours advanced) 9
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
Approved C S Elective 3
ENGL 309 3
Elective 3
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
The Bachelor of Science Degree in Computer Science prepares graduates to
enter the high-tech work force or to continue their studies in computer science or
related disciplines at the graduate level. This program provides a strong foundation
in computer science, mathematics, and general science that is aligned with
curriculum standards as set forth within the discipline. Students are encouraged to
also specialize in a complementary area, through the support field of study.

Department of Engineering and Physics 187
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Computer Science
MATH 120, 131 1 , 209, 310 14
PHYS 122 1 , 242 1 8
Technical Electives from MATH 232, 332, 360, or
Approved advanced MATH/CIS or Advanced C S 9
Support field (12 hours advanced) 24
C S 110, 221, 230, 241, 248, 343, 380, 389, 401, 451, 478 36
ENGL 309 3
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES
Tarleton State University offers the only Bachelor of Science in Hydrology &
Water Resources in Texas, and is one of 13 such programs in the United States. The
Hydrology degree program was developed after consultation with water resource
specialists from throughout the nation and is designed to prepare students for
professional positions in hydrology and water resource development. Hydrology
is the study of the behavior of water in nature. Water is our most important natural
resource. Without it, there would be no life on earth. Managing its use so we do
not run out of water is a challenge for today and tomorrow. The water resources
expert knows how to manage the water nature provides and how to distribute it
to the places it is needed in the proper quantity and with the proper quality for the
benefit of man.
One of the unique features of the Hydrology and Water Resources Program at
Tarleton State University is that each student is required to complete an internship
before graduation (see HYDR 440-Internship in the course offerings section of this
catalog). The manner in which this requirement is met is for the student to work
from 9 to 13 weeks (generally 40 hours a week) for a company or agency that has
some expertise in hydrology. Often this leads to full-time employment at the end of
the internship. Departmental faculty will assist students in finding an appropriate
internship sponsor. Enrollment in HYDR 440 requires advisor and department
head approval. The student is required to receive a grade of C or higher in all
required HYDR, BIOL, GEOL, CHEM, MATH, ENGR, ENPH, CS, ECO, AGRN,
AEN, AEC, and PHYS courses for graduation.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HYDROLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Hydrology
HYDR 110, 211, 300, 310, 320, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450 33
PHYS 122 1 , 242, CHEM 108 1 , 201, GEOL 105 20
MATH 120 1 , 209, 311, 333 15
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.

188 Department of Engineering and Physics
Courses required for Concentrations
Hydrology Agriculture
AGSD 318, AGRN 301, 302, 312 14
A EC 105, HYDR 311, 488, MATH 360 12
Hydrology Biology
BIOL 120, 121, 307, 441 16
HYDR 311, 488, MATH 360 9
Hydrology Chemistry
BIOL 121, CHEM 202, 314, 323, 324 19
HYDR 311, 488 6
Hydrology Computer Science
HYDR 311, 488, MATH 360, CIS 331 12
C S 110, 221, 344, 401 12
Hydrology Economics
ECO 201, 202, 301, 302, 304, 306 18
HYDR 311, 488 6
Hydrology Engineering
HYDR 488, MATH 360 6
ENGR 111, 112, 221, 222, 303, 460 and ENPH 225 or 248 22
Hydrology Geosciences
GEOL 106, 300, 310, 313 15
From GEOL 312, 314, 412, or E S 413 3
HYDR 311, 488 6
A student who wishes to be eligible to take the Engineering Fundamentals
Examination as a graduate of an engineering-related science program should
take the following courses:
ENGR 221
ENGR 222
ENGR 223
ENGR 303
ENPH 225
ENPH 248
MATH 306
Principles of Engineering I
Principles of Engineering II
Principles of Engineering III
Engineering Economy
Electrical Circuit Theory
Introduction to Digital Systems Design
Differential Equations
A typical curriculum incorporating these courses may be obtained from the
Division of Hydrology and Water Resources/Engineering. Completing these
courses allows the student to minor in engineering.

Department of Engineering Technology
Dr. George Mollick, Head
Engineering Technology Building, Room 100
Box T-0400
(254) 968-9010
www.tarleton.edu/engtech
Professors: Barker
Associate Professors: Mollick, Roderick
Assistant Professors: Pippin, Smith, Willey
The Department of Engineering Technology offers programs of study leading
to a Bachelor of Science degree in Manufacturing Engineering Technology, a
Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Technology, and a Bachelor of Applied
Arts and Sciences degree in Manufacturing and Industrial Management, and a
Master of Science degree in Manufacturing Quality and Leadership.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
IN MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
The Bachelor of Science degree in Manufacturing Engineering Technology
educates students in a wide range of manufacturing related areas: quality,
ergonomics, production planning, management, control systems, productivity,
automated systems, and computer modeling. The Manufacturing Engineering
Technology courses are supplemented with a foundation of Industrial Technology
courses and emphases in mathematics, statistics, and the sciences. A wide choice
of electives compliments the degree, allowing the student maximum flexibility in
the areas of business, science, mathematics, computer information systems, and
pre-engineering.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
The Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Technology provides a common
core of courses and four emphasis areas from which to choose: General Industrial
Technology, Industrial Design, Manufacturing Operations, and Technology
Education. These emphasis areas provide students with the flexibility to tailor their
degree programs to their particular interests.
I. GENERAL INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
This emphasis area provides a broad range of experiences designed to
produce the maximum flexibility upon entering the workforce. A broad range
of courses is used to introduce the maximum number of concepts in all areas
of manufacturing and construction. Students may choose any minor that will
complement their interests.
II. INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
This emphasis area provides extensive work in computer-aided design,
computer-aided manufacturing, and computer programming to develop

190 Department of Engineering Technology
an integrated approach to mechanical and industrial design. The common
core courses are supplemented with additional design and manufacturing
experiences to provide a comprehensive understanding of design and its
application to manufacturing.
III. MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
This emphasis area provides an expanded minor in business administration
that includes courses in accounting, management, statistics, international
business and business law. Additional courses in manufacturing management,
productivity, and quality management provide an excellent combination of
business and manufacturing concepts.
IV. TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION (Secondary Teacher Certification)
This emphasis area provides students with the professional education
courses that lead to state certification to teach Technology Education courses
at the secondary level. This combination of courses provides an excellent
range of concepts that students can apply in many educational and training
fields.
BACHELOR OF APPLIED ARTS AND SCIENCES
IN MANUFACTURING AND INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
The Bachelor of Applied Arts and Sciences (BAAS) degree is designed for
students who have training in a technical area. Education received at technical
schools, community colleges, military technical schools, and employersponsored
training schools may be applied toward the degree. With appropriate
documentation, the technical training may be supplemented with a maximum of
15-21 semester credit hours for work experience. The degree allows students to
choose between two emphasis areas.
I. INDUSTRIAL OCCUPATIONS
This emphasis area allows students to custom design their degree by
supplementing their technical training with advanced courses from the
Department of Engineering Technology and other departments on campus.
The student will work with an advisor to select courses that meet the student’s
individual needs.
II. TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION (Secondary Teacher Certification)
This emphasis area provides students with the professional education
courses that lead to state certification to teach Technology Education courses
at the secondary level. This combination of courses provides an excellent
range of concepts that students can apply in many educational and training
fields.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)

Department of Engineering Technology 191
Courses Required for BS in Manufacturing Engineering Technology
I T 105, 117, 235, 303, 318, 324 or 325, 350, 495 24
MET 216, 326, 336, 386, 426, 436, 446, 476 24
MATH 109 or above; MATH 120, 209, 300 14
C S 110 or CIS 110; ENGR 303 6
CHEM 105 1 , PHYS 122 1 8
Approved Electives, 3 hours advanced 9
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Industrial Technology
I T 105, 117, 235, 303, 317, 324, 345, 350 24
MATH 109 or higher 3
Additional Courses Required for Concentrations
General Without Certification
I T 106, 318, 320, 495, MET 216, 336 18
I T or MET Electives 9
Electives from any field (18 hours advanced 1 ) 24
Industrial Design
I T 318, 405, 450, 461, 495, MET 336 18
I T or MET Electives 9
CIS 110, 240, 241, 315 12
Advanced CIS Electives 6
Electives from any field (3 hours advanced 1 ) 6
Manufacturing Operations
ENGR 303, I T 318, 320, 495, MET 216, 386, 446 21
I T or MET Electives 6
ACC 203, G B 432, 444 MGMT 301, 303, 15
G B 311 or MATH 300 3
Electives 6
Technology Education (Secondary Teacher Certification)
I T 106, 314, 325, 393, 405, MET 216, 336 21
AGSD 230, CIS 103, COMS 214, ENGL 309 12
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
1
Some students may choose to use 18 hours of electives for a minor in any
field other than I T or MET.

192 Department of Engineering Technology
THE BACHELOR OF APPLIED ARTS AND SCIENCES DEGREE
IN MANUFACTURING AND INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BAAS in Industrial Occupations
MATH 109 or higher 3
Courses Required for Concentrations
Without Teacher Certification
Occupational Specialization 1 36
I T 318 3
Advanced I T or MET Electives 24
Advanced Electives (not I T or MET) 12
Technology Education (Secondary Teacher Certification)
Occupational Specialization 2 33
CIS 103, COMS 214, ENGL 309 9
I T 106, 117, 235, 303, 314, 324, 393 21
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
1
May include work from junior or technical colleges, employer-sponsored training,
military schools, or a maximum of 21 semester credit hours for work experience.
2
May include work from junior or technical colleges, employer-sponsored training,
or a maximum of 15 semester credit hours for work experience.

Department of Mathematics
Dr. Bryant Wyatt, Head
Mathematics Building, Room 142
Box T-0470
(254) 968-9168
www.tarleton.edu/math
Professors: Kirby, Little, Littleton, Snider, Winton
Associate Professors: Brawner, Garza, Riggs, White, Wyatt
Assistant Professors: Crawford, K. Emmert, Smith
Instructors: S. Emmert, Groseclose, Jackson, McMahan, Peters,
Teague, K. Wood
The Department of Mathematics offers programs of study leading to the
Bachelor of Science and Master of Science degrees in Mathematics.
MATHEMATICS
The Bachelor of Science in Mathematics provides a program of study that
prepares students who are: 1) seeking to teach mathematics at the secondary
level; 2) seeking employment in industry; or 3) seeking to pursue graduate study
in Mathematics. A minor in Mathematics requires a minimum of 18 hours of
MATH, which will include MATH 209 and at least 6 advanced MATH hours. On the
graduate level, the Master of Science in Mathematics provides a program of study
that prepares students beyond the undergraduate level for employment in industry
or higher education. Students completing the M.S. in Mathematics also receive
preparatory work for pursuing a doctoral degree in mathematics or mathematics
education. For further information about the graduate program, see the graduate
section of the catalog. For more information about the Mathematics program, visit
the departmental web site at www.tarleton.edu/math.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Mathematics
MATH 120 1 , 209, 232, 306, 310, 311, 332, 333, 409, 411, 432 36
C S 102 or 110; C S 344 6
PHYS 122 1 4
Additional Required Courses
Without Certification 2
From MATH 301, 360, 420, 488, 490 9
Supporting field (12 hours advanced 3 ) 24
Electives 6

194 Department of Mathematics
With Secondary Certification 2
MATH 301, 402, 404, 405, ENGL 309 15
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
With 8-12 Mathematics/Physics Certification
MATH 301, 402, 404, ENGL 309 12
PHYS 242 2 , 334, 435, 3 hours Advanced PHYS Electives 13
EDU 320, 330, 430, 435, 490 18
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300; RDG 351 6
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
2
PHYS 122 and 242 are recommended for fulfillment of general education Lab Science
requirement.
3
Courses for supporting field are to be chosen from an academic area in which
mathematics is applicable. Supporting field must be developed in consultation with
the department heads involved.
Minor in Mathematics
A minor in Mathematics requires a minimum of 18 hours of MATH (of which at least
6 hours must be advanced) and including MATH 209.

Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences
Dr. Sally S. Lewis, Head
Schaffer Building
1501 Enderly Place
Fort Worth, Texas 76104
On-Campus: 7-0221
Off-Campus: (817) 926-1101
Box T-0745
www.tarleton.edu/medicallab
Associate Professors: Lewis, Murray
Assistant Professors: Hoger, Taylor, Telgenhoff
Instructors: Hood, Reyes
The Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences offers one degree/ certificate
program leading to a Bachelor of Science in Medical Laboratory Science and two
degree/certificate programs leading to Associate of Applied Science degrees in
Histotechnology and Medical Laboratory Technology and a graduate certificate in
molecular diagnostics and a Master of Science in Medical Laboratory Science with
concentrations in Molecular Diagnostics and Laboratory Management. All programs
require a program specific application located on the departmental website.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MEDICAL LABORATORY
SCIENCE
The last sixteen months of the Medical Laboratory Science degree/certificate
program is completed at the Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences, located
in Fort Worth, Texas. The certificate program is accredited by the National
Accrediting Agency for Medical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) 5600 N. Riven
Road, Suite 720, Rosemont, IL 60018. The Department consists of a teaching
center and numerous clinical affiliates located in the Dallas/Fort Worth Metroplex
and surrounding areas. The teaching center is housed in the Schaffer Building in
Fort Worth, which consists of six lecture rooms, six laboratories, a computer lab,
and a library. A continuous 16-month professional laboratory curriculum is offered,
totaling 54 semester hours, with 10 months in the teaching center and 6 months in
the clinical affiliate.
Sixteen to twenty students are admitted to the certification program in early
January and July of each year, with application deadlines of the preceding
September 1 and March 1, respectively. Admission is on a competitive basis. An
overall minimum GPA of 2.5/4.00, with a minimum GPA of 2.8 in science and math,
is required. NAACLS specifies that prerequisite college courses and numbers
of credits required shall be those necessary to ensure admission of individuals
prepared for the educational program. Prerequisite content area includes general
chemistry, organic and/or biochemistry, general biological sciences, microbiology,
and mathematics. Survey courses do not qualify as fulfillment of chemistry and
biological science prerequisites. Remedial mathematics courses will not satisfy the
mathematics requirements.
Students entering the program from other universities must fulfill the degree

196 Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences
requirements of their institution, and that institution must provide a statement of the
acceptance of the 54 hours awarded by Tarleton State University for graduation
requirements. By special arrangement prior to entrance, students may elect to
receive the degree from their original college or university or from Tarleton State
University.
Students who have already obtained a baccalaureate degree may also enter
the program, provided they have met the NAACLS minimum requirements of
sixteen credit hours in biology, chemistry, and three hours in mathematics.
Successful completion of courses will be determined with the maintenance
of a grade of C or better in lecture and laboratory courses. All students are
admitted on a probationary status and progressive academic achievement must
be maintained.
Upon successful completion of the certificate program, the Bachelor of
Science degree may also be awarded. The student is also eligible to challenge the
national board/credential examination offered by the American Society of Clinical
Pathology. For further information concerning the Medical Laboratory Science
program, contact:
Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences
MLS Advisor: Ms. Virginia Reyes
1501 Enderly Place
Fort Worth, TX 76104
(817) 926-1101
reyes@tarleton.edu
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Medical Laboratory Science
BIOL 120, 121, 307, 385, 460 20
CHEM 105 1 , 108 1 , 201, 474 15
MATH 109 3
MLS 414, 415, 416, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428, 434, 435,
436, 437, 438, 444, 445, 446, 447, 448, 451, 452,
464, 465, 466, 467, 474, 475, 476, 477,
478, 479, 482, 491, 492, 493, 494, 495 48
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
Additional Courses Required for MLS/MT Certification
In addition to the 48 hours of MLS courses required for the BS degree,
certification requires an additional 6 hours including MLS 502, 504, and 506.
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN HISTOTECHNOLOGY
The A.A.S. in Histotechnology requires a total of 70-72 credit hours consisting
of 33-35 credit hours of prerequisites, and 37 credit hours of technical program
courses. Prerequisite courses may be taken at the university or any one of the
thirteen consortium community colleges. The sophomore courses comprising the

Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences 197
technical program will be taken in Fort Worth at the Schaffer Building and affiliated
clinical hospital sites. Upon successful completion of the 70-72 hour program,
students are eligible for the AAS Degree in Histotechnology awarded from Tarleton
State University.
This program is accredited by the National Accrediting Agency for Medical
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 5600 N. Riven Road, Suite 720, Rosemont, IL
60018, (773) 714-8880. Successful completion of the program will require a grade
of “C” or better in all lecture and laboratory courses and a grade of “P” in all clinical
practicum courses. After successful completion of the program students are eligible
for the Histotechnician exam administered by the American Society for Clinical
Pathology (ASCP) Board of Registry.
General Education Requirements for AAS Histotechnology
These general education courses (33-35 hours) may be taken at the university
or any Texas Community College. Common academic course numbers are in
parentheses (where applicable).
BIOL 307
ENGL 111(ENGL 1301)
PSY 101 (PSYC 2301)
BIOL 120 and 121 (BIOL 1411 and 1413),
or BIOL 219 and 220 (BIOL 2401 and 2402)**
CHEM 101 (CHEM 1405) and Allied Heath/Science Elective,
or CHEM 105 and 108 (CHEM 1411 and 1412)*
COMS 101 or 102 (SPCH 1311 or 1315)
MATH 107 (MATH 1314)
Fine Arts Elective or Sophomore Literature
* Students must take either BIOL 219 and 220 or BIOL 120 and 121 (Take BIOL 120
and 121 if you have plans to articulate for BS degree)
** Students must take either CHEM 101 and an allied health/science elective or 105
and 108 (Take CHEM 105 and 108 if you have plans to articulate for BS degree)
Acceptance into the Histotechnology and Medical Laboratory Technology programs
is on a competitive basis through an evaluation based on letters of recommendation
and academic performance. Students must successfully complete prerequisites
before the start of the technical program in Fort Worth. Applications may be
obtained on the university Medical Laboratory Sciences website at www.tarleton.
edu/clinicallab. Students are accepted into the program three times a year to
begin in either August, January or June. Application deadlines are listed on the
application.
Required Histotechnology Courses to be taken in Fort Worth and
affiliated clinical sites:
HLAB 214, 215, 224, 225, 234, 235, 282 1 , 285 3 , 295 1 , 296 2 , 297 3 37
1
A student must enroll in these courses during their first semester whether it is Fall,
Spring or Summer term.
2
A student must enroll in these courses during their second semester whether it is
Fall, Spring or Summer term.
3
A student must enroll in these courses during their final semester whether it is Fall,
Spring or Summer term.

198 Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences
Students entering with an associate or baccalaureate degree, and who do not wish
to earn the AAS in Histotechnology degree, must have the following prerequisites:
Biology: 12 hours including Microbiology
Chemistry: 4 hours
Math: 3 hours
English: 3 hours
Students must earn a grade of “C” or better to earn credit for HLAB courses.
Glenda Hood, M.Ed., HT (ASEP) Program Director
Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences
1501 Enderly Place
Fort Worth, Texas 76104
817-926-1101
hood@tarleton.edu
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN
MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY
The A.A.S. in Medical Laboratory Technology requires a total of 70-72 credit
hours consisting of 33-35 credit hours of prerequisites, and 37 credit hours of
technical program courses. Prerequisite courses may be taken at the university or
any one of the thirteen consortium community colleges. The sophomore courses
comprising the technical program will be taken in Fort Worth at the Schaffer
Building and affiliated clinical hospital sites. Upon successful completion of the 70-
72 hour program, students are eligible for the AAS Degree in Medical Laboratory
Technology awarded from Tarleton State University.
This program is accredited by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 5600 N. Riven Road, Suite 720, Rosemont, IL
60018, (773) 714-8880. After successful completion of the program students
are eligible to take the Medical Laboratory Technician exam administered by the
American Society for Clinical Pathology (ASCP) Board of Registry.
Acceptance into the Histotechnology and Medical Laboratory Technology
programs is on a competitive basis through an evaluation based on letters
of recommendation and academic performance. Students must successfully
complete prerequisites before the start of the technical program in Fort Worth.
Applications may be obtained on the university Medical Laboratory Sciences
website at www.tarleton.edu/clinicallab. Students are accepted into the program
three times a year to begin in either August, January or May. Application deadlines
are listed on the application.
General Education Requirements:
See A.A.S in Histotechnology (33-35 credit hours)
Required Medical Laboratory Technology Courses to be taken in
Fort Worth and affiliated clinical sites:
MLAB 214, 224, 228, 234, 244, 264, 274,
276, 282 1 , 285 2 , 292 2 , 293, 294, 295 37
1
A student must enroll in these courses during their first semester whether it is Fall,
Spring or Summer term.

Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences 199
2
A student must enroll in these courses during their final semester whether it is Fall,
Spring or Summer term.
Students entering with an associates or baccalaureate degree must have the
following prerequisites:
Biology: 12 hours including Microbiology
Chemistry: 4 hours
Math: 3 hours
English: 3 hours
Students must earn a grade of “C” or better to earn credit for MLAB courses.
Ms. Viginia Reyes, MLT Advisor, Program Director
Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences
1501 Enderly Place
Fort Worth, Texas 76104
817-926-1101
reyes@tarleton.edu
Certificate in Molecular Diagnostics
Requirements for entry:
1. Full MLS or conditional admission to the College of Graduate Studies
2. MT (ASCP) certification or categorical certification from ASCP or CT (ASCP)
or approval of the Department Head
3. Completed Molecular Diagnostics Certificate application and $35 fee.
Courses:
(17 credit hours)
MLS 520,521,525,530,531,550,551
Contact:
Dr. Sally Lewis, Molecular Diagnostics Advisor
Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences
1501 Enderly Place
Fort Worth, Texas 76104
817-926-1101
slewis@tarleton.edu
THE BACHELOR OF APPLIED TECHNOLOGY OF HEALTH
PROFESSIONS TECHNOLOGY
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BAT of Health Professions Technology
Approved Certificate Program 33
MLS 448 1
HPT 320, 350, 404, 405, 449, 450 17
MGMT 320; ENGL 309 6
From ADMS 318, 413, CIS 312, 315, 479, COMS 404,
ENGL 312, 412, G B 434, FCS 210, MATH 350,
MGMT 301, 302, 303, PSY 301, 303, 311, SOC 304 21

Department of Nursing
Dr. Elaine Evans, Head
Nursing Center
Box T-0500
(254) 968-9139
www.tarleton.edu/nursing
Associate Professors: Evans
Assistant Professors: Duran, Figueroa, Glidewell,
Kunce, Maness, Montgomery, Walker, Woods
Instructors: Donwerth, Fernandez, Gaither,
Pehl, Winslow, Winton, Zapata
The Department of Nursing offers the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)
Degree for beginning (generic) and licensed (LVN) students. Upon successful
completion of the BSN curriculum, graduates are eligible to take the National
Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN).
OBJECTIVES
The Department’s nursing graduates address the challenges of a dynamic
health care delivery system by initiating resourceful solutions for health promotion,
risk reduction, and disease management.
Based on the core values and mission statements of the university, College of
Science and Technology, and the Department of Nursing, the following behaviors
reflect expected outcomes (terminal objectives) for the nursing program. Graduates
of the baccalaureate nursing program will:
Provider of Care (Doing)
1. Function as a knowledge worker with strong critical reasoning, clinical
judgment, communication and assessment skills.
2. Practice within complex health care systems at a beginning proficiency and
efficiency level to evaluate patient changes and progress over time and
implement evidence-based nursing interventions to safely manage acute and
chronic care of patients.
3. Provide direct and indirect safe care for individuals, families, groups and
populations with a focus on health promotion and risk reduction across the
lifespan and across the continuum of healthcare environments.
4. Provide patient-centered, compassionate and evidence-based care that
identifies respects and addresses patient and family differences, values,
preferences and expressed needs.
5. Use skills of inquiry, analysis, information literacy, information management and
emerging technology methods to address practice issues and communicate
effectively.
Designer, Coordinator & Manager of Care (Leading)
6. Manage care transitions, be an active participant on the inter/intra-professional
team, identify system issues, and develop working skills in delegation,
prioritization, and oversight of care.

Department of Nursing 201
7. Employ principles of quality improvement, healthcare policy, and costeffectiveness
to participate in the development and initiation of effective
plans for changes in microsystem and/or system-wide practice environments
that lead to improvements in the quality of healthcare delivery and patient
outcomes.
Member of a Profession (Being)
8. Develop and demonstrate professional standards, attitudes and values that
are fundamental to the discipline of nursing.
9. Demonstrate professionalism, including attention to appearance, demeanor,
respect for self and others, and attention to professional and personal
boundaries with patients and families as well as among caregivers.
10. Participate in professional and civic organizations to support and advocate
for agendas that enhance high quality, cost effective health care, and/or the
advancement of the profession.
11. Engage in continuous self-evaluation and life-long learning to foster
professional growth and development, to improve own practice and maintain
a current knowledge base.
CLINICAL EXPERIENCES
Clinical experiences are an integral part of the nursing curriculum, and a
complementary relationship exists between classroom and clinical components
of the program. On campus simulation labs as well as hospitals and other clinical
agencies in Brown, Bosque, Comanche, Eastland, Erath, Hood, Johnson, Palo
Pinto, Parker, and Somervell Counties are used for student clinical experiences.
The VA Hospital in Waco is also used to provide an in-patient psychiatric experience.
Students travel to Dallas for an in-patient pediatric clinical and to Waco for clinical
experiences during their senior year.
All clinical experiences are under the supervision of a University nursing
faculty member. Although a student’s place of residence is considered when
planning clinical experiences, the primary consideration is the learning needs of
the student. Therefore, students are expected to travel to several clinical agencies
during the program of study. Clinical experiences are scheduled during day and
evening hours.
ADVISEMENT AND COUNSELING
Appointments with nursing faculty advisors may be scheduled Monday
thorough Friday through the secretary of the Department of Nursing at 254-968-
9139 or 9717. Students should visit with a nursing faculty advisor early in their
course of study to learn about entry requirements and the admission process.
Students should also visit with a faculty advisor each semester prior to registering
for courses.
PROGRAM ENTRY AND EDUCATIONAL MOBILITY
Graduates of vocational, associate degree/diploma and baccalaureate
nursing programs acquire a common core of knowledge, attitudes, and cognitive
and psychomotor skills. However, there are distinct differences in the breadth,
depth, scope of preparation, and knowledge presented to students in each type of
program. A basic premise of Tarleton State University’s innovative multiple entry
nursing program, is acknowledgement of previous learning in order to provide
career mobility. This is balanced against a concern for maintaining high quality
in the educational program and assuring the public of the quality of the education

202 Department of Nursing
of the graduate. For purposes of program entry, eligible groups are defined as
follows:
Generic Students are those students with no previous formal nursing
education. Generic Students enter the program through NUR 250. NUR 250 is a
preadmission course and serves as the applicant pool for the program. Students
are not required to complete the program application process to take NUR 250.
Passing NUR 250 does not guarantee admission to the program. Students may
take NUR 250 as early as the first semester of their sophomore year or when most
of the non-nursing degree requirements are completed.
Some highly qualified students who have all non-nursing courses completed
and have completed the nursing application process by the deadline may be
eligible to take NUR 250 with the Sophomore Semester II (NUR 255, 260, 265,
and 270) nursing courses. Notification of admission is required before student
may participate in this process.
LVNs are those graduates of practical or vocational nursing programs who
hold a current license to practice nursing in Texas. LVNs receive credit for some
nursing courses upon successful completion of the transition semester. LVNs
must be admitted to the program before any nursing courses may be taken. LVNs
enter the program through a transition semester (NUR 322, 301, 305, and 316).
LVNs should wait to apply to take the transition semester when almost all of the
non-nursing degree requirements are completed.
NURSING PROGRAM ADMISSION PROCESS
A point system is used to select all students (generic and LVN) for admission
to the Nursing Program at Tarleton State University (TSU). Students who submit
all application materials and *TEAS® scores by the deadline and meet admission
requirements will be ranked on a list in descending order according to their total
number of points. Slots will be filled from the point list until classes are full. The
point list will be eliminated immediately after the last date to register for university
credit. Students not admitted must submit a new application to be considered for
the next admission cycle.
Application to the nursing program is separate from and in addition to the
application to Tarleton. To be considered for the program admission the individual
MUST meet admission requirements and submit application materials and
*TEAS® scores to the Department of Nursing and application materials to the
Tarleton State University Office of Admissions on or before the deadline of March
1 st for the fall semester and September 1 st for the spring semester.
Department of Nursing application materials are available in the Nursing Office.
The nursing program application must be submitted between December 1 to
March 1 for Fall & June 1 to September 1 for Spring). Applications submitted
outside of this timeframe will not be considered.
Students may take the TEAS® at any time during the process of completing
the non-nursing degree requirements – before, during or after. However, it may
be beneficial to wait until completion of five to eight program degree requirement
courses before taking the TEAS®.
Admission Requirements
1. GPA of 2.75 or higher on specific completed English and Science program
prerequisite courses (BIOL 219, 220, and 307, CHEM 103 or 105, and ENGL
111 and 112).
2. *Composite score greater than or equal to the national baccalaureate program
average on the Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAS®) or have 1110 or

Department of Nursing 203
higher on the SAT, or 24 or higher on the ACT.
Only TEAS® scores submitted from an authorized testing center will be
accepted (directly from TSU testing center or with testing center seal/signature
if taken at a college/university other that TSU).
3. Achieve a minimum of 110 selection points before the residency points are
added.
4. Ability to complete all program non-nursing degree requirement courses with
a minimum grade of C prior to the program enrollment.
5. Eligibility for RN licensure upon graduation. All undergraduate applicants who
are admitted to the Department of Nursing are required to complete a criminal
background check. No student will be allowed program entry without a clear
report or a letter from the Texas Board of Nursing certifying that any criminal
history is not a danger to the public.
Full Admission
Students are considered for full admission to the undergraduate nursing
program if all of the admission requirements 1-4 described in the previous section
are fully met.
Conditional Admission
Students are eligible for consideration for conditional admission to the
undergraduate nursing program if there are no more than five (5) outstanding nonnursing
courses required to complete the nursing degree by the deadline and all
the admission requirements 1-4 are fully met.
PROGRESSION AND RETENTION
The following criteria have been established by the Department of Nursing for
progression and retention:
A student may progress in the program when the following conditions are met:
1. Satisfactory completion of the Tarleton State University requirements for
progression.
2. Successful completion of required nursing and non-nursing courses with a
minimum grade of C.
3. Successful completion of prerequisite courses for each nursing course.
4. Successful completion of both the theory and clinical portion of each nursing
course with a clinical component. Failure in one component constitutes failure
of the course and if allowed to repeat the course, both the clinical and theory
components must be repeated.
Following admission to the program, a student must:
1. Complete all nursing courses at Tarleton State University which are required
for the degree.
2. Seek permission from the Department Head prior to enrolling in core curriculum
and non-nursing degree requirements at other universities or colleges.
The student must request permission to repeat a nursing course due to
failure or withdrawal. The student must write a letter of petition to the admission
committee.
1. This petition must include:
• Reason for withdrawal or failure to successfully complete the course.
• Steps which student will take to insure successful completion of

204 Department of Nursing
course when repeated.
• Date corrective steps will be completed.
2. In judging whether a student should be given the opportunity to repeat a
nursing course, the SAMAS Committee will assess the following information:
• Student’s overall academic performance - student’s GPA on required
courses and review of the transcript for pattern of course loads,
withdrawals, and number of repeated courses.
• The congruence of the student’s plans for corrective action in the
letter of petition with the stated reasons for failure. The feasibility of
the plan is also assessed.
• The student file to determine adherence to program standards and
clinical performance in the present or previous courses
3. Permission to repeat a course, if granted, is on a space available basis. The
student must usually wait at least one semester before being allowed to
repeat a course.
A student will be unable to progress in the program if any two nursing courses
are failed or any one course is failed twice.
RE-ADMISSION TO THE DEPARTMENT OF NURSING
Re-admission to the Department of Nursing is not automatic. Students who
have an interruption in the normal progression of nursing courses must gain
permission before taking any nursing course. An interruption is defined as an
inability to achieve a passing grade, withdrawal, or non-enrollment called “stop
out”.
The Department of Nursing Student Affairs, Matriculation and Academic
Standards (SAMAS) Committee evaluates the student’s request for readmission or
to retake any nursing course. The SAMAS committee grants or denies the request
according to the student’s general academic history, nursing course grades, clinical
evaluations, and potential for success. Readmission to the nursing program or
permission to retake any course is based on the professional judgment of SAMAS
Committee members and is contingent upon class size (space available). Students
will receive a letter from the Department Head informing the student of the decision
of the SAMAS) Committee.
Students who have withdrawn from a course or courses or fail to achieve a
passing grade in a course should follow the procedure outlined in the Progression
Policy.
When a student, following program admission, has an interruption due to
non-enrollment in the next nursing course sequence, the student is considered
a “stop out”. Students who “stop out” must complete any university requirements
for readmission and complete the following requirements for the Department of
Nursing by March 1 for fall semester or September 1 for the spring semester.
Students must be able to complete the BSN program within six (6) calendar years
after completing NUR 250. A student needing additional time to complete the
nursing program must submit a written request to the Department Head for the
extension.
• After a lapse of one semester, students interested in returning to the program
must notify the SAMAS Committee in writing of their desire to return. If the
semester absence was due to a major health problem, a physician’s clearance
must be submitted in order to return to classes and clinical. Students must
have the appropriate prerequisite courses to progress and meet with an

Department of Nursing 205
advisor prior to registering to develop a degree to determine if all curricular
and program requirements are met. Students must undergo testing for
the presence of drugs prior to reentering the program. Readmission will
be contingent on fulfilling any requirements specified in a letter from the
Department Head.
• After a lapse of two semesters or more, students who “stop out” in addition to
the above requirements must also:
1. Submit a completed nursing program application.
2. Adhere to the most current catalog requirements.
3. Submit a completed current physical examination form.
4. Submit a current CPR Certification (adult and child), current tuberculin skin
test, pay malpractice insurance, and fulfill any other application requirements
specified in the readmission letter from the Department Head.
5. Validate competency in clinical skills.
STANDARDIZED ACHIEVEMENT EXAMINATIONS
Standardized achievement examinations may be administered throughout the
nursing program. In addition to fulfilling the academic requirements of the university
and the Nursing program, all students must take a standardized comprehensive
achievement examination in the final semester of the nursing program in order to
graduate.
EXPENSES OF THE NURSING PROGRAM
In addition to general university tuition and fees, the student majoring in
nursing assumes financial responsibility for payment of criminal background
check, uniforms, and clinical accessories. Course fees collected through university
tuition and fee structure provide funds to pay the student’s malpractice insurance,
and purchase of equipment and disposable lab supplies. In the final semester of
study the student is required to pay fees for the application to take the NCLEX-RN
and the application for licensure. Go to www.bon.state.tx.us for information on
current fee structure.
Upon admission to the nursing program all students must submit evidence
of the following: (1) current immunizations- MMR, hepatitis B series (3 injections),
tetanus, diphtheria, pertussis, polio (2) TB screening (updated on a yearly basis) (3)
American Heart Association Healthcare Provider CPR or Red Cross Professional
CPR certification.
The student must also provide her/his own transportation to health care
agencies. Driving distances will vary; clinical assignments will be based on
availability of learning experiences. Due to travel distances it may be necessary
for the student to stay overnight in order to participate in clinical experiences. The
student is responsible to pay room and board if overnight stay is necessary.
THE BACHELOR OF SCENCE DEGREE IN NURSING
Semester Hours
General Education Requirements 42
(Please see Academic Information section)
Courses Required for BS in Nursing
NUR 301, 302, 303, 322, 325, 330, 408, 410, 411, 412, 425, 460 41
BIOL 219 1 , 220 1 , 307 12
CHEM 103 or 105 4
MATH 131 3

206 Department of Nursing
FCS 210 3
PSY 101, 307 6
Approved Upper-level Elective 3
Nursing Courses Required
Generic Nursing 2
NUR 250, 255, 260, 265, 270, 323 19
LVN Nursing Program 3
NUR 305, 316 7
1
Course may be counted toward general education requirement.
2
Generic students may complete non-nursing course requirements while completing
the preadmission course, NUR 250.
3
The LVN is awarded 12 SCH of credit for past education upon successful completion
of the transition semester.
Note: The typical curriculum for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing requires (1) a
minimum of 120 semester hours with 57 to 60 of the semester hours being nursing credits
and (2) a minimum of 45 semester hour of advanced credit (300 level or above).
All students must complete all degree requirements with a grade of “C” or better
including the university general education requirements and courses required for the major.

Tarleton State University
College of Graduate Studies
CATALOG
2011-2012

COLLEGE OF GRADUATE STUDIES
Dr. Linda M. Jones, Dean
Administration Building, Room 141
Box T-0350
(254) 968-9104
www.tarleton.edu/graduate
The Texas A&M University System Board of Directors approved graduate
degree programs at the master’s level for Tarleton State University on November
26, 1969. Meeting in special session at College Station, the Coordinating Board
of the Texas College and University Systems granted approval on December 4,
1969, for three initial master’s-level programs, setting the Fall Semester of 1971
as the effective date of graduate course offerings for the programs.
Approved programs include the Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master
of Business Administration, Master of Education, Master of Criminal Justice and
Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership.
GOALS
The mission of the College of Graduate Studies is to promote excellence
in graduate education through teaching, research, and service. The College of
Graduate Studies, in conjunction with the Graduate Council, accomplishes its
mission through the planning and development of policy and procedures related to
graduate education; the recruitment, admission, and retention of qualified students;
and by providing support and coordination of high quality course offerings and
degree programs.
The aims of the College of Graduate Studies are to:
1. increase the professional competence of students in their chosen fields;
2. train students in analytical methodology; and
3. provide advanced training in academic disciplines.
ADMINISTRATION
Administration of the College of Graduate Studies is the responsibility of the
Dean of the College of Graduate Studies. The Graduate Council, comprised of
graduate faculty representatives from departments having graduate programs,
assists in establishing policies concerning the graduate school. The Dean of the
College of Graduate Studies is chair of the Graduate Council and has the authority
to act for the administration and the Council within limits of policy.
GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
Tarleton State University offers the Master of Education degree with majors
in Curriculum and Instruction, Educational Administration, Kinesiology, and
Counseling; the Master of Arts degree with major fields in English, History, and
Political Science; the Master of Science degree with major fields in Agriculture,
Agricultural and Consumer Resources, Biology, Counseling Psychology,
Educational Psychology, Environmental Science, Human Resource Management,
Information Systems, Manufacturing Quality and Leadership, Liberal Studies,
Management and Leadership, Mathematics, and Medical Laboratory Science; the

College of Graduate Studies 209
Master of Business Administration degree; the Master of Criminal Justice, and the
Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership degree.
Admission policies, program requirements, and comprehensive examination
procedures for each of these graduate degree programs are specifically described
within the appropriate departmental sections that follow.
COLLEGE/DEPARTMENT MAJOR DEGREE
College of Agricultural & Environmental Sciences
Department of Environmental and Agriculture MS
Agricultural Management
Department of Agricultural Agricultural and MS
and Consumer Sciences
Consumer Resources
Department of Animal Science and Agriculture MS
Wildlife Management
College of Business Administration
Department of Computer Information
Systems Information Systems MS
Department of Management, Business Administration MBA
Marketing, and Administrative Systems
Human Resource Management MS
Management and Leadership MS
College of Education
Department of Curriculum
and Instruction Curriculum and Instruction MEd
Department of Educational
Leadership and Policy Studies Educational Administration MEd
Department of Kinesiology Kinesiology MEd
Department of Psychology *Specialist in School SSP
and Counseling
Psychology
Counseling
Counseling Psychology
*Educational Psychology
Educational Leadership
MEd
MS
MS
EdD
College of Liberal & Fine Arts
Department of English & Languages English MA
Department of Social Sciences History MA
*Political Science
MA
Department of Social Work, Criminal Justice MCJ
Sociology, & Criminal Justice
College of Science & Technology
Department of Biological Sciences Biology MS
Department of Chemistry, Geosciences, Environmental Science MS
and Environmental Science
Department of Engineering Technology Manufacturing Quality and MS
Leadership
Department of Mathematics Mathematics MS
Department of Medical
Laboratory Sciences Medical Laboratory Science MS

210 College of Graduate Studies
College of Graduate Studies *Liberal Studies MS
*These graduate degree programs are being phased-out by the University. No new admissions
will be allowed.
GENERAL GRADUATE ADMISSIONS
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE OF GRADUATE STUDIES
Admission to the College of Graduate Studies is administered for the
Graduate Council by the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies. Applicants
seeking admission must present the following credentials and materials indicating
they possess the ability to pursue graduate work successfully:
1. A formal application for admission. Application forms are available from
the Office of the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies, Room 141,
Administration Building. For U.S. citizens, applications must be received one
month prior to the regular registration dates indicated in the current University
Calendar. A $30 application-processing fee must accompany applications of
students who will be attending Tarleton for the first time or who have not been
enrolled at Tarleton for one year. Checks should be made payable to Tarleton
State University.
2. Official transcript(s) of all previous academic course work. The transcript must
bear the date of bachelor’s degree conferral or master’s degree if applicable,
and indicate that the applicant was in good standing at the last institution
attended.
3. Scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Exam (GRE). These
scores should be sent directly to the Graduate Office by the Educational
Testing Service. See categories of admission for specific requirements.
4. A 200-300 word essay addressing his/her career and academic goals.
Beyond these general requirements for admission to the College of Graduate
Studies, departments may set additional standards for admission to degree
programs, subject to administrative approval.
CATEGORIES OF ADMISSION
Enrollment in the College of Graduate Studies requires that students obtain
the following:
a. admission to a graduate degree program,
b. admission to a professional (graduate) certificate program
c. provisional admission for Tarleton undergraduates, or
d. admission as a special (non-degree seeking) student
Degree-seeking students are granted either full (unconditional) admission or
conditional admission.
1. Admission to a Graduate Degree Program
Full Admission. Admission to any graduate degree program is granted by the
Dean of the College of Graduate Studies upon recommendation of the department
of proposed study. Full admission is awarded to applicants who meet the following
requirements:
a. a bachelor’s degree from an accredited U.S. institution or the equivalent
from a foreign institution;
b. a minimum grade point average (based on a 4-point scale) of 3.0 on the
last 60 hours of credit completed;
c. acceptable scores on the Aptitude Test of the GRE; (Master of Business
Administration students may substitute acceptable scores on the GMAT.)

College of Graduate Studies 211
Some departments also accept MAT scores.
d. submission of a 200-300 word essay addressing professional and career
goals.
Completion of specific departmental admission requirements and recommendation
for admission from the appropriate department may be required for admission to
the chosen field of study.
Conditional Admission. A student may be granted conditional admission.
Conditional admission will not be granted, however, to a student whose GPA
is less than 2.5 on the last 60 hours of course work completed.
GRE, GMAT or MAT scores must be submitted at the time of application if the
GPA is below 3.0.
When a student entering on conditional admission has satisfied all
requirements, they may be granted full admission after being recommended by
the academic department.
Applicants who for reasons beyond their control cannot provide official
documents required for admission to the College of Graduate Studies by the
time of initial enrollment may be admitted for one semester pending receipt of the
required documents.
2. Admission to a Professional Teacher Certificate Program
Professional teacher certificate programs are open only to graduate students.
Admission to a professional teacher certificate program is granted upon the
recommendation of the head of the department in which the program is offered
and the submission of a certificate plan approved by the University Teacher
Certification Officer.
Students who are not seeking a master’s degree are not required to submit
scores on the GRE, GMAT or MAT. However, official transcript(s) that indicate the
conferral of the highest degree and good standing at the last college attended are
required.
3. Provisional Admission for Undergraduates
An undergraduate enrolled in a bachelor’s degree program at Tarleton may
be considered for admission to the College of Graduate Studies provided that the
student
a. is within 12 hours of graduation;
b. is recommended by his/her major department; and
c. has attained a minimum GPA of 3.0 on the last 60 hours of undergraduate
course work
d. may take no more than 12 hours of graduate work while in provisional
status.
e. must submit GRE scores during the first semester of graduate course
work and re-apply for admission as a graduate student to enroll for
graduate courses upon completion of the bachelor’s degree.
Note: No graduate course work may be counted toward an undergraduate degree.
ADMISSION AS A NON-DEGREE STUDENT
Applicants who designate that they do not choose to seek a graduate degree
but who hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college may be enrolled
for course work in the College of Graduate Studies as Special Non-degree
seeking graduate students. Students in this category may take up to 18 hours of
course work. They waive the right to count more than 6 hours toward an advanced
degree at Tarleton State University. In order to have any graduate course work
count toward a master’s degree, students must meet admission criteria to the

212 College of Graduate Studies
College of Graduate Studies at the time application is made and course work is
taken.
Non-degree students are not required to submit scores on the GRE or the
GMAT. However, official transcript(s) which indicate the conferral of the bachelor’s
degree and good standing at the last college attended are required. Admission will
not be granted to a student whose GPA is less than a 2.5 on the last 60 hours of
course work completed.
An applicant to a degree program who appears to be admissible on the
basis of the credentials submitted, but who is unable to supply all of the official
records prior to registration may be admitted for one semester pending receipt of
official transcripts. A student who is in special status has no assurance, however,
that work completed while in this classification will be applicable toward degree
requirements should he or she subsequently gain admission to a degree program.
ADMISSION AS A POST-BACCALAUREATE STUDENT
An applicant who does not wish to pursue a graduate degree or graduate-level
teacher certification program but who has earned a bachelor’s degree from an
accredited U.S. institution and who is in good standing at the last school attended
may apply for admission as a post-baccalaureate student. These applications are
received and processed in the Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
Post-baccalaureate students are subject to all requirements and regulations
that apply to undergraduates. They must meet the academic progress standards
applicable to undergraduates and are subject to the same probation/suspension
policies.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS’ ADMISSION
Admission of international students to graduate programs will be based upon
holding a valid U.S. equivalent bachelor’s-level degree from an accredited college
or university. The quality of the applicant’s college-level work is judged from the
scores, grade point average and writing sample. A nonrefundable processing fee
of $130 (US) made payable to Tarleton State University must be included with
the application. Along with the application, the student must include all previous
university academic records officially translated in the English language. Applicants
must provide official transcripts and evaluations of all previous university academic
records. Evaluations must be done by recognized evaluation services and typically
must adhere to standards of the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and
Admissions Officers and include items such as course names, course descriptions,
course credit, course grades, grade point average, and degree earned and
the date earned as recommended by the National Council on the Evaluation of
Foreign Educational Credentials. Applicants must provide official transcripts and
evaluations of all previous university academic records. Evaluations must be
done by recognized evaluation services and typically must adhere to standards
of the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers
and include items such as course names, course descriptions, course grades,
grade point average, and degree earned and the date earned as recommended
by the National Council on the Evaluation of Foreign Educational Credentials.
The International Academic Program office can provide a list of evaluation service
providers but it is the applicant’s responsibility to secure and pay for the evaluation
and to make sure it is done early enough to meet admission deadlines.
In addition to a signed application requirement and evaluated documents,
the College of Graduate Studies requires a minimum admission score average

College of Graduate Studies 213
(CGPA) of 3.0 for the Bachelor Degree, the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) minimum score of 80 on the Internet-based test, a minimum score of
213 on the computer-based test, or a minimum score of 550 on the paper-based
test, and evidence of a GRE or GMAT* score, the applicant may be required to
attend additional English classes to improve speaking and writing skills, or on the
recommendation of the Head of the Department, may be required to take leveling
classes in a particular field of study as instituted by the Department.
The international applicant must have a reliable financial sponsor. A sponsor
is obligated to endorse all expenditures for the applicant during the entire course of
study. Note that a copy of all financial statement documentation must be included
with the admission packet.
International applicants must submit two passport-style color photos taken
within six months of application. Additionally, Tarleton State University requires that
all students have medical insurance with coverage in the United States. Students
may wish to purchase insurance through the University upon arrival.
All application materials must be sent to the Office of International Programs.
Applications cannot be processed and an I-20 cannot be issued until all materials
are received and the applicant is admitted in the College of Graduate Studies.
For more details about admission for international students, please consult
our web page at www.tarleton.edu/international.
*Students planning to pursue a master’s program in business may submit
GMAT scores instead of GRE scores.
UNITED STATES TRANSFER STUDENTS
At the time of application, students who have attempted graduate level credit
at an accredited United States institution after graduation with a bachelor degree
are considered transfer students. Applicants must be eligible to enroll at all colleges
and universities previously attended and submit final official transcripts from each
college or university attended. For students who have previously attended Tarleton
State University, transfer work and Tarleton work will be combined to determine a
cumulative GPA. Transferred developmental and similar non-college credits are
not used in determining the GPA needed to be eligible for transfer admission.
ENROLLMENT IN GRADUATE COURSES
GRADUATE ADVISOR AND STUDENT’S ADVISORY COMMITTEE
The graduate advisor, designated by a department, assists students in
planning their initial course work prior to granting of admission to the program
of study. Before seeking enrollment in any course that might be applied toward a
master’s degree, students must consult their advisors. A temporary advisor will be
available to those enrolling for the first time in an off-campus course.
After receiving admission to the College of Graduate Studies and enrolling for
graduate courses, the student should consult with the graduate advisor concerning
appointment of an advisory committee. The advisory committee is responsible
for guiding and directing the student’s entire academic program, which includes
initiating all academic actions concerning the student, developing the degree plan,
and administering the comprehensive testing prior to conferral of the master’s
degree. Moreover, the advisory committee, as a group and as individual members,
is responsible for counseling the student on academic matters, and in the case
of academic deficiency, initiating recommendations to the Dean of the College of
Graduate Studies.

214 College of Graduate Studies
CAMPUS AND OFF-CAMPUS ENROLLMENT
Graduate courses are offered on the Tarleton State University campus in
Stephenville, and in certain off-campus locations approved by the Texas Higher
Education Coordinating Board.
ACADEMIC LOAD
Load for a full-time graduate student is 9 semester hours in the fall or spring
semester. Summer loads are determined by the length of the summer session in
which the student is enrolled.
Master’s Graduate
Semester
Hours
16 weeks
(Fall and Spring)
10 weeks
(Summer)
8 week
session
5 week
session
Maximum load
Full load
16 hours
9 hours
12 hours
6 hours
9 hours
5 hours
6 hours
3 hours
Doctoral Graduate
Semester Hours
16 weeks
(Fall and Spring)
10 weeks
(Summer)
Maximum load
9 hours
Full load 6 hours 6 hours
GRADUATE STUDENT PERFORMANCE
Every student enrolled in the College of Graduate Studies is required to
maintain a high level of performance and comply fully with the policies of the
institution. The College reserves the right to suspend any graduate student who
does not maintain satisfactory academic standing or fails to conform to University
regulations.
Students who have achieved admission are expected to maintain a minimum
3.0 GPA on work completed at Tarleton. If in a particular semester a student’s
cumulative or overall GPA falls below the minimum, he/she will be given notice of
unsatisfactory academic performance. The student must attain a 3.0 cumulative
GPA during her or his next period of enrollment; failure to do so will result in
suspension for one long semester or the summer term. A student must maintain at
least a 3.0 grade point average every semester upon returning from the suspension.
A graduate student is allowed one suspension. If poor academic performance
results in a second suspension, the student will be permanently dismissed from
the university.
At the end of any grading period, if a student’s overall GPA falls below
2.0 he/she will be automatically suspended. Students who have been admitted
conditionally must meet the requirements stipulated for attaining full admission
status. Conditions may require a GPA greater than 3.0. If requirements are not met,
admission will be rescinded, and any further enrollment will be for undergraduate
course work only, as a post-baccalaureate student.
Post-baccalaureate students are subject to the academic progress policies
applicable to undergraduates at Tarleton State University. Academic deficiencies of
students in this category will be calculated according to the current undergraduate
probation/suspension policy.
Graduate students who are on first-time suspension must apply to the Dean
of the College of Graduate Studies for reinstatement.

College of Graduate Studies 215
GRADING SYSTEM
Graduate degree credit is allowed only for A, B, and C grades. A grade point
average of 3.0 or higher is required:
1. for all courses included in a degree plan;
2. for all the courses comprising the major field; and
3. for the courses comprising the concentration field, if one is selected.
4. cumulative on all courses taken
Courses taken at Tarleton may not be repeated at another institution for degree
credit. If a course is repeated at Tarleton, the better grade in the course shall be
counted in computing the student’s grade point average.
The grading system for graduate students is:
A-Excellent, 4 grade points per semester hour
B-Good, 3 grade points per semester hour
C-Fair, 2 grade points per semester hour
D-Not Passing for graduate course work. Course must be repeated.
F-Failing
I-In Progress (for thesis courses only)
K-Incomplete
PR-In Progress (for dissertation courses only)
S-Satisfactory (for completion of 6 hours of thesis and 12 hours of dissertation
courses only)
W-Withdrawal from course, no grade designated
WF-Withdrawal failing (included in GPA)
Z-Research or practicum courses for which only grade given is for final three
hours enrolled. Exclusive use for Department of Curriculum and Instruction.
The grade K shall be recorded for a student only in case of extraordinary
circumstances. This entry is used only in such cases after the instructor and his/
her department head have concurred that the incomplete entry is justified. A grade
of K must be made up by the end of the next semester and in all cases before
registering for the next sequential course. If this grade is not made up within the
prescribed time limit, it automatically becomes an F.
Internships in Education not completed during the first semester of registration
will receive a letter grade of K (incomplete). Registration will be permitted for the
following semester, at which time a letter grade will be awarded upon satisfactory
completion of the required work. If the work is not completed during the subsequent
semester, the previous semester’s K will become NC, and a letter grade of F will be
placed on the transcript for the subsequent semester’s work.
COMPLETION TIME LIMIT
Course credits more than six years old may not be counted for a degree.
Credits are considered to be earned when they are recorded on the official
transcript.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MASTER’S DEGREE
SEMESTER HOUR MINIMUM
The candidate must earn graduate credit amounting to a minimum of 30-36
semester hours.

216 College of Graduate Studies
CREDIT FOR PROBLEMS COURSES
Courses at the 300- and 400-level may be counted toward the degree upon
a written recommendation of the student’s advisor and approval of the chair of
the department in which the course is offered and the Dean of the College of
Graduate Studies. Students taking such courses for graduate credit will be
expected to complete course requirements different from those ordinarily included
for undergraduates. The number of individual problems courses taken for credit
toward the degree and the approved undergraduate courses is limited to a
combination of no more than 12 hours.
Undergraduate courses taken for leveling or as undesignated electives are
used in the calculation of the semester and cumulative grade point averages and
thus determine one’s academic standing.
LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFER AND CORRESPONDENCE COURSES
Upon the recommendation of the advisory committee and the head of the
major department and the approval of the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies,
the University may accept as many as 12 hours of graduate work completed at
another regionally accredited institution. Course work in which no formal grades
are given or in which grades other than letter grades (A, B, C, etc.) are given (for
example CR, P, S, U, etc.) is not accepted for transfer credit. Credit for course work
submitted for transfer from any college or university must be shown in semester
credit hours or equated to semester credit hours.
A maximum of 6 hours from courses that have been applied or counted toward
a completed graduate degree program may be transferred into a Tarleton master’s
degree or doctoral program with the approval of the academic department in
which the degree is sought. A maximum of 6 hours from a completed master’s
degree from Tarleton may be counted toward a second master’s degree with the
approval of the academic department. All courses accepted in transfer must have
been completed within six years of the time that the student will complete his/her
graduate degree program at Tarleton.
No academic work completed by correspondence may be applied to graduate
degree programs.
ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY FOR MASTER’S DEGREE
Full admission to graduate study is a prerequisite to admission to candidacy
for the master’s degree. A graduate student may be admitted to candidacy when
his / her advisory committee files an approved degree plan accompanied by the
student’s application for candidacy. The advisory committee will not file a degree
plan until the student has completed at least 12 semester hours of graduate credit
with an overall B (3.0) GPA.
DEGREE PLAN
A graduate student’s degree plan includes those courses listed for degree
credit on the official degree plan form. All courses on the approved degree plan
must be completed with a satisfactory grade to meet requirements for the degree.
Changes in an approved degree plan can be made by recommendation to the
Dean of the College of Graduate Studies by the student’s complete advisory
committee and head of his or her major department.
Courses listed for graduate credit on the approved degree plan in which the
student has received a final grade may not normally be removed from the degree

College of Graduate Studies 217
plan, although courses acceptable for graduate credit may be added. Exceptions
to this policy must be approved by the student’s advisory committee, head of his or
her major department, and the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies.
DEGREE MAJOR
All degrees require a minimum of 18 semester hours to be completed in the
student’s major field.
The graduate major requires an undergraduate background of at least
24 semester hours, including 12 advanced hours. However, graduate students
who have taken 18 hours of advanced undergraduate education courses as a
prerequisite for a teaching certificate may be admitted to a Master of Education
degree program. Students choosing the Political Science concentration for the
MA may be admitted with a baccalaureate degree in any social science or valid
bachelor’s-level degree and one year’s experience in the public service field.
RESEARCH AND PRACTICUM REQUIREMENT
All students seeking a master’s degree must have credit for an approved
research course.
THESIS
Not every graduate program at Tarleton requires a thesis for completion of a
master’s degree. The Master of Arts, Master of Science, and some majors in the
Master of Education degree provide a thesis option.
Students must have full admission to a degree program and the permission
of the department head to enroll in thesis. A thesis will not be accepted unless a
student has completed a minimum of six semester hours of thesis course work
(588). The Thesis Manual, www.tarleton.edu/graduate/studentresources.html,
which contains details regarding the preparation and submission of a thesis for
approval, is available in the Graduate Office and on the graduate college website.
Students who plan to pursue a thesis should obtain a copy of this manual early in
their graduate programs.
Thesis Credit. Students who pursue a thesis are required to enroll each
semester in at least one thesis course until the thesis is completed. Those who
make satisfactory progress will be given the grade of I. Once the thesis has been
approved and accepted, the final six semester hours of thesis will be assigned
the grade of S. The thesis grade of S is not included in the GPA calculation for the
degree major or minor. Only six hours of thesis credit will count towards the 30-36
required hours.
Microfilming and Copyrighting of Theses and Dissertations
All theses, Dissertations and abstracts completed by graduate students at
TSU are sent to UMI/ProQuest of Ann Arbor, MI, for microfilming to be available
worldwide. A required fee of $55 is charged for the master’s thesis and $65 for the
doctoral dissertation. ProQuest publishes all master’s thesis abstracts in Master’s
Abstracts which is distributed on a subscription basis. The abstract of a given thesis
is restricted to 150 words. Mathematical formulas and other illustrated materials
in the abstract are equated to the number of words that will occupy the space in
determining its length. The author retains the right to publish all or any part of the
thesis by any means at any time, except by reproduction from a negative microfilm.
The author wishing to copyright a thesis or dissertation must pay an additional

218 College of Graduate Studies
cost of $55. However, if the document contains extensive use of material
copyrighted by another author, the author of the document must certify that the
material is used with the written permission of the other copyrighted author.
Copy quality must be acceptable to the Graduate Office. The fee for binding
the thesis copies is $37.50. The fee for binding the dissertation copies is $87.50.
The student may request that additional copies be bound for $12.50 each. This
process is carried out through the Graduate Office.
THE COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
Candidates for any of the master’s degrees at Tarleton must satisfactorily pass
a comprehensive examination. A graduate student must be admitted to candidacy
for a degree before he/she will be allowed to take the comprehensive examination.
The policies and procedures for the comprehensive examinations are available
in the office of the department head of the student’s major field of study. Early
in their degree program students should review the requirements for taking the
examination. Some departments require both oral and written examinations, which
must be scheduled early in the semester in which they are to be administered.
Consult the University calendar for deadlines for submission of comprehensive
examination results to the College of Graduate Studies.
The oral examination, when required, is conducted by the student’s advisory
committee. A representative of the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies will be
invited to participate in this examination.
Students whose performance on the comprehensive examination is
unsatisfactory may reschedule an examination at the next regular administration,
or, at the discretion of the advisory committee and head of the department involved,
at an earlier date. Unless departmental requirements are more limiting, students
who attempt the comprehensive examination three times and are not successful
will be dropped from the graduate program.
APPLICATION FOR A DEGREE
Candidates for a degree must complete the following, not later than the dates
specified in the University Calendar:
1. apply for the degree indicating fall, spring, or summer commencement and
2. complete a “Graduate Checkout Form” and submit both to the Graduate
Office.
To be considered for degree conferral, a candidate must be in good standing with
the University. All contractual and financial obligations to the University must be
satisfied.
Pathways To The Doctorate Program: A Texas A&M System Initiative
The Pathways to the Doctorate is a program dedicated to increasing the
number, quality, and diversity of master’s and doctoral graduates across all
disciplines within The Texas A&M University System. Consisting of nine universities
as well as the Health Science Center, the System spans the State of Texas.
This enables the System to recruit top students from a variety of geographical,
socio-economic, racial, ethnic, and cultural environments. The Pathways to the
Doctorate is one approach to Closing the Gaps Program in Texas. The goal of the
Pathways to the Doctorate Program is to attract high achieving students within The
Texas A&M System to pursue careers in higher education. This program will help
produce some of the next generation of faculty.
Through a variety of activities such as seminars and workshops, inter-

College of Graduate Studies 219
institutional exchange programs, a mentoring program and an annual research
symposium with System-wide participation, the Pathways program aims to:
• create a pathway for talented students to pursue graduate education;
• foster opportunities for faculty, graduate students, and undergraduate
students to collaborate and to foster innovative research and interpersonal
communication skills;
• enlighten and encourage students and teachers (K-12 through college) to
see that science and technology are essential to lead a life of discovery and
fun;
• and helps meet faculty needs as post-secondary enrollment grows and
current faculty retire.
Additional information can be found at www.tamus.edu/pathways.
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE OF GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE
DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The program is a cohort model. Students are admitted annually. The focus
of the Ed.D. program is on educational leadership in the Pk-16 environment. The
degree program is predicated on the scholar-practitioner model. Graduates of
Tarleton’s Ed.D. program will be active consumers of educational research and
subsequently able to utilize research knowledge and skills in the Pk-16 setting.
ADMISSION TO THE PROGRAM
The admission process is a three-stage process. Stage 1 is the screening
process, which includes submission of all appropriate documents by the deadline
of April 1. Stage 2 is the evaluation process, review of a writing sample, and
personal interviews. Stage 3 is the selection stage. During stage 3, the admissions
committee determines the applicants most appropriate for admission to the doctoral
program. Admission to the program is full admission; there is no conditional or
probationary status.
Application Packet
On or before April 1, the College of Graduate Studies in Stephenville must
receive all of the following items:
• Official transcripts including completion of a master’s degree from a
regionally accredited institution of higher education
Minimum GPA of 3.5 on all graduate work
Minimum of 18 semester credit hours of graduate or undergraduate
work in administration, management, leadership, or equivalent
• A minimum of four (4) references – two from persons holding a doctorate
(current TSU EDAD faculty may not complete the reference forms)
• Official scores on the Graduate Record Exam (GRE). cannot be more
than 5 years old
• A leadership portfolio (materials should be in a loose leaf or spiral binder
for best organization)
Course Work
The doctoral program curriculum consists of 72 semester hours in educational
leadership, research tools, specialization area, and electives. Course work taken
more than 10 years previous to the date of graduation will not apply toward the
degree. Undergraduate or master’s level work taken as leveling is generally not
acceptable as doctoral level credit. Should any master’s level work be applied to

220 College of Graduate Studies
the degree plan, approval must be made by the director of the doctoral program
and the dean of the graduate college.
The grading system for doctoral students is the same as for master’s level
students. Unsatisfactory performance in the program, a cumulative GPA below a
3.0 will result in probation for one semester and if not improved in the subsequent
semester, suspension from the program. Any appeals are made to the Dean of the
College of Graduate Studies through the doctoral committee.
Doctoral students unable to maintain the cohort pace may request a leave of
absence through their advisor and graduate committee.
Dissertation and Committee Role
A doctoral dissertation is required of all students in the program. Topics must
be approved by the doctoral advisor(s), the doctoral committee and the dean of
the graduate college. The student must enroll in a minimum of 12 semester hours
of dissertation. A grade of In Progress (PR) will be recorded each semester until
the dissertation is successfully complete. Upon completion of the dissertation, the
dissertation committee chair will record a grade of satisfactory (S) for the last 12
hours of the dissertation.
Upon completion of the dissertation, the student will orally defend the final
product to the dissertation committee and a representative of the College of
Graduate Studies. Students whose performance is unsatisfactory will work with
their advisor to reschedule an examination in the next semester.
Policies and procedures for all requirements for this program may be found
in the Ed.D Educational Leadership handbook, available in hard copy and online.
Application for a Degree
See instructions under application for a degree in the master’s section.
Graduate Assistantships
Assistantships for graduate students are available in most academic
departments that offer a master’s program as well as other university support
areas. Most assistantships are considered as a staffing function of the department
in which the applicant wishes to study.
A graduate student must met the following requirements in order to hold a
master’s assistantship: be admitted into the graduate college; if teaching, must
have a minimum of 18 graduate hours in the field to be taught; have a satisfactory
GRE (GMAT) score and a satisfactory undergraduate GPA; maintain at least a 3.0
graduate GPA; be in good standing with the graduate college; and be enrolled in
and complete at least 6 hours of graduate credit each term (3 hours for the entire
summer session).
Applications for such positions must satisfy both the Graduate School and
department requirements. Academic excellence and maturity are the primary
qualifications. Additional information can be found at http://www.tarleton.edu/
graduate/GradAssistantships.html.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN LIBERAL STUDIES
This graduate degree program is being phased-out by the University. No new
admissions will be allowed.
The College of Graduate Studies advises students seeking a Master of
Science in Liberal Studies.
The Master of Science with a major in Liberal Studies requires 36 semester

College of Graduate Studies 221
hours of graduate study. The student must meet academic requirements set by
the University for a master of science degree. There are two degree paths which
meet University requirements. The Emphasis Option which requires 18 graduate
hours in an area of Emphasis; 3 graduate hours of research and 15 graduate hours
outside of the area of emphasis; or the Dual Concentration Option which requires
12 graduate hours for one concentration field; 12 graduate hours for a second
concentration field; and 12 hours of graduate electives. The research course may
be taken in either concentration field as approved by the Graduate College.
Departments may require some prerequisite courses for the area of Emphasis
or for the Concentration in a Field of Study. In both degree paths, selected courses
in some disciplines may not be available for reasons of licensure or certification.
The areas of Concentration or Emphasis will be noted on the transcript.
Emphasis Option Degree Requirements:
Graduate hours in the field of Emphasis 18
Research course at the graduate level (must be
approved by the department offering the emphasis) 3
Electives (graduate hours outside the emphasis area) 15
Total
36 hours
Dual Concentration Option
Concentration1 field of study 12
Concentration2 field of study (different from first) 12
Electives (not from either concentration field) 9
Graduate Research 3
36 hours
A student pursuing the Master of Science in Liberal Studies must
successfully complete the comprehensive examination in the emphasis area
for the Emphasis Option or one of the fields of study for the Dual Concentration
Option.

AGRICULTURAL & ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
Department of Agricultural and Consumer Sciences
MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN AGRICULTURAL AND
CONSUMER RESOURCES
This degree, offered in the Department of Agricultural and Consumer
Sciences, is specifically designed for those who have completed an undergraduate
degree in Agricultural Services and Development. It may also be advantageous
for those who have completed a Bachelor of Science degree in an agricultural
discipline and who desire to complete the requirements for a teaching certificate
and a master’s degree simultaneously. Professional agriculturalists of numerous
occupations may find the degree appealing because of the flexibility of taking
courses in one or more disciplines that best meet the needs of the agricultural
professional. The major objective is to increase the professional competence
of teachers of agriculture, extension agents, and others pursuing professional
agricultural careers. This degree is offered both on campus and online.
BASIC DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The degree offers students the option of a non-thesis or thesis program.
Non-Thesis Option
The typical curriculum for the non-thesis program comprises A CR 502, 520,
521, 540, 586, 598 and 599, ENTO 506, 516 and electives with a total of 36 hours
of course work required for the degree. Non-thesis option students are required to
complete a major project related to the agricultural and consumer resources area.
The major project will be selected in cooperation with the committee chair and
carried out with the approval of the remaining committee members.
Research Requirement. A CR 598 is required of all candidates for the
master’s degree. A student may also take as many as 6 credit hours of A CR 586
with approval of the student’s advisor.
Comprehensive Examination General Policies. An oral presentation of the
major project will be included during the oral examination process for non-thesis
graduate students. A failed examination may be rescheduled with approval of
committee.
Thesis Option
The typical curriculum for the thesis degree program involves an original
research project under the direction of a graduate faculty member and the
preparation of a thesis in addition to prescribed course work. The degree may have
a major advantage for students who plan further graduate study at the PhD level.
Generally, students complete 18-21 hours of courses in agricultural education in
addition to supporting course work for a total of 36 hours.
Research Requirement. A CR 598, 599, and 6 hours credit of 588 are
required of all candidates.
Comprehensive Examination. Upon completion of the thesis, a final oral
examination is scheduled with the advisory committee. Major emphasis will be
directed toward defense of the thesis, although the examination will also include
course work materials.

College of Agricultural & Environmental Sciences 223
The oral examination may be attempted once per regular semester or summer.
If the oral examination performance is not acceptable on first attempt, the specific
area(s) of weakness will be identified to the candidate so that corrective action
(additional review or required course work) may be taken before the next attempt.
Department of Environmental and
Agricultural Management
and
Department of Animal Science and
Wildlife Management
The Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management, and Animal
Science and Wildlife Management offer a Master of Science in Agriculture with two
tracks: (1) the thesis track, which is research based, and (2) the non-thesis track.
The purposes of these tracks differ somewhat according to the objectives, plans,
and employment interests of individual students. The following provides general
information concerning the two tracks. For more specific information contact either
department.
All students are required to demonstrate to departmental graduate faculty
acceptable proficiency in both oral and written English prior to preparation of a
degree plan. Successful completion of remedial English courses may be required
in instances of insufficient proficiency.
The MS (non-thesis track) may be attractive to certain full-time students and
to part-time or commuting students who desire advanced course work to further
qualify for certain types of public or agency employment or to enhance advancement
opportunities in their present employment. It is a more general degree with course
work flexibility to allow students to design a program emphasizing specialized
interests in certain subject matter areas or one emphasizing broader-based
advanced studies. General requirements include 36 semester hours of advanced
course work in agriculture and supporting fields above the bachelor’s degree.
The MS (thesis track) involves an original research project under the direction of
a graduate faculty member and the preparation of a thesis in addition to prescribed
course work. Generally, successful pursuit of this degree necessitates full-time
and uninterrupted graduate enrollment. The degree may be considered terminal
in individual cases, but a major advantage is the preparation and background
provided to pursue further graduate study to the PhD level. Also, for certain types
of employment with agencies and corporations, the experience gained in research
methodology and technical writing is invaluable in enhancing and broadening
one’s employment and advancement opportunities.
The Department of Environmental and Agricultural Management collaborates
with the College of Business Administration, offering a concentration in Agribusiness
Management for students pursuing the Master of Business Administration degree.
For additional information, contact the MBA Director in the College of Business
Administration.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Admission to the MS in Agriculture (non-thesis track) program is contingent
upon application to and acceptance by the College of Graduate Studies. Upon
meeting general requirements including acceptable scores on the Aptitude Test

224 College of Agricultural & Environmental Sciences
of the GRE, a student holding a bachelor’s degree in agriculture normally can
begin the 36-hour program. Prospective students with a bachelor’s degree in nonagricultural
fields are usually required to complete, as a minimum, 24 hours of
undergraduate leveling courses (12 upper level hours in agriculture). In addition, 4
hours of biology and 4 hours of chemistry (prerequisites for upper-level agriculture
courses) are required. During the completion of prerequisites and leveling courses,
the student is designated as “special student-undergraduate leveling courses
only.”
General requirements and procedures for admission to an MS in agriculture
(thesis) are similar to the MS (non-thesis). Because of the research emphasis in the
MS (thesis), however, additional background courses or additional undergraduate
leveling work may be required upon acceptance and admission. In addition to
the general agricultural background as required for the MS (non-thesis), certain
prerequisites (e.g., in chemistry, biology, statistics, biochemistry, economics,
business) may be necessary on an individual basis to complement the student’s
thesis program.
ADVISEMENT AND COMMITTEE’S ROLE
MS NON-THESIS TRACK
Upon approval for admission by the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies,
the major department notifies the MS (non-thesis) student of assignment to an
“interim advisor” who counsels the student in early course work and tentative
program direction. As soon as possible thereafter, and normally prior to completion
of more than 12 hours, the student selects, with assistance of the interim advisor,
an advisory committee, which then assumes the advisory role. When full admission
is achieved, the student is responsible for preparing and securing committee
approval of a formal degree plan and submitting the degree plan with an application
for candidacy for the master’s degree to the Graduate Dean.
MS THESIS TRACK
Prior to or immediately upon acceptance for graduate study by the Dean of the
College of Graduate Studies and the student’s declaration of intent to pursue an
MS (thesis) program, the student must consult with his or her major department’s
graduate faculty concerning potential research projects and thesis topics. Because
of the close interaction and cooperation required between the student and the
graduate faculty advisor, pursuit of the MS (thesis) degree must be arranged
in advance. Upon agreement between the student and his/her major advisor,
a research topic is selected and determinations are made as to a program of
study, background courses, and the composition and appointment of the advisory
committee. During the first semester of enrollment or before the completion of 12
semester hours’ credit, a formal degree plan and thesis proposal are submitted to
the advisory committee for approval and submission through appropriate channels.
CURRICULUM
MS NON-THESIS TRACK
Of the 36-hour MS (non-thesis) requirement, a minimum of 18 hours of
courses offered by the above departments is required for a major in Agriculture. A
12-hour minor may be chosen in another field but is not required. Two-thirds (24
hours) of the total 36 hours must be 500-level courses. At least one-half of all hours
in a 12-hour minor must be 500-level. A rigid, standard curriculum required of all

College of Agricultural & Environmental Sciences 225
students is not imposed; instead, the graduate curriculum is individually planned
within certain guidelines by each student and approved by the advisory committee
and the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies.
All candidates are required to take a graduate-level research course selected
from a discipline area most appropriate to their interest and approved by the
committee.
A curriculum summary and guideline for the MS in Agriculture (non-thesis) includes
the following:
Agriculture sciences (major)
18-30 hours
Supporting fields (may include a 12-hour minor)
0-12 hours
Required research course
3 hours
(May be a part of a major or support field depending
upon discipline emphasized in MS program)
AGRI 580 (professional writing requirement)
3 hours
36 hour minimum
MS THESIS TRACK
Minimum requirements for this track are 36 hours above the BS, excluding any
required leveling or background courses. The thesis and associated research may
be counted as six hours toward the total. Of the remaining 30 hours, a minimum
of 18 hours must be in the major. No more than one-third of the major hours may
be approved upper-level undergraduate courses. A 12-hour minor in another field
may be chosen but is not required. If a minor is declared, no more than one-half
of the hours may be approved upper-level undergraduate courses. Of the total 36-
hour minimum requirement, no more than one-third may be undergraduate level.
Because of the diversity of agricultural specialties, the student and advisory
committee are given discretionary latitude in developing the specific course of
study to allow desired specialization in major and minor courses. A typical program
of study is as follows:
Agriculture sciences
14-26 hours
Agriculture 585
1-3 hours
Agriculture 588 (Thesis)
6 hours
Supporting fields (may include a 12-hour minor)
0-12 hours
Approved research course
(Selected from discipline most appropriate to research) 3 hours
36 hour minimum
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
The comprehensive examination for the MS (non-thesis) consists of a written
examination. An oral examination may be required of any candidate with a marginal
performance on the written examination. Instructors of degree plan courses and
committee members are invited to submit questions for these examinations. Upon
admission to candidacy, the student and committee schedule the examinations in
order that they will be completed at least 20 class days prior to final exams during
the long semesters or at least 10 days prior to final exams in summer sessions.
Students must be enrolled during the semester in which the examinations are
taken.
Both written and oral examinations may be attempted once per regular
semester or summer. If either the written or oral component is not successfully
completed on first attempt, the specific area(s) of weakness will be identified to

226 College of Agricultural & Environmental Sciences
the candidate so that corrective action (additional review or required course work)
may be taken before the next attempt. If a second attempt is unsuccessful, the
candidate will be required to complete a minimum of 12 hours of specified course
work with a B average before scheduling a third attempt. A maximum of three
attempts is allowed.
For the MS (thesis) candidate, upon completion and acceptance of the thesis,
a final oral examination is scheduled with the advisory committee. Major emphasis
will be directed toward defense of the thesis, although the examination will also
include course work materials.
The oral examination may be attempted once per regular semester or summer.
If the oral examination performance is not acceptable on first attempt, the specific
area(s) of weakness will be identified to the candidate so that corrective action
(additional review or required course work) may be taken before the next attempt.
If a second attempt is unsuccessful, the candidate is required to complete a
minimum of 12 hours of specified course work with a B average before scheduling
a third attempt. A maximum of three attempts is allowed.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
Graduate degree programs offered in the College of Business Administration
(COBA) are the Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science (MS)
in Information Systems, Master of Science in Human Resource Management,
and Master of Science in Management and Leadership. The MBA and the MS
in Management and Leadership are available in Stephenville, Waco, Southwest
Metroplex (Fort Worth), and Online. The MS in Human Resource Management
and the MS in Information Systems is offered in Stephenville and Online. For more
information about business graduate programs, see the COBA website at www.
tarleton.edu/coba.
PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION
Policies for graduate programs in the College of Business Administration
(COBA) are developed by the COBA Dean, the Dean of the College of Graduate
Studies, and the Graduate Council. The Dean of the College of Business
Administration is responsible for maintaining consistent policies and standards
governing graduate programs in business. Direct authority for administering the
programs rests with the following administrators:
MS Information Systems – Head of the Department of Computer Information
Systems
MBA program, MS Human Resource Management and MS Management
and Leadership – Head of the Department of Management, Marketing, and
Administrative Systems.
All questions of policies, appeals, and petitions regarding the operation of
graduate programs in business should be directed to the Dean of the College of
Business Administration and submitted through the appropriate COBA department
head.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
To be granted full admission, the applicant must have a bachelor’s degree
from a regionally accredited US institution or the equivalent from a foreign
institution with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on the last 60 hours of credit
completed. The applicant must also have submitted GRE or GMAT scores and
have satisfied applicable program prerequisites. The applicant will be notified of
program prerequisites (leveling requirements), if any, soon after he/she is admitted
to the College of Graduate Studies.
An applicant who is not qualified for full admission may be granted conditional
admission. Conditional admission will not be granted to an applicant whose GPA is
less than 2.5 on the last 60 hours of credit completed. A student who is conditionally
admitted must satisfy all conditions before receiving full admission.
TRANSFER CREDIT
Upon recommendation of the academic advisor and department head and
with approval of the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies, a student may
transfer up to 12 hours of graduate work completed at another regionally credited
institution. Because students take the comprehensive examination from Tarleton
professors, they should complete core courses at Tarleton.
Course work in which no formal grade is given (for example, CR, P, S, U, etc.)

228 College of Business Administration
is not accepted for transfer credit. Credit for course work submitted for transfer
from any college or university must be shown in semester credit hours or equated
to semester credit hours. No academic work completed by correspondence may
be applied to graduate degree programs.
GPA REQUIREMENTS
Graduate students are expected to maintain a minimum GPA of 3.0 at all
times. Should a student earn a grade below C in a graduate course or fall below
an overall GPA of 3.0, that student may be placed in a conditional enrollment
status and may be advised to repeat a course, reduce course load, or take other
corrective action to remove the deficiency. For more information, see the section
on Graduate Student Performance in the general information provided by the
College of Graduate Studies.
RESEARCH REQUIREMENT
Each graduate program offered in the College of Business Administration is
a 36-hour non-thesis program. Research is required as a part of graduate course
work, but a separate thesis is not a degree requirement. The MS in Information
Systems does include a thesis option.
Department of Computer Information Systems
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS
The Master of Science (MS) in Information Systems program is designed to
meet the needs of three distinct groups: (1) students with a baccalaureate degree
in Information Systems, (2) students with a baccalaureate degree in another area
who have information systems skills and desire to develop new career skills in
Information Systems, and (3) students with a baccalaureate degree in another
area who lack information systems skills and desire to develop new career skills in
Information Systems. Students should select an advisor and discuss the courses
required for their degree early in their graduate program.
The MS in Information Systems requires completion of at least 36 hours
of graduate credit. Students may choose to do a thesis as part of this degree
program. The degree is offered in a virtual/online environment, traditional face-toface
arrangement, or as a combination of the preceding two formats. To learn more
about the graduate programs, please visit the website www.tarleton.edu/is.
MS INFORMATION SYSTEMS CURRICULUM
CIS 504, 507, 511, 516, 518, 598 18
CIS Electives 12
Electives 6
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
A student must satisfactorily complete the comprehensive exam before
receiving the MS, Information Systems degree. The student’s academic advisor
should be contacted about comprehensive examination requirements and
policies.

College of Business Administration 229
Department of Management, Marketing,
and Administrative Systems
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Tarleton’s Master of Business Administration (MBA) program is offered in
Stephenville, Waco (in conjunction with McLennan Community College University
Center), Southwest Metroplex (Fort Worth Hickman Building), and Online.
The MBA program is designed to develop the student’s leadership, decision
making, and critical thinking abilities. Students are given opportunities to make
decisions based on critical evaluation of real-life situations. Graduate faculty
members strive to prepare MBA students for current career opportunities and for
competing effectively in the global arena of business.
PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION
The MBA program is administered by the head of the Department of Marketing,
Management, and Administrative Systems, who implements the policies of the
University, Graduate Council, and College of Business Administration and works
under the Dean’s direction.
LEVELING REQUIREMENTS
After an MBA applicant is admitted to the College of Graduate Studies, his/
her transcript, application, essay, and test scores will be evaluated by the COBA
Graduate Advising Committee. This Committee evaluates the student’s educational
background and work experience to determine what leveling requirements or
program prerequisites may be needed. Leveling requirements will be determined
on a case-by-case basis and may be satisfied by taking graduate or undergraduate
courses or departmental subject area examinations or through other appropriate
means. A student whose undergraduate degree was not in business and who
does not have relevant professional experience could be required to take some
undergraduate courses (that cannot count toward the 36 hours required for the
degree) to be prepared for successful graduate study in business.
DEGREE PROGRAM
The MBA degree program requires completion of a minimum of 36 hours of
graduate-level course work and a minimum 3.0 GPA with no grade below a C.
Required courses for the degree are:
ACC 503, CIS 511, FIN 507, G B 588, G B 598**, MKTG 508 18
MGMT 511 or MGMT 568 3
Electives 15
* Students who are required to complete graduate leveling requirements (FIN 500 and/or
MGMT 500) may count one or both courses as electives in the MBA program.
** Students need to complete this course within the first 12 hours of the program.
A student may complete a concentration in Computer Information Systems,
Management, Human Resource Management, a combination of Management
and Human Resource Management, or Public Administration, Healthcare
Administration, or an International concentration by receiving graduate credit for
at least 12 hours of electives in that area. Some of the concentrations may not be

230 College of Business Administration
available at all locations or online.
Before a student completes 12 hours of graduate credit in the MBA program,
the student should contact his/her academic advisor and request that an official
degree plan be prepared. The student may petition for changes in this degree plan
at a later date, but these changes must be approved by the graduate advisor and
the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
To be eligible to sit for the MBA comprehensive examination, the student must
be fully admitted to the College of Graduate Studies and the MBA program and
must be in good standing with the University and the College of Graduate Studies.
Policies and procedures for the MBA comprehensive examination are under
review and subject to change as deemed necessary. Please contact the
appropriate graduate advisor or department for additional information.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
The primary mission of the Human Resource Management (MS) degree
program is to provide graduate students the opportunity to develop critical skills
which will prepare them to become successful and competent Human Resource
professionals.
People are the most important part of any business. Businesses who
are leaders in their industry strive to put human resources as their top priority
in developing strategy, marketing, or operational excellence. It takes talent,
dedication, and an educated Human Resource staff to keep these businesses at
the top of their game.
It is an exciting time to be involved in the field of Human Resources. Changing
demographics, laws and regulations and the continuing need to keep our existing
workforce challenged and motivated establishes paramount for educated Human
Resource professionals.
The Master of Science degree in Human Resource Management is a 36-
hour program that provides the student opportunities to develop critical skills
in areas such as research and job analysis, recruitment and selection, training
and development, compensation and benefits, labor relations and organizational
effectiveness. Students gain knowledge and skills that are applicable in business
and not-for-profit entities including state and local governments and military
organizations.
The MS-HRM program allows students the opportunity to develop their
knowledge and skills in the Human Resource profession through the Stephenville
campus’ Online program. Our faculty and staff will assist you with an education
right from your desktop! We invite you to experience the online learning process
so that you can be the most important resource to your organization!
The Human Resources Masters program is recognized by the Society for
Human Resource Management (SHRM) for having curricula aligned with their
Human Resource guidelines.
LEVELING REQUIREMENTS
After an MS, HRM applicant is admitted to the College of Graduate Studies,
his/her transcript, application, essay, and test scores are evaluated by the COBA
Graduate Admissions Committee. This Committee evaluates the student’s
educational background and work experience to determine what leveling

College of Business Administration 231
requirements or program prerequisites may be needed. Leveling requirements will
be determined on a case-by-case basis and may be satisfied by taking graduate
or undergraduate courses or departmental subject area examinations or other
appropriate means. A student whose undergraduate degree was not in business
and who does not have relevant professional experience could be required to take
some undergraduate courses (that do not count toward the 36 hours required for
the degree) to be prepared for successful graduate study in Human Resource
Management.
MS, HRM CURRICULUM
G B 565, 598** 6
HRM 501, 503, 514, 516, 524, 595 18
Electives 12
* Students who are required to complete graduate leveling requirements (FIN 500 and/or
MGMT 500) may count one or both courses as electives in the MBA program.
** Students need to complete this course within the first 12 hours of the program.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
Students in the MS degrees in Management and Leadership or Human
Resource Management programs are required to pass a comprehensive
examination before receiving their degrees. Students will be required to
demonstrate their knowledge and understanding in the areas of Management and
Leadership or Human Resource Management.
Policies and procedures for the MS degree comprehensive examinations and
curricula are under review and subject to change as deemed necessary. Please
contact the appropriate graduate advisor or department for additional information.
MASTER OF SCIENCE, MANAGEMENT AND LEADERSHIP
The primary mission of the Management and Leadership (MS) degree
program is to develop the graduate student’s critical thinking, problem solving, and
life-long learning skills necessary to manage and lead organizations.
Tarleton State University’s Master of Science degree in Management and
Leadership is designed for busy adults who want to improve their knowledge,
abilities, and skills in management. The 36-hour program focuses on one of
the most challenging responsibilities for management today – leading change.
Students gain knowledge and skills that are applicable in business, the military,
government organizations, and private non-for-profit organizations.
This program is suited for you if you are wanting:
• To deepen your understanding of how organizations should function
• To increase your academic credentials needed for promotion
• To increase your understanding of how to design and implement change
within your organization
• To acquire the requisite 18 hours of graduate course work needed to
teach at the undergraduate level
• To acquire the necessary knowledge and skills to help organizations
through internal or external consulting
Our dedicated faculty focus on teaching and scholarly activities. At the same
time, we pride ourselves in giving students personal attention and easy access.
Students are the reason we exist.
The M&L program is offered in a traditional face-to-face format in Stephenville,

232 College of Business Administration
Waco, and the Southwest Metroplex (Fort Worth). It is also available totally
Online through the Stephenville campus. To pursue this degree, you need a
baccalaureate degree, acceptance to the College of Graduate Studies at Tarleton,
Internet access, basic computer skills, time that you can dedicate to completing
the required course content, and the desire to complete an advanced degree that
can provide opportunities for career advancement!
LEVELING REQUIREMENTS
After an MS, ML applicant is admitted to the College of Graduate Studies,
his/her transcript, application, essay, and test scores are evaluated by the
COBA Graduate Advising. This Committee evaluates the student’s educational
background and work experience to determine what leveling requirements or
program prerequisites may be needed. Leveling requirements will be determined
on a case-by-case basis and may be satisfied by taking graduate or undergraduate
courses or departmental subject area examinations or other appropriate means. A
student whose undergraduate degree was not in business and who does not have
relevant professional experience could be required to take some undergraduate
courses (that do not count toward the 36 hours required for the degree) to be
prepared for successful graduate study in Management and Leadership.
MS, ML CURRICULUM
G B 565, 598** 6
CIS 511 or MGMT 513 3
MGMT 501, 508, 509, 511, 568 15
Electives 12
* Students who are required to complete graduate leveling requirements (FIN 500 and/or
MGMT 500) may count one or both courses as electives in the MBA program.
** Students need to complete this course within the first 12 hours of the program.
***Curricula for the MS in Management and Leadership degree is presently undergoing
review. Please see the department website or contact a graduate advisor for current
program information.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
Students in the MS degrees in Management and Leadership or Human
Resource Management programs are required to pass a comprehensive
examination before receiving their degrees. Students will be required to
demonstrate their knowledge and understanding in the areas of Management and
Leadership or Human Resource Management.
Policies and procedures for the MS degree comprehensive examinations are
under review and subject to change as deemed necessary. Please contact the
appropriate graduate advisor or department for additional information.

EDUCATION
Department of Curriculum and Instruction
MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE
IN CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
The Department of Curriculum and Instruction offers the Master of Education
in Curriculum and Instruction. Support areas within the degree are designed to
permit educators to develop new skills and acquire in-depth knowledge which
prepare individuals to assume roles of increased responsibility and leadership.
The degree prepares educators who aspire to attain positions such as
curriculum coordinator, academic department head, reading specialist, educational
diagnostician, technology director, mentor teacher, community college faculty or
clinical adjunct faculty in higher education. High school teachers who teach dual
enrollment courses or advanced placement courses may also choose to pursue
this degree.
Support areas within the degree include Teacher Leadership, Reading
Specialist, Educational Diagnostician, Elementary Education, Secondary
Education, Special Education, Technology Director and Technology Applications.
Persons obtaining initial certification through TMATE (Tarleton Model for
Accelerated Teacher Education) may apply a portion of the credits earned through
TMATE to the Master’s Degree in Curriculum and Instruction with support areas in
Elementary Education, Secondary Education or Special Education.
Course requirements for the Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction,
including each support area, may be viewed at www.tarleton.edu/teachered/
degrees/graduate.html.
APPLICATION AND ADMISSION PROCEDURES
Admission to the College of Graduate Studies. Application for admission
should be made to the College of Graduate Studies at least one month prior to the
beginning of the semester in which one intends to enroll. The application form may
be obtained from www.tarleton.edu/graduate or by calling the College of Graduate
Studies at 254-968-9104.
An application fee is required, and applicants must submit official transcripts
of previous college work, official scores from the Graduate Record Exam (GRE)
and an essay addressing professional and career goals. Refer to the College
of Graduate Studies section of the catalog for a more complete description of
application and admission procedures.
Admission to the Degree Program in Curriculum and Instruction. After
gaining admission to the College of Graduate Studies, applicants must contact an
advisor in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction for guidance regarding
initial course selection and additional admission criteria. The following advisors are
available for consultation:
Fort Worth & Stephenville Campuses: Dr. Susan Erwin, erwin@tarleton.edu
Waco Campus: Dr. William Larmer, larmer@tarleton.edu
TMATE FWISD: Dr. Randy Ford, rford@tarleton.edu
TMATE Killeen: Dr. Jan Parham, jparham@tarleton.edu
Applicants for the Master’s degree in Curriculum and Instruction are initially
granted Conditional Admission, pending the completion of course and grade point
requirements toward the appropriate degree. Students must maintain a 3.25 GPA

234 College of Education
on the first 12 semester hour of graduate work to continue Conditional Admission
status. Advisors will provide guidance regarding specific course selection.
After completing 12-18 hours of graduate courses, applicants will meet
with an advisor to file a degree plan and appoint the Graduate Committee. The
Committee typically consists of a chair and two members of the graduate faculty
in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction. At this point applicants will be
recommended for Full Admission to the Master of Education degree in Curriculum
and Instruction.
The Graduate Committee chair will assume responsibility for guiding the
graduate student through the remainder of the degree requirements, including
course selection to satisfy specific support areas of the degree and completion of
the culminating graduate experience.
Maintaining Good Standing. To remain in good standing, students must
maintain a 3.0 GPA on all courses required for the degree. Only courses listed on
the degree plan will count in the calculation of grade point average for the purpose
of determining good standing. Failure to meet the standard for good standing will
result in actions as described in the section, “Graduate Student Performance” in
the College of Graduate Studies portion of the catalog.
Transfer Credits. Transfer credits will be considered only after a student
has obtained Full Admission to the degree program. Credits transferred from an
approved institution must meet the guidelines outlined in Limitations on Transfer
and Correspondence Courses in General Requirements for the Master’s Degree.
Time Limitations. Degree requirements must be completed within a six year
span of time.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION EQUIVALENT
The faculty of the Department of Curriculum and Instruction has designed a
Culminating Graduate Experience to take the place of the traditional Comprehensive
Examination. The purpose of the Culminating Graduate Experience for the Master’s
Degree in Curriculum and Instruction is for students to apply the knowledge
and concepts acquired throughout the course of study and to demonstrate the
proficiencies established within the degree.
Under the guidance of the Action Research Committee students will compose
a proposal describing the research problem to be studied. The proposal will
consist of a literature review, statement of the problem, the research questions,
description of the research methodology and a projected timeline. Upon approval
by the Graduate Committee, the student will proceed to conduct the study.
Results of the research will be presented orally to the faculty in the Department
of Curriculum and Instruction or to another specified group of educators. A written
report will be presented to the student’s Graduate Committee. The written and
oral presentations must be completed at a satisfactory level in order to meet
the requirements for the equivalent of a comprehensive examination. A rubric
describing the standards for satisfactory performance is displayed in the Graduate
Handbook for the Department of Curriculum and www.tarleton.edu/teachered/
degrees/graduate.html.
THESIS OPTION
Students may elect to pursue the Thesis Option for the Master’s Degree in
Curriculum and Instruction. The thesis option will be of value to persons considering
advanced academic study leading to a doctoral degree. Consult with an advisor in
the Department of Curriculum and Instruction about specific requirements for the

College of Education 235
thesis option.
CURRICULUM
The Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction is a 36-39 hour
program designed to provide educators with advanced professional development
in pedagogy, subject matter, or leadership. New options designed with the
Department of Computer Information Systems support the role of Technology
Director or Instructional Technology Specialist. Certification programs may have
other requirements in addition to degree course work.
The Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction includes a 12-15 hour
core requirement:
Core Courses Required for Major
EDU 501 (semester prior to enrollment in EDU 598), EDU 502, EDU 598 (semester
prior to enrollment in EDU 586), EDU 586 (3 semesters) OR EDU 586 one semester
and EDU 585 one semester
Thesis option only – EDU 588
Additional Courses Required for Support Areas
For Support Area in Elementary Education - TMATE
EDU 512, 520, 522, 538, 545 (or 514);
RDG 570, 571 (or EDU 511); EDTC 549 24
For Support Area in Secondary Education - TMATE
EDU 511, 514, 521, 538, 545, 599; RDG 570; EDTC 549 24
For Support Area in Special Education - TMATE
EDU 514, 538; EDSP 505, 511, 513, 515; RDG 570, 575 24
For Support Area in Elementary Education
EDU 504, 538, 550, 522 (or 512), 545; RDG 573, 574; EDTC 549 24
For Support Area in Secondary Education
6 hours from the following courses: EDU 504, 538, 550; EDTC 549
18 hours graduate coursework in one of the following content areas of
English, History, Biology, Math.
For Support Area in Educational Diagnostician 2
EDSP 505, 515, 525, 528, 529, 599; PSY 581; RDG 575 24
For Support Area in Teacher Leadership
EDU 504, 538, 545, 550; RDG 573, 574; EDTC 549; EDAD 516 24
For Support Area, Professional Reading Specialist 1
EDU 504, 538; RDG 573, 574, 575, 576; EDTC 549; PSY 590 24
For Support Area, Special Education
EDU 538; EDU 550 or RDG 573; RDG 575; EDTC 549;
EDSP 505, 511, 513, 515 24
For Support Area, Technology Director
EDU 538; EDTC 549, 559; CIS 504, 511, 551 15

236 College of Education
6-9 hours from the following courses: CIS 516, 560, 566, 576
For Support Area, Technology Applications
EDU 538; EDTC 549, 550, 551, 552, 558, 559 21
1
Other requirements for Reading Specialist Certificate include valid Texas Teaching
Certificate, 3 years classroom teaching, and EDU 320 or ENGL 370 or PSY 320.
2
Other requirements for Educational Diagnostician Certificate include PSY 303 or
EDU 504; EDSP 463; KINE 380 or 528; valid Texas Teaching Certificate; 3 years’
classroom teaching, and a master’s degree.
Non-Degree Options: Certification
The Master Reading Teacher Certificate may be obtained in two ways:
1. Teachers holding a valid Texas professional Reading Specialist Certificate
(NOT an Elementary Certificate with a specialization in reading) will need
to complete a modified program which includes modules on the topics of
Dyslexia, Coaching and mentoring, and Second Language Leaner’s. Any
additional program requirements will be determined on an individual basis
following an analysis of the applicant’s strengths.
2. Individuals holding a valid teaching certificate with at least three years of
teaching experience must complete Tarleton’s MRT preparation program
and pass the MRT certification test.
The MRT program requirements follow:
Course Requirements:
Summer I:
RDG 573 Foundations of reading 3 hours
PSY 590 Special topics, Psycholinguistics 3 hours (This is an online course that
spans both summer sessions.)
Summer II:
RDG 575 Reading Research & Assessment 3 hours
These courses may be counted toward a Masters of Curriculum and Instruction
at Tarleton State University and toward the Professional Reading Specialist
Certificate.
Module Requirements;
Coaching and Mentoring Module
Second Language Leaner’s Module
A Master Reading teacher may be eligible for a state stipend if serving as a
MRT on a designated “high-need” campus. Details about the MRT program can
be found on the website for the State Board for Educator Certification (SBEC).
For more information, contact:
Dr. Rebecca Miller, rmiller@tarleton.edu, (254) 968-9903
Department of Educational Leadership and Policy
Studies
MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE IN EDUCATIONAL
ADMINISTRATION
The Department of Educational Leadership and Policy Studies offers the

College of Education 237
Master of Education degree in Educational Administration. This degree is designed
to help students improve their competencies in the field by developing new skills
and in-depth knowledge, which are requisites for assuming roles of increased
responsibility and leadership.
BASIC PROCEDURES
Graduate advisors are designated to assist new students and those for whom
graduate committees have not been appointed. The graduate committee chair,
when appointed, assists the student in developing a degree plan and, along with
the committee members, assumes the responsibility for preparing the student for
the comprehensive examinations.
To receive full admission to any degree program offered in the Department of
Educational Leadership and Policy Studies, an applicant must meet all standards
established by the College of Graduate Studies and all departmental program
requirements and be recommended by the graduate advisor, committee chair, or
the program admissions committee.
Students who meet the general requirements for conditional admission
and are recommended by the department for full admission will be permitted to
pursue one of the major areas in the department. Typically, the student admitted
conditionally will be required to complete 12 semester hours with a 3. 0 GPA.
To remain in good standing, students who have full admission status are
expected to maintain a 3.0 GPA. Students whose GPA does not meet the minimum
may not enroll for additional work without special permission from the department
head.
Consideration for accepting transfer credits will be given only after a student
has full admission to graduate study. Credits transferred from an approved institution
must meet the guidelines outlined in Limitations on Transfer and Correspondence
Courses in General Requirements for the Master’s Degree.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
The following comprehensive examination procedures apply to the majors
offered in the Department of Educational Leadership and Policy Studies
Administration and Application Dates
Examinations will be administered three times per year. Examinees must
have filed a degree plan and complete an application to be eligible to take the
comprehensive examination according to the schedule that follows.
Test Date
Application Deadline
Second Saturday in April March 1
Second Saturday in July June 5
Second Saturday in November October 1
No examination will be administered other than on a regularly scheduled
administration date without permission from the graduate advisor, the department
head, and the Graduate Dean.
Comprehensive examinations will be composed of objective and essay
sections. A student must receive a satisfactory grade on each section in order to
successfully complete the comprehensive examination.
Procedures
SECTION ONE. This section consists of multiple-choice questions addressing

238 College of Education
the content of the degree major courses. This section is designed to test a student’s
knowledge and understanding of content and concepts in the field of study.
SECTION TWO. This section of the examination is designed to assess higherorder
thinking skills. It consists of four essay questions. Each test is composed
of one common essay question and one essay question from each of the three
committee members.
GRADING PROCEDURES. Section One is computer graded and a student is
expected to satisfactorily answer a specific number of questions.
Each comprehensive examination essay question is evaluated based upon
the following points system: 4 – exceptional response well above expectations;
3 – average response consistent with expectations; 2 – weak response below
expectations, but still passing; 1 – inadequate response, a failing performance;
and 0 – response did not address the required task, a failing performance. A
student must receive a minimum score of ‘2’ on three of the four essay questions
in order to pass the essay portion of the master’s comprehensive examination.
Oral examinations may be required of any candidate with a marginal
performance on this section. If a test paper contains major grammar and/or
composition errors, the student may be asked to repeat the examination.
EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
DEGREE AND CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
The Educational Administration programs at Tarleton State University are
designed to prepare effective education leaders. Requirements for the master’s
degree (30 semester hours), the Principal’s Certificate (33 semester hours), the
Post-Master’s Principal certificate (24 semester hours), and the Superintendent’s
Certificate (15 semester hours) reflect the significant changes that occur in society,
schools, and the roles and responsibilities of school administrators.
Tarleton’s Master of Education degree in Educational Administration and the
accompanying certification programs are designed to prepare administrators for a
variety of roles and responsibilities. The Principal’s Certificate qualifies one to hold
campus-level administrative positions in the school, including the principalship.
The Superintendent’s Certificate qualifies one to become a superintendent. The
programs are designed to support the continuing professional development of
career-oriented individuals and help them to be knowledgeable decision-makers,
capable of providing leadership to the district, campus, and community.
TYPICAL CURRICULUM FOR M.Ed. IN
EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
Following is the typical curriculum for the Master of Education (M.Ed.) Degree
in Educational Administration. A student who wishes to complete this degree
and qualify for the principal’s certificate should ask his/her academic advisor for
information about additional requirements for the principal’s certificate.
Educational Administration Coursework
The following courses are required for the M.Ed in Educational Administration:
EDAD 500, 501, 507, 509, 516, 539, 542, 545, 555, 560
Note: EDAD 599 – An Internship for the Principalship will be required for certification
legibility but it is not part of the M.Ed. program.
Thesis Option

College of Education 239
Students pursuing the M.Ed. in educational administration may choose the
thesis option. The thesis option involves an original research project under the
direction of a graduate faculty member and the preparation of a thesis in addition
to the prescribed course work. The 30-hour degree program includes 15 hours
from the educational administration core, 6 hours of EDAD 588, and 15 hours by
advisement. The student must enroll in EDAD 588 for two consecutive semesters
and complete the thesis according to the standards and policies determined by
the Department of Educational Leadership and Policy Studies and the College of
Graduate Studies.
ADMISSION TO ADMINISTRATION PROGRAMS
Admission procedures for the Master of Education Degree in Educational
Administration include the following steps:
1. Admission to the College of Graduate Studies
Students must complete all requirements for admission to the College of
Graduate Studies listed in the current University catalog. Students must be
eligible for full admission upon completion of the first 12 semester hours of
course work, EDAD 500, to continue in the program.
2. Admission to the Educational Administration Program
Students will submit a formal application to the Coordinator of M.Ed./Principal
Certification Programs prior to completing EDAD 500. This application serves
as a basis for advising the student with regard to graduate and certificate
requirements, course work, and testing requirements. The application process
requires that students submit a satisfactory score on the Graduate Record
Examination (GRE).
3. Assessment of Knowledge and Skills
Students must complete an assessment of knowledge and skills that will lead
to a professional growth plan. Typically, students will initiate this requirement
as a part of EDAD 500 (Foundations of Educational Administration) early in
their program.
4. Recommendation for Certification
Recommendation for certification by Tarleton State University will be
forwarded to the State Board for Educator Certification only after the student
has successfully completed the designated course of study, two years of
creditable teaching experience as a classroom teacher (see TAC § 241.25),
and has earned a passing score on the Texas Examination of Educator
Standards (TExES). Students will be allowed to register for the TExES during
the last semester of the course of study and just prior to completing the
professional development requirements (see #5 below). Students who fail to
register and take the TExES within 24 months after the date of completing
the requirements listed in this paragraph must request permission from the
department head prior to registering for the TExES. The department head may
require additional study to ensure that the student is current in the knowledge
and skills in the learner-centered proficiencies. The additional study may
include, but is not limited to, additional course work.
Students who fail to satisfactorily complete the TExES must receive permission
from the department head prior to registering for a subsequent attempt on the
TExES. The department head may require additional study to ensure that
the student is current in the knowledge and skills in the learner-centered
proficiencies. The additional study may include, but is not limited to, additional
course work.

240 College of Education
Students should regularly visit with advisors and the Certification Office
for updates and changes in the certification process.
5. Professional Development Requirements: Continuing Professional
Education (CPE) Document
The student must complete a minimum of 70 CPE clock hours of
professional development experiences related to the professional growth
plan. In conjunction with an advisor, the student will develop a growth plan
utilizing assessment information and needed educational experiences. The
professional development units must be satisfactorily completed prior to
approval by the university for the student to be eligible for SBEC standard
principal certification.
POST-MASTER’S PRINCIPAL’S CERTIFICATE
A master’s degree is a prerequisite for this certificate. Students seeking
post’s master principal certification must take 15 semester hours of prescribed
coursework and 6 semester hours from other designated EDAD coursework. An
internship is required for the certificate.
Required EDAD Courses (15 semester hours)
EDAD 500, 509, 516, 539, 560
Additional Educational Administration Courses (6 semester hours)
Student with permission of advisor selects two of the following courses:
EDAD 501, 507, 542, 545, 555
Additional Requirement for the Principal’s Certificate
EDAD 599 (Internship for the Principalship)
ADMISSION TO THE PRINCIPAL’S INTERNSHIP
Because the internship course work cannot be applied to the Master of
Education degree, students pursuing the Principal’s Certificate normally complete
their master’s degree requirements before doing their internships. The student must
enroll each semester until the internship is satisfactorily completed. Application
for admission to the principal internship must be submitted to the Coordinator of
M.Ed./Principal Certification Programs no later than June 15 preceding the fall
of enrollment for the internship and October 15 preceding the spring internship.
Students must complete the educational administration core or be enrolled in the
last of five core courses prior to enrolling in the internship. The internship course
typically is a one-semester course; however, this course may be repeated so that
the student can satisfactorily complete internship requirements. No more than 3
semester hours of internship course work can be used to satisfy certification plan
requirements.
NEW CENTURY EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP PROGRAM
The New Century Educational Leadership Program (NCELP) is an alternative
principal certification program. Its purpose is to prepare highly qualified individuals
to serve as public school administrators in Texas. NCELP is not designed to
replace or detract from the traditional certification program at Tarleton or any other
university. NCELP is a collaborative administrator program between Tarleton State
University and public school districts in Texas.
The NCELP is designed for persons who have completed a baccalaureate

College of Education 241
degree or higher, who have a record of exemplary academic achievement and/or
work experience, and who have demonstrated leadership qualities. Certification
is earned through a combination of intensive summer course work and monthly
seminars coupled with the possibility of a paid, five semester internship in an
administrative position with a public school. The internship is jointly sponsored and
supervised by Tarleton State University and the participating school district. Interns
develop professional administrative knowledge and skills through the combination
of University classes and practical administrative experiences. Persons who meet
all requirements of the NCELP program but who do not have an administrative
position may still be considered for the program. These persons would have fewer
hours in the internship and would be required to take additional courses.
Through NCELP, interns earn a Master of Education in Educational
Administration and a Principal certificate that enables the intern to accept
administrative positions in Texas public schools.
NCELP Entry Requirements
Grade point requirements for entering the NCELP program are more stringent
than those of most other administrator education programs. NCELP applicants
must present a bachelor’s degree or higher from a regionally accredited institution
with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on the last 60 hours. Further, applicants
with bachelor’s degrees must present evidence of at least three years of successful
experience in a position with leadership responsibilities. Applicants with graduate
degrees must present evidence of at least two years of such experience. All
applicants must document at least three years of teaching experience.
In addition, applicants must successfully complete an intensive screening
process that includes a formal presentation and input from public school
administrators familiar with the applicant.
Concurrent with applying for admission to NCELP, applicants must also apply
for admission to the College of Graduate Studies at Tarleton. An acceptable score
on the general test of the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is required by Tarleton for
admission to graduate school.
The applicant must secure a position in a public school in Texas in which he/
she executes administrative responsibilities during at least 30% of his/her duty
hours within the school day.
Additional requirements also apply to NCELP applicants. Persons interested
in applying for the program should contact the NCELP Director in the E.J. Howell
Building Room 105 or by phone at (254) 968-9792 or by contacting the NCELP
program specialist at (254) 968-9805.
ADMISSION TO THE SUPERINTENDENT’S CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
For admission to the Superintendent’s Certificate Program, students must (a)
have earned the principal certificate; (b) have been admitted to the College of
Graduate Studies according the requirements of the current University catalog;
(c) submit copies of official teacher and administration certificates and; (d)
formally apply with the Coordinator of the Superintendent Certification Program for
admission to the Superintendent’s Certificate Program.
Admission to the program does not guarantee recommendation for
certification. To be recommended for certification, students must meet all program
requirements and, satisfy the requirements for recommendation for certification.
SUPERINTENDENT CERTIFICATION CURRICULUM

242 College of Education
EDAD 601, 602, 603, 604, and 605
Fifteen (15) approved graduate hours beyond the requirements for the Principal
Certificate are required for Superintendent Certification.
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION IN EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP
Designed to prepare high quality scholar-practitioners for public school
leadership in educational venues, the Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) in educational
leadership offers a rich theoretical knowledge base as the foundation for the
development of visionary leaders for the Pk-16 environment. The Ed.D. consists of
60 semester hours of coursework and a 12 semester hour dissertation requirement
combining an individualized program of study with specialized course work and
research.
The program operates as a cohort model. Students are admitted annually
and then matriculate through the doctoral course work as a class. At the beginning
of the program, the course work is similar for all students in the cohort, but as
students progress through the program, their program of study becomes more
individualized and focuses on a specific area of study.
ADMISSION
The admission process is a three-stage process. Stage 1 is the screening
process, which includes submission of all appropriate documents by the advertised
deadline. The required documentation includes:
• Official transcripts indicating completion of a Master’s degree from a regionally
accredited institution of higher education
o Indicating grade point average (GPA) on all graduate course work
o Minimum of 18 semester credit hours of graduate or undergraduate
course work in administration, management or leadership, or equivalent
experience.
• A minimum of four (4) references—two references must be from persons
holding a doctorate
• Recent official scores on the Graduate Record Exam (GRE)
• A leadership portfolio
Stage 2 is the evaluation stage, which consists of a review of all information
submitted in the screening process, review of a writing sample, and personal
interviews. Stage 3 is the selection stage of the admission process. During stage
3, the admissions committee determines the applicants most appropriate for
admission to the doctoral program. Admissions are considered twice yearly; (1)
an early admission period in November and (2) the normal admission period in
April. An application packet may be obtained from the web site for the College
of Graduate Studies, www.tarleton.edu/graduate. Please contact the College of
Graduate Studies for application deadlines.
CURRICULUM
Course Work
The doctoral program curriculum consists of 72 semester hours in educational
leadership, research tools, specialization area, dissertation, and electives. Thirtysix
of the semester hours have a pre-requisite of doctoral standing, and must be
taken with the cohort. Non-doctoral courses (i.e., specialization and electives)
can be taken at the leisure of the student. However, students are advised to take
the electives in the sequence listed in the typical curriculum. Students should

College of Education 243
work closely with their advisors so that an appropriate workload is established.
Coursework applied to a previous degree will not be applied to the doctoral degree.
Coursework taken more than 10 years previous to the date of graduation will not
apply toward the degree.
Educational Leadership Core
Enrollment in all courses in the educational leadership core require doctoral
standing. Students will be required to take these courses with the cohort group.
The year and semester of the delivery of the courses are outlined in the Typical
Curriculum section. The leadership core consists of 27 semester hours:
EDAD 610, 611, 614, 621, 622, 623, 624, 630, 685
Research Tools
Enrollment in the nine semester hours of research tools under the EDAD
prefix require doctoral standing. Students will be required to take those courses
with the cohort. Psychology 500, Behavioral Statistics, does not require doctoral
standing. The research tools consist of 12 semester hours:
PSY 500, EDAD 612, 625, 631
Specialization/Cognate Area
In the specialization area, the student will work with his/her doctoral advisor
to establish a program supportive of his/her professional goals and doctoral
objectives. A minimum of 12 hours may be selected from the educational
administration electives or other appropriate graduate course work.
QUALIFYING EXAMINATION
At the completion of the leadership core, the students must take a
comprehensive written and oral qualifying examination. Upon successful completion
of the qualifying exam and recommendation of doctoral faculty advisors, students
will be admitted to candidacy.
Dissertation
Once students have successfully passed the qualifying examination (see
below), they are eligible to propose their dissertation study. Students make an oral
defense of their proposal to their doctoral committee. Once the dissertation has
been completed, students will defend their dissertation to the members of their
graduate committee, the Graduate Dean or the Dean’s representative who is a
member of the Graduate Council, and invited guests. Students must continuously
enroll in a dissertation course each semester until the dissertation is completed.
The student must enroll in a minimum of 12 semester hours of EDAD 788.
RESIDENCY
Degree candidates will be required to complete a campus residency of at
least two long semesters, and one summer session, consecutively. A minimum of
six (6) hours must be taken during each of the semesters and summer session.
During the residency, the student will complete a residency plan requiring the
student to participate in activities related to cultural diversity, research, service,
and professional development.
INTERNSHIP
The completion of an internship is required prior to the awarding of the Ed.D.

244 College of Education
in Educational Leadership. Internships will be made available for students seeking
principal and superintendent certification. Students who have not participated in
an internship program leading to principal or superintendent certification will be
required to enroll in EDAD 686, Internship in Educational Leadership. Internship
course work may not be used to satisfy other degree requirements.
TYPICAL CURRICULUM
The typical curriculum for students in the Ed.D. program can be found at www.
tarleton.edu/COEWEB/edlps/degrees/doctoral.html. The courses must be taken
with the cohort group in the time frame that is given. Students should work closely
with their advisors when deciding to complete electives and specialization courses.
TRANSFER COURSE WORK
With the approval and written request from the doctoral advisor, and at
the discretion of the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies, students may
transfer up to 12 semester credit hours toward the doctoral degree from another
regionally-accredited university. Transfer course work may not be used to satisfy
the educational leadership core requirements. Because of limitations on transfer
for advanced standing, advisors should be consulted prior to making the request.
Department of Kinesiology
MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE IN KINESIOLOGY
The Master of Education degree with a major in Kinesiology is designed
specifically for those students who have completed an undergraduate degree in
Kinesiology. A minimum of 18 graduate hours in Kinesiology is required of majors.
The major objective of the Master of Education in Kinesiology is to promote
professional growth of teachers and exercise specialists.
BASIC PROCEDURES
Graduate faculty members in the Kinesiology Department serve as academic
advisors to graduate students. After completion of at least 12 semester hours and
full admission to graduate study, the graduate student shall select a chairperson
of the advisory committee. In consultation with the chairperson, the remainder
of the advisory committee will be selected. A degree plan will be filed and
admission to candidacy granted, provided all academic requirements have been
met. The advisory committee has the responsibility for the degree program and
comprehensive testing of the student prior to conferral of the degree.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Curriculum
The following courses are required for a Master of Education degree in
Kinesiology:
Non-thesis Option
The non-thesis option in Kinesiology requires the student to complete the
following requirements:
KINE 501, KINE 536, and EDU 598
At least 12 additional graduate hours in KINE
15 additional graduate hours by advisement

College of Education 245
Thesis Option
KINE 501, KINE536, and EDU 598
KINE 588 Thesis (a student must enroll in Thesis for at least 2 semesters for
a total of 6 hours credit)
At least 6 additional graduate hours in KINE
15 additional graduate hours by advisement
Comprehensive Examination
General Policies. Kinesiology majors must pass a written and/or oral
comprehensive examination during the semester in which graduation is
anticipated. Failure of the written examination will result in an oral examination to
be administered in a reasonable length of time following the written examination.
Specific Departmental Requirements. The written and/or oral examination
date will be selected by the head of the Kinesiology Department each semester.
Department of Psychology and Counseling
The Department of Psychology and Counseling offers the Master of Education
degree with a major in counseling and a Master of Science in Counseling
Psychology degree with majors in (1) professional counseling and (2) marriage
and family therapy. These degree options are designed to help students improve
their competencies in their respective fields by developing new skills and in-depth
knowledge, which are requisites for assuming roles of increased responsibility and
leadership.
* The following graduate degree programs are being phased-out by the University, and
no new admissions will be allowed: Master of Science in Educational Psychology,
and Specialist in School Psychology.
BASIC PROCEDURES
Graduate advisors are designated in each of the major program areas to assist
new students and those for whom graduate committees have not been appointed.
The graduate committee chair, when appointed, assists the student in developing
a degree plan and, along with the committee members, assumes the responsibility
for preparing the student for the comprehensive examinations.
To receive full admission to any degree program offered in the Department
of Psychology and Counseling, an applicant must meet all standards established
by the College of Graduate Studies and all departmental program requirements
and be recommended by the graduate advisor, committee chair, or the program
admissions committee.
Students who meet the general requirements for conditional admission
and are recommended by the department for full admission will be permitted to
pursue one of the major areas in the department. Typically, the student admitted
conditionally will be required to complete 12 semester hours with a 3.25 GPA.
To remain in good standing, students who have full admission status are
expected to maintain a 3.0 GPA. Students whose GPA does not meet the minimum
may not enroll for additional work without special permission from the department
head.
Consideration for accepting transfer credits will be given only after a student
has full admission to graduate study. Credits transferred from an approved institution
must meet the guidelines outlined in Limitations on Transfer and Correspondence
Courses in General Requirements for the Master’s Degree. It is department policy

246 College of Education
to accept no more than 6 graduate credit hours in transfer toward a graduate
degree.
ADMISSION GUIDELINES
• The student must be admitted to the College of Graduate Studies.
• The student must meet admission requirements as specified in the Application
for Admission to the Graduate Psychology and Counseling Programs. An
application form may be obtained from the department office or website.
• The student must return the completed application for admission and all
documentation according to the following schedule:
Fall Semester July 1
Spring Semester November 1
Summer Semester April 1
• A training committee consisting of members of the graduate counseling or
psychology faculty will convene every semester to review applications and
make recommendations for acceptance or rejection of individual applicants. The
following factors contribute to the decision of the admissions committee:
o graduate admission status
o performance in previous undergraduate and graduate coursework
• Additional coursework may be required if a student’s undergraduate degree is
not in a field that is closely related to counseling or psychology.
• All students failing to meet full admission requirements will be placed on
conditional admission status until the first 12 semester hours are completed.
o Students must enroll in coursework approved by a graduate advisor and
receive a grade point average (GPA) of 3.25 or above on the specified
coursework.
o Students will not be permitted to enroll in additional coursework in
counseling (CNSL), counseling psychology (CPSY), or psychology (PSY)
beyond the first 12 semester hours if not fully admitted to the program.
o If denied full admission, students may re-apply for admission after
successful remediation. Students are responsible for this remediation
following input from the graduate advisor and/or admissions committee.
Admission Review (all majors)
Students’ admission status will be reviewed continuously throughout their course
of study regarding their ability to develop competence in counseling, therapy, and/
or assessment skills. Should a change in admission status be required, appropriate
program procedures will be followed. Consult the student handbook or ask a
graduate advisor for details.
Admission to Candidacy (all majors)
• Admission to candidacy is a requirement for all degree-seeking students. Upon
completion of specific core courses, a student must be admitted to candidacy to
continue progress on the degree plan.
• The requirements for candidacy are:
1. Have a degree plan on file in the Graduate School and Department
2. Be fully admitted to the Counseling or Counseling Psychology degree
program and the Graduate School
3. Have a 3.0 GPA and not be on academic probation
4. Show satisfactory progress and acceptable standards of conduct
• Submit an essay regarding the student’s learning as a result of taking the Sixteen

College of Education 247
Personality Factor (16PF) questionnaire while enrolled in CPSY 550
o The essay must be introspective and utilize 16PF interpretation report
information to address the student’s (1) reaction to the experience, (2)
identified strengths, and (3) identified areas for growth as they relate to
becoming a professional counselor, psychologist, or therapist. A fee
must be paid at the time the 16PF is taken to cover the cost of materials
and the production of an individualized interpretation report.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
All counseling and counseling psychology, educational psychology, and
specialist in school psychology degree candidates must pass a comprehensive
examination during the semester in which graduation is anticipated.
Majors in counseling, professional counseling, marriage and family therapy,
psychological associate, and school psychology
o Examination Administration and Application Dates
Examinations will be administered three times per year. Examinees must
have filed a degree plan and complete an application to be eligible to take the
comprehensive exam according to the schedule that follows.
Test Date
Application Deadline
Second Saturday in April March 1
Second Saturday in July June 5
Second Saturday in November October 1
No examination will be administered other than on a regularly scheduled
administration date without permission from the graduate advisor, the
department head, and the Graduate Dean.
Comprehensive examinations will be composed of objective and essay sections.
A student must receive a satisfactory grade on each section in order to
successfully complete the comprehensive examination.
o Examination Procedures
SECTION ONE. Each committee member will grade the essay questions
that he/she submitted for the exam. The chair of the committee submits two
questions, and each committee member submits one question. A committee
member may choose to read a student’s response to all four questions.
Each of the exam questions will be graded on a 25 point scale. All four
questions must be attempted. To pass this section, a student must receive
at least 70 out of the possible 100 points. Points may be subtracted from an
essay because of content deficiencies, grammar, or composition errors.
SECTION TWO. This section of the comprehensive examination consists
of a computer-graded, 100-question multiple choice examination over the
course content of required courses. Each question is worth one point, and the
student is expected to attain a score of at least 70 points.
RETAKE POLICY. If an examinee fails either section of the examination,
he/she may retake the failed section(s) at the next regular administration
date. No one may retake any section of the examination more than two times
without authorization from the department head and Graduate Dean.

248 College of Education
Majors in experimental psychology
o Thesis
An original research project will be proposed, conducted, and defended by
the student in the form of a written thesis. The thesis will be done under the
direction of a graduate faculty member as chair and two other faculty members
as the student’s advisory committee. Refer to the Graduate School’s Thesis
Manual for details regarding the preparation and submission of a thesis for
approval.
o Examination Procedures
Upon completion of the thesis, a final oral examination is scheduled with
the student’s advisory committee. Major emphasis will be directed toward
defense of the thesis, although the examination may also include related
course work materials.
The oral examination may be attempted once per regular semester or
summer. If the oral examination performance is not acceptable on first attempt,
the specific area(s) of weakness will be identified to the candidate so that
corrective action (additional review or course work) may be taken before the
next attempt. No one may retake the oral examination more than two times
without authorization from the department head and Graduate Dean.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN COUNSELING (M.Ed.)
The Professional Counselor Program offers a program of study leading to
the Master of Education degree with a major in counseling. The degree enables
graduates to pursue certification as a school counselor. The program also enables
students to be eligible for the Professional Counselor License (LPC). Before school
counseling certification can be granted, students must have accrued at least two
years of teaching experience in public schools, grades K-12.
Any student pursuing a degree, certificate, or license in counseling must
be admitted to the Professional Counselor Program. Applicants must meet both
graduate school admission requirements and program admission requirements.
Students pursuing school counseling certification must hold a valid permanent
teacher’s certificate. Students who are not pursuing school counseling certification
should have an undergraduate degree in a field related to counseling, such as
psychology, social work, or sociology. If their undergraduate degree is in a field not
closely related to counseling, these students may be required to take additional
coursework.
CURRICULUM
The master’s degree with a major in counseling consists of 48 semester hours
of study as follows:
Required courses (42 hours)
CNSL 552, 591, 595, 596 12
CPSY 550, 551, 553, 554, 556, 557 18
EDU 598 3
PSY 504, 511, 581 9
Electives from CNSL, CPSY, PSY 6
Total: 48
SCHOOL COUNSELING CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
Students who pursue School Counseling Certification follow the same

College of Education 249
procedures for admission to the counseling program. A student who has a master’s
degree and wants to pursue School Counseling Certification may be admitted
as a special non-degree-seeking student. Alternatively, the student who already
has a master’s degree may choose to seek the master’s degree with a major in
counseling. No more than six hours of study completed as a special non-degreeseeking
student may be applied to a second master’s degree program. A student
who does not have a master’s degree must seek the degree concurrent with the
certification.
CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
Required Counseling Courses
CNSL 552, 595, 596 9
CPSY 550, 551, 553, 554, 557 15
CNSL, CPSY, or PSY elective 3
Required EDU and PSY courses
PSY 511or EDU 502 3
PSY 504, 581 6
Total: 36
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY (M.S.)
The Department of Psychology and Counseling offers programs of study
leading to the Master of Science degree in Counseling. The Master of Science
in Counseling Psychology provides options in (1) Counseling Psychology and (2)
Marriage and Family. These options enable graduates to be eligible for the Licensed
Professional Counselor (LPC) or Licensed Marriage and Family Therapist (LMFT)
credentials.
Students wishing to pursue a master’s degree in Counseling Psychology
must be admitted to the graduate Psychology program. Applicants must meet both
graduate school admission requirements and program admission requirements.
Students should have an undergraduate degree in Psychology or a related field
such as social work, sociology, management, or human resources. A student
whose undergraduate degree is in a field not closely related to Psychology may be
required to take additional work.
CURRICULUM
The Master of Science degree in Counseling Psychology includes a core
curriculum of 27 semester hours of study:
Core Requirements:
PSY 500, 501, 504, 505, 584 15
CPSY 550, 553, 557, 558 12
Additional requirements for options (in addition to core requirements):
Option A: Licensed Professional Counselor (Total hours: 48)
PSY 511, 581 6
CPSY 551, 554 6
From PSY 513, 582, CPSY 524, 556, 594, CNSL 559, 593 6
CNSL, CPSY, or PSY elective 3
Option B: Marriage and Family (Total hours: 48)
CPSY 509, 510, 520, 524, 556, PSY 513, 587 21
Hours

250 College of Education
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (M.S.)
Core Requirements:
Hours
PSY 500, 501, 504 9
Requirements for options (in addition to core requirements):
Option A: Licensed Psychological Associate (Total hours: 45)
CPSY 550, 553, 554, 557, 558 15
PSY 505, 514, 580, 581, 584 15
Electives from CNSL, CPSY, PSY 6
Option B: Experimental Psychology (Online) (Total hours: 36)
PSY 502, 503, 515, 516, 520, 521, 522 21
PSY 588 (Thesis) 6
SPECIALIST IN SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY (S.S.P.)
The School Psychology Program is dedicated to preparing graduates with
expertise in the professional practice of School Psychology. Embracing a scientistpractitioner-scholar
model, the program integrates knowledge, theory, practice,
ethics, and research to develop competencies necessary for providing psychological
services in schools, including but not limited to skills in assessment, intervention,
and consultation. The program includes 60+ semester hours and an internship
among its requirements for graduation and incorporates state requirements for
licensure as a Licensed Specialist in School Psychology (LSSP) by the Texas State
Board of Examiners of Psychologists.
The specialist degree reflects the fact that the training requirements for school
psychologists go beyond that needed for a typical master’s degree. Students
should have an undergraduate or graduate degree in Psychology or a related
field. Those who already possess a Master’s degree such as diagnosticians,
counselors, special education teachers, and school administrators, as well as other
degreed professionals who are interested in school psychology, may also qualify for
admission.
Students wishing to pursue a specialist degree in School Psychology must be
admitted to the graduate Psychology program. Applicants must meet both graduate
school admission requirements and program admission requirements.
CURRICULUM
The specialist in school psychology degree with a major in School Psychology
consists of 63 (66 with optional thesis) semester hours of study as follows:
Required courses (63 hours)
PSY 500, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 511, 514, 515, 560,
580, 581, 582, 583, 595, 596 48
CPSY 553, 557; CPSY 558 or EDSP 505 9
EDU 538, EDAD 539 6
SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY RETRAINING
A student who already possesses a master’s or doctoral degree in Psychology
and who does not wish to obtain an additional degree to meet the academic
requirements for licensure as a Specialist in School Psychology (LSSP) may
be admitted as a special non-degree-seeking student. The requisite curriculum

College of Education 251
will vary according to the previous graduate coursework of the student and the
current requirements for licensure as a Specialist in School Psychologist by the
Texas State Board of Examiners of Psychologists. Procedures for admission to the
School Psychology program as a non-degree-seeking student are the same as for
a degree-seeking student.
A student without a master’s or doctoral degree in Psychology must seek the
degree to meet the Texas State Board of Examiners of Psychologists requirements
for licensure as a Specialist in School Psychologist.

LIBERAL & FINE ARTS
Department of English and Languages
MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGLISH
Graduate studies in English are designed to continue, enrich, and enhance
education in literature, rhetoric, and language. The Department of English and
Languages offers the Master of Arts with a thesis and non-thesis track. The thesis
track is designed primarily for students planning a career in college teaching; this
track also prepares students to continue graduate studies toward the doctorate
in English. The non-thesis track is designed primarily for students planning to
continue their teaching careers at the secondary level. Students should choose
between these two tracks according to their individual needs and goals.
To gain full admission to a master’s program in English, students should
have an undergraduate major in English and a minimum of 14 undergraduate
hours (or the equivalent) in one foreign language. Those who lack the necessary
background will be required to complete appropriate undergraduate leveling
work. The departmental graduate admissions committee reviews transcripts and
determines the nature and amount of leveling required. Students should take no
more than six hours of graduate classes before completing leveling requirements.
Prospective students entering the Masters Program in English must submit
(at the time of their general application to the Graduate College) to the English
Department the following: a 10-15-page MLA, APA, or LSA scholarly research
paper and three letters of recommendation. A minimum GPA of 3.0 during the
student’s last 60 hours of undergraduate course work is required for admission to
the program.
The department head will assist students in selecting courses, establishing a
graduate committee, and deciding between the thesis and non-thesis tracks. Once
the student has selected a committee made up of three departmental graduate
faculty members, the committee head will serve as the student’s graduate advisor.
The advisor will assist the student in developing a degree plan and will oversee
the thesis (for thesis track) or directed reading (for non-thesis track). Students
choosing the thesis track must also receive approval from the graduate admissions
committee.
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN ENGLISH - THESIS TRACK
The MA in English with thesis requires 36 semester hours of graduate
English credit. All students must complete English 598 (Methods of Bibliography
and Research Analysis). Students also complete departmental courses in the
four following categories: 1) American literature, 2) British literature, 3) rhetoric
or composition, 4) other. Students may take one English 586 (Special Problems)
course; typically this course is taken the semester before the thesis and used to
develop the thesis subject.
A written comprehensive examination (see below) must be taken and passed
before students begin formal work on the thesis. When other requirements are
completed, students enroll in 6 hours of English 588 (Thesis) and complete
the thesis according to the standards and policies determined by the English
department and the College of Graduate Studies. An oral defense of the thesis is
required.

College of Liberal & Fine Arts 253
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN ENGLISH - NON-THESIS TRACK
The MA in English without thesis requires 36 semester hours of graduate
credit. All students must complete English 598 (Methods of Bibliography and
Research Analysis) and 580 (Studies in the Teaching of Composition). Students
also complete departmental courses in the three following categories: 1) American
literature, 2) British literature, 3) other (courses in areas other than American
and British literature or Rhetoric and Composition). Students also complete one
research-based course in directed readings (English 586 Special Problems) as the
culmination of the graduate course work.
Students on the non-thesis track may select up to six hours of graduate
courses in an outside area (such as history or education) with the guidance and
approval of the graduate advisor and the department head.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
The written comprehensive examination is required of all students. This
examination will be constructed, administered, and evaluated by the student’s
graduate committee. The committee consists of three members of the graduate
English faculty. Non-thesis track students who choose to complete six hours of
their course work in a field other than English must include on the committee an
additional graduate faculty member from the outside area. An additional question
pertaining to the outside specialization will be included on the examination.
If the student’s performance is judged to be unsatisfactory, the committee may
require the student to retake the examination. The committee may also stipulate
additional course work in areas of perceived weakness as a prerequisite.
Department of Social Sciences
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY
The Master of Arts (MA) in History is offered through the Department of Social
Sciences. Two tracks are available to students: 1) thesis, and 2) non-thesis. This
degree is designed to expand and enrich a student’s knowledge of history and to
develop research, writing, and analytical abilities in United States, European, and
world history. This degree will help to prepare students who wish to pursue further
graduate study for a PhD degree or to improve their teaching abilities.
To gain full admission to the MA program, students must first meet the general
requirements for admission to the College of Graduate Studies and hold an undergraduate
degree with a history major or 24 hours in history. Those students who
lack the necessary undergraduate preparation will be required to complete up to
24 hours of appropriate leveling work. The department head in consultation with
the graduate history advisor will review the student’s transcript to determine the
nature and amount of leveling work and will assist the student in establishing a
graduate advisory committee. The graduate history advisor will also assist the
student in selecting either the thesis or non-thesis track. Students must have the
approval of the department head to change tracks once they have completed 24
hours of course work.
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY – THESIS TRACK
The MA in History (thesis track) requires 36 hours of approved course work,
including HIST 598 (Historiography and Historical Method), one research course
(HIST 520, 532, or 542), and 6 hours of HIST 588 (Thesis). In consultation with

254 College of Liberal & Fine Arts
the graduate history advisor and the student’s thesis advisor, a student may take
12 hours in an appropriate supporting field. The student must take course work in
United States and non-United States history.
Each thesis track student in history must demonstrate proficiency in at least
one foreign language prior to the awarding of the MA Degree. Proficiency will be
measured either by the successful completion (with a C or better) of 14 hours in
a single foreign language (either on the undergraduate or graduate level) or by
obtaining a passing score on a standardized foreign language exam.
Each thesis track student will take a written comprehensive examination after
completing 24 hours of course work and before registering for HIST 588 (Thesis).
The examination, based on course work submitted for the MA degree, will be
constructed, administered, and evaluated by the student’s graduate advisory
committee. If the examination result is unsatisfactory, the student will be allowed to
retake the comprehensive examination one additional time. Additional course work
in areas of weakness may be required.
Each thesis track student will complete a thesis under the direction of a thesis
advisor, who will chair the student’s graduate advisory committee. The student
will not begin work on the thesis prior to completion of 24 hours of course work
and will enroll in Thesis (HIST 588) only with prior approval of the department
head and graduate history advisor. The thesis will be prepared in accordance
with the general procedures specified by the College of Graduate Studies. Upon
completion of the thesis, the student will sit for an oral defense before a committee
composed of her/his graduate advisory committee and a representative from the
Graduate College. Under special circumstances, the thesis advisor, in consultation
with the graduate history advisor and the Dean of the College of Graduate Studies,
may modify this requirement.
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY – NON-THESIS TRACK
The MA degree in History (non-thesis track) requires a minimum of 36 hours
of approved course work, including HIST 598 (Historiography and Historical
Method) and one research course (HIST 520, 532, or 542). In consultation with the
graduate history advisor, a student may take 12 hours in an appropriate supporting
field. The student must take course work in United States and non-United States
history.
Students seeking history related careers other than teaching may choose
the Public History Option. The student choosing this option will take 18 hours of
content area history courses and 18 hours of public history courses, including
6 hours of internship at selected public history venues. Ordinarily the student
choosing the Public History Option will not write a thesis. The required courses for
the Public History Option are: HIST 507, 508, 509, 510, and two semesters of HIST
599 (internship).
Each non-thesis track student in history must demonstrate proficiency in at
least one foreign language prior to the awarding of the MA Degree. Proficiency will
be measured either by the successful completion (with a C or better) of 14 hours
in a single foreign language (either on the undergraduate or graduate level) or by
obtaining a passing score on a standardized foreign language exam.
A written comprehensive examination will be administered after the student
has completed course work, or during the semester of anticipated graduation.
The examination, based on course work submitted for the MA degree plan, will
be constructed, administered, and evaluated by the student’s graduate advisory
committee. If the result of the examination is unsatisfactory, the student will be

College of Liberal & Fine Arts 255
allowed to retake the comprehensive examination one additional time. Additional
course work in areas of weakness may be required.
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
The Master of Arts (MA) in Political Science is offered through the Department
of Social Sciences. Two tracks are available for students: thesis and non-thesis.
This degree strongly emphasizes research and analysis in political science,
administrative theory, and governmental institutions as preparation for those
students planning additional graduate study at the doctoral level.
To gain full admission to the MA program, students must first meet the
general requirements for admission to the College of Graduate Studies and hold
an undergraduate degree in political science (government). Those who lack the
necessary undergraduate preparation will be required to complete appropriate
leveling work. The department head in consultation with the graduate political
science advisor will review the student’s transcript to determine the nature and
amount of leveling work and will assist students in establishing a graduate advisory
committee.
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE – THESIS
TRACK
The MA in Political Science requires 36 hours of approved course work. Each
student may choose up to 12 hours in appropriate supporting work, which, if in a
single specific field, may be declared a minor. Flexibility according to student need
and interest will be permitted in the selection of specific course work.
Each thesis track student must demonstrate proficiency in at least one foreign
language prior to the awarding of the MA degree. Proficiency will be measured
either by the successful completion (with a C or better) of 14 hours in a single
foreign language (either as an undergraduate or graduate student) or by obtaining
a passing score on a standardized foreign language exam.
Each thesis track student will take a written comprehensive examination after
completing 24 hours of course work and before registering for POLS 588 (Thesis).
The examination, based on course work submitted for the MA degree plan, will
be constructed, administered, and evaluated by the student’s graduate advisory
committee. If the examination result is unsatisfactory, the student will be allowed to
retake the comprehensive examination one additional time. Additional course work
in areas of weakness may be required.
Each thesis track student will complete a thesis under the direction of a thesis
advisor, who will chair the student’s graduate advisory committee. The student will
not begin work on the thesis prior to completion of 24 hours of course work and
will enroll in Thesis (POLS 588) only with prior approval of the department head
and graduate political science advisor. The thesis will be prepared in accordance
with the general procedures specified by the College of Graduate Studies. Upon
completion of the thesis, the student will sit for an oral defense before a committee
composed of his/her graduate advisory committee and a representative for the
Graduate College. Under special circumstances, the thesis advisor, in consultation
with the graduate political science advisor and the Dean of the College of Graduate
Studies, may modify these requirements.
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE – NON-THESIS
The Master of Arts Degree (non-thesis track) requires a minimum of 36

256 College of Liberal & Fine Arts
hours of approved course work. In consultation with the graduate political science
advisor, a student may take 12 hours in an appropriate supporting field.
Each non-thesis track student will demonstrate proficiency in at least one
foreign language prior to the awarding of the MA degree. Proficiency will be
measured either by the successful completion (with a C or better) of 14 hours in
a single foreign language (either as an undergraduate or graduate student) or by
obtaining a passing score on a standardized foreign language exam.
A written comprehensive examination will be administered after the student
has completed course work, or during the semester of anticipated graduation.
The examination, based on course work submitted for the MA degree plan, will
be constructed, administered, and evaluated by the student’s graduate advisory
committee. If the result of the examination is unsatisfactory, the student will be
allowed to retake the comprehensive examination one additional time. Additional
course work in areas of weakness may be required.
Department of Social Work,
Sociology, and Criminal Justice
MASTER OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE
The Master of Criminal Justice with an emphasis in Criminal Justice
Administration prepares personnel for administrative positions in the police,
corrections, juvenile, and judicial systems. The objectives of the program are
based upon the assumption that criminal justice decision and policy making in
society require broad academic experience, innovative thinking, understanding
of the theoretical foundations of the field, knowledge of appropriate research
methods, and principles of administration. The major focus is to demonstrate that
criminal justice in the United States and the problems associated with crime and
delinquency must be viewed within the context of the larger society rather than as
an isolated system. The program includes analysis of the major elements within
criminal justice as related elements in a system in which decisions regarding crime
and justice in one sphere may have consequences in other spheres.
Graduates are expected to be
1. conversant with the theoretical and legal principles implicit in criminal justice
administration;
2. knowledgeable about essential research contributions in the field;
3. capable of research analysis appropriate to the field; and
4. competent to assume administrative responsibilities involving decision making
in one of the areas of criminal justice administration.
Professional Track Plan
Core Courses:
Hours
C J 500, 501, 510, 521, 540, 598 18
C J 515 6
From C J 504, 508, 520 3
From C J 504, 505, 508, 522, 586 1 6
Elective and Comprehensive Exam 3
Research Track Plan
Core Courses:
Hours
C J, 500, 501, 510, 514, 540, 586 1 , 598 24
From C J 504, 508, 520 3

College of Liberal & Fine Arts 257
From C J 504, 505, 508, 514, 515, 520, 521, 522 6
Elective and Comprehensive Exam 3
1
No more than 6 hours credit allowed for C J 586.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMS
All students must successfully complete comprehensive exams in the areas of
criminological theory, research methods, and one specialty area. The student must
complete a majority of the course work, to be eligible to take the comprehensive
exams. To sit for the comprehensive examinations, students must apply through
their advisor and receive approval from the program director at least one month
prior to taking the exams. Comprehensive exams are normally scheduled during
the Spring and Fall semester.
Students who fail the comprehensive exams must retake only the section or
sections failed. Students who fail the exam the second time will not be allowed a
third attempt except by appeal to the department head. No student may take the
failed portion more than three times.
Additional information about procedures for the comprehensive examinations
is available from the academic advisor or program director.

SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
Department of Biological Sciences
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY
The graduate degree offered in the Department of Biological Sciences
is intended to enrich and enhance education in biological sciences in order to
prepare students for leadership roles in industrial, educational and researchoriented
careers. The Department of Biological Sciences offers the Master of
Science degree with thesis and non-thesis options.
Students should have an undergraduate major in biology in order to gain full
admission to the program. Those lacking the desired background will be required to
complete appropriate leveling work. The departmental graduate advisor will review
the student’s transcript and determine the nature and amount of leveling work, and
will assist the student in establishing his or her advisory committee. The committee
chair, who will assume duties for the student through the remainder of their graduate
program, should be chosen by the end of the first semester of graduate work. The
advisory committee should consist of a minimum of three members. At least two
members will be selected from Biological Sciences graduate faculty. Remaining
members may be selected from the Biological Sciences graduate faculty or from
graduate faculty outside the Biological Sciences that have expertise relevant to the
student’s area of interest.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
A. THESIS OPTION (32 hours)
The thesis option MS in Biology requires completion of 32 hours approved
graduate credit. Of these 32 hours, students will complete a minimum of 20 hours
of BIOL courses, 6 hours of Thesis (BIOL 588), and up to 6 hours of supporting
course work. The program specifically requires completion of BIOL 598 (Research
Design and Analysis), two semesters of BIOL 585 (Seminar) and 6 hours of BIOL
588 (Thesis) for credit toward work on original research. The thesis, consisting
of the written report of the research, must be the student’s original work and
must reflect his or her ability to express thoughts accurately and clearly. Both the
thesis proposal and thesis must be written according to guidelines and deadlines
established by the College of Graduate Studies and the Department of Biological
Sciences. Students should refer to the Graduate Handbook, Thesis Manual,
and the Biological Sciences Graduate Students Handbook for more detailed
information.
Thesis students are encouraged to quickly establish and begin working with
their advisory committee on a research proposal. To continue matriculation in the
thesis option, students are required to gain approval of their research proposal
from their advisory committee and submit the proposal to the College of Graduate
Studies by the end of their first year in the program. Student failing to meet
this deadline will be required to meet with their advisory committee to discuss a
possible extension of the proposal deadline or switching to the non-thesis option.
Thesis hours (BIOL 588) cannot be taken until thesis proposal has been approved
by the advisory committee and submitted to the College of Graduate Studies.
Upon completion of the thesis and approval by the advisory committee and
College of Graduate Studies, the student is required to schedule a public, oral
presentation of his or her research followed by a comprehensive oral examination

College of Science & Technology 259
administered by the advisory committee. The oral examination will emphasize
topics related to the thesis and course work. Successful completion of the
comprehensive oral examination completes the program. If the attempt at the
comprehensive oral examination is unsuccessful, it is at the discretion of the
advisory committee to dismiss the student from the program or recommend to the
student a plan of action to repeat the comprehensive oral examination. If a plan to
repeat the examination is recommended, the plan may include recommendations
to repeat courses in the weak areas, take additional course work, or spend more
time in individual preparation prior to rescheduling a second attempt at the exam.
Course Work (Thesis Option)
BIOL 588, 595, 598 11
Additional BIOL course work 15
Additional BIOL or supporting area 6
B. NON-THESIS OPTION (32 hours)
The non-thesis option MS in Biology requires completion of 36 hours approved
graduate credit. Of these 36 hours, students generally complete a minimum if 26
hours of BIOL courses and up to 10 hours of supporting course work. The program
specifically requires completion of Biology 598 (Research Design and Analysis)
and two semesters of Biology 585 (Seminar).
The non-thesis Master’s candidate, during the final semester of course
work, is required to successfully complete a comprehensive written and oral
examination. For the written exam, instructors of degree plan courses are invited
to submit questions over course material as the basis of the written exam. After
successful completion of the written exam, students are required to schedule an
oral examination with their advisory committee. Successful completion of the
written and oral examination completes the program. If an attempt at the written
or oral exam proves unsuccessful, it is at the discretion of the advisory committee
to dismiss the student from the program or recommend a plan of action to the
student to repeat the written or oral comprehensive examination. If a plan to
repeat the examination is recommended, the plan may include recommendations
to repeat courses in weak areas, take additional course work, or spend more time
in individual preparation prior to rescheduling a second attempt at the exam.
Course Work
BIOL 595, 598 5
Additional BIOL course work 21
Additional BIOL or supporting field 10
Department of Chemistry, Geosciences, and
Environmental Science
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
The Master of Science in Environmental Science is designed along strong
interdisciplinary lines to provide students with the training and basic knowledge to
deal with a wide spectrum of environmental issues. However, emphasis is placed
on water, both surface and groundwater, and natural resource management.
To gain admission to the Master of Science in Environmental Science
program, students must meet the general requirements for admission to the
College of Graduate Studies and must hold an undergraduate degree in one of the

260 College of Science & Technology
sciences such as Biology, Geology, Chemistry, Hydrology, or other areas related
to environmental science.
After gaining admission to the Graduate College, the student will be advised
initially by the Director of the Master of Science Program in Environmental
Science. Depending upon a student’s background and area of interest, the director
will assist the student in selecting courses to take. By being familiar with the
anticipated rotation of courses, the director will assist the student in planning his/
her graduate program. Again, depending upon a student’s background and career
goals, the director will assist the student in selecting a chairperson for the student’s
advisory committee. The committee chair should be chosen by the end of the
first semester of graduate work and will assume advising duties for the remainder
of the program. The student’s advisory committee will consist of at least three
members who are eligible for graduate faculty status at Tarleton State University
and who are representative of the student’s field of study and research. A co-chair
may be selected from professionals from other recognized academic or research
centers. If a co-chair is appointed from outside of Tarleton State University, the
student’s committee will consist of four members.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Foundation Requirements: In addition to a bachelor’s degree as described
above, students will need a certain minimum preparation or equivalent course
work. Depending on the emphasis area, this can include the following courses or
equivalents:
BIOL 203; CHEM 202 or 474, GEOL 105; MATH 120
The graduate advisor will review the student’s transcript and determine the
nature and amount of leveling work. These requirements must be completed
before a student is allowed to take more than twelve graduate semester credit
hours toward the MS in Environmental Science.
Each student who applies for admission to the Environmental Science
program must submit a statement of purpose that describes the following:
1. the student’s interest in the area of environmental science and long-term
professional goals;
2. an explanation of how the student’s personal and research objectives
correspond with those of the program.
A resume is not acceptable in lieu of this statement.
REQUIRED COURSES
ENVS 580, 585; BIOL 598 or AGRI 560
3 hours from ENVS 520, 525 or CHEM 510
A. Additional Courses - Thesis Option (30 hours)
Thesis, 6 hours
Support Area, 12 hours
Electives can be chosen from a variety of fields including Agronomy, Biology,
Chemistry, Environmental Science, Earth Science, Geology, and Hydrology.
Elective courses must be approved by the student’s graduate committee, and at
least twenty-four hours of the program must be at the 500 level. Students are
limited to no more than 12 hours of undergraduate courses or problems courses.
The graduate committee must approve the student’s program degree plan. A
comprehensive examination on course work and the completion and successful

College of Science & Technology 261
defense of an acceptable thesis will conclude the program.
B. Additional Courses - Non-Thesis Option (36 hours)
Support Area, 24 hours
Electives can be chosen from a variety of fields including Agronomy, Biology,
Chemistry, Environmental Science, Earth Science, Geology, and Hydrology.
Elective courses must be approved by the student’s graduate committee, and at
least twenty-four hours of the program must be at the 500 level. Students are
limited to no more than 12 hours of undergraduate courses or problems courses.
The graduate committee must approve the student’s program degree plan. A
comprehensive written and oral examination on course work will conclude the
program.
Special Requirements
Students pursuing the thesis option will be expected to prepare a thesis
based on original research. A thesis proposal will be prepared for approval by the
student’s advisory committee and the College of Graduate Studies prior to the
initiation of research. The thesis proposal and the thesis will be in conformance with
the guidelines and deadlines established by the College of Graduate Studies. The
thesis must demonstrate the capability of the student to perform original research
and to present the results obtained from such research in a clear, concise, and
well-organized manner. Students pursuing the non-thesis option will take six hours
of additional course work instead of the thesis as approved by their committee.
Department of Engineering Technology
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MANUFACTURING QUALITY AND
LEADERSHIP
The Master of Science degree in Manufacturing Quality and Leadership is
designed to provide individuals with existing degrees in Technology or Business
related fields with an in-depth study of the organizational, technical, and strategic
tools commonly used in manufacturing to improve productivity. This degree is
targeted to working professionals and other individuals who have a background
in one of these fields, but are seeking to expand their knowledge across these
disciplines. The program emphasizes the application of these tools to address
quality, technology implementation, and productivity issues in manufacturing
related industries to help manufacturers standardize procedures, measure
performance, improve customer satisfaction, and manage resources more wisely.
LEVELING REQUIREMENTS
After an MS, MQL applicant is admitted to the College of Graduate Studies, his/
her transcript, application, essay, and test scores are evaluated by the Engineering
Technology Graduate Admissions Committee. This Committee evaluates the
student’s educational background and work experience to determine what leveling
requirements or program prerequisites may be needed. Leveling requirements will
be determined on a case-by-case basis and may be satisfied by taking graduate
or undergraduate courses or departmental subject area examinations or other
appropriate means. A student whose undergraduate degree was not in a business
or manufacturing related field or who does not have relevant manufacturing
professional experience should expect to be required to take some undergraduate

262 College of Science & Technology
courses (that do not count toward the 36 hours required for the degree) to be
prepared for successful graduate study in Manufacturing Quality and Leadership.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
A. MANAGEMENT OPTION
The management option prepares students to assume managerial positions
in companies that include quality and productivity programs.
Non-thesis Option
The non-thesis option requires the student to complete the following
requirements:
MQL 524*, 525, 562, 546, 586, 598, MGMT 501, 507, 508, 568
6 Hours of electives 4000-5000 level courses in IT/MET/MQL
Thesis Option
The thesis option requires the student to complete the following requirements:
MQL 524*, 525, 562, 546, 586, 598, MGMT 501, 507, 508, 568
6 hours of MQL 588 (thesis)
B. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS OPTION
The computer information systems option prepares students to assume
leadership positions in companies that incorporate web-enabled databases,
E-Business technologies, and networks.
Non-thesis Option
The non-thesis option requires the student to complete the following
requirements:
MQL 524*, 525, 562, 546, 586, 598, CIS 504, 515, 516, 579
6 Hours of electives 4000-5000 level courses in IT/MET/MQL
Thesis Option
The thesis option requires the student to complete the following requirements:
MQL 524*, 525, 562, 546, 586, 598, CIS 504, 515, 516, 579
6 hours of MQL 588 (thesis)
* Students are advised to complete this course within the first 12 hours of the
program.
The thesis option involves an original research project under the direction
of a graduate faculty member and the preparation of a thesis in addition to the
prescribed course work. A thesis proposal will be prepared for approval by the
student’s advisory committee and the College of Graduate Studies prior to the
initiation of research. The thesis proposal and the thesis will be in conformance with
the guidelines and deadlines established by the College of Graduate Studies. The
thesis must demonstrate the capability of the student to perform original research
and to present the results obtained from such research in a clear, concise, and
well-organized manner.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
Each student in the MS, MQL program is required to pass a comprehensive
examination before receiving his/her degree. Students are required to
demonstrate their understanding of management and leadership. Students take

College of Science & Technology 263
the comprehensive examination in the semester they are enrolled in MQL 598,
Seminar in Manufacturing Quality Topics, which serves as the MS, MQL capstone
course. Normally, MQL 598 should be taken in the student’s last semester of
enrollment or after completion of all other core courses. Information about the
comprehensive examination requirement is available from the student’s academic
advisor.
Department of Mathematics
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS
PURPOSE
The MS in Mathematics is designed to enhance and enrich training in the
field of mathematics for persons who teach at the secondary level or in community
colleges, and to provide a rigorous depth and breadth of mathematical study for
people who plan to work as applied mathematicians in industry or government
agencies, as well as those who wish to continue their studies at the doctoral level.
The department offers the Master of Science degree with thesis and non-thesis
tracks.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Students should have an undergraduate degree in mathematics or related field.
Those lacking the appropriate background will be required to complete leveling
work. The departmental graduate advisor in consultation with the mathematics
faculty will review the student’s transcript and determine if leveling work is needed.
Leveling requirements generally include the following courses:
• MATH 120, 209, 306, 311, 332, 333, 409, 432
The departmental graduate advisor will assist the student in selecting a graduate
committee. The committee should consist of a minimum of three members, at least
two of whom are from the graduate faculty of the Department of Mathematics. The
third may be chosen from the graduate faculty of a department in which the student
takes supportive graduate course work.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The MS in Mathematics requires 36 hours of approved work in Mathematics
and supporting areas. At least 24 hours must be selected from 500-level MATH
courses that must include MATH 505(3), MATH 508(3), MATH 520(3), MATH
550(3), and MATH 598(1). Thesis and MATH courses numbered 570-579 may not
be used to satisfy this 24 hour requirement.
The remaining 12 hours will be selected from approved MATH or supporting
courses. These remaining hours may include 6 hours of thesis. If the thesis track
is chosen, the chair of the student’s graduate committee will direct the master’s
thesis.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
The department requires an oral comprehensive examination for the MS
degree. The comprehensive examination will be administered by the student’s
graduate committee during the last semester of the program. The Dean of the
College of Graduate Studies or a representative from the Graduate Office will be
invited to participate in the oral examination. If the result of the oral comprehensive
examination is less than satisfactory, additional course work in areas of weakness
may be recommended before rescheduling the examination.

264 College of Science & Technology
Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES
The Master of Science in Medical Laboratory Sciences offers students either
a non-thesis track with two concentrations (Molecular Diagnostics or Laboratory
Management) or a thesis track with a concentration in Molecular Diagnostics. All
of the M.S. degree options are thirty-six credit hours.
Admission to either the thesis or non-thesis tracks of the M.S. in Medical
Laboratory Sciences requires professional certification in one of the following
areas; MLS/MT (ASCP), HTL (ASCP), CT (ASCP), CG (ASCP) or ASCP Specialist
certification including SM, SC, SH or SBB, or a B.S. in Biology, Biochemistry,
Molecular Biology, Microbiology or a related field with a minimum of 16 credit
hours in biology (including microbiology, immunology, molecular biology), 1 credit
hours in chemistry (including 8 hours in inorganic chemistry and 8 hours of organic
chemistry or 4 hours organic chemistry and 4 hours biochemistry), approval of the
Program Director and admission to the Graduate school.
Applications, deadlines and additional information may be found at www.
tarleton.edu/medicallab.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
A. MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS CONCENTRATION
MLS 501, 520, 521, 525, 530, 531, 540, 550, 551, 599 24
MLS Electives* 3
BIOL 598 or GB 598 3
Thesis Option
MLS 588 6
Non-thesis Option
MLS 586, 4 hrs MLS Electives* 6
*Approved Electives: MLS 502, 504, 506, 586, 590
B. LABORATORY MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION
MLS 501, 506, 520, 525, 530, 531, 572, 586, 3 hrs MLS Elective** 21
BIOL 598 or GB 598 3
FIN 500, GB 586, MGMT 500, 511 12
**Approved Electives: MLS 502, 521, 550, 551, 590, 599
Notes:
Graduates of Tarleton State University’s Medical Laboratory Science Certificate
program may substitute MLS 502, MLS 504 and MLS 506 for MLS 525 and MLS
Electives.
Both the thesis and non-thesis Molecular Diagnostic options require a three credit
hour practicum, in which students gain exposure and practice molecular techniques.

Tarleton State University
Course Descriptions
CATALOG
2011-2012

UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Course Prefix Page Number Course Prefix Page Number
Accounting (ACC) ....................................267
Administrative Systems (ADMS) .............270
Agricultural and Consumer
Resources (A CR) ...............................269
Agricultural Communications (ACOM) ....269
Agricultural Economics (A EC) ................271
Agricultural Services and Development
(AGSD) ................................................276
Agriculture (AGRI) ....................................273
Agronomy (AGRN) ...................................274
Animal Science (ANSC)...........................278
Applied Music ..........................................377
Archeology (ARCH) .................................282
Art (ART) ..................................................282
Biology (BIOL) ..........................................284
Chemistry (CHEM) ...................................287
Communications (COMS) ........................302
Computer Information Systems (CIS) .....289
Computer Science (C S) ..........................305
Counseling (CNSL) ..................................301
Counseling Psychology (CPSY) ..............304
Criminal Justice (C J) ...............................299
Dairy Science (D S) .................................308
Division of General Studies (DGS) ..........307
Earth Science (E S) .................................329
Economics (ECO) ....................................308
Education (EDU) ......................................317
Educational Administration (EDAD) .........310
Educational Technology (EDTC) .............315
Engineering (ENGR) ................................324
Engineering Physics (ENPH) ...................325
English (ENGL) ........................................321
Entomology (ENTO) ................................326
Environmental Engineering (ENVE) ........327
Environmental Science (ENVS) ..............328
Family and Consumer Sciences (FCS) ...331
Finance (FIN) ...........................................334
Fine Arts (F A) ..........................................330
French (FREN) .........................................336
General Business (G B) ...........................336
Genetics (GEN) ........................................339
Geography (GEOG) .................................339
Geology (GEOL) ......................................340
German (GERM) ......................................341
Health (HLTH) ..........................................346
Health Professions Technology (HPT) ....348
Histology Technician (HLAB) ...................345
History (HIST) ..........................................341
Honors (HNRS) ........................................346
Horticulture (HORT) .................................346
Human Resource Management (HRM) ..349
Hydrology and Water
Resources (HYDR) .............................350
Industrial Technology (I T) ........................352
Kinesiology (KINE) ...................................354
Liberal Studies (L S).................................357
Management (MGMT) .............................363
Manufacturing Engineering
Technology (MET) ...............................363
Manufacturing Quality &
Leadership (MQL) ...............................375
Marketing (MKTG) ...................................367
Mathematics (MATH) ...............................357
Medical Laboratory Science (MLS) .........370
Medical Laboratory Technician (MLAB)...369
Military Science (M S) ..............................376
Music (MUSC) ..........................................377
Nursing (NUR) .........................................381
Philosophy (PHIL) ....................................383
Physical Sciences (P SC) ........................388
Physics (PHYS) .......................................384
Political Science (POLS) ..........................386
Psychology (PSY) ....................................388
Range & Ranch Management (RNRM) ..394
Reading (RDG) ........................................392
Religion Studies (R S) .............................396
Social Science (SOSC)............................398
Social Work (SWK) ..................................399
Sociology (SOC) ......................................396
Spanish (SPAN) .......................................398
Special Education (EDSP) .......................314
Theatre (THEA) ........................................401
Veterinary Technology (VETE) ................401
Wildlife Management (WLDM) ................404
Explanation of Course Descriptions
Each course is identified by a three-digit number. The first digit of each number
indicates the level or academic year that the course is normally taken (1--freshman,
2--sophomore, 3--junior, 4--senior, 5--graduate, 6--doctoral). The second and third digits
indicate departmental sequence. For example, ENGL 111 is a freshman course.
In course descriptions, the digit following the course number is the number of semester
credit hours. For example, ENGL 111-3 is a freshman level course worth 3 semester hours of
credit. The numbers in parentheses following the course title (for example, 3-2) indicate the
number of clock hours per week devoted to theory and practice, respectively. Theory includes
recitations and lectures; practice includes work in the laboratory, shop, drawing room, or
field. (WI) indicates that sections of this course will be offered as writing intensive. Course
descriptions include information about course content and learning objectives. Prerequisites
and lab or other fees for the course may be listed.

Course Descriptions
ACC
267
ACCOUNTING (ACC)
203-3 Introduction to Financial Accounting. (3-0) (TCCNS = ACCT 2301 or ACCT 2401)
An introduction to financial accounting concepts and their application in the accounting
process for business organizations. Includes financial statement preparation and
analysis and communication of financial information. No previous knowledge of
accounting required. Course fee $15. Lab fee $2.
204-3 Introduction to Managerial Accounting. (3-0) (TCCNS = ACCT 2302 or ACCT
2402) An introduction to the use of accounting information as an aid to management
decision making. Includes budgeting, the control process, the classification of costs,
and financial modeling. Prerequisite: ACC 203. Course fee $15. Lab fee $2.
300-3 Accounting Concepts. (3-0) A survey of basic accounting principles, concepts,
and methods to include a review of general purpose financial statements and the
accounting process. Financial accounting procedures are presented to support the
overall managerial function. This course is provided for students without a previous
accounting background. (Meets requirements for Accounting I.)
301-3 Business Analysis Using Spreadsheets. (3-1) Theory and application of
microcomputer spreadsheet technology applied in accounting, finance, management,
and other business disciplines. Intended to stimulate creative initiative and to develop
basic skills in performing common business tasks. Credit for both CIS 301 and ACC
301 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: ACC 203. Lab fee $15.
302-3 Cost Accounting. (3-0) An introductory cost course, emphasizing the accounting
for material, labor, and manufacturing expenses in both job order and process cost
systems. Special attention to distribution of service department cost and costing of
byproducts and joint products. Prerequisite: ACC 203.
303-3 Intermediate Accounting I. (3-0) The environment of accounting, development of
standards, basic theory, financial statements, worksheets, and the application of
generally accepted accounting principles for the business enterprise with emphasis on
corporations. Prerequisite: ACC 203 or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
304-3 Intermediate Accounting II. (3-0) A continuation of Intermediate I with continued
emphasis on generally accepted accounting principles as applied to the business
enterprise. Prerequisite: ACC 303 or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
305-3 Governmental and Institutional Accounting. (3-0) Budgeting, accounting, and
financial reporting principles and practices for governmental and other not-for-profit
entities. Prerequisites: ACC 303 or approval of department head.
308-3 Managerial Accounting. (3-0) A study of the uses of accounting information by
management. Accounting procedures and reports essential to management are
emphasized, as are cost analysis, cost control, budgeting, and controllership.
Prerequisite: ACC 203 or approval of the department head. Course cannot be counted
as part of a degree program for an accounting major.
310-3 Accounting Information Systems. (3-0) Specific study of design and implementation
of complex accounting information systems. An understanding of the traditional
accounting model and its relationship to each type of accounting information system
will be emphasized, including accounts receivable, inventory control, cost accounting,
operational budgeting, and capital budgeting. Key elements of a well-designed
management control system are included. Prerequisite: ACC 203. Lab fee $15.
399-v Cooperative Education. (Credit variable; 1-3 for each hour) This course is designed
to offer students the opportunity to integrate academic study with work experience
that is germane to their major or minor. Enrollment requires a two-semester minimum
commitment that may be accomplished by 1) alternating semesters of full-time study
with semesters of curriculum-related employment, or 2) enrolling in courses at least
half-time (6 semester hours) and working part-time in parallel positions of curriculumrelated
employment. The department Cooperative Education advisor will supervise the
student’s experience and assign the final grade based on the student’s final report
which is required to complete the course. Students may participate in the Cooperative
Education program for an unlimited number of semesters but a maximum of 6 hours
credit may be counted toward a degree. Prerequisites: Completion of 30 semester
hours which includes 12 hours in the major or minor discipline in which the Cooperative
Education course is desired, minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and a minimum GPA of 3.0 in

268 Course Descriptions
ACC
the appropriate major or minor field, and department head approval. Field assignment
fee $75.
401-3 Financial Accounting. (3-0) A study of financial statement analysis and accounting
topics related to financial statement presentation and disclosure. Prerequisite: ACC 304
or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
403-3 Advanced Accounting Principles. (3-0) Special phases of partnership accounting,
joint ventures, consignments, installment sales, statement of affairs and accounting for
insolvent concerns, and business combinations. Prerequisite: ACC 401 or concurrent
registration. Lab fee $5.
405-3 Federal Tax Accounting. (3-0) The present income tax law and regulations; income
tax legislation, treasury and court decisions, departmental rulings; income tax problems
and returns, social security, and self-employment taxes. Prerequisites: ACC 203 and
junior classification. Credit for both ACC 405 and FIN 405 will not be awarded.
406-3 Federal Tax Accounting-Advanced. (3-0) Current income tax law and tax accounting
procedures. Preparation of income tax returns of partnerships and corporations.
Prerequisite: ACC 405 or approval of department head. Credit for both ACC 406 and
FIN 406 will not be awarded.
423-3 Ethics for Accountants. (3-0-WI) Introduction to auditing and ethical responsibilities
for auditors and other accountants in both public and private practice. Topics
include generally accepted auditing standards, the standard audit report, legal
responsibilities of accountants, the Code of Professional Conduct for accountants,
independence, and objectivity. Includes case studies involving ethical reasoning and
decision making. The course objective is to provide students with a framework to
make ethical decisions. Prerequisite: ACC 304
424-3 Auditing Evidence and Reporting. (3-0) Procedures used by auditors and accounting
practitioners to gather and evaluate information and report on their findings. Includes
evaluation of internal control, planning an audit or other engagement, compliance
testing, substantive testing, statistical sampling, evaluation of findings, and
preparation of reports. Prerequisite: ACC 423.
435-3 Financial Statement Analysis. (3-0) Use of financial statements to analyze the
position of a firm. Topics include analysis techniques and limitations imposed by
generally accepted accounting principles. Prerequisite: ACC 303.
450-3 Management Information Systems. (3-2-WI) This course investigates management
issues related to business information systems designed to meet the informational
needs of the various business subsystems. The concepts of systems are development,
security, privacy and ethics associated with information systems are stressed. Credit
will be awarded for only 1 of the following courses: ACC 450, CIS 450, or MGMT
450. Prerequisite: CIS 103 or 3 hours Advanced CIS or ACC/CIS 301 and Junior
classification. Lab fee $15.
457-3 Accounting Theory. (3-0) A systematic study of the generally accepted accounting
rules and principles that govern the practical application of accounting methods.
Prerequisites: ACC 303 and 304.
484-6 Internship. (1-6) Preapproved and supervised work experience in an accounting
related position with a public or private business organization. May be repeated for a
total of 6 hours credit. Prerequisites: Junior classification and approval of department
head. Field assignment fee $75.
485-3 Seminar. (3-0) A study of current issues and developments in accounting. Prerequisite:
Approval of instructor.
486-v Problems. (Credit variable) A directed study of selected problems in accounting. May
be repeated with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Senior classification and
approval of department head.
503-3 Accounting for Management. (3-0) A study of accounting as related to problems
of making business and economic decisions. Includes both financial and managerial
accounting. Readings, problems, and cases requiring use of accounting data.
Prerequisite: FIN 500 or approval of instructor.
585-3 Accounting Seminar. (3-0) Selected accounting topics of current importance to
business management. May be repeated once for credit when topics vary.
586-v Problems. (Credit variable) This course offers students the opportunity to become

Course Descriptions
ACOM-A CR
269
acquainted with current research being conducted within the student’s area of interest;
directed reading of a number of sources selected in concert by the student’s professor.
Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
AGRICULTURAL COMMUNICATIONS (ACOM)
405-3 Publication Development in Agricultural Communication. (3-0) This course provides
directed experience in the development of a commercial agricultural publication.
Students will master public relations writing style, interviewing and photography skills,
and sponsorship sales techniques in an agricultural context. Prerequisites: Completion
of COMS 131 or 211 with a grade of ‘C’ or better and senior classification.
484-6 Internship. (0-16) Approved supervised work experience with an agricultural
communications organization or industry. Prerequisite: Senior classification. Field
assignment fee $75.
486-v Problems in Agricultural Communications. (Credit variable) Individualized study
of current topics in student’s major concentration of study or supporting discipline.
Specific content and credit dependent upon students’ interest, needs, and depth of
study. Maximum undergraduate credit, four semester hours. Prerequisites: Senior
classification and advanced approval by academic advisor.
490-3 Special Topics (3-0) Selected topics in Agricultural Communications. May be repeated
for credit when topics vary. Prerequisite: Senior classification or approval of department
head.
AGRICULTURAL AND CONSUMER RESOURCES (A CR)
502-3 Leadership for Agricultural and Consumer Resources. (3-0) Study and application
of leadership theories and styles related to functioning in agricultural and consumer
resources leadership positions.
511-3 Information Systems to Agricultural Services & Development. (3-0) Analysis of
information systems used in agricultural services and development. A study of the
flow of information in and among various components of the agri-education/industry/
business sectors.
513-3 Administration and Supervision of Career and Technical Education. (3-0) Theories
and procedures applicable to the organization, financing, and supervision of career
and technical education programs in secondary and post-secondary public institutions.
Prerequisite: Professional experience or approval of the instructor.
516-3 Program Building in Career & Technical Education. (3-0) Organization of educational
programs in agriculture and family and consumer sciences on local, state, national and
international levels. Prerequisite: Professional experience or approval of the instructor.
518-3 Ethical & Environmental Issues in Agricultural and Consumer Resources. (3-
0) Ethical and environmental issues affecting public policy as related to agricultural
and consumer resources areas, such as agricultural education, family and consumer
sciences’ education, AgriLife extension education, agricultural business and industry.
Credit for both ANSC 518 and ACR 518 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: Approval of
instructor.
519-3 Professional Development in Agricultural and Consumer Resources. (3-0)
Selected programs in agricultural education, AgriLife extension, service, development,
international, or family & consumer sciences programs. Also will serve as state certifying
course for cooperative part-time teacher preparation as topic justifies. Prerequisite:
Professional experience or approval of instructor. May be repeated for credit.
520-3 Programs and Personnel of the Cooperative Extension Service. (3-0) Enabling
legislation, program areas, teaching methods used, staffing patterns, funding, and
program administration of the Cooperative Extension Service. Special emphasis on
entry-level positions and responsibilities of each.
521-3 International Programs in Agricultural and Consumer Resources Education. (3-0)
The function of international agencies, organizations, foundations, religious groups, and
education concerning the improvement of the quality of life for peoples in developing
nations through improved, sustained agricultural production and consumer resources
understanding and application. Prerequisite: Admission to College of Graduate
Studies.

270 Course Descriptions
A CR-ADMS
540-3 Methods of Technological Change. (3-0) Methods of planning and implementing
change in agricultural and consumer resources techniques and practices. Special
emphasis on the role of the agricultural and family and consumer sciences’ change
agents and the effects of change on society and the economy. Prerequisite: Approval of
the instructor.
585-1 Introduction Seminar in Agricultural and Consumer Resources. (1-0) Group study
and discussion of current developments in graduate education related to agricultural
and consumer resources. Special emphasis given to development and maintenance
of professional relationships and responsibilities in conducting a graduate education
experience. Prerequisite: Graduate classification.
586-v Problems (Credit variable) Studies related to agricultural education, extension,
service and development, international programs, and policies affecting agriculture.
Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when student is ready to begin the thesis. No credit until
thesis is accepted. Prerequisite: Approved research methodology course and consent
of major professor.
590-3 Advanced Topics. (3-0) Selected topics in agricultural education offered as needed
and dependent upon departmental, faculty, and student interest. May be repeated as
topics vary.
598-3 Philosophy, Interpretation and Application of Research. (3-0) Studies designed to
acquaint students in agricultural research techniques and demonstration related to the
classroom, laboratories, work experience, and extension and adult education activities
in agricultural programs. Basic concepts concerning interpretation and analysis of
research data.
599-3 Practicum, Field Problems, or Internship. (3-0) Supervised professional activities
in agricultural and consumer resources education/AgriLife extension/industry/business
settings. Emphasis is placed on the student’s involvement in successful practices in
the area of professional interest. Experience may be on the local, state, national, or
international level. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
ADMINISTRATIVE SYSTEMS (ADMS)
105-3 Intermediate Keyboarding. (3-2) Students will master the alpha-numeric computer
keyboard by touch, with attention to accuracy and the correct formatting of business
documents such as letters, memorandums, formal reports, forms, and other business
correspondence. Prerequisite: Beginning typewriting in high school or college. Lab fee
$10.
314-3 Advanced Document Production. (3-2) Students will prepare high-quality documents
using the computer. Prerequisite: ADMS 105. Lab fee $10.
315-3 Word Processing. (3-2) Orientation to word processing concepts terminology,
procedures, and hardware. Students are given experience with basic and advanced
functions of dedicated word processors and microcomputer word processing software.
Prerequisite: Approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
316-3 Advanced Word Processing. (3-2) A comprehensive study of microcomputer word
processing software. Students will develop proficiency in the use of word processing
software through extensive hands-on experience with advanced formatting functions
including macros, graphics, drawing, merging, and sorting to create documents with
columns, tables, and charts. Prerequisite: ADMS 315 or approval of department head.
Lab fee $15.
318-3 Current Issues in Business Technology. (3-0) A survey of current topics to acquaint
the business student with a variety of technological changes encountered in the
business environment. Prerequisite: Junior classification.
319-3 Current Issues in Business Operations. (3-0-WI) Examination of a variety of
contemporary issues affecting business operations in the areas of accounting, finance,
business communication, business law, management, marketing, and economics.
Prerequisite: Junior classification.
413-3 Administrative Information Systems. (3-2) Business information and decision
support systems are examined as critical elements in business data and information
systems. Emphasis is placed on data and records management systems, electronic

Course Descriptions
ADMS-A EC
271
filing and retrieval systems, reprographics systems, telecommunication systems, and
machine transcription systems. The course includes discussion of current and future
technological trends. Prerequisite: Junior classification. Lab fee $12.
414-3 Administration of the Electronic Office. (3-0) Principles of office management,
including planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling are examined.
Emphasis is placed on improved managerial performance, including procedures,
personnel requirements, and equipment needs. Prerequisite: Junior classification.
484-3 Internship. (1-6) Pre-approved and supervised work experience in an administrative
systems-related position with a public or private business organization. May be
repeated for a total of 6 hours credit. Prerequisites: Junior classification and approval of
department head. Field assignment fee $75.
486-v Problems. (Credit variable) A directed study of selected problems in administrative
systems. May be repeated with department head approval. Prerequisites: Senior
classification and approval of department head.
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS (A EC)
105-3 Introductory Agricultural Economics. (3-0) (TCCNS = AGRI 2317) An introduction
to economic principles and concepts in agriculture today as they relate to the American
economic system. Emphasis will be on management problem-solving techniques
under various situations, especially those agricultural in nature, including producing,
processing, distributing, and consuming farm and ranch products. Course fee $40.
212-3 Microcomputer Applications in Agriculture. (2-2) (TCCNS = AGRI 1309)
Microcomputer technology applied to management, record keeping, and agribusiness.
Emphasis on the application of database, spreadsheet, and other business software in
various agricultural environments. Lab fee $15.
230-3 Agricultural Credit. (3-0) Emphasis will be on building Balance Sheets, Income/
Expenses Statements, Collateral Analysis, Credit Action Forms and Financial
Analysis. Prerequisites: A EC 105 and MATH 107 or equivalent.
312-3 Production Economics. (3-0) Application of economic production principles in solving
resource allocation problems in agriculture and agribusiness. Prerequisites: A EC 105,
ECO 201, 202, 302.
314-3 The Agricultural Marketing System. (3-0) An introductory course covering the
principles, practices, institutions, functions, and problems involved in the marketing of
agricultural commodities. Prerequisite: A EC 105 or ECO 202. Course fee $50.
317-3 Agricultural Statistics. (2-2) Statistical principles and methods in analyzing agricultural
and economic data to solve problems relating to production, consumption, and cost/
profit optimization. Provides a basic background in statistical analysis and related
computer applications. Prerequisite: MATH 107 or equivalent, or approval of instructor.
Lab fee $15.
333-3 Agricultural Prices. (3-0-WI) Factors affecting commodity prices, price trends and
seasonal variations, methods of forecasting demand and prices, and economic tools
and techniques for making decisions. Prerequisites: A EC 105, 212, and 314. Lab fee
$15.
399-v Cooperative Education. (Credit variable; 1-3 for each hour) This course is designed
to offer students the opportunity to integrate academic study with work experience
that is germane to their major or minor. Enrollment requires a two-semester minimum
commitment that may be accomplished by 1) alternating semesters of full-time study
with semesters of curriculum-related employment, or 2) enrolling in courses at least
half-time (6 semester hours) and working part-time in parallel positions of curriculumrelated
employment. The department Cooperative Education advisor will supervise the
student’s experience and assign the final grade based on the student’s final report
which is required to complete the course. Students may participate in the Cooperative
Education program for an unlimited number of semesters but a maximum of 6 hours
credit may be counted toward a degree. Prerequisites: Completion of 30 semester
hours which includes 12 hours in the major or minor discipline in which the Cooperative
Education course is desired, minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and a minimum GPA of 3.0 in
the appropriate major or minor field, and department head approval. Field assignment
fee $75.

272 Course Descriptions
A EC
401-3 Public Agricultural Food Programs and Policies. (3-0) Identification and analysis
of alternative governmental programs and policies affecting prices and quantities of
agricultural commodities, farmer-rancher incomes, food supplies and consumer prices,
and domestic and foreign food distribution and trade. Consideration of relevant political
and economic factors, administrative aspects, and the policy participants. Prerequisites:
A EC 105 or two semesters of economics and junior classification.
402-3 International Economics. (3-0) An introduction to international theory and policy and
its extensions, welfare effects of tariffs and non-tariff barriers, commercial policies of
the United States, trade policies of developing countries, multinationals, balance of
payments, and foreign exchange markets. Credit for both A EC 402 and ECO 401 will
not be awarded. Prerequisite: ECO 201.
406-3 Commodity Futures Markets. (3-0) Introduction to the organization and functioning of
futures markets. Analysis of the economic function performed by markets, and study of
fundamental and technical approaches to market forecasting. Examination of various
trading strategies applied primarily to agricultural commodities. Prerequisites: A EC 105
or ECO 202; A EC 212 and 314.
421-3 Regional Economics. (3-0-WI) Analysis of regional/community economic problems in
the United States. Application of economic principles and theory to regional/community
development. Evaluation of current methods and public programs for economic
development. Application of analytical methods to development problems. Credit for
both A EC 421 and ECO 421 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: A EC 105 or ECO 202.
425-3 Recreation and Tourism Economics. (3-0) Benefit-cost frameworks in public planning
for outdoor recreation development, pricing problems, market demand assessment,
and impacts of recreational development on regional economies. Prerequisites: A EC
105, ECO 201, 202.
430-3 Agricultural Finance. (3-0) Analysis of the capital requirements for farming and
ranching; principles involved in the use of each type of farm credit. Prerequisites: Senior
classification, A EC 312, and one semester of accounting, or approval of department
head.
433-3 Economics of Agribusiness Management. (3-0) Economic aspects of the
agribusiness system. Management techniques related to problem recognition and
decision making in organizations involved in the agricultural sector. Prerequisites: A EC
105 or ECO 202 and A EC 314.
484-v Internship. (Credit Variable) An approved, supervised, comprehensive work
experience consisting of a minimum of 240 hours (6 weeks) for career preparation in an
agribusiness enterprise. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior classification and approval of
academic advisor and department head. Field assignment fee $75.
486-v Agricultural Economics Problems. (Credit variable) Individualized study of current
topics in student’s major concentration of study or supporting discipline. Specific content
and credit dependent upon student’s interest, needs, and depth of study. Maximum
undergraduate credit, four semester hours. Prerequisites: Senior classification and
advance approval by instructor.
488-v Undergraduate Research. (Credit variable) Fundamental research methods will be
addressed through a faculty-directed project. Participation in an abbreviated lecture
series may be required. Project components may include a literature review, data
collection and analysis, testing, planning, project design, and/or computer modeling.
The student is required to prepare a final report and produce a presentation. No credit
is awarded until the report and presentation are submitted. Only one undergraduate
research experience will be counted toward degree requirements. Prerequisites:
Junior standing, completion of 12 hours in A EC, and approval of department head.
490-v Special Topics. (3-0) Deals with selected topics in agriculture or agribusiness. May
be repeated for credit when topics vary, with a maximum of six hours. Prerequisites:
Approval of department head.
501-3 Environmental Issues and Agricultural Policy. (3-0) Current and emerging problems
in economics of environmental issues relating to agriculture and agribusiness firms.
Examination of policy issues, institutions, and legal and political constraints in relation
to environmental quality and agricultural resources. Prerequisites: ECO 201 and 302,
or approval of instructor.

Course Descriptions
A EC-AGRI
273
510-3 Advanced Farm and Ranch Management. (2-2) Economic theory and business
principles applied to the organization and operation of farm and ranch businesses.
Emphasis will be on farm budgeting and decision making, selecting and combining
enterprises, analyzing farm investment alternatives, farm growth strategies, risk, and
uncertainty. Prerequisites: A EC 314. Lab fee $6.
512-3 Production and Operations Analysis. (3-0) Analysis of the production and operations
function from a problem-solving and quantitative models approach. Prerequisite:
Approval of instructor.
514-3 Advanced Agricultural Marketing. (3-0) Market development concepts, practices, and
strategies for food and fiber products. Causes, effects, and relationships to business
and consumer economics. Strategies for price risk management in buying and selling
agricultural products. Prerequisites: ECO 302 and A EC 314, or approval of instructor.
533-3 Management Practices of Agribusiness. (3-0) An examination of the choices,
decisions, strategies and organizational behavior of agribusiness firms and their
management. Primary emphasis will be given to the managerial practices of food and
agricultural supply firms in the agri-food industry. Prerequisites: A EC 430 or equivalent
FIN course, A EC 314 or MKTG 314, and MGMT 301, or approval of instructor.
586-v Agricultural Economics Problems. (Credit variable) Advanced independent study
and research in agricultural economics topics. A written report will be submitted to the
supervising professor. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
590-3 Advanced Topics. (3-0) Studies in mathematical economics, input-output analysis,
linear programming, social benefit-cost analysis, risk management, or other advanced
topics as offered. Prior academic training requirements vary with topic. May be repeated
once as topic varies. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
AGRICULTURE (AGRI)
101-1 Freshman Seminar in Agriculture. (1-0) (TCCNS = AGRI 1131) Exploration of
the nature and purpose of degree programs in agriculture, degree planning, course
sequencing, and the role of academic advisement related to career development and
career selection. Academic procedures, requirements, calendars, and support services
will be reviewed. The seminar will also include academic skills development aimed to
improve first-year success.
490-v Special Topics. (Credit variable) Deals with selected topics in agriculture or
agribusiness. May be repeated for credit when topics vary, with a maximum of six
hours. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
560-3 Agricultural Research Methods. (3-1) The application of sampling and experimental
designs to laboratory and field research for agricultural sciences. Data collection
protocols, statistical analyses, instrumentation, computer applications, data
presentation, and technical writing associated with plant and animal research. Students
are required to design and complete an independent research project or complete
components of a thesis.
580-3 Research Writing for Agricultural and Environmental Science. (3-0) Preparation
of writing samples, technical reviews, and/or professional manuscripts related to
various topics in agriculture or environmental sciences. Prerequisites: Approved
research methodology course and approval of instructor of record. Credit for 2 or
more classes of ANSC 580, AGRI 580 or ENVS 580 will not be awarded. Cross-listed
with ENVS 580.
585-v Graduate Seminar for Agriculture and Environmental Science. (1-0) A graduate
seminar with content varying according to the needs and experiences of students
and the instructor of record. May be repeated for up to three hours credit as content
varies. Credit for more than a combined total of 3 hours of AGRI 585, ANSC 585
or ENVS 585 will not be granted. Prerequisites: Open to all students with graduate
classification majoring in agriculture. Cross-listed with ENVS 585 and ANSC 585.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when the student is ready to begin the thesis. No credit until
the thesis is completed. Prerequisite: Approved research methodology course and
approval of instructor.
590-3 Special Topics. (3-2) Selected topics in agriculture offered as needed and dependent
upon departmental, faculty, and student interests. May be repeated as topics vary.

274 Course Descriptions
AGRN
Instructor approval required prior to registration.
AGRONOMY (AGRN)
105-3 Fundamentals of Crop Production. (2-2) (TCCNS = AGRI 1307) Classification
and distribution of farm crops; importance of food cultivars and good seed; crop
improvement; preparation of seedbed, commercial fertilizers, manures, and lime;
seeding practices; crop tillage; harvesting; meadow and pasture management; weeds;
crop rotation; diseases and insect enemies. Course fee $45. Lab fee $5.
301-4 Soils. (3-2) Designed to acquaint the student with the field of soil science. Basic
principles of the physical, chemical, and biological properties of the soil and their
general applications. Prerequisites: CHEM 105 and junior classification. Course fee
$25. Lab fee $4.
302-4 Soils, Land Use and The Environment. (3-2) Physical, chemical, and biological
characteristics of soils are studied to evaluate soils as elements in land use planning
and environmental quality. Topics include: introduction to soil classification, land
capability classification, soil erosion/conservation, moisture status evaluation, waste
disposal, reclamation, and cation exchange capacity. Prerequisites: AGRN 301. Lab
fee $25.
305-3 GIS for Natural Resource Managers. (2-2) An introductory course on the use of
geographic information systems (GIS) in natural resource management. Laboratory
exercises will apply knowledge learned in lectures to solve real world problems in
natural resource management using GIS software. Cross-listed with RNRM 305 and
WLDM 305: credit will not be given for multiple enrollments in these cross-listed
courses. Lab fee $15.
309-4 Introduction to Genetics. (3-2) Fundamental principles of genetics: variation, heredity,
and interaction of genes, linkage, sex linkage, and mutation. Special emphasis given
to breeding of farm crops and domestic animals. Laboratory includes demonstration
of Mendelian ratios with field crops and Drosophila and an introduction to statistical
methods as applied to agricultural research. Credit for AGRN 309, GEN 309 and VETE
309 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: BIOL 120 or 121 and Junior classification. Lab
fee $7.
312-4 Soil Genesis, Morphology, and Classification. (3-2) Chemical, biological, and
physical processes of soil formation leading to soil development. Recognition and
description of soils. Factors of soil formation and interaction of soil with ecosystems.
Morphology and diagnostic descriptions are practiced and soil classification is
introduced. Laboratory work will consist of field study of the morphological features
of soil and the use of soil morphology to practice soil classification. Provides practical
experience describing soil properties in the field. Prerequisites: AGRN 301 and
AGRN 302. Lab fee $20.
315-4 Weed Management. (3-2) General principles in the development of weed
prevention and management programs. Common weed ecology and life cycles,
land management factors, herbicide selection and performance, and cultural
control strategies. Laboratory includes weed identification and herbicide application
methods. Prerequisite: AGRN 105. Lab fee $10.
320-3 Improved Pastures and Grazing Crops. (2-2) To provide the student a thorough
understanding of the establishment, development, and maintenance of improved
native and introduced species of forage plants, including seed bed preparation, seeding
and sodding techniques, fertilization, weed control, and grazing systems involved in
maximizing the utilization of such pastures. Procedures used in the production and
harvesting of the seed or sod of each plant species also will be discussed. Prerequisite:
Junior classification or approval of department head.
411-3 Genetics (3-0) Molecular basis of gene structure, function, regulation and expression,
mutation theory, chromosomal aberrations, polyploidy effects and inheritance, genetic
engineering, biotechnology, and genetic ethics. Credit for both AGRN 411 and GEN 411
will not be awarded. Prerequisite: AGRN 309 or GEN 309 or equivalent course.
420-4 Soil Fertility. (3-4) To provide students with a thorough understanding of plant nutrition,
soil fertility, and nutrient management so that they can (1) describe the influence of soil
biological, physical, and chemical properties and interactions on nutrient availability to

Course Descriptions
AGRN
275
crops; (2) identify plant nutrition/soil fertility problems and recommend corrective action;
and (3) identify soil and nutrient management practices that maximize productivity and
profitability while maintaining or enhancing the productive capacity of the soil and
quality of the environment. Prerequisite: AGRN 301. Lab fee $4.
425-3 Crop Production and Management. (3-0-WI) Current concepts and practices in field
crop production with emphasis on the applications of technology. Recognition and
discussion of cultural practices, fertilization, irrigation, weed and pest control from
economic and environmental perspectives. Review of crop improvement strategies
and bio-engineering. Prerequisites: AGRN 105, 301, and 309.
440-3 Soil Physics. (3-0) Soil physical characteristics and their relationship to soil
management; emphasis placed on methods of measuring soil and soil conservation.
Credit for both AGRN 440 and AGRN 530 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: AGRN
301.
484-v Internship. (1 to 3-0) An approved, supervised, comprehensive work experience
consisting of a minimum of 240 hours (6 weeks) for career preparation in a public,
commercial, or private agronomic enterprise. Prerequisites: Senior or junior classification
and approval of academic advisor and department head. Field assignment fee $75.
486-v Agronomy Problems. (Credit variable) Individualized study of current topics in
student’s major concentration of study or supporting discipline. Specific content
and credit dependent upon student’s interest, needs, and depth of study. Maximum
undergraduate credit, four semester hours. Prerequisites: Senior classification and
advance approval by instructor.
488-v Undergraduate Research. (Credit variable) Fundamental research methods will be
addressed through a faculty-directed project. Participation in an abbreviated lecture
series may be required. Project components may include a literature review, data
collection and analysis, testing, planning, project design, and/or computer modeling.
The student is required to prepare a final report and produce a presentation. No credit
is awarded until the report and presentation are submitted. Only one undergraduate
research experience will be counted toward degree requirements. Prerequisites:
Junior standing, completion of 12 hours in AGRN, and approval of department head.
490-v Special Topics. (3-0) Deals with selected topics in agriculture or plant soil science.
May be repeated for credit when topics vary, with a maximum of six hours counting
towards the degree. Prerequisites: Approval of department head.
501-4 Plant Breeding. (3-3) Specialized study of genetics as related to plant breeding.
Methods of improving crop plants through hybridization, inbreeding and selection,
heterosis, ploidy, quantitative characters, and induced mutation. Prerequisites: AGRN
309 and graduate classification. Lab fee $5.
510-4 Vegetative Influences. (3-3) Effects of plants on their environment, microclimate,
soil properties, water yield, watershed management, forage production, and range
management practices. Prerequisites: Graduate classification and approval of instructor
of record. Lab fee $5.
511-3 Advanced Genetics. (3-0) Impact of molecular genetics and biotechnology in
agriculture and industry; evaluation of changes, discoveries, and potential of genetic
engineering; assessment of related ethical impact on society. Credit for both AGRN 511
and GEN 511 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: AGRN 309 or GEN 309 or equivalent.
540-3 Soil Mapping. (3-0) A field-based course in soil mapping incorporating landscape and
vegetative interpretation, source sediment identification and introductory cartographic
techniques. GIS techniques, aerial photo interpretation and county soil survey
interpretations will also be incorporated in some settings. The course will be designed
as a mini-session and will require travel to various areas across Texas to view a variety
of different soils. Travel locations may include but are not limited to far west Texas,
coastal areas, central Texas, etc. Students will be responsible for travel costs incurred.
Taught every other summer. Prerequisites: AGRN 301, 312 and graduate classification.
586-v Agronomy Problems. (Credit variable) Advanced problems in agronomy topics.
Prerequisite: Approval of instructor of record.
590-v Special Topics. (1 to 3-0) Selected topics in agronomy or soil science. May include
field trips, independent study, research, community service projects, or other activities
beyond the classroom. Prior academic training or experience requirements vary with

276 Course Descriptions
AGSD
topics offered. May be repeated once for credit as topics vary. Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor or department head.
AGRICULTURAL SERVICES & DEVELOPMENT (AGSD)
101-1 Freshman Seminar in Agricultural Services and Development. (1-0) A survey of
the agricultural services industry and the career preparations needed. Exploration of
degree programs, degree planning, and academic preparation will be reviewed. The
seminar will also include academic skills development aimed to improve first-year
success.
201-3 Agricultural Power Units. (2-2) Fundamentals of internal combustion engine
operation to include gasoline, diesel, and liquefied petroleum. Preventative
maintenance and general servicing of tractor engine systems: intake & exhaust; fuel;
lubrication; cooling; electrical; power trains; and hydraulic. Also covered are tractor
tune-up; small engine operation maintenance & reconditioning; and plumbing &
irrigation power systems. Lab fee $50.
211-3 Applied Analysis. (3-0) Collection and computer analysis of data and records related
to production agricultural enterprises. Problem-solving techniques related to the areas
of animal science, agronomy, agricultural business, and agricultural mechanization are
stressed.
221-3 Fundamentals of Agricultural Building Construction. (2-3) A course designed to
acquaint students with principles and application of carpentry, tool maintenance, tool
and hardware nomenclature, preparation of drawings and bills of materials, blueprint
reading, and the preparation and use of concrete. Also included are maintenance
needs for the home and agricultural buildings. Lab fee $8.
230-3 Introductory Metals and Welding. (2-4) Cold metal work, soldering, pipe fitting, tool
conditioning, hardware nomenclature, arc and oxyacetylene welding. Lab fee $25.
301-1 Analysis of Agricultural Occupations. (1-0) A course to advance student
understanding of professional occupations in agriculture and the professional and
technical competencies required.
302-3 Agricultural Sales and Services. (3-0-WI) Applications of successful selling. Principles
and practices in providing farm and ranch operations with agricultural materials,
supplies, equipment, and services. Seller aspects involved in the marketing of farm and
ranch products by farm-related agribusinesses. Career opportunities and preparation
in agricultural sales and services will be explored. Prerequisite: A EC 105 or approval of
department head. Course fee $50.
306-3 Laboratory Techniques in Agricultural Mechanics. (1-4) The development of
mechanical laboratory skills used in the teaching of agriculture with emphasis on
electrical, construction, and environmental topics. Laboratory management and
maintenance for effective teaching will also be emphasized. Lab fee $12.
318-3 Conservation and Water Utilization. (2-3) Surveying principles including leveling,
total station, laser levels, and mapping as applied to agriculture. The utilization of
GPS in the agricultural industry. Planning and development of structures for surface
water and waste water management. Lab fee $10.
325-3 Agricultural Electrical Systems. (2-2) Elements of: electric current generation and
transmission, agricultural applications of electric heating, lighting and power, wiring,
motors, and power rates. Also includes National Electrical Code and maintenance of
air conditioning and cooling systems. Lab fee $16.
329-3 Farm Utilities. (2-3) Farm water supply, sewage disposal, heating and ventilating
system, farm refrigeration and farmstead layouts. Lab fee $6.
340-3 Agricultural Field Machinery. (2-4) Principles of construction, operation, adjustment,
calibration, and repair of agricultural tillage, planting, cultivating, spraying, fertilizing,
and harvesting machinery. Laboratory activities include set-up of new equipment,
wear analysis and repair of used equipment, calibration of equipment, and field
operations. Lab fee $12.
401-6 Student Teaching. (1-16) Ten weeks or equivalent of off-campus supervised student
teaching in an Agricultural Science and Technology Program in selected public schools
in Texas. Prerequisite: Senior classification. Field assignment fee $75.
402-3 Processing and Storage of Agricultural Products. (2-2) The mechanical processes

Course Descriptions
AGSD
277
used in the processing and storage of grains, forages, nuts, and other agricultural
products along with factors important to maintaining product quality during storage
and processing. Lab fee $6.
405-3 Agricultural Mechanical Services. (2-2) Applications of advanced phases in
agricultural mechanics. The course will emphasize the organization, management,
service, and use of equipment in all areas of agricultural mechanics. Prerequisites:
Senior classification and 6 hours of AGSD. Lab fee $30.
406-3 Agricultural Mechanical Services and Instruction. (2-2) Field-based applications
of agricultural mechanics instruction. This course will emphasize the organization,
management, service, and use of equipment in all areas of agricultural mechanics
instruction. Prerequisites: AGSD 201, 221, 230, and EDU 330. Lab fee $30.
407-3 Program Methods. (3-0) A study of curriculum and programmatic management
for all aspects of the secondary/middle school agricultural science and technology
program. Topics include pre-employment laboratories, work-based learning, advisory
committees, supervised agricultural experience programs, new program development/
implementation, foundations of agricultural education, program activism, and
incorporating Agricultural Science and Technology into the total school curriculum.
Prerequisite: EDU 320.
410-3 Leadership Development. (2-2) Field-based experiences designed to develop
leadership ability for teaching, entrepreneurship, and conducting adult and youth
organizations. Includes systems of record keeping. Co-requisite: AGSD 420 or 430.
Lab fee $10.
420-3 Agriscience Course Building. (2-2) Field-based experiences are provided in a
school setting where students will prepare and deliver units of instruction for middle
school and secondary programs; develop unit and daily lesson plans, reports;
manage curricular issues; examine various models of instruction; implement brainbased
teaching and learning techniques, analyze classroom management strategies,
and demonstrate competencies in effective teaching practices. Prerequisites: EDU
330 and RDG 351. Lab fee $10.
430-3 Agricultural Extension and Industry Methods (3-0) Agricultural extension in
agriculture and the agriculture industry. Objectives include organization, methods, and
program building. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
450-3 Animal Related Systems. (2-2) Specialized feeding, training, and fitting livestock for
sales and advertising. Specialized topics in identifying, selecting, and evaluating poultry
and poultry products, horses, and dairy and dairy products. Prerequisites: Senior
classification and ANSC 107, 403. Lab fee $50.
455-3 Mexican Agricultural Relations. (3-0) A study of international agricultural technology,
educational methodology, and diverse cultural activities related to Mexico. A required
one-week trip at student’s expense to Mexico will be one of the requirements necessary
to meet the course objectives. Prerequisites: Junior or senior classification and approval
of the instructor. Field assignment fee $75.
483-3 Internship in Classroom Teaching in AGSD. (1-9) This internship includes
supervised, field-based activities in public school classrooms. Major emphasis is placed
on the development of instructional strategies and professional practices designed to
improve teaching performance. Students are required to conduct a reflective analysis of
their teaching performance. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: admission to the
Teacher Education Program and approval of department head. Field assignment fee
$75.
484-v Internship. (Credit variable) The student will complete an approved supervised
work experience with an agricultural services organization or industry. Prerequisites:
Senior Classification and advisor approval. Lab fee $2. Field assignment fee $75.
485-v Seminar. (Credit variable) A review of current problems and developments in
agricultural services; professional opportunities and responsibilities; individual
investigations and reports. Prerequisite: Senior classification.
486-v Problems in Agricultural Services. (Credit variable) Independent study in an area
of specialization. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 hours credit when topics differ.
Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
490-3 Special Topics. (3-0) Deals with selected topics in Agricultural Services and

278 Course Descriptions
ANSC
Development. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Prerequisite: Approval of
department head.
ANIMAL SCIENCE (ANSC)
101-1 The Animal Science Industry. (1-0) A survey of the Animal Science industry, its
challenges and recent trends as they affect entering students and their career plans
and preparations.
107-3 General Animal Science. (2-2) (TCCNS = AGRI 1319) The scientific study of animal
agriculture involving beef cattle, swine, sheep, goats, and horses. Subjects covered
will include management practices involving reproduction, nutrition, health, handling,
genetic selection, and shelter. Marketing strategies and procedures. Credit for both
ANSC 107 and VETE 107 will not be awarded. Course fee $40. Lab fee $13.
109-3 Introduction to Horse Production. (2-2) An introduction to some of the fundamental
aspects of horse production, including the scope and status of the equine industry.
Functional anatomy and dental hygiene of the horse are treated in detail, and the
disciplines of nutrition and reproduction are introduced. Prerequisite: ANSC 107 or
approval of department head. Course fee $10.
120-3 Rodeo Production and Skills. (2-2) A study of rodeo activities including organization,
promotion, and management of rodeos. Skill development in all standard events will be
emphasized with special attention to student needs. Course fee $25. Lab fee $10.
150-3 Rodeo Techniques. (1-2) Skill development in all standard events will be emphasized,
with special attention to student needs. Students must be members of the Tarleton
varsity rodeo team. Credits may substitute for required KINE only and may be repeated.
Prerequisite: Approval of rodeo coach.
201-3 Avian Science. (2-2) An introduction to the study of birds, their structure, physiology,
reproduction, ecology and behavior. Relates gamebird production and biology to basic
ornithological principles. Laboratory covers production of gamebirds from conception
and incubation to marketing and sales. Gamebirds studied are various quail, pheasant,
partridge, and wild turkey species. Credit for both WLDM 201 and ANSC 201 will not be
awarded. Prerequisite: Sophomore classification or approval of the department head.
Course fee $10.
202-3 Dairying. (2-2) (TCCNS = AGRI 1311) A survey of the dairy industry, dairy breeds,
standards for selection and culling, herd replacements, feeding, management, and
health maintenance. The food value, composition and quality, utilization, and processing
of market milk and dairy products will be discussed. Credit for both D S 202 and ANSC
202 will not be awarded.
203-3 Basic Horsemanship. (1-4) Instruction and practice of basic horsemanship skills.
Focus will be on the proper use of feet, seat, hands and legs to provide the horse
with the correct stimulus to perform basic maneuvers. Criteria from the North American
Riding for the Handicapped Association Instructor Certification Exam will be presented.
Prerequisite: ANSC 109. Course fee $15. Lab fee $5.
207-3 Market Animal Evaluation. (2-2) (TCCNS = AGRI 1325) Phenotypic evaluation of
market animals including cattle, swine, and sheep. Emphasis on selection of market
animals designated for slaughter. Evaluation of the economically important carcass
characteristics for each species will be studied. Prerequisite: ANSC 107. Lab fee $12.
210-3 Introduction of Veterinary Science. (3-0) An introduction to veterinary science
including structure and function of major body systems, nutrition, diseases, and surgical
principles. Both farm animals and companion animals will be discussed. Prerequisite:
ANSC 107. Course fee $10.
213-3 Horse Psychology and Training. (2-2) Principles of breaking and training young
horses, training techniques, basic anatomy, recognition of unsoundness and defects,
and corrective techniques. Prerequisites: ANSC 109. Lab fee $4.
215-3 Principles of Farrier Science. (1-6) Principles of horseshoeing. Trimming and
horseshoeing techniques; recognition and correction of lameness and conformation
defects. Anatomy and physiology of locomotion. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
Course fee $15. Additional fee may be charged for supplies and materials. Student
must furnish basic tools.
225-3 Equine Behavior Modification. (2-4) Application of the principles of equine psychology

Course Descriptions
ANSC
279
to train young horses. Students will be assigned a two- or three-year-old horse to train
in the fundamental maneuvers of equitation. Students will prepare these horses to be
marketed in an annual horse sale. The fundamentals of sale management will also be
covered. Prerequisite: ANSC 213. Course fee $15.
305-3 Equine Evaluation. (2-2) Comparative evaluation of horses for show and competition.
Conformation analysis, judging, basic exercise physiology, conditioning, and sales
preparation will be presented.
307-3 Livestock and Meat Evaluation. (2-2) Comparative evaluation of breeding and market
animals with emphasis on live animal selection, official carcass grading, carcass
contest, wholesale cut selection and pricing, and performance testing. Oral reasons
and written justifications on placing classes will be emphasized. Prerequisite: ANSC
207 or approval of department head and instructor. Lab fee $13.
308-4 Physiology of Reproduction. (3-2) Breeding efficiency of cattle, sheep, swine, and
horses. Study includes the anatomy and physiology of the male and female reproductive
tracts, hormones directly controlling reproduction, estrus and estrous cycles, ovulation,
mating, gestation, pregnancy tests, parturition, sperm physiology, semen evaluation,
collection and storage of semen, and the primary causes of sterility in males and
females. Credit for both ANSC 308 and VETE 308 will not be awarded. Prerequisites:
ANSC 107 and junior classification. Course fee $35. Lab fee $15.
309-4 Feeds and Feeding. (3-2) Study of principal feeds and feed-stuffs from a practical
point of view. Feeding standards and calculation of rations for maintenance, growth,
fattening, and for milk, wool, and egg production. Prerequisite: Junior classification.
Course fee $50. Lab fee $10.
310-4 Principles of Equine Reproduction. (3-2) Application of fundamental concepts and
principles of equine genetics, breeding and reproduction. Prerequisites: ANSC 308 and
either 213 or permission of instructor based on documentation of prior experience with
stallions. Lab fee $15.
313-3 Sheep and Goat Production. (2-2) Practical applications of breeding, feeding,
management, disease and parasite control with regard to range and farm conditions;
fitting and showing. Wool and mohair production; grading; sorting; and marketing.
Prerequisite: ANSC 107. Lab fee $10.
315-3 Animal Diseases and Parasites. (2-2) Diseases of farm animals, both infectious and
non-infectious, parasites, parasitic diseases. Disease and parasite prevention through
sanitation, treatment of animal diseases. Credit for both ANSC 315 and VETE 315 will
not be awarded. Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of department head. Lab
fee $2.
319-3 Animal Breeding. (3-0) Specialized study of the application of genetic principles to
livestock breeding. Improvement of the economic traits of farm animals by utilizing the
principles of heritability and selection. Breeding and selection systems in cattle, swine,
sheep, and horse production. Prerequisite: AGRN 309 or equivalent.
321-4 Meat Science. (2-4) Study of the science and physical processes involved in converting
selected farm animals into marketable products. Particular attention will be given to
the anatomy and nomenclature of meats, sanitation practices, and evaluation. Various
techniques used by commercial establishments will be accentuated in the study of
meat processing. Prerequisites: ANSC 107 and junior classification, or approval of
department head. Course fee $10.
324-3 Horse Nutrition. (2-2) Includes health of stallion, mare, and foal. Nutrition and selection
of optimum feeding programs. Prerequisite: ANSC 309. Lab fee $2.
325-3 Equine Exercise Physiology and Conditioning. (2-2) Studies of the influence
of training and conditioning on muscle physiology, cardiovascular physiology, the
biomechanics of locomotion, and energy utilization. This course is designed for
students primarily interested in training and recreational riding. Students will receive
training and experience in evaluating and monitoring the levels of conditioning in
horses. Fundamental rehabilitation and treatment of sports injuries will be included.
Prerequisites: ANSC 213, 321, 324, or approval of department head.
330-3 Equine Assisted Therapy. (1-4) Study and application of the methods of using the horse
in a therapy program. Guidelines from the North American Riding for the Handicapped
Association. Students will gain practical experience in the development and conduct

280 Course Descriptions
ANSC
of an equine-assisted therapy program. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
Course fee $10.
331-3 Advanced Equine Assisted Therapy. (1-4) Advanced studies in the use of the horse
in a therapeutic riding program. Students will gain the hands-on experience and
the information about riding, instruction and safety necessary to become a Certified
Therapeutic Riding Instructor with the North American Riding for the Handicapped
Association. Prerequisites: ANSC 109, 330, and approval of the instructor. Course fee
$10.
399-v Cooperative Education. (Credit variable; 1-3 for each hour) This course is designed
to offer students the opportunity to integrate academic study with work experience
that is germane to their major or minor. Enrollment requires a two-semester minimum
commitment that may be accomplished by 1) alternating semesters of full-time study
with semesters of curriculum-related employment, or 2) enrolling in courses at least
half-time (6 semester hours) and working part-time in parallel positions of curriculumrelated
employment. The department Cooperative Education advisor will supervise the
student’s experience and assign the final grade based on the student’s final report
which is required to complete the course. Students may participate in the Cooperative
Education program for an unlimited number of semesters but a maximum of 6 hours
credit may be counted toward a degree. Prerequisites: Completion of 30 semester
hours which includes 12 hours in the major or minor discipline in which the Cooperative
Education course is desired, minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and a minimum GPA of 3.0 in
the appropriate major or minor field, and department head approval. Field assignment
fee $75.
400-3 Research and Writing in Animal Sciences. (3-0-WI) Detailed discussions and
literature review of current knowledge in areas such as reproductive and alimentary
physiology, nutrition, parasitology, pharmacology, and genetics. Topics will include
experimental design and statistical evaluation of agricultural research. Students
will prepare various types of writings based on scientific literature. Credit for both
ANSC 400 and VETE 400 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: Senior classification in
agriculture.
403-3 Beef Cattle Production. (2-2) Beef cattle industry, principles involved in breeding,
feeding, management, disease and parasite control, and marketing analysis of ranch
and feed lot systems. Prerequisite: ANSC 309 or 406. Lab fee $9.
405-3 Anatomy and Physiology of Farm Animals. (3-0) Introduction to comparative
anatomy and physiology of farm animals. The roles of the various systems of the
animal body will be studied with practical applications made to animal production.
Prerequisites: ANSC 107 or equivalent and junior classification.
406-3 Animal Nutrition. (3-0) The animal body, its composition and food, some physiochemical
bases of life processes; digestion, composition, metabolism, and functions of feeds
and nutrients; vitamins, inorganic elements, and metabolism; growth, reproduction,
lactation. Credit for both ANSC 406 and VETE 406 will not be awarded. Prerequisites:
ANSC 107 and senior classification or approval of instructor.
408-3 Environmental Physiology of Farm Animals. (3-0) Studies of farm animals and
interactions with their physical environment. Detailed attention is given to the effects
of changes and extremes in natural and artificial animal environments, including
temperatures, shelter, altitude, humidity, crowding, and other stress factors associated
with modern livestock production and handling practices. Prerequisites: ANSC 405 and
senior classification or approval of department head.
410-3 Swine Production. (2-2) Applications of breeding, feeding, housing, sanitation, and
disease control. Analysis of herd records. Prerequisite: ANSC 309 or 406. Lab fee $8.
412-3 Meat Processing and Merchandising. (2-2) The chemical and physical characteristics
of meats and their relations to the processing and manufacturing of meat food items.
Carcass value as influenced by merchandising techniques and practices. Sanitation
control and commercial and retail operations will be stressed. Laboratory work will
include meat processing and the development of competencies in processing all
classes of livestock. Prerequisite: ANSC 321 or approval of department head. Lab fee
$10.
426-3 Big Game Ecology and Management. (2-2) Survey of distributions and life histories

Course Descriptions
ANSC
281
of North American big game species. Productivity, food habits, economic significance
and management will be examined. Will include a study of current management
strategies employed on deer farms in North America with a focus on the Texas
deer industry and impacts on traditional wildlife management. Credit for both ANSC
426 and WLDM 426 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: WLDM 221 and 8 hours of
advanced ANSC/WLDM or approval of the department head. Modest cost of field
trips will be borne by the student. Course fee $5.
430-3 Horse Enterprise Management. (2-2) Individualized instruction in management
techniques for horse enterprises. Record systems, marketing, and business operation
procedures. Prerequisites: Senior classification in ANSC and approval of instructor.
Course fee $10. Lab fee $10.
450-3 Feed Analysis. (1-4) Analytical techniques for determining the nutrient content of
animal feeds. Students will learn to measure moisture, protein, fiber, carbohydrates,
fats, and minerals. Different methods for estimating the useable energy content of feeds
will be presented. Prerequisite: CHEM 108 or approval of department head.
458-3 Laboratory Topics in Animal and Food Sciences. (1-4) Individualized instruction
in laboratory analytical procedures, techniques, and instrumentation commonly used
in animal and food sciences. Topics involve various aspects of analysis techniques
associated with nutrition, reproduction, breeding, physiology, and meats and dairyproducts
processing. May be repeated once when topics vary. Lab fee $20. Students
may also need to purchase appropriate personal articles such as protective apparel.
484-v Internship. (1; 8-16 Credit variable, 3-6) Formally arranged and approved on-the-job
training with cooperating sponsor in a commercial or private sector of the livestock or
meats industries. A minimum of 40 hours of training is required for each hour of academic
credit. A maximum of six hours credit may be earned by internship completion. Oral and
written reports of internship experience required. Prerequisite: Advanced standing and
approval of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
485-v Seminar. (Credit variable) A review of current problems and developments in
agriculture; professional opportunities and responsibilities; individual investigations and
reports. Credit for both ANSC 485 and VETE 485 will not be awarded. Prerequisite:
Senior classification.
486-v Animal Science Problems. (Credit variable) Individualized study of current topics in
student’s major concentration of study or supporting discipline. Specific content and
credit dependent upon student’s interest, needs, and depth of study. May be repeated
for a maximum of 6 semester hours credit. Prerequisite: Senior classification and
advance approval by academic advisor.
490-3 Special Topics. (3-0) Selected topics in the animal sciences. May be repeated for credit
when topics vary, with a maximum of six hours. Prerequisite: Approval of department
head.
504-3 Ruminant Nutrition. (3-0) Survey of current knowledge and concepts in ruminant
physiology and biochemistry, their literature and experimental basis and relation to
current and future practice and investigation. Prerequisites: ANSC 406 and graduate
classification.
505-3 Advanced Livestock Production. (3-0) Survey of current knowledge and concepts in
breeding and reproduction, nutrition, and modern management of livestock. Review of
past and present research and application to future practice. Prerequisites: ANSC 308
and graduate classification.
506-3 Assisted Breeding Technology. (2-2) Theory and practice of assisted breeding
technology in modern breeding programs for farm livestock and other animal species.
Prerequisites: ANSC 308 and AGRN 309 or equivalents.
507-3 Advanced Beef Cattle Production. (3-0) A study of current technologies and
management practices for beef cattle operations. Specific topics will be selected
for in-depth study of current knowledge, available technologies, implementation
methods, and expected benefits for the beef cattle industry. Prerequisites: ANSC 403
or equivalent.
513-3 Advanced Meat Goat Production and Management. (3-0) In-depth study and
applications of management situations for breeding, feeding, housing, and herd
health of goats. Prerequisites: ANSC 107 or equivalent and approval of instructor.

282 Course Descriptions
ANSC-ARCH-ART
515-3 Animal Growth and Development. (3-0) A study of the processes related to animal
growth. Emphasis on cellular changes allowing for muscle, bone and adipose tissue
growth as well as the role and functions of hormones related to development and
age-related adaptation. Composition of muscle, bone, and adipose tissue in market
animals will be discussed. Prerequisites: ANSC 107 and approval of instructor.
518-3 Ethical/Environmental Issues in Agriculture. (3-0) Ethical and environmental
issues affecting public policy as related to agri-education/industry/business. Credit
for both ANSC 518 and A CR 518 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: Approval of
instructor.
520-3 Beef Cattle Feedlot Management. (3-0) A study of the operation of industrial feedlots.
Design of feedlots, economics, technical nutrition, cattle management, marketing, and
consumer relations. Prerequisites: ANSC 309 and graduate classification.
540-3 Advanced Dairy Ration Balancing and Records Management. (1-4) Students
will learn to evaluate real-life dairy rations and feeding management strategies and
make suggestions for improvements. Students also will learn to evaluate dairy herd
management records and make management recommendations based on those
records. The course is for students who desire advanced practical training in applied
nutrition and dairy herd management. Credit for both ANSC 540 and either D S 440 or
ANSC 440 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: D S 302 or equivalent.
580-3 Research and Writing for Agriculture. (3-0) Preparation of writing samples,
technical reviews, and/or professional manuscripts related to various topics in
agriculture. Prerequisites: Approved research methodology course and approval of
instructor of record.
585-v Agriculture Seminar. (variable) A graduate seminar with content varying according
to the needs and experiences of students and the instructor of record. May be repeated
for up to three credit hours as content varies. Credit for more than a combined total
of 3 hours of AGRI 585 and ANSC 585 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: Open to all
students with graduate classification majoring in agriculture.
586-v Animal Science Problems. (Credit variable) Advanced studies in animal science
problems and procedures. Problems assigned according to experience, interest, and
needs of individual student.
588-v Thesis. (variable) Scheduled when the student is ready to complete the thesis. No
credit until the thesis is completed. Prerequisite: Approved research methodology
course and approval of the instructor of record.
590-3 Special Topics in Animal Sciences. (3-2) Selected topics in Animal Sciences offered
as needed and dependant upon departmental, faculty, and student interests. May be
repeated as topics vary. Instructor approval required prior to registration.
599-3 Internship. (1-8) Prepared and supervised work experience in an Animal Sciencerelated
position with a public or private business organization. May be repeated for a
total of 6 hours credit. Prerequisite: Approval of the student’s graduate committee. Field
assignment fee $75.
ARCHEOLOGY (ARCH)
201-3 Archeology. (3-0) A survey of human prehistory and the origins of civilization. Topics
covered include archeological theory and methodology, the evolution of humans, the
origins of culture, development of agriculture, and the early history of world civilizations.
Theory reinforced by field experience.
ART (ART)
111-3 Design I. (2-4) Emphasis on two-dimensional design; includes the fundamentals of
line, color, form, texture, shape, space, and arrangement.
121-3 Drawing I. (2-4) (TCCNS = ARTS 1316) A beginning course investigating a variety of
media, techniques, and subjects, exploring perceptual and descriptive possibilities and
consideration of drawing as a development process as well as an end in itself.
131-3 Art Appreciation. (3-0) (TCCNS = ARTS 1301) A theory course designed to introduce
the trends, techniques, styles, and major personalities of the visual arts.
211-3 Design II. (2-4) (TCCNS = ARTS 1311) Continuation of Design I with emphasis on
three-dimension concept. Lab fee $5.

Course Descriptions
ART
283
221-3 Drawing II. (2-4) (TCCNS = ARTS 1312) Expansion of Drawing I stressing expressive
and conceptual drawing aspects, including the human figure within a spatial
environment. Prerequisite: ART 121.
231-3 Art History I. (3-0) (TCCNS = ARTS 1303) A chronological examination of Western
painting, sculpture, architecture and related visual arts from prehistoric times to the end
of the Gothic Period.
232-3 Art History II. (3-0) (TCCNS = ARTS 1304) A chronological examination of painting,
sculpture, architecture and related visual arts from the early Renaissance to the present.
234-3 Introduction to Digital Media. (2-4) This course is a studio art course that serves
as an introduction to digital media, with an emphasis on the medium as vehicle for
creative expression. It entails learning new technical skills concerning digital imaging,
as well as discovering conceptual and aesthetic concerns, while using computers to
develop and produce finished artworks. Prerequisite: ART 111 or instructor approval.
Course fee $40. Lab fee $10.
235-3 Photography. (2-4) This course covers basic to intermediate digital camera operation,
color management, software, scanning, professional print and web-based output.
Students will also learn basic composition, visual narrative, media ethics, as well as
more artistic photographic techniques. The course will focus on developing technical
proficiency, aesthetic skills, and the language of photography while examining its history
and discussing its use in media, photojournalism, and contemporary art photography.
Course fee $40. Lab fee $10.
241-3 Introduction to Painting Media. (2-4) An introduction to painting media with an
emphasis on color, composition, and self expression. Prerequisites: ART 111, 121, 221,
or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
311-3 Experimental Media Studio. (2-4) A studio course in experimentation in two- and
three-dimensional media and techniques. May be taken for credit twice. Prerequisites:
ART 211, 221 or department head approval. Lab fee $5.
321-3 Life Drawing. (2-4) An advanced drawing course based on the observation of the
human figure and interpretation through a variety of drawing techniques. May be taken
for credit twice. Prerequisites: ART 111 and 221 or approval of department head. Lab
fee $10.
331-3 Art History of America. (3-0) A study of the art of America from pre-Columbian periods
to the present.
341-3 Painting Studio. (2-4) A continued investigation of the technical qualities and expressive
possibilities of painting media with emphasis on personal and stylistic development.
May be taken for credit twice. Prerequisite: ART 241 or approval of department head.
Lab fee $5.
342-3 Watercolor. (2-4) A studio in painting with an emphasis on traditional watercolor within
the study of color, composition, and self expression. May be taken for credit twice.
Prerequisite: ART 241 or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
351-3 Sculpture Studio. (2-4) An investigation of the cultural techniques, methods and
media. May be taken for credit twice. Prerequisites: ART 111, 121, 211, 221 or approval
of department head. Lab fee $5.
371-3 Printmaking. (2-4) The basic printmaking processes including planographic, intaglio,
stencil, and relief. May be taken for credit twice. Prerequisite: ART 111, 121, or approval
of department head. Lab fee $10.
381-3 Digital Print-Based Media. (2-4) This is an intermediate course in digital media, with
an emphasis on the printed image as a vehicle for expression. As a studio-based
course, it will investigate the principles and processes of digital imaging and design,
including cameras, scanning, software, typography and output options such as print
and web. Visual issues covered in assignments include composition, subject matter,
design, and context. May be taken twice for credit. Prerequisite: ART 234 or instructor
approval. Course fee $40. Lab fee $10.
382-3 Digital Time-Based Media. (2-4) This studio art course introduces the creative
concepts and practical study of time-based digital media, such as 2D animation, video,
sound, and interactive electronic artworks. Concepts addressed include narrative,
choreography, rhythm, interactivity, and the history of the moving image. Students will
work both individually and in collaboration to explore these concepts through a variety of

284 Course Descriptions
ANSC-BIOL
media, including video screenings, performance, books, web sites, and installation art
displays. May be taken twice for credit. Prerequisite: ART 234 or instructor approval.
Course fee $40. Lab fee $10.
441-3 Advanced Studio in Two-Dimensional Media. (2-4) A guided project in a variety of
two-dimensional media with a group or individual show as an objective. May be taken
for credit twice. Prerequisite: Completion of 6 hours of junior-level studio courses with a
grade of C or better or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
481-3 Interactive Art Media. (2-4) This is an advanced studio art course in digital media.
Topics include the use of computers in art that offer interactive capabilities for the
viewer/audience including both virtual web-based projects and physically interactive
environmental installation artworks. Simple computer programming, electrical, and
sculptural concepts will be implemented. May be taken twice for credit. Prerequisite:
ART 381 and 382, or instructor approval. Course fee $40. Lab fee $10
485-3 Art Seminar. (3-0) Content varies according to the needs of students and opportunities
available. When topic varies, course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Junior
classification or approval of department head.
486-v Individual Problems in Art. (Credit variable) Art problems assigned in the area of
the student’s individual interest with emphasis on individual development. Prerequisite:
ART 221.
490-3 Art Portfolio Capstone. (1-12-WI) An integrative course providing an overview of
pertinent issues in creating a professional art portfolio. Students will produce a body
of art works that are representative of their style and abilities. Written discourse on
the visual arts will be stressed. Prerequisites: Senior level status. Art majors seeking
education certification must take this course before the semester in which they are
student teaching. Lab fee $5.
BIOLOGY (BIOL)
120-4 General Biology. (3-2) (TCCNS = BIOL 1411) Detailed study of a typical cell, cell
phenomena, mitosis, meiosis, nucleic acids, protein synthesis, basic principles of
genetics, photosynthesis, and respiration. A survey of the Plant Kingdom is covered.
Much of laboratory is devoted to the anatomy and physiology of flowering plants, while
representatives of the lower plant phyla are studied with emphasis on life histories.
Substantial microscopic observation required. Course fee $40. Lab fee $10.
121-4 General Biology. (3-2) (TCCNS = BIOL 1413) The major animal phyla and vertebrate
systems are surveyed, with representative examples and dissection of the frog stressed
in the laboratory. Substantial microscopic observation required. Course fee $40. Lab
fee $10.
210-3 Essential Elements of Biology. (2-3) The study of morphology, anatomy, growth, life
cycles, ecology, behavior, classification, and uses of organisms. Human systems and
tissues and mechanisms of heredity and metabolism will be introduced. The laboratory
will give experience in the use of the microscope, dissecting procedures, and problem
solving. Prerequisite: 8 hours laboratory science. Lab fee $10.
219-4 Human Anatomy and Physiology. (3-2) (TCCNS = BIOL 2401) Basic physiological
principles and their applications in the study of the skeletal, muscular, and nervous
systems are emphasized. Substantial microscopic observation required. Course fee
$40. Lab fee $10.
220-4 Human Anatomy and Physiology. (3-2) (TCCNS = BIOL 2402) A continuation of
the integrated study of human anatomy and physiology. Emphasis is on the various
organ systems not studied in BIOL 219. Substantial microscopic observation required.
Course fee $40. Lab fee $10.
302-4 Histology. (3-3) Introduction to cellular ultrastructure. Study of vertebrate tissues
and their arrangement in various organs. Prerequisites: BIOL 121 or approval by the
department head. Lab fee $10.
303-4 Heredity. (3-3) The fundamental principles of inheritance and their application to plants
and animals including humans. Laboratory stresses genetic variables and manipulation
of genetic traits. Prerequisite: 12 hours BIOL. Lab fee $10.
306-4 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. (3-4) The morphology, physiology, and phylogeny
of the organ systems of vertebrates. Laboratory study of representative vertebrates.

Course Descriptions
BIOL
285
Prerequisite: 8 hours of biology. Lab fee $10.
307-4 Microbiology. (3-4) Study of micro-organisms; characteristics, physiology, genetics,
and their interrelations with humans. Substantial microscopic observation required.
Prerequisites: 2 semesters of biology and 1 semester of chemistry or approval by the
department head. Lab fee $15.
313-4 Molecular Biology. (3-4) Fundamentals of gene expression, gene regulation, DNA
metabolism and nucleic acid structure, recombinant DNA techniques and protein
structure. Prerequisites: BIOL 303 and CHEM 201.
315-4 Plant Taxonomy. (3-3) Principles of plant taxonomy. Field and laboratory studies
of common Texas wild flowers and trees with emphasis on identification, collection,
and preparation of herbarium specimens. Prerequisites: 7 hours of BIOL, junior
classification, or department head approval. Lab fee $10.
320-4 Plant Pathology. (3-3) Study of the various types of plant diseases and specific
examples of each type. Emphasis upon identification, host-parasite interactions,
pathogen dissemination, and control methods. Prerequisites: BIOL 120, 307 or approval
by department head. Lab fee $10.
336-4 Plant Physiology. (3-3) A study of physiology of green plants with emphasis on nitrogen
metabolism, respiration, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, and growth. Prerequisites: 1
semester of BIOL with plant emphasis and one semester of organic chemistry. Lab fee
$10.
340-3 Introduction to Marine Biology. (3-0) General considerations of the marine environment
including habitats, biota, zoogeography, and humans’ impact. Prerequisites: BIOL 120,
121.
349-4 Invertebrate Zoology. (3-3) The study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology, and
phylogeny of the invertebrate animals, exclusive of the Insecta. Prerequisites: 12 hours
of BIOL or approval by the department head. Lab fee $10.
353-3 Ecology and Evolution. (3-0-WI) The objective of this course is to convey a basic
understanding of how life evolves, how organisms interact with their environments,
and how evolutionary and ecological principles can be applied to a wide range of
questions. Emphasis will be placed on the writing process. Prerequisites: BIOL 120,
121.
385-4 Immunology. (3-3) Emphasis on the basic concepts of humoral and cell-mediated
immunity. Laboratory: current techniques in experimental immunology and serology.
Prerequisites: BIOL 307 and one year of CHEM or approval by the department head.
Lab fee $10.
395-4 Pathogenic Microbiology. (3-3) A study of the disease-producing capacities of
various microorganisms with emphasis on the diagnostic procedure of isolation and
identification. Prerequisite: BIOL 307 with minimum grade of “C” or approval by the
department head. Lab fee $10.
401-4 Ecology. (3-3) Plants and animals in relation to their environment. Prerequisites: 2
semesters of BIOL or approval by the department head. Lab fee $10.
430-4 Ornithology. (3-3) A study of the basic biology of birds, including origins, systematics,
ecology, biogeography, physiology, anatomy, and reproductive biology. Laboratory
emphasizes identification of regional avifauna and includes multiple field trips.
Prerequisites: BIOL 120, 121. Lab fee $10.
441-4 Limnology. (3-3) A study of aquatic communities and the physiochemical factors
affecting the productivity of ponds, reservoirs, and streams. Experience in hydrographic
survey morphometry. Prerequisites: 1 year of CHEM and 12 hours of BIOL, including
BIOL 120, 121. Lab fee $10.
442-3 Marine Ecology. (3-0) Study of marine ecosystems including physical, chemical, and
biological factors which influence the distribution of marine organisms. Prerequisites:
BIOL 120, 121, 401 or approval by the department head.
445-4 Parasitology. (3-3) A survey of the various invertebrate parasites of medical
importance with particular reference to epidemiology and the host-parasite relationship.
Prerequisites: 12 hours of BIOL or approval by the department head. Lab fee $10.
451-4 Mammalogy. (3-3) A study of the evolution, anatomy, behavior, ecology, systematics,
and basic biology of mammals. Laboratory work includes identification of regional
mammals as well as techniques for the collection and preparation of mammalian

286 Course Descriptions
BIOL
specimens. Prerequisites: BIOL 120, 121. Lab fee $10.
460-4/ Animal Physiology. (3-3) Basic principles of life processes and how they apply to the
461-4 integrated functions of organ systems. Functions of the various organ systems of
animals are studied. Prerequisites: 12 hours of BIOL and one semester of organic
chemistry with laboratory. Lab fee $10 per course.
462-4 Ichthyology. (3-3) A study of the anatomy, behavior, ecology, evolution, taxonomy,
and zoogeography of fishes. Field and laboratory work provide students with practical
experience in collecting, identifying, and studying fishes. Emphasis will be placed on
local fauna. Prerequisites: BIOL 120, 121. Lab fee $10.
470-3 Analysis of Biological Principles. (2-4) The comparative study of the morphology,
anatomy, genetics, metabolism, reproduction, and the phylogenetic and ecological
relationships of organisms. Prerequisite: 16 hours advanced BIOL or approval of
department head. Lab fee $10.
474-3 Biochemistry I. (3-0) An introduction to the basic principles of biological chemistry
and to fundamental processes of plants, animals and microorganisms. Credit for both
BIOL 474 and CHEM 474 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: 1 semester of organic
chemistry (2 semesters recommended) and 8 hours of biological science or approval of
department head.
475-3 Biochemistry II. (3-0) A detailed survey of intermediary metabolism. The metabolism
of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids, and the regulation of metabolism
are emphasized. Credit for both BIOL 475 and CHEM 475 will not be awarded.
Prerequisites: BIOL/CHEM 474, or approval of department head.
478-3 Biochemistry Lab. (1-5) Principles and applications of basic methodology for the
isolation, purification, characterization, and quantitative determination of biologically
important compounds. Credit for both BIOL 478 and CHEM 478 will not be awarded.
Prerequisite: BIOL 474 or CHEM 474 or concurrent enrollment, or approval of
department head. Lab fee $15.
485-v Seminar. (Credit variable) Survey of biological literature, biological instrumentation,
history of biology, and current trends in biological sciences. Grading in this course is
satisfactory/unsatisfactory. Prerequisite: 12 hours BIOL and approval of department
head.
486-v Biology Problems. (Credit variable) A course open by invitation to capable juniors and
seniors wishing to pursue a biological problem. Students are permitted and encouraged
to work independently under the guidance of an instructor. May be repeated for credit,
subject to the approval by the department head. Prerequisites: 2 years of BIOL, the
ability to do independent work, and approval of department head. Lab fee $10.
490-v Special Topics. (Credit variable) Deals with selected topics in biology. May be
repeated for credit when topics vary. Prerequisite: approval of department head.
502-3 Ecological Plant Physiology. (3-0) The interrelations of plants and their environments
with emphasis on those which are subject to manipulation. Critical processes such
as dormancy, photosynthesis, nutrition, reproduction, and water relations and their
interactions in survival and biomass production. Prerequisite: BIOL 336 or approval by
the department head.
509-3 Cellular Biology. (3-0) A study of cellular morphology and function at the ultrastructural
and molecular level. Prerequisites: Organic chemistry and 18 hours of BIOL or approval
by the department head.
520-3 Environmental Biology. (3-0) Study of humans’ interactions with plants and animals
within ecosystems to include environmental issues; conservation, utilization, and wise
management of natural resources.
521-3 The Aquatic Environment. (3-0) A study of the basic principles involved in the ecology
of the aquatic community including biotic and abiotic relationships. Emphasis placed on
the sources of water contamination to include the effects of the contamination upon the
changes in water chemistry and their possible biological implication. Prerequisite: 18
hours of BIOL and 2 semesters of CHEM or approval by the department head.
530-3 Development of Modern Biological Concepts. (3-0) A study of the development of
biological concepts and their impact upon science and society. Biographical as well
as contemporary readings will be involved. Prerequisite: Graduate classification or
approval by the department head.

Course Descriptions
BIOL-CHEM
287
531-3 Conservation Biology. (3-0) Principles of conservation biology. Study of how
evolutionary change, dynamic ecology, and humans influence conservation of living
organisms. Topics include population genetics, ecosystem conservation, habitat
fragmentation, and practical applications of the sciences to conservation problems.
Prerequisites: BIOL 303, 401 or approval of department head.
561-3 Evolutionary Biology. (3-0) Examination of evolutionary patterns, mechanisms and
processes at the organismal, chromosomal and molecular levels; modes of adaptation
and the behavior of genes in populations. Prerequisite: BIOL 303 or equivalent.
585-1 Seminar. (1-0) A graduate seminar course providing the opportunity for students to
lead discussions on a current topic in Biology. Topics vary according to interests of
faculty and/or students. May be repeated for credit as topics vary. Prerequisite: 12
hours of biology.
586-v Biological Problems. (Credit variable.) Independent research under the supervision
of an instructor. A formal report will be submitted to the instructor. A student may not
count more than 6 hours of biological problems toward a degree. Lab fee $10.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when the student is ready to begin the thesis. No credit until
thesis is completed. Prerequisite: BIOL 598 and consent of major professor.
590-3 Special Topics. (3-0) Selected topics in an identified area of biology, biochemistry or
biotechnology. May be repeated for credit as topics vary. Prerequisites: 12 hours of
biology and 8 hours of chemistry or approval of department head.
598-3 Research Design and Analysis. (3-0) Statistical principles and techniques applicable
to the procurement, analysis, and evaluation of quantitative data. Prerequisite: MATH
107 or approval by the department head.
599-3 Practicum, Field Problem, or Internship. (3-0) Supervised practice in specialized
laboratory or professional settings. Prerequisites: 12 hours of biology and 8 hours
chemistry or approval of department head.
CHEMISTRY (CHEM)
101-3 Introductory Applied Chemistry. (3-2) (TCCNS = CHEM 1405) A brief introduction to
the basic principles of chemistry with emphasis on applications in our society: energy,
pollution and the environment, food, health, and drugs. Designed for non-science
majors. Course fee $5. Lab fee $10.
102-3 Essential Elements of Chemistry. (2-3) An introduction to the science of chemistry
with a broad overview of the essential elements of chemistry and real-life applications.
Prerequisite: PHYS 102 or consent of instructor. Enrollment in this course is restricted
to Interdisciplinary Studies majors. Course fee $10. Lab fee $10.
103-4 Fundamentals of Chemistry. (3-2) (TCCNS = CHEM 1407) A beginning chemistry
course for students in applied sciences who need only one semester of general chemistry.
The course includes the structure, properties and changes in matter, quantitative
relationships in reactions, solutions, equilibrium, pH, buffers and nuclear chemistry. Not
recommended for science majors or pre-professional students in health related fields.
Does not meet prerequisite for CHEM 108 or 201. Course fee $5. Lab fee $10.
105-4 College Chemistry I. (3-3) (TCCNS = CHEM 1411) Topics to be covered include
an introduction to fundamental chemical laws, atomic structure and its relationship
to chemical bonding and the periodic properties of elements and compounds,
stoichiometry, states of matter, and solutions. Suggested for science majors and preprofessional
students who meet requirements for enrollment in MATH 107 or higher.
Course fee $45. Lab fee $10.
108-4 College Chemistry II. (3-3) (TCCNS = CHEM 1412) Topics to be covered include a study
of the chemical and physical properties of selected families of elements, an introduction
to energy changes in chemical reactions, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, rates of
chemical reactions, nuclear chemistry, and semi-micro qualitative analysis. This course
is a prerequisite for CHEM 201. Prerequisite: CHEM 105. Course fee $45. Lab fee
$10.
201-4 Organic Chemistry I. (3-4) (TCCNS = CHEM 2423) The first semester of a year
sequence in the chemistry of carbon compounds involving their synthesis, reaction
mechanisms, nomenclature, physical and spectral properties. Includes compounds of
theoretical, biological, agricultural, and industrial importance. Prerequisite: CHEM 108.

288 Course Descriptions
CHEM
Course fee $10. Lab fee $10.
202-4 Organic Chemistry II. (3-4) (TCCNS = CHEM 2425) A continuation of CHEM 201.
The laboratory includes an introduction to qualitative organic analysis. This course is a
prerequisite to all organic chemistry courses at the junior or higher level. Prerequisite:
CHEM 201. Course fee $10. Lab fee $10.
307-4 Quantitative Analysis. (2-6) A study of the experimental and theoretical principles
concerning gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Topics include data treatment,
equilibrium, precipitation, neutralization, oxidation, reduction, potentiometry, and
introduction to spectroscopy. Prerequisites: A grade of C or better in 8 hours of freshman
CHEM; junior classification or approval of department head. Lab fee $10.
314-3 Geochemistry. (2-3) A survey of the application of chemical principles to problems
of geology. Topics include the origin and distribution of the elements in addition to
exploring the behavior and distribution of various elements in igneous, metamorphic,
and sedimentary rocks. Basic concepts of thermodynamics, solution chemistry, and
isotope geochemistry will be discussed. Credit for both CHEM 314 and GEOL 314 will
not be awarded. Prerequisite: CHEM 108. Lab fee $10.
323-4 Physical Chemistry I. (3-4-WI) A study of chemical thermodynamics and its application
to chemical equilibrium; the macroscopic properties of matter including real gases,
solutions, and phase changes; chemical kinetics. Prerequisites: MATH 209; PHYS 105
or 242 or approval of department head. Lab fee $10.
324-4 Physical Chemistry II. (3-4) An introduction to the microscopic properties of nature,
including an introduction to quantum mechanics and its applications to atomic and
molecular spectroscopy. Prerequisite: CHEM 323 or approval of department head. Lab
fee $10.
408-4 Instrumental Analysis. (2-6) A study of the theory and use of instruments for chemical
analysis. Techniques include absorption spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance,
atomic absorption, flame emission, mass spectroscopy, chromatography, potentiometry,
and polarography. Prerequisites: CHEM 307 and 1 semester of organic chemistry or
approval of department head. Lab fee $10.
427-3 Qualitative Organic Analysis. (1-6) The identification of the principal classes of
organic compounds. Prerequisite: CHEM 202. Lab fee $10.
428-3 Inorganic Chemistry. (3-0) Discussion of the models of inorganic chemistry including
atomic structure, chemical bonding, periodic properties, stereochemistry, reaction
mechanisms, and coordination chemistry. Properties of specific elements and families
are also presented. Prerequisites: CHEM 202 and junior classification or approval of
department head.
429-3 Polymers. (3-0) A basic study of polymer chemistry, with special emphasis on the
effect of the structure of monomers upon the structure of the polymers, is presented.
Prerequisite: CHEM 202.
445-3 Medicinal Chemistry. (3-0) An examination of the principles of drug action including
receptor-effector theories and the effects of physico-chemical properties on biological
activity. The principles of drug design, synthesis, and metabolism will be presented.
Prerequisites: CHEM 202 and BIOL 121.
474-3 Biochemistry I. (3-0) An introduction to the basic principles of biological chemistry
and to fundamental processes of plants, animals, and microorganisms. Credit for both
BIOL 474 and CHEM 474 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: One semester of organic
chemistry (2 semesters recommended), and 8 hours of biological science or approval
of department head.
475-3 Biochemistry II. (3-0) A detailed survey of intermediary metabolism. The metabolism
of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids, and the regulation of metabolism
are emphasized. Credit for both BIOL 475 and CHEM 475 will not be awarded.
Prerequisites: BIOL/CHEM 474, or approval of department head.
478-3 Biochemistry Lab. (1-5) Principles and applications of basic methodology for the
isolation, purification, characterization, and quantitative determination of biologically
important compounds. Credit for both BIOL 478 and CHEM 478 will not be awarded.
Prerequisite: BIOL 474 or CHEM 474 or concurrent enrollment, or approval of the
department head. Lab fee $15.
486-v Chemistry Problems. (Credit variable) Introduction to library and laboratory research.

Course Descriptions
CIS
289
May be repeated for credit. A maximum of four hours may be applied toward degree
requirements in chemistry. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
510-3 Environmental Chemistry. (3-0) Study of the impact of chemistry on the environment
to include topics on air, water, and soil pollution, with special emphasis on water.
Beneficial chemical modification of the environment will be covered.
586-v Chemical Problems. (Credit variable) Independent research in the laboratory or in
the library under the guidance of a member of the graduate faculty. Up to 6 hours may
be taken.
COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS (CIS)
103-3 Computer Concepts and Applications. (3-2) (TCCNS = COSC 1301 or BCIS 1301)
An overview of computer concepts and applications, including popular productivity
software. Students will acquire skills in the use of personal computers and software
applicable to the management of information and delivery of services in a wide variety
of fields. Course fee $15. Lab fee $30.
110-3 Intro to Programming Logic & Design. (3-2) Introduction to theory and practice of
programming logic and design, development, and problem-solving. Emphasis will
be on typical business processing. The utilization of logic and design tools, including
but not limited to, flowcharts and pseudocode. This course will be centered primarily
on problem-solving using the tools and techniques learned. Prerequisite: CIS 103 or
concurrent enrollment and Math 107 or higher or concurrent enrollment or approval of
department head. Course fee $30. Lab fee $15.
212-3 Introduction to COBOL Programming. (3-2) (TCCNS = BCIS 1332) A first course in
the COBOL programming language. Covers the basic structure of COBOL, all standard
features, data representation, procedures, and simple I/O. Students will analyze and
program several representative business-oriented problems. Prerequisite: CIS 110 or
approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
226-3 Networking Fundamentals. (3-2) This course presents basic networking education
to equip students with knowledge and skills that include PC installation, Internet
connectivity, wireless connectivity, routing and remote access, addressing, and security.
Designed for students with basic PC usage skills and offers a hands-on, career oriented
approach to learning networking that emphasizes practical experience. Covers key
networking concepts ranging from small office or home office (SOHO) networking to
more complex enterprise environments. Prerequisite: CIS 103 or 300 or approval of
department head. Lab fee $15. Networking program fee $175.
227-3 Routing Protocols and Concepts. (3-2) The primary focus of this course is on routing
and routing protocols. The goal is to develop an understanding of how a router learns
about remote networks and determines the best path to those networks. This course
includes both static routing and dynamic routing protocols. By examining multiple
routing protocols, the student will gain a better understanding of each of the individual
routing protocols and how to configure routing protocols in general. This course
provides students with the skills needed to prepare for the industry-standard Cisco
CCNA® certification. Prerequisite: CIS 226 or equivalent or approval of department
head. Lab fee $15. Networking program fee $175.
240-3 Intro to C++ Programming. (3-2) A first course in the C++ programming language.
Covers the basic structure of C++, all standard features, data representation,
procedures, simple I/O. Students will analyze and program several representative
problems. Prerequisite: CIS 110 or approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab
fee $15.
241-3 Intro to Visual Basic Programming. (3-2) An introduction to event-driven, visual
application development using Visual Basic. Covers the fundamental structure of
Visual Basic and its standard features. Students will analyze and program several
representative problems. Prerequisite: CIS 110 or approval of department head. Course
fee $15. Lab fee $15.
242-3 Intro to Java Programming. (3-2) A first course in the Java programming language.
Covers the basic structure of Java, all standard features, data representation, and
simple I/O. Students will analyze and program several representative programs.
Prerequisite: CIS 110 or approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.

290 Course Descriptions
CIS
300-3 Computer Technology and Impact. (3-2) Explores today and tomorrow’s technology
with special attention to the impact on real people at home, work, and school. Many
topics are presented: hardware and software fundamentals, essential applications,
telecommunications, internet, artificial intelligence, programming, and the future of
these technologies. Students work with word processing, spreadsheet, database, and
presentation software, other applications, and a programming language. The course is
designed those students with little or no experience with personal computers and/or the
applications presented. Course fee $30. Lab fee $15.
301-3 Business Analysis Using Spreadsheets. (3-1) Theory and application of
microcomputer technology applied in accounting, finance, management, and other
business disciplines. Intended to stimulate creative initiative and to develop basic
analytical skills in performing common business tasks. Credit for both CIS 301 and
ACC 301 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: ACC 203. Lab fee $15.
302-3 Database and Data Management for Small Businesses. (3-2) Studies relational
database packages. In addition, students improve their knowledge and skill with a
current personal computer operating system. Prerequisites: CIS 103 or 300 or approval
of department head. Lab fee $15.
303-3 Programming Logic and Design. (3-2) Emphasis is on typical business processing.
Covers the logic of decision making, nested looping, multidimensional arrays,
implementation of the structure theorem and Boolean Algebra. The tools taught for
documenting logical problem solutions include structured flowcharts, structured
pseudocode, hierarchy charts and decision tables. The course focuses on business
problem solving and does not count as a programming language. Prerequisite: CIS 103
or 300 or approval of department head. Course fee $30. Lab fee $15.
304-3 Topics in Computer Information Systems. (3-2) A study of selected topics in
programming languages, programming techniques, or job control languages. Normally
only one major topic will be considered per offering. May be repeated once for credit as
topics vary. Prerequisite: Varies with topic. Lab fee $15.
305-3 Operating Systems Theory and Practice. (3-2) A study of the history, development,
and principles of computer operating systems and their variants in mainframe,
minicomputer, server, and microcomputer application environments. Topics will
include related software issues, programming capabilities, and job control languages.
Selected operating systems representing various hardware environments will be
studied. Prerequisite: One course from CIS 212, 240, 241, 242, 330, 331, 332, or other
introductory programming language. Course fee $30. Lab fee $15.
307-3 Applications Project with Laboratory. (1-5) Strengthens interests or corrects
deficiencies in specific areas of computer information systems. Students will develop
and document a software product using a formal software development process. Where
possible, projects of value are actively sought from local businesses, governments,
or nonprofit organizations. May be repeated for credit when topics change. Course
may be taught as an independent study or in a classroom environment. Prerequisites:
Based on topic. Lab fee $15.
312-3 Technical Support Management and Operations. (3-2) A study of the technical
support industry, which will include its scope, significance, job skills, training, software
availability, support problems, and place in the information technology industry. Specific
tech supports skills will be practiced in laboratories, to include use of resources,
troubleshooting, and customer relation skills. Prerequisites: Solid working knowledge
of computer applications and technology and CIS 103 or 300 or approval of department
head. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
313-3 Advanced COBOL Programming. (3-2) A study of advanced COBOL programming
techniques, including multi-file and indexed file processing, advanced table handling,
and interactive programming, as applied to complex business programming problems.
Prerequisite: CIS 212 or approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
315-3 Web Site Development & Design. (3-2) A study of the principles of web authoring
including planning, design, and production of interactive web pages. Exploration and
implementation of a variety of current web authoring tools and web-based scripting
languages. Prerequisite: CIS 103 or 300 or approval of department head. Course fee
$50. Lab fee $15.

Course Descriptions
CIS
291
317-3 Special Topics. (3-2) A study of various issues, products, and technology current
to computer information systems. This course may be repeated once for credit.
Prerequisites: Approval of instructor or department head. Lab fee $15.
326-3 LAN Switching and Wireless. (3-2) This course is on Local Area Networking
switching and wireless LANs. The goal is to develop an understanding of how a switch
communicates with other switches and routers in a small or medium-sized business
network to implement VLAN segmentation. It focuses on Layer 2 switching protocols,
integrating wireless devices into a LAN and concepts used to improve redundancy,
propagates VLAN information, and secure the portion of the network where most
users access network services. This course will provide students the skills needed to
succeed in a networking-related degree program and prepare for the industry-standard
Cisco CCNA® certification for networking careers. Prerequisite: CIS 207 or equivalent
or approval of department head. Lab fee $15. Networking program fee $175.
327-3 Accessing the WAN. (3-2) This course is on accessing Wide Area Networks (WAN).
The goal is to develop an understanding of various WAN technologies to connect small to
medium-sized business network. This course introduces WAN converged applications
and quality of service (QoS). It focuses on WAN technologies including PPP, Frame
Relay, and broadband links. WAN security concepts are discussed in detail, including
types of threats, how to analyze network vulnerabilities, general methods for mitigating
common security threats and types of security appliances and applications. The
course then explains the principles of traffic control and access control lists (ACLs) and
describes how to implement IP addressing services for an Enterprise network, including
how to configure NAT and DHCP. IPv6 addressing concepts are also discussed. Finally,
students learn how to detect, troubleshoot and correct common Enterprise network
implementation issues. This is the final course which will provide students the skills
needed to succeed in a networking-related degree program and prepare for the
industry-standard Cisco CCNA® certification for networking careers. Prerequisite: CIS
308 or equivalent or approval of department head. Lab fee $15. Networking program
fee $175.
330-3 C++ Programming. (3-2) An accelerated study of structured C++ programming using
microcomputers. Covers syntax, operators, functions, standard input/output, arrays,
pointers, and structures in C++. Primarily offered on the Central Texas campus.
Prerequisite: CIS 110 or CIS 303 or approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab
fee $15.
331-3 Visual Basic Programming. (3-2) An enhanced coverage of visual application
development using Visual Basic and the native integrated development environment.
Covers logic, working with forms, sequential and direct file access, scope and visibility
rules, and numerous additional Visual Basic topics. The student will analyze and
program several problems. Primarily offered on the Central Texas campus. Prerequisite:
CIS 103 or 300, and CIS 110 or 303 or concurrent enrollment or approval of department
head. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
332-3 Java Programming. (3-2) An in-depth study of applications development using Java.
Covers identifiers and reserved words, objects and primitive data, program statements,
arrays and vectors, exceptions and I/O streams, graphical user interfaces and
numerous additional Java topics. Students will analyze and program several problems.
Primarily offered at the Central Texas Campus. Prerequisite: CIS 110 or 303 or approval
of department head. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
340-3 Advanced C++ Programming. (3-2) An advanced course in the C++ programming
language. Covers the advanced features of C++ such as classes, friends, abstraction,
operator overloading, inheritance, polymorphism, templates, and object oriented
programming techniques. Students will analyze and program several representative
problems. Prerequisite: CIS 240 or 330 or approval of department head. Course fee
$15. Lab fee $15.
341-3 Advanced Visual Basic Programming. (3-2) A study of advanced Visual Basic
programming techniques, including multitier design, accessing databases, and web
application development. Students will analyze and program several representative
problems. Prerequisite: CIS 241 or 331 or approval of department head. Course fee
$15. Lab fee $15.

292 Course Descriptions
CIS
342-3 Advanced Java Programming. (3-2) An advanced course in the Java programming
language. Covers advanced Java capabilities such as class features, error handling,
graphical user interfaces, applets, and advanced object-oriented programming
techniques. Students will analyze and program several representative problems.
Prerequisite: CIS 242 or 332 or approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab fee
$15.
343-3 C# for Windows and Web-Programming. (3-2) Advanced programming using the C#
programming language to create Windows applications in an Internet and intra-network
environment. Explores object-oriented design, client-server interaction, event-driven
programming, graphical user interfaces, distributed data, and distributed applications.
Prerequisite: CIS 240 or 330 or approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab fee
$15.
345-3 Topics in PC Software & Applications. (3-2) A study of selected personal computer
applications and software packages. Students will explore the operation and usefulness
of commonly available personal computing software solutions. May be repeated once
for credit as topics vary. Prerequisite: Varies with topic. Lab fee $15.
346-3 Personal Computer Technology. (3-2) An enhanced study of the technology and
hardware operation of microcomputers, their peripherals, and operating system
software. Also considered are hardware configuration and selection, installation and
test procedures, and routine maintenance. Prerequisite: CIS 103 or 300 or approval of
department head. Course fee $50. Lab fee $15.
347-3 Data Communications. (3-2) A study of voice and data communications technologies,
concepts and applications, including communications terminology, hardware, software,
protocols, and managerial issues in data and voice communications. Topics will
include alternatives available in hardware, software, and transmission facilities, design
integration, selection and implementation of communications solutions. In addition,
students will explore the current and future impact and direction of these technologies.
Prerequisite: CIS 110 or 300 or approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab fee
$15.
348-3 Network Architecture and Design. (3-2) A study of network architecture, industry
standards and communications protocols, the placement of networking devices and
components, transmission media selection, logical and physical topologies, data
transmission, and structured cabling for local area networks (LANs) and wide area
networks (WANs). Network designs will include required components and address
services as specified in an industry specific Request for proposal (RFP). Application
exercises will include preparing and presenting a design proposal in response to an
RFP and installation, configuration, testing and troubleshooting of WAN/LAN wiring
interface technologies. Prerequisites: CIS 347 or approval of the department head.
Course fee $150. Lab fee $15.
351-3 Data Structures. (3-2) Theory and applications of commonly used computer data
structures, files, file organization and access methods, databases, and other storage
and retrieval methods. Prerequisite: CIS 340 or 3 hours from 331, 332, and CIS 330 or
approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
389-3 System Analysis and Design. (3-2). A study of the systematic analysis, design, and
implementation of software systems with special emphasis on the processes and
skills used in the first four stages of the System Development Life Cycle. Traditional
and current methodologies, including computer aided analysis and design tools will
be considered. Topics will be approached through project-oriented cases and projects,
which integrate theory and practical application. Prerequisite: 1 course from CIS 313,
330, 331, 332, 340, 341, 342, 343 or approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab
fee $15.
401-3 Database Theory and Practice. (3-2) Database concepts and structures. File and
data management principles underlying database construction. Fundamental types of
database models, with emphasis on relational databases as well as on major nonrelational
forms. Practice in analysis, design, development, and optimization of working
database applications on a variety of problems. Small and large system databases will
be considered. Prerequisite: One course from CIS 313, 330, 331, 332, 340, 341, 342,
343, C S 241 or approval of department head. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.

Course Descriptions
CIS
293
407-3 Topics in Networking. (3-2) Provides an introduction and study of various alternative
or innovative network software packages, to include network focused tools, utilities,
and operating systems. The course materials are selected from contemporary tools
and products with emphasis on those gaining widespread commercial and institutional
acceptance. The focus of the course will be an exploration of the usefulness and
operation of the topic of study. May be repeated once for credit as topics vary.
Prerequisite: Varies with topic. Lab fee $15.
408-3 Advanced Programming Language. (3-0) Develops the programming proficiency in a
modern programming language. Students complete many programming assignments to
achieve necessary knowledge and skills. May be repeated as topics vary. Prerequisite:
Approval of instructor or department head. Lab fee $15.
409-3 Decision Support Methods. (3-2) Students learn and comprehend the use of
computer based decision analysis, planning, and presentation methods in the context
of management strategy and policy solving. Applications of tools such as databases,
spreadsheets, statistical graphics, and presentation programs for extracting, organizing
and presenting information in support of management decision making. Prerequisites:
CIS 103 or 300, ACC 204, MGMT 301, FIN 301, MKTG 314, G B 311, or approval of
department head. Lab fee $15.
415-3 Interactive and Applied Multimedia. (3-2) An exploration of multimedia tools and their
relationships to various disciplines of study. A review of the principles of multimedia
and the effective uses of multimedia will be conducted. The production and design
of multimedia systems will culminate the course of study. Prerequisite: CIS 315 or
concurrent enrollment, and Junior standing or approval of department head. Lab fee
$15.
435-3 UNIX Systems Admin & Pro. (3-2) Examines in detail the underlying conceptual
considerations of UNIX operating system and its variants in mainframe, minicomputer,
server and microcomputer application environments. Topics will include memory and
process management, multi-programming and processing, interrupt structure, and
parallel processing mechanisms and procedures. Will include practical laboratories
in the configuration and programming of one or more UNIX operating systems.
Prerequisite: CIS 305 or 12 hours CIS courses or approval of department head. Course
fee $50. Lab fee $30.
440-3 Algorithm Design and Analysis. (3-2) Introduces the modern study of computer
algorithms with emphasis on how to select the best algorithm for a task considering
the specific computing environment. Students extensively study searching and sorting
algorithms for their importance in computing. Other topics include: efficiency, readability,
maintainability, advanced design and analysis techniques, advanced data structures,
and graph algorithms. Prerequisites: 6 hrs of programming, CIS 351, or approval of
department head. Lab fee $15.
443-3 Advanced Systems Analysis. (3-2) This course concentrates on advanced systems
analysis concepts with an emphasis in data and process decomposition and modeling.
CASE tools support both the models and the interaction analysis of processes and
data. The enterprise-wide view of system analysis stresses the theory behind and the
generation of normalized relational database tables. Course includes material on usercentered
requirements gathering and analysis. Prerequisites: CIS 389, and 401 or
approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
444-3 Advanced System Design and Development. (3-2) This capstone course places
a strong emphasis on combining the best practices of system design, including the
professional, interpersonal, and technical skills required to analyze, propose, develop,
and build modern large-scale business information software systems. The student will
apply information engineering principles and theory to the design and development
of a complex interactive system using software engineering and data management
tools. This approach will involve all the stages of the full system development life cycle,
through construction and implementation. This course serves to integrate the skills of
the senior CIS student. Prerequisite: CIS 443 or approval of department head. Lab fee
$15.
445-3 Network and Systems Security. (3-2) Studies the issues of Network and Systems
Security as a continuous process involving analysis, implementation, evaluation and

294 Course Descriptions
CIS
maintenance. Topics will include addressing computer-related risks, case analysis,
and future trends. The course will provide approaches, techniques, and best practices
for securing modern electronic data systems. Areas covered include electronic
information and message security, database and file integrity, physical security, security
management, security risk analysis, and encryption. Prerequisites: CIS 347 or approval
of department head. Lab fee $15.
447-3 Advanced Database Systems. (3-2) Studies the theory and practice in the analysis,
design, development, implementation, and optimization of working database
applications on a variety of problems focusing on topics such as database administration.
Prerequisite: CIS 401 or approval of department head. Course fee $30. Lab fee $15.
450-3 Management Information Systems. (3-2-WI) This course investigates management
issues related to business information systems designed to meet the informational
needs of the various business subsystems. The concepts of systems development,
security, privacy and ethics associated with information systems are stressed. Credit
will be awarded for only 1 of the following courses: ACC 450, CIS 450, or MGMT
450. Prerequisite: CIS 103 or 3 hours Advanced CIS or ACC/CIS 301 and Junior
classification. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
452-3 Structured Query Language (SQL). (3-2) A study of SQL, including relational database
schema in SQL, formulating SQL queries and sub queries of varying complexity,
embedding SQL statements in a “host” language, defining and querying data views in
SQL, and other related topics. Prerequisites: CIS 401 or approval of department head.
Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
476-3 Network Administration. (3-2) Studies communications architectures, protocols,
and interfaces as they relate to network operating systems. Topics will include
communications networking techniques such as circuit switching, packet switching,
broadcast networking and internetworking. Also included will be installation,
configuration, client handling, basic security, and troubleshooting of a network operating
system. A modern network operating system will be used to provide extensive hands-on
experience in configuring and administrating a network. Prerequisites: CIS 107 or 347
or approval of department head. Lab fee $15. Networking program fee $175.
478-3 Comprehensive Networking. (3-2) A comprehensive course requiring the student to
plan, analyze, design, install, and configure a working computer network. Application
exercises include the installation and configuration of a network operating system, the
creation of required used interfaces, establishing network security, and establishing
print services for a network. A modern network operating system will be used for
extensive hands-on computer exercises to practice and demonstrate network skills.
Prerequisites: CIS 476 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15. Networking
program fee $175.
479-3 The Technology of E-Business. (3-2) This course examines the linkage of
organizational strategy and electronic methods of delivering products, services and
exchanges in inter-organizational, national, and global environments. Information
technology strategy and technological solutions for enabling effective business
processes within and between organizations in a global environment are considered.
Credit for both CIS 479 and MKT 479 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: CIS 103 or
300. Lab fee $15.
480-3 Software Engineering. (3-2) Emphasizes the production of high quality software for
medium and larger scale projects. Theoretical software engineering research is the
basis for a practical approach to developing quality software. Students study a software
life-cycle model, fundamental software engineering principles, and documentation
standards in detail. A significant team project is required. Prerequisite: 6 hrs of
programming, CIS 351 and CIS 440 or approval of departmental head. Course fee $50.
Lab fee $15.
484-3 Internship in Computer Information Systems. (1-8) This course is designed to
provide the student with actual work experience as a programmer/ programmer analyst.
The student will have the opportunity to apply the principles, concepts, and skills
learned during the first three years of collegiate training. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Approval of internship coordinator or department head. Field assignment
fee $75.

Course Descriptions
CIS
295
485-3 Professional Development Seminar. (3-2) Professional-level enrichment for CIS
majors with activities which may include participation in professional organizations,
current events, research and presentations, job market analysis, interviewing and
resume preparation. Prerequisite: 24 hours of CIS courses or approval of department
head. Course fee $50. Lab fee $15.
486-v Problems. (Credit variable). Selected individual topics in business on technical
computer applications, practicum, field project, or other suitable computer studies.
May be repeated for a maximum of 6 semester hours credit. Prerequisite: Approval of
department head.
501-3 Computer Based Information Systems. (3-2) Survey of concepts and applications of
computers and information systems. Practice in use of modern productivity applications
on personal computers. Lab fee $15.
502-3 Procedural Language Programming and Design. (3-2) A study of the design and
programming of business systems. Students will become familiar with the primary
program design tools such as hierarchy charts, flowcharts, and pseudocode. A
standard modular design becomes the crux of the programming experience. Topics
include comparison, data validation, control breaks, and tables. Prerequisite: CIS 501
or department head approval. Lab fee $15.
503-3 Foundations of Computer Programming. (3-2) Provides concepts and tools of
computer programming that underlie the principles of computer systems. Emphasizes
concepts that assist in the creation and support of Management Information Systems.
Prerequisite: CIS 502 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
504-3 Telecommunications for Managers. (3-2) Examines the management and utilization
of data communication technologies including technical components, configurations,
applications, protocols, legal issues, software and management issues, Local Area
Network (LAN) technologies, and security issues. Prerequisite: CIS 501 or approval
of department head. Lab fee $15.
505-3 Productivity Application Automation. (3-2) Theory and application of the
programming and scripting techniques to automate various tasks that need to be
accomplished using productivity software. A review of the principles of task automation
and the effective uses of programming and scripting techniques for conducting this
automation will be conducted. An exploration of programming and scripting tools and
their use in the creation of programs, scripts, and macros. Prerequisite: CIS 501 or
approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
507-3 Systems Analysis for Managers. (3-2) Investigates and compares various analysis
approaches for application automation while highlighting management considerations
for planning and developing automated systems. Systems life cycle models and case
studies are used. Prerequisite: CIS 503 and 516 or approval of department head. Lab
fee $15.
510-3 Technology Planning for Educators. (3-2) Designed to provide educational leaders
with an understanding of the technology planning process. An examination of the
theories, practices, and competencies required to effectively design, implement, and
evaluate a technology plan for instructional and administrative purposes within a school
district. The development of a comprehensive technology plan will culminate the course
of study. Prerequisite: CIS 501 or department head approval. Lab fee $15.
511-3 Managing Information Systems. (3-2) Studies the management and use of
information and technology as a resource to create competitive businesses, manage
global operations, provide useful products and quality services to customers,
whether public or private. Examines information systems management, intellectual
property, privacy, organizational and societal impact, legal issues, ethics, security
issues, decision making, strategic information systems, and management and
organizational support systems. Prerequisite: CIS 501 or approval of department
head. Lab fee $15.
512-3 Technical Support Management and Operations. (3-2) Students study issues
of organizing and staffing a technical support help desk. Students explore the
numerous management techniques and operational concepts that businesses and
governmental organizations use to manage successful technical support activities.
Students survey the wide array of commercially available technical support software.

296 Course Descriptions
CIS
In addition, students experience working with the public to deliver technical support
in an operational environment. Prerequisite: CIS 501 or approval of department
head. Lab fee $15.
515-3 Principles of Database Design and Development. (3-2) Survey of concepts and
practices underlying the development of database systems. Included in the study are
a historical review of database systems, development and normalization of database
systems, and methods to query database systems. Prerequisite: CIS 501 or approval
of department head. Lab fee $15.
516-3 Applied Database Management. (3-2) Examines the objectives and methodologies
of database management. Topics include data models, database design, data
dictionaries, fourth generation programming languages, data integrity, security, and
privacy. Students use a commercial database. Prerequisite: CIS 515 or approval of
department head. Lab fee $15.
517-3 Special Topics. (3-2). A study of various issues, products, and technology current
to computer information systems. May be repeated once for credit as topics vary.
Prerequisites: Varies with topic. Lab fee $15.
518-3 Quantitative Concepts in Computing. (3-2) An examination of measurements
related to software projects and applying measurement techniques to information
technology related problems. Analyses of programs and selected algorithms are
performed. A statistical program will be used to analyze data. Prerequisite: CIS 502
or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
519-3 Decision Support Systems. (3-2) An examination of the fundamentals of
management support systems, including an examination of Decision Support
Systems and other collaborative systems, Executive Support Systems, Expert
Systems and Intelligent Systems, Data Warehouses and Data Mining to facilitate
decision support systems development and implementation. Lab fee $15.
520-3 Seminar on Computer Based Systems. (3-0) Topics will vary according to
timeliness and special needs. May be repeated once for credit as topics vary.
525-3 Unified Modeling Language (UML). (3-2) A study of the Systems Development Life
Cycle using the Unified Modeling Language (UML) in an object-oriented software
system environment. Students will model the elements, structure, and behaviors of
object-oriented software systems using UML. Students will learn how to use UML to
identify objects and classes, to capture requirements and define use cases, to extend
and enhance visual models, and to model the details of object behavior with activity
and state-chart diagrams. Students will also learn how to implement the UML models
in a software system. Prerequisites: CIS 503 and 515 or department head approval.
Lab fee $15.
527-3 Object Role Modeling. (3-2) The ORM methodology is suited to describing the
relationships that exist in a system. The concept of a system includes any set of
objects that interact to solve a problem, thus creating a business process model.
The class is team structured, and the teams are given a set of problems to solve
that require a system level solution. Prerequisites: CIS 503 and 515 or approval of
department head. Lab fee $15.
545-3 Extensible Markup Language (XML). (3-2) This course studies well-formed
XML and validated XML documents and the language facilities for working with
hierarchical data. The class is composed of teams that are given life-like problems to
describe with XML as well as transforming the XML data to an external presentation.
Prerequisite: CIS 503 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
549-3 Topics in Programming. (3-2) Develops programming proficiency in a modern
programming language. Students complete many programming assignments to
achieve necessary knowledge and skills. May be repeated once for credit as topics
vary. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Lab fee $15.
551-3 IT Project Management. (3-0) Studies the genesis of project management and its
importance to improving the success of information technology projects. Project
management concepts and techniques are emphasized, and students are required
to apply these concepts by working on a group project as a project manager or active
team member. Prerequisites: CIS 511 or approval of department head or instructor.
552-3 Decision Analysis Tools. (3-2) The application of advanced decision analysis

Course Descriptions
CIS
297
tools in solving financial, statistical, and managerial decision-making problems. The
learning outcomes from this course will include mastery in applying spreadsheetbased
functions to a variety of organizational problems. Prerequisite: CIS 511 and
knowledge of basic spreadsheet functions. Lab fee $15.
560-3 Multimedia Application Development. (3-2) Theory and application of the
multimedia application development process. A review of the principles of user
interface, design, graphic design, and interactivity including the appropriate
application of these principles to multimedia will be conducted. Students will explore
computer-based multimedia development tools and their use in the creation of various
types of multimedia applications. The planning, design, production, and evaluation of
interactive multimedia projects for delivery through a variety of media will culminate
the course of study. Prerequisite: CIS 501 or department head approval. Lab fee $15.
561-3 Multimedia: Desktop Publishing. (3-2) Theory and application of the multimedia
application development process to desktop publishing. A review of the principles
of typography and design including the appropriate application of these principles
to desktop publishing will be conducted. An exploration of computer-based desktop
publishing tools and their use in the creation of various types of products. The
planning, design, production, and evaluation of desktop publishing projects for
delivery through a variety of media will culminate the course of study. Prerequisite:
CIS 560 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
562-3 Multimedia: Audio and Video. (3-2) Theory and application of the multimedia
application development process to the creation of video projects. A review of the
principles of design and video-related equipment operation including the appropriate
application of these principles to video projects will be conducted. An exploration
of computer-based audio and video editing tools and their use in the creation of
various types of products. The planning, design, production, and evaluations of video
projects for delivery through a variety of media will culminate the course of study.
Prerequisite: CIS 560 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
563-3 Multimedia: Graphics and Animation. (3-2) Theory and application of the multimedia
application development process to creation of graphics-related projects. A review of
the principles of graphic design and the appropriate application of these principles
to motion and still graphics projects will be conducted. An exploration of computerbased
graphics and animation editing tools including their use in the creation of
various types of graphics-related products. The planning, design, projection, and
evaluation of graphics-related projects for delivery through a variety of media will
culminate the course of study. Prerequisite: CIS 560 or approval of department head.
Lab fee $15.
564-3 Multimedia: Authoring. (3-2) Theory and application of the multimedia application
development process to the creation of interactive multimedia-based projects. A
review of the principles of user interface design and interactivity and the appropriate
application of these principles to interactive multimedia-based projects will be
conducted. An exploration of computer-based multimedia authoring and scripting
tools and their use in the creation of various types of interactive multimedia-based
projects. The planning, design, production, and evaluation of interactive multimediabased
projects for delivery through a variety of media will culminate the course of
study. Prerequisite: CIS 560 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
565-3 Multimedia: Web Development. (3-2) Theory and application of the multimedia
application development process of the creation of web-based authoring and
scripting tools and their use in the creation of various types of web-based projects.
The planning, design, projection, and evaluation of interactive web-based projects for
delivery through a variety of media will culminate the course of study. Prerequisites:
CIS 501 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
566-3 Computer-Based Training. (3-2) Theory and application of the multimedia application
development process to the creation of computer-based training. A review of the
principles of instructional design and the appropriate application of these principles
to interactive computer-based training will be conducted. An exploration of computerbased
multimedia authoring and scripting tools and their use in the creation of various
types of computer-based training projects. The planning, design, and production, and

298 Course Descriptions
CIS
evaluation of computer-based training projects for delivery through a variety of media
will culminate the course of study. Prerequisite: CIS 560 or approval of department
head. Lab fee $15.
569-3 Multimedia: Project Management. (3-2) Theory and application of project
management techniques to multimedia application development. A review of
the principles of project management and the appropriate application of these
principles to multimedia-based projects. An exploration of computer-based project
management tools and their use in the management of multimedia-based projects.
The planning, design, projection, and evaluation of complex interactive multimediabased
projects for delivery through a variety of media will culminate the course of
study. Prerequisites: CIS 560 and six hours from CIS 561, 562, 563, 5643, 565, 566
or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
576-3 Network Administration and Design (LAN). (3-2) Studies of communications
architectures, protocols and interfaces. Communications networking techniques
such as circuit switching, message switching, packet switching, broadcast network
and inter-networking are explored. Prerequisites: CIS 504 or approval of department
head. Lab fee $15.
578-3 Network Design and Administration (WAN). (3-2) Studies network installation
planning, preparing the hardware, installing a network operating system, configuring
the user environment, creating the user interface, establishing network security,
establishing printing services, network administration, netware utilities, maintenance
techniques, monitoring performance, trouble shooting and configuring the network
for maximum efficiency. Prerequisite: CIS 576. Lab fee $15.
579-3 The Technology of E-Business. (3-2) A study of the technical and business
considerations for creating and operating an electronically based business. Students
will study the environment from an operational and legal perspective, analyze the
technologies available and implement an e-commerce project integrating database,
web pages, and script languages. Prerequisite: CIS 501, or approval of department
head. Lab fee $15.
580-3 E-Business Application Development. (3-2) This course examines issues related to
supporting a business that uses the Internet and other on-line implementations. The
course operates in a team environment simulating a business organization and requires
the team develop and implement database and Internet technologies. Prerequisites:
CIS 503 and 516 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
586-v Problems. (Credit variable) This course offers students the opportunity to study CIS
topics and perform research within the student’s area of interest as directed by the
responsible professor. May be repeated as topics vary for a maximum of 6 semester
hours. Prerequisite: Approval of the department head.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when the student is ready to begin the thesis. No credit
until the thesis is accepted. Prerequisites: CIS 551, 591, consent of major advisor or
approval of department head.
590-v Selected Topics in CIS. (Credit variable) An examination of various topics in the
Computer Information Systems area with focus on current and recent developments.
May be repeated as topics vary for a maximum of 6 semester hours. Prerequisite:
Approval of department head.
595-3 Research Project with Laboratory. (1-5) Independent study course in specific
areas of Information Systems. May be repeated for credit once when topics change.
Prerequisites: Approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
598-3 Research Methods in Information Systems. (3-2) This course examines timely
topics related to computer-based systems. The course develops research skills,
problem-solving skills, applies the scientific method, refines presentation skills, and
promotes team involvement. The course operates in a distributed team environment
using the Internet as its communication vehicle. Prerequisite: CIS 501 or approval of
department head. Lab fee $15.
599-3 Internship. (1-8) Supervised work experience in an information technology-related
position with a public or private organization. May be repeated for a total of 6 hours
credit. Prerequisite: 6 semester hours of prefix CIS courses or equivalent and
approval of internship coordinator or department head. Field assignment fee $75.

Course Descriptions
CJ
299
CRIMINAL JUSTICE (C J)
131-3 Introduction to Criminal Justice. (3-0) (TCCNS = CRIJ 1301) A survey of the history,
philosophy, and operations of the American criminal justice system. Topics include
the nature of crime and justice, the history and development of the modern criminal
justice system and the role of police, judiciary, and corrections in society.
232-3 Criminal Procedure. (3-0) (TCCNS = CRIJ 1306) This course is an introduction to
the role of the judiciary in the criminal justice system. Topics include right to counsel,
pre-trial release, grand juries, adjudication process, and sentencing. Prerequisites:
CJ 131 or approval of department head.
234-3 Police Systems and Practices. (3-0) (TCCNS = CRIJ 2328) This course is an
introduction to the police profession. Topics include organization of law enforcement
agencies, the police role in society, police operations, discretion, corruption, and
current and emerging issues. Prerequisite: CJ 131 or approval of instructor.
235-3 Criminal Investigation. (3-0) (TCCNS = CRIJ 2314) Investigative theory, collection
and preservation of evidence, sources of information, interview and interrogation, uses
of forensic sciences, and case and trial preparation. Prerequisites: C J 131 or approval
of department head. Course fee $15.
237-3 Fundamentals of Criminal Law. (3-0) (TCCNS = CRIJ 1310) A study of the nature of
criminal law, philosophical and historical development, major definitions and concepts,
classification of crime, elements of crimes and penalties using Texas statutes as
illustrations, and criminal responsibility. Prerequisites: C J 131 or approval of department
head.
238-3 Correctional Systems and Practices. (3-0) (TCCNS = CRIJ 2313) An introduction to
corrections as a profession. Topics include organization of correctional agencies, the
role of corrections in society, correctional philosophies and agency operations, and
current and emerging issues. Prerequisite: C J 131 or approval of instructor.
300-3 Juvenile Delinquency. (3-0) A study of the nature, extent, causation, treatment, and
prevention of juvenile delinquency. A survey of the procedures and operations of the
juvenile justice agencies will also be considered.
301-3 Survey of Forensic Science. (3-0) Introduces the scientific methods that currently play
a major role in solving crimes. It provides background information on various forensic
disciplines together with the basic techniques utilized by forensic scientists in analyzing
common types of physical evidence. Course fee $15.
305-3 Criminology. (3-0) Study and critical appraisal of various theories of crime causation,
including an examination of classical, biological, psychological, and sociological
perspectives on the etiology of crime. Prerequisites: C J 131 or approval of instructor.
308-3 Comparative Criminal Justice. (3-0) A study of criminal justice systems around the
world. The organization, administration, and philosophy of various criminal systems will
be examined, along with the cultural and historical environment in which they developed
and exist. Prerequisite: 18 hours C J or approval of department head.
310-3 Criminal Justice Supervision and Management. (3-0) A study of theories and
principles of supervision as applied to criminal justice agencies. Topics include
organization, leadership, motivation, human resources flow, and managerial ethics.
Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of instructor.
311-3 Techniques of Interviewing. (3-0) A study of interview and interrogation techniques.
Topics include preparation, environmental and psychological factors, legal issues,
and ethics.
315-3 Criminal Evidence. (3-0) An analysis of the procedures and rules of evidence
applied to the acquisition, offering, admissibility, and presentation of evidence from
the crime scene, courtroom, and appellate court perspectives. Prerequisites: C J 131
and C J 232 or approval of instructor.
330-3 Community Corrections. (3-0) A study of the philosophy, administrative procedures,
and operational techniques used in the community based treatment and supervision
of offenders. Prerequisites: SOC 201, C J 131, or approval of instructor.
331-3 Criminal Justice Statistics. (3-0) This course is an introduction to the elementary forms
of statistical analysis, including measures of central tendency, variation, the normal
curve and Z scores, measures of difference, regression analysis, and correlations.
Emphasis will be placed on application of statistical analysis to criminal justice research

300 Course Descriptions
CJ
and planning using the SPSS data analysis program.
340-3 Homeland Security. (3-0) An in-depth study of strategic, legal, policy, operational, and
organizational issues associated with the defense of the U.S. homeland from foreign
and domestic terrorist threats. Topics include psychology of mass movements,
terrorists’ ideology, religion and terror, legal issues in homeland security, weapons
of mass destruction, effective interfacing between local, state, and federal agencies,
emergency management operations and dealing with mass casualties.
412-3 Criminal Justice Ethics. (3-0) This course presents an analysis of contemporary
ethical issues in crime and justice. Classical and contemporary ethical theories
will be applied to the discussion of such issues as discretion, corruption, use of
force, racism, deception, professionalism, and the nature and meaning of justice.
Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of instructor.
416-3 Methods of Criminal Justice Research. (3-0-WI) This course is an introduction
to the methods of criminological and criminal justice research, with emphasis on
research ethics, research design, and methods of data collection and analysis.
424-3 Penology. (3-0) A study of the structure and function of correctional systems and how
various philosophies of correctional treatment affect the operation of confinement
institutions. Prerequisite: C J 310 or approval of department head. Course fee $25.
425-3 Advanced Investigation. (3-0) Advanced criminal and civil investigation topics will be
covered. An examination of frequently used, yet special investigative techniques will
also be introduced. Emphasis will be placed on crime scene processing, crime scene
analysis, forensic evaluations, investigative techniques, and investigative surveys.
Prerequisite: C J 235. Course fee $15.
431-3 Criminal Justice Field Experience. (0-3) Application and integration of academic
content and development of skills within a criminal justice setting. Entry into this course
will be arranged with the internship coordinator. May be taken more than once for
credit. Prerequisite: At least 18 hours of C J or approval of the department head. Field
assignment fee $75.
485-3 Seminar: Special Topics in Criminal Justice. (3-0) Topics will vary according to
timeliness and special needs. May be taken more than once for credit. Prerequisites: C
J 131 or approval of the department head.
486-v Problems in Criminal Justice. (Credit variable) Independent reading, research and
discussion. Entry into this course will be arranged with the department head.
498-3 Senior Seminar. (3-0) This is a capstone course that will assist the student in
completing their knowledge of the criminal justice system through a study of current
practice related to operations, recruitment, testing, training, law, and other issues
to prepare the student for entry into the criminal justice profession. Prerequisite:
Senior Year. Restricted to Criminal Justice majors. Course fee $20.
500-3 Statistical Methods for Criminal Justice. (3-0) The study of basic and advanced
descriptive and inferential statistics, with an emphasis on applications in the criminal
justice system. An emphasis will be placed on the various multivariate statistical
procedures.
501-3 Theories of Criminology and Deviancy. (3-0) In-depth examination of major
theoretical perspectives of crime and deviancy. Theories will be analyzed for their
logical and empirical adequacy in light of what is known about the distribution of
crime and deviant behavior.
504-3 The American Judiciary. (3-0) A critical evaluation of the role courts play in
the American criminal justice system. Topics include the structure, function, and
operations of the courts at the state and federal level.
505-3 The Juvenile Justice System. (3-0) A critical analysis of the policies and practices
of the juvenile justice system.
508-3 Corrections. (3-0) A critical analysis of the issues, problems, trends, and prospects
faced by the administration of the American correctional system to include the
impact of legal and social change on the correctional agencies and an evaluation of
current research in the field.
510-3 The Criminal Justice System. (3-0) A study of the criminal justice system in the
United States. This course includes a systems approach to the study of criminal
justice and the interrelationships of the various components. The social and political

Course Descriptions
CJ-CNSL
301
issues related to the criminal justice system are examined in depth.
514-3 Directed Study in Criminal Justice. (0-0) Demonstration of competency in a
specialized area of criminal justice through completion of a substantial research project
incorporating independent study and critical analysis of the topic area. This is the
capstone course for non-thesis students. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
515-3 Special Topics in Criminal Justice. (3-0) Study of selected topic(s) directly related to
criminal justice. May be repeated for credit as topic varies. (Course will be offered not
more than one semester each year.)
520-3 Policing. (3-0) An in depth study of the philosophical, operational, and social aspects
of law enforcement.
521-3 Management of Criminal Justice Personnel. (3-0) An investigation of the personnel
decision-making process used within criminal justice agencies. Areas to be investigated
include recruitment, training, continuing education requirements, performance
evaluation, fair employment practices, termination, and allocation of personnel.
522-3 Advanced Criminal Justice Ethics. (3-0) The practical implications of moral
philosophy and ethics in a free society during the day-to-day administration of a criminal
justice agency will be discussed.
540-3 Legal Aspects of Criminal Justice Administration. (3-0) A consideration of the
major legal issues of criminal justice management and the effect of constitutional
provisions, statutes, ordinances, and judicial decisions in justice administrations. A
discussion of the legal aspects of selection, promotion, assignment, and termination
of justice employees. Emphasis is on the possible liabilities of managers and
agencies for failure to adhere to legal requirements.
586-v Problems in Criminal Justice. (variable) Independent reading, research, and
discussion. Entry into this course will be arranged with the department head. Students
may repeat this course for a total of 6 hours credit.
598-3 Research Methods for Criminal Justice. (3-0) The study of scientific research
methods used in the criminal justice system. Includes a review and critique of
research on crime causation, law enforcement, courts, and corrections.
COUNSELING (CNSL)
552-3 Seminar in School Counseling. (3-0) An in-depth study of a comprehensive school
counseling and guidance program. The course will address the theoretical foundation,
knowledge, and skills to prepare the student to implement a counseling and guidance
program in an educational (K-12) setting. Covers related ethical concerns. Prerequisite:
CPSY 550 or approval of department head.
559-3 Brief Therapy. (3-0) An in-depth examination of brief therapy including history,
philosophy, theory, and techniques. Stresses application of learning through experiential
methods. Covers related ethical concerns. Prerequisites: CPSY 550 or PSY 560, and
CPSY 553, or approval of department head.
586-v Problems. (Credit variable) Open to graduate students in counseling who are
independently capable of developing a problem in the area of counseling and guidance.
Problems chosen by the student must be approved in advance by the instructor.
590-v Selected Topics in Counseling. (Credit variable) An examination of different topics
each semester with a focus on contemporary issues in counseling. This course may be
repeated for credit as the topic changes.
591-3 Ethical Foundations of Counseling. (3-0) An exploration of the ethical principles of
counselors and related codes of ethics. Covers models for ethical decision making and
how to apply to counseling practice. Prerequisite: CPSY 550 or approval of department
head.
593-3 Play Therapy. (3-0) An introduction to play therapy with an emphasis on developing
counseling skills using play as the means of communication and understanding. Includes
background, history, and various play techniques. Covers related ethical concerns.
Prerequisites: CPSY 550 or PSY 560, and CPSY 553, or approval of department head.
595-3 Internship in Counseling I. (3-0) Supervised professional activities in guidance and
counseling. Major emphasis is placed on the student’s involvement in successful
practices at the educational level of interest. Students must have met all academic and
professional standards of practice before placement. The field experience will consist

302 Course Descriptions
COMS
of a minimum of 150 clock hours. Liability insurance is required. An application must
be submitted by the published due date in the semester prior to field placement and
approved by the practicum/internship director. Prerequisites: 3.0 or greater GPA and
CPSY 557, or approval of the department head. Field assignment fee $75.
596-3 Internship in Counseling II. (3-0) Continued supervised experience of professional
activities in counseling and guidance in the student’s area of interest. Major emphasis is
placed on the integration of theoretical and conceptual principles, as well as professional
and personal skill development. Covers related ethical concerns. Prerequisites: CNSL
595 and the application for internship. Field assignment fee $75.
COMMUNICATIONS (COMS)
101-3 Fundamentals of Speech Communication. (3-0) (TCCNS = SPCH 1311) This course
is designed to improve the individual’s understanding of the human communication
process. Classroom exercises involve the student in interpersonal, small group, and
presentational speaking situations. Special emphasis on developing communication
skills needed to check and validate perceptions, control language usage, and analyze
and improve reasoning processes.
102-3 Public Speaking. (3-0) (TCCNS = SPCH 1315) An introduction to the principles
and practice of presentational communication. Methods of topic analysis, research,
evidence evaluation, organization, and delivery are covered. Students participate in
several classroom presentations.
110-3 Mass Communication and Society (3-0) Places mass media in historical
perspective; explores the relationships among media; examines the structure of the
American communications system and compares it to international communications
systems. Analyzes the social, economic, and political implications of modern
society’s reliance on mass communications. Explores the ways in which the mass
media provides images of our world.
201-3 Voice and Performance. (3-0) (TCCNS = SPCH 1342) Oral presentation of literary
forms with emphasis on the vocal mechanism and phonetics. Interpretative readings
in prose, poetry, and drama are directed to help students gain a sensitivity to literary
genre and develop effective speech habits through vocal analysis, guided practice,
and class drills emphasizing pronunciation, enunciation, and articulation. Credit for
both COMS 201 and THEA 201 will not be awarded.
207-3 Audio Production. (2-2) The course fee will cover the cost of required materials,
upgrades, and lab maintenance. Materials include tapes, batteries, cables (USB 2.0
and Firewire) and audio recorders. Equipment related to the audio recorders may
include mini-disks, format or flash media cards, and computer software (e.g., Adobe
Audition). Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
211-3 Media Writing (3-0) Fundamentals of news writing and reporting. Students will learn
basic newspaper style and compose stories using traditional stylebook techniques.
Students will learn how to write stories for both print, broadcast and online media.
Prerequisites: ENGL111, 112.
214-3 Photography. (3-0) (TCCNS = COMM 1311) Fundamentals of digital photography,
editing, graphics and media design. Study in the use and layout of photography
in newspaper and magazines. Students must have a digital camera (must be 3-4
megapixal).
215-3 Broadcast Journalism. (3-0) A study of broadcast news practices. The basic rules
of broadcast news writing will be reviewed and stories will be written and delivered
for both radio and television. Studio and newsroom procedures will be examined.
220-3 Promotional Writing. (3-0) Study and practice in the techniques of writing
promotional materials for public relations and event management purposes, with
emphasis on creativity and on matching style and medium to targeted publics.
301-3 Business and Professional Speech. (3-0) A study of verbal and nonverbal
communication as it functions in business and professional organizations. Special
emphasis will be given to developing oral language proficiency, interviewing, small
decision-making groups, oral reporting, and organizational communication.
303-3 Debate. (3-0) An introduction to the principles of argumentation and debate. Subject
material will include research, evidence, reasoning, case construction, refutation,

Course Descriptions
COMS
303
and delivery. Classroom debating will provide students with opportunities to observe
and participate in competitive debating. This course is particularly applicable to those
anticipating study in pre-law. Prerequisites: COMS 101, 102 or permission of the
department head.
304-3 Interpersonal Communication. (3-0) A course designed to improve individual
communication skills relevant to human relationships. The development and
maintenance of interpersonal (one-to-one) relations are examined, with special
emphasis on identifying and correcting communication breakdown. A portion of
the course will be devoted to exercises designed to improve interpersonal skills.
Prerequisite: COMS 101 or 301 or permission of the department head.
308-3 Digital Video Production. (2-2) Introduces students to the collaborative process of
narrative and non-narrative production while fostering the creation of an individual
voice. Students learn the basic techniques and aesthetics of single-camera
production, including shot composition, lighting and graphic effects. Students also
learn techniques of digital post-production editing. Course fee $20. Lab fee $5.
309-3 Interviewing. (3-0) This class teaches communication skills essential for a
professional career. It integrates theoretical principles from the text with in-class
practice of interviewing and being interviewed. Students learn to identify, explain,
and apply essential elements of successful interviews to several types of interviews.
310-3 Communication Law. (3-0) Examines First Amendment case law and state and
federal regulations of speech and media. Provides historical and contemporary
analyses of the laws of defamation; obscenity; fighting words; and time, place and
manner restrictions. Issues such as copyright, privacy, and freedom of information
will also be covered. Prerequisite: 3 hours of COMS or approval of department head.
311-3 Writing for Publication. (3-0) Study and practice in the techniques of writing
contemporary nonfiction for publication, with special attention given to methods of
research and markets for literary material. Numerous private conferences. Prerequisite:
12 hours of ENGL or approval of department head.
318-3 News and Magazine Editing. (3-0) The basics of story placement and layout,
copy and style editing. This course would emphasize the role and responsibilities
of different editorial departments as well as the overall responsibility of editorial
management. Prerequisites: COMS 311 and ENGL 310 or consent of the instructor.
320-3 Public Relations. (3-0) An introduction to the theory, history, and principles of public
relations programs for profit and nonprofit organizations, including fundraising, media
relations, crisis management, ethics, social responsibility, management counseling,
campaign basics, professionalism, and related topics. Teamwork with nonprofit clients
is an integral part of the course, as is portfolio devilment.
332-3 Intercultural Communication. (3-0) A study of intercultural communication theories
and how they shape interpersonal, small group, and public interactions. Students
will observe, participate, and analyze intercultural interactions on campus and in the
community.
340-3 Persuasion. (3-0) A study of persuasive communication theory in interpersonal, small
group, and public settings. Emphasis on audience analysis, ethics, motivational factors,
source credibility, compliance gaining and theories of attitude change. Prerequisites:
COMS 101, 102 or 301.
401-3 Advertising. (3-0) Analysis of advertising in modern media. Study of the history,
design, and effects of advertising. Students will also study the uses of different media
for advertising purposes. Credit for both COMS 401 and MKTG 401 will not be awarded.
404-3 Organizational Communication. (3-0) An advanced study of communication
as it takes place in business and industrial settings. Special attention will be given
to managerial communication, communicator style, channels and networks, and
organizational communication consulting. Prerequisite: COMS 301.
406-3 Group Process and Decision Making. (3-0) A study of small group theory and
process. Special attention will be given to leadership, organization, group analysis,
and interaction. Students will observe and participate in small group discussions
on contemporary issues. Prerequisite: COMS 101 or 301 or 304 or permission of
department head.
409-3 Advanced Reporting. (3-0) A capstone course for Journalism students. This course

304 Course Descriptions
COMS-CPSY
will provide advanced studies for reporting, news writing, newsgathering, interviewing,
records evaluation and investigative techniques. Students will be required to submit
articles for publication and provide evidence of superior writing skills. Prerequisites:
COMS 310, 311, and 318.
412-3 Rhetorical and Communication Theory. (3-0-WI) A general survey of classical
through contemporary rhetorical and communication theory. Emphasis on how
theories have been and are being applied in criticism of public address and rhetorical
movements and in contemporary communication research. Prerequisites: COMS 101,
102 or permission of the department head.
420-3 Event Planning and Management. (3-0) Application of public relations processes to
the planning and management of special events in various types and styles. Topics
include theme development, budgeting, creative design, logistics, promotions,
monitoring, client liaison, evaluation, and other relevant aspects of event planning and
management.
425-3 Public Relations Cases and Campaigns. (3-0) Critical case analysis and campaign
development applying the four-step campaign process central to professional practice
of public relations. Emphasis is on critical thinking, problem solving, and decision
making. Prerequisites: C or better in COMS 420, MKTG 318 and MKTG 316 or 415.
484-3 Communications Internship. (3-0) Approved and supervised work experience in
communications related positions. May be repeated once for a total of 6 hours of
academic credit. Prerequisites: Junior standing and 12 hours COMS or approval of
department head. Field assignment fee $75.
485-v Communications Seminar. (Credit variable) Content varies according to the needs
and desires of the students. When topic varies, course may be taken for credit more
than once. Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of department head.
486-v Communications Problems. (Credit variable) A course featuring independent
reading, research, and discussion under personal direction of instructor, topics vary
according to student need. Open to students of senior classification with department
head approval.
COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY (CPSY)
509-3 Assessment & Treatment in Marital & Family Therapy. (3-0) Presents evaluative
methods and assessment techniques as well as treatment plans and strategies for
examining and treating problematic and dysfunctional marital and family systems.
Emphasis is placed on case analysis, management and treatment. Prerequisites:
CPSY 550, 553, and 556, or approval of department head.
510-3 Family Relationships and Development. (3-0) The study of family systems in
relation to life-cycle changes, cultural issues and influences, gender issues, family
functions, and structural changes. Divorce, post-divorce, remarried, single parent
and other alternative family systems are examined and various interventions are
reviewed. Prerequisites: CPSY 550, CPSY 553, and CPSY 556, or approval of the
department head.
520-3 Advanced Family Systems Theory. (3-0) A comprehensive examination of systems
theory in family studies, with particular focus on family systems and the relationship
between the internal functioning of families and the external environment. Includes
the study of the concepts of multi-generational transmission, fusion, emotional cutoff,
differentiation, family projection and triangulation among others. Prerequisites: CPSY
550, 553, and 556, or approval of the department head.
524-3 Human Sexuality and Sexual Dysfunction. (3-0) A detailed examination of human
sexuality, including reproductive physiology, sexual development across the lifespan,
sexual behavior, sexual diversity, and the treatment of sexual dysfunction. Includes
a focus on the role of sexuality in relationships and in marital and family dynamics.
Prerequisites: CPSY 550, 553, and 556, or approval of department head.
550-3 Foundations of Counseling and Psychology. (3-0) This course provides an
overview of counseling and psychological services commonly found in a variety
of settings. Includes individual and group counseling, testing, career planning and
placement, referral, and consultation. Examines related theories and concepts with
emphasis on counseling skills, as well as historical, ethical, legal, and professional

Course Descriptions
CPSY-C S
305
issues. Payment for and completion of the 16PF personality test is required during
the course. Taken concurrently with CPSY 553 in the first semester of enrollment.
551-3 Career Counseling and Guidance. (3-0) An in-depth study of career counseling and
guidance services that focuses on occupational, educational, and personal/social
issues for general and special populations. Includes examination of theoretical bases
for career counseling and guidance, study of organization and delivery of information
through individual and group activities. Covers related ethical concerns. Students will be
required to purchase occupational and educational information materials. Prerequisite:
CPSY 550 or approval of department head.
553-3 Personality and Counseling Theories and Applications. (3-0) Surveys and
investigates personality and counseling theories with an emphasis on how theories
influence practice. Special emphasis on applications to various populations. Covers
related ethical concerns. Includes role plays and other experiential methods.
Videotaped counseling sessions are critiqued. Private personal counseling by a
community counselor is required during the course. Taken concurrently with CPSY
550 in the first semester of enrollment.
554-3 Group Procedures for Counselors. (3-0) An introduction to group therapy and
group procedures with an emphasis on developing group counseling skills to work
with children, adolescents, adults, and special populations. Various types of groups,
an understanding of group dynamics and development, and related ethical and legal
concerns are covered. Participation in supervised group counseling experiences is
required. Prerequisites: CPSY 550 and 553, or approval of department head.
556-3 Introduction to Family Counseling and Therapy. (3-0) An overview of the theoretical
concepts and intervention strategies unique to family, systems, and relational therapies.
Includes the study of family dynamics, family development, relationships, and the
resolution of family concerns. Covers ethical and legal considerations. Prerequisites:
CPSY 550 and PSY 553, or approval of department head.
557-3 Methods and Practices in Counseling and Psychology. (3-0) The course is designed
to introduce Counseling and Psychology pre-interns to methodology that goes beyond
building basic counseling skills and techniques. The course will also teach students the
basics of professional documentation and treatment planning. It will also include legal
issues related to counseling and psychological services and introduce basic business
practices. Prerequisites: MEd students - CPSY 550, 551, 553, and 554, PSY 504, 511,
and 581, and CNSL 552; MS students - CPSY 550, 551, 553, and 554, PSY 504, 511,
558, and 581; SSP students - CPSY 553, PSY 504, 511, 560, 581, and 582; or approval
of department head.
558-3 Counseling Perspectives on Psychopathology. (3-0) An overview of psychopathology
that includes the history of abnormal behavior and an in-depth study of the specific
diagnostic psychological disorders. Emphasis will be on classification systems currently
used in clinical settings and treatment alternatives from a counseling perspective.
Covers related ethical concerns. Prerequisites: CPSY 550 or PSY 560, and CPSY 553,
or approval of department head.
590-3 Special Topics. (3-0) Presentation of advanced study material on a specialized topic
of interest to counseling and psychology. Course may be repeated for credit as topics
vary. (Course will be offered not more than one semester each year.)
594-3 Substance Abuse. (3-0) An introduction to addiction counseling. Special attention
is given to models of addiction, chemical dependence, process addictions, and codependence.
An experiential component is included as well. Covers related ethical
concerns. Prerequisite: CPSY 550 or PSY 560, and CPSY 553, or approval of
department head.
COMPUTER SCIENCE (C S)
102-3 Introduction to Computer Science. (3-2) History of computers and of their
applications in a variety of fields, both as PCs and as embedded systems. Overview
of programming paradigms. Overview of today’s most dynamic computer-related
technologies, including communication networks and the Internet. A modern
programming language is used to present types of problems that can be solved with
computers, the underlying algorithms, and the fundamental limitations. We adopt

306 Course Descriptions
C S
early in this course the information-centric viewpoint, exploring the role of computers
in all stages of the information life-cycle. Students apply their newly-acquired
programming skills to performing basic information-processing tasks. Course fee
$30. Lab fee $15.
110-3 Procedural Programming. (3-2) Introduces the fundamental concepts of structured
programming. Topics include software development and methodology, data types,
control structures, functions, arrays, and the mechanics of running, testing, and
debugging. Prerequisite: two years of high school algebra or MATH 107. Course fee
$30. Lab fee $15.
221-3 Object Oriented Programming. (3-2) Applies the object-oriented programming
paradigm using one or more object oriented programming languages, focusing on
the definition and use of classes, interfaces, data encapsulation, inheritance, and
polymorphism. An introduction to object-oriented design is presented. Prerequisite: C S
110. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
230-3 GUI Development. (3-2) The principles and techniques used to develop GUI based
applications are covered. These include such topics as window creation, dialog
boxes, menus, and the use of controls. An introduction to basic graphic techniques
will be presented. Prerequisites: C S 221. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
231-3 Introduction to Java Programming. (3-2) An introduction to the Java programming
language. The core elements of programming are covered including control
statements, primitive data elements and structures, program structure using methods,
basic input and output, and the software development process. The essential object
oriented programming language constructs are introduced, focusing on the definition
and use of classes, interfaces, data encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism.
Prerequisites: C S 102 or C S 110. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
241-3 Data Structures. (3-2) Application of programming techniques, introducing the
fundamental concepts of data structures and algorithms. Topics include recursion,
fundamental data structures (including stacks, queues, linked lists, hash tables, trees,
and graphs), and algorithmic analysis. Prerequisites: 3 hours of programming language
and concurrent enrollment in MATH 310. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
248-4 Introduction to Digital System Design. (3-3) Combinational and sequential digital
system design techniques; design of practical digital systems. Prerequisite: PHYS
242 or concurrent registration. Credit for both C S 248 and ENPH 248 will not be
awarded. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
304-3 Topics in Computer Systems. (3-2) A study of selected topics in computer systems
including programming languages, programming techniques, or other specialized
topics. Normally only one major topic will be considered per offering. May be repeated
once for credit as topics vary. Prerequisite: 6 hours of C S or approval of department
head. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
330-3 Game, Graphics and GUI Development. (3-2) Covers the principles and techniques
used to develop GUI-based applications: window creation, dialog boxes, menus and
controls. Introduces 2D and 3D graphics. Introduces the main building-blocks of
game design, from a programmer’s perspective, such as character animation, scene
navigation, shading, modeling, game rules. Prerequisites: 3 hours of object-oriented
programming and CS 241. Course fee $25. Lab fee $15.
343-4 Computer Architecture. (3-3) Hardware and software structures found in modern
digital computers. Instruction set architecture, hardwired design of the processor,
assembly language programming, microprogramming, I/O and memory units, analysis
of instruction usage, and hardware complexity. Credit for both C S 343 and ENPH 343
will not be awarded. Prerequisite: C S 248 or ENPH 248. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
344-3 Computer Applications in Analysis. (3-2) Introduction to FORTRAN computer
language, solutions to specific and general polynomial equations, iteration techniques,
evaluation and approximation of limits, approximate integration, series, differential
equations, error analysis, linear systems, or other selected numerical solution
techniques. Prerequisite: MATH 209. Lab fee $15.
345-3 Computer Graphics (3-2) Graphics architectures and data structures, color, matrixbased
geometry in 2 and 3 dimensions, clipping, segmentation, interaction handling,
visible surface determination, scene modeling and animation. Prerequisite: C S 241;

Course Descriptions
C S -DGS
307
Co-requisite: MATH 332. Lab fee $15.
361-3 Analysis of Algorithms. (3-2) Mathematical tools for algorithm analysis, stacks,
queues, lists, trees, heaps, dictionaries, sorting, sets, greedy method, divide-andconquer,
dynamic programming, graphs, network flow, distributed algorithms for
networking, pattern matching. Prerequisites: C S 241, MATH 209. Lab fee $15.
380-3 Operating Systems (3-2) Introduction to the design and development of operating
systems. Analysis of current system software technology, including process
management, memory organization, security, and file systems. Prerequisites: C S 241,
343. Lab fee $15.
389-3 Introduction to Software Engineering. (3-2) Object oriented software development
process, requirements analysis, software design concepts and methodologies, object
oriented programming, and debugging. Prerequisites: C S 230, 241. Lab fee $15.
401-3 Database Theory and Practice. (3-2) Database concepts and structures. File and
data management principles underlying database construction. Fundamental types
of database models, with emphasis on relational databases as well as on major
nonrelational forms. Practice in analysis, design, development, and optimization
of working database applications on a variety of problems. Small and large system
databases will be considered. Credit for both CIS 401 and C S 401 will not be awarded.
Prerequisite: 3 hours programming language or approval of department head. Lab fee
$15.
441-4 Microprocessor System Design. (3-3) Introduction to microprocessors; 8/16 bit
single board computer hardware and software designs; chip select equations for
memory board design, serial and parallel I/O interfacing; ROM, static and dynamic
RAM circuits for no wait-state design; assembly language programming, stack
models, subroutines and I/O processing. Credit for both C S 441 and ENPH 441 will
not be awarded. Prerequisite: ENPH 248 or C S 248. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
451-3 Distributed Applications (3-2) A study of the architecture and design of distributed
applications. N-tier application and supporting technologies are investigated including
client/server architecture, supporting languages, transaction processing, and
distribution of processes. Prerequisites: C S 389, 401. Lab fee $15.
478-4 Computer Networks. (3-2-WI) Bottom-up presentation of computer network hardware
and protocols, going through the five main layers: physical, data link, network, transport,
and application. Special emphasis is placed on the medium access control sub-layer
for local area networks, IP routing, security and modern wireless access technologies.
Prerequisite: C S 221, 241, and MATH 209. Course fee $50. Lab fee $15.
486-v Computer Science Problems. (1/3-0/2) Special problems in computer science. Work
may be either theory or laboratory. May be repeated with the approval of the department
head for additional credit when fewer than four credits have been earned. Prerequisite:
9 hours of computer science.
490-3 Advanced Topics in Computer Science. (3-2) Special topics in computer science,
such as artificial intelligence, security, robotics, human-computer interaction. May be
repeated for additional credit with approval of the department head. Prerequisites: 9
hours of computer science. Lab fee $15.
530-3 Simulation. (3-2) Introduction to simulation with emphasis on simulation methodology,
random number generation, time flow mechanisms, sampling techniques, and
validation and analysis of simulation models and results. Simulation languages
and their applications will be investigated. Prerequisites: MATH 131, C S 241, and
Graduate standing. Lab fee $15.
560-3 Artificial Intelligence. (3-2) Introduces representations, algorithms and architectures
used to build intelligent systems. Predicate calculus, state-space representation and
search, heuristic search, knowledge-based problem-solving, symbol-based and
connectionist machine learning, intelligent agents, robotics. Prerequisites: MATH
131, C S 241. Lab fee $15.
DIVISION OF GENERAL STUDIES (DGS)
100-1 Succeeding in College and Beyond. (1-1) Designed to develop academic skills,
including note-taking, using college-level materials, and preparing for college
examinations. Enrollment is selective. Does not count for degree credit. Course fee

308 Course Descriptions
DGS-D S-ECO
$10. Lab fee $5.
101-1 University Seminar. (2-0) A seminar course designed to introduce students to the
nature and purpose of a university education, and to assist students in establishing
and utilizing skills, resources, and strategies necessary for success in college.
102-1 University Seminar II. (1-1) A continuation of DGS 101 with emphasis on service
learning, career development, or writing processes. This course cannot be repeated
for credit. Prerequisite: DGS 101 or approval of department head.
DAIRY SCIENCE (D S)
202-3 Dairying. (2-2) (TCCNS = AGRI 1311) A survey of the dairy industry, dairy breeds,
standards for selection and culling, herd replacements, feeding, management, and
health maintenance. The food value, composition and quality, utilization, and processing
of market milk and dairy products will be discussed. Credit for both D S 202 and ANSC
202 will not be awarded. Lab fee $8.
302-3 Feeding and Management of Dairy Cattle. (2-2) Fundamental principles of scientific
dairying and the practical application of these principles in the feeding and management
of dairy cattle. Requirements for economical dairying, herd improvement through
selection, feeding for milk production, development of replacement stock and disease
control. Prerequisite: D S 202. Lab fee $8.
ECONOMICS (ECO)
101-3 Introduction to Economics. (3-0) (TCCNS = ECON 1301) In this course students
are encouraged to use their common sense to understand economic principles and
applications. Topics include scarcity, markets, economic goals, government policy, and
international trade. This course is designed for students majoring in fields other than
business or economics and for students who need a basic review prior to taking ECO
201 or 202. Course cannot be counted toward a degree in economics.
201-3 Principles of Economics: Macro. (3-0) (TCCNS = ECON 2301) This course focuses
on the aggregate or overall economy. Topics include the description and measurement
of economic aggregates; the basic theories of output, employment and prices; the
monetary economy and the role of government.
202-3 Principles of Economics: Micro. (3-0) (TCCNS = ECON 2302) The major emphasis
of this course is on the understanding of markets. Topics include an in-depth study of
supply and demand, cost theory, economic resource markets, international trade, and
the determination of foreign exchange rates. Prerequisite: ECO 201 or approval of
instructor.
205-3 Consumer Economics. (3-0) (TCCNS = ECON 1303) Designed to make the student
an intelligent consumer of goods and services in the current economy. Major topics
addressed are role of consumer in our economy, influences on consumer spending,
fraud, use of consumer’s monies, and consumer legislation. Credit for both FCS 205
and ECO 205 will not be awarded.
301-3 Intermediate Macroeconomics. (3-0) This course extends the study of the aggregate
economy introduced in Economics 201 with emphasis on theory. Topics include the
Classical and Keynesian systems, general equilibrium theories, economic growth, and
public policy in a global setting. Prerequisite: ECO 201.
302-3 Intermediate Microeconomics. (3-0) This course represents a more advanced study
of microeconomic theory than is possible in Economics 202. Topics include consumer
behavior, production and cost theory, market structure, and factor markets. Prerequisite:
ECO 202.
303-3 Money and Banking. (3-0-WI) A study of the structure and functions of financial
markets and financial intermediaries; the behavior and pattern of interest rates; the basic
concepts of commercial bank management; the nature of money and the role of the
Federal Reserve in its creation; the basic structure of the economy and the impact of
monetary actions on this structure. Prerequisite: ECO 201.
304-3 Environmental Economics. (3-0) The study of the economics of the natural
environment. Economic tools and issues such as social cost, externalities, cost-benefit
analysis, property rights, and state and federal environmental policies will be examined
with emphasis on problems associated with water pollution, waste disposal, and

Course Descriptions
ECO
309
society’s burden of social costs. Prerequisite: 3 hours ECO or A EC 105.
305-3 Economics of Financial Markets. (3-0) A study of the aggregate financial system and
capital markets and the impact these have on financial intermediaries. Topics to be
covered are: flow of funds analysis, interest rate theory, role of financial intermediaries,
and management of financial assets. Credit for both FIN 304 and ECO 305 will not be
awarded. Prerequisites: FIN 301, ECO 303.
306-3 Political Economy. (3-0) A study of the historical, philosophical, and theoretical
relationships between the state and the economy. Credit for both POLS 306 and ECO
306 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: 3 hours of ECO and 6 hours of POLS or approval
of instructor.
401-3 International Economics. (3-0) An introduction to international economic theory and
policy, the foundations of modern trade theory and its extensions, welfare effects of
tariffs and non-tariff barriers, commercial policies of the United States, trade policies
of developing countries, multinationals, balance of payments, and foreign exchange
markets. Credit for both ECO 401 and A EC 402 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: 3
hours ECO or A EC 105.
402-3 Economic Development of the United States. (3-0) A survey of the economic
development of the United States from colonial times to the present. Credit for both
ECO 402 and HIST 402 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: ECO 101 or 201 and 6
hours HIST.
421-3 Economic Development of Rural Areas. (3-0) Economic problems of rural areas in
the United States. Review of fundamental causes of economic decline in rural areas.
Application of economic principles and theory to problems of rural areas. Evaluation
of current methods and public programs for economic development. Application of
analytical methods to development problems. Credit for ECO 421 and A EC 421 will not
be awarded. Prerequisite: A EC 105 or ECO 202.
465-3 Intermediate Economics. (3-0) Seminar discussion of the American free enterprise
system, the nation’s economy and its strengths and weaknesses; critical examination
of professional journals, articles, books and reports by the government and private
sources, designed to enable the student to coordinate and apply the analytical
knowledge acquired during the period of study. Prerequisites: Macroeconomics and
microeconomics, college algebra or MATH 309, or permission to enroll.
485-v Economics Seminar. (Credit variable) Content varies according to departmental
needs, current/pertinent topics. Comprehensive reading is required. Conference and
written reports are required of the reading assignments. Prerequisites: Junior or senior
classification, 12 hours of ECO or approval of department head. May be taken more
than once for credit.
486-v Problems. (Credit variable) Independent reading, research and discussion. Entry into
this course will be arranged with the Economics counselor.
502-3 Instruction of Basic Economics. (3-0) Combines emphasis on understanding and
teaching of basic economic principles such as demand and supply, fiscal and monetary
policies, and international trade. The course also reviews educational resources and
instructional methods in economics.
508-3 Managerial Economics. (3-0) Applies economic theory and methodology to business
and administrative decision-making. The tools of economic analysis are demonstrated
and their use in formulating business policies is explained. Topics include concepts of
profits, production and cost functions, demand theory, competitive pricing policies, and
business criteria for investment output and marketing decisions. Prerequisite: Approval
of MBA Director. Credit for both FIN 508 and ECO 508 will not be awarded.
559-3 Economic Applications and Issues. (3-0) Seminar examination of the application
of economic theory in the firm (micro) and in the overall economy (macro); in-depth
research and analysis of current economic issues through critical examination of
the professional literature and the current environment of business government.
Prerequisite: ECO 465, or ECO 201 and ECO 202.
564-3 Seminar on Global Commerce. (3-0) Focuses on global competitive challenges facing
business management teams. Students will evaluate how companies have strategically
entered and developed international markets and managed global diversification.
Students will learn to analyze international market potential, assess business risks

310 Course Descriptions
EDAD
and become familiar with institutions and national policies directing international trade.
Prerequisite: ECO 465, or ECO 201 and ECO 202.
586-v Problems. (Credit variable) This course offers students the opportunity to become
acquainted with current research being conducted within the student’s area of interest;
directed reading of a number of sources selected in concert by the student’s professor.
Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION (EDAD)
500-3 Foundations in Educational Leadership. (3-1) The study of the foundations of
educational leadership emphasizes an overview of the role of school administrators
in today’s public schools. Included are an assessment of the knowledge and skills
as identified by the State Board for Educator Certification and the development of
a professional growth plan. Students must also enroll in the EDAD 500 laboratory
section. Prerequisite: Admission to the Educational Administration program. Course
fee $5. Lab fee $5.
501-3 Research in Educational Leadership. (3-0) The study of the fundamentals of research
emphasizes research terminology, principal research designs, data collection
methodology, psychometric qualities of measurement, research ethics, program
evaluation, and distinguishing features of quantitative and qualitative research
paradigms. The course focuses on the development and use of the research and
evaluation skills necessary to become critical consumers and producers of research.
Prerequisite: EDAD 500 or approval of department head.
507-3 Leadership of Programs and Procedures in Supervision. (3-0) The study of
programs and procedures in supervision emphasizes the application of appropriate
supervisory practices in working with teachers. Educational leaders develop an
understanding of clinical and developmental supervision, teacher evaluation, and the
evolving concepts of supervisory practice. Prerequisite: EDAD 500 or approval of
department head.
509-3 Legal Issues in School Leadership. (3-0) The study of legal issues emphasizes the
relevant legal principles that affect the operation, organization, and administration of
public schools. This course focuses on ethical application of constitutional, statutory,
administrative, and case law. Prerequisite: EDAD 500 or approval of department head.
510-3 Special Education Law. (3-0) Legal framework for special education in the United
States; consideration of federal constitutional provisions, federal and state statutes,
federal and state judicial decisions and rules and regulations for the various federal and
state agencies which affect special education.
516-3 Instructional Leadership. (3-0) The study of instructional leadership emphasizes the
appropriate use of instructional practices within the framework of theory and research
to enhance organizational effectiveness and improve school culture. The content of
instructional leadership development training is supported by the Texas Education
Agency (TEA) as an integral part of administrator preparation and certification. An
additional state determined fee is required for students to obtain the Instructional
Leadership Development certificate after completion of the course. Prerequisite: EDAD
500 or approval of department head.
536-3 Instructional Development and School Improvement. (3-0) A study of research and
state policy affecting instructional improvement on public school campuses. Special
emphasis on results-based accountability systems, including curriculum planning and
evaluation, professional development, student assessment, and analyzing student
performance data at the campus level.
539-3 Processes of Educational Leadership. (3-0) The study of processes of educational
leadership emphasizes communication, culture and development and sustainability of
learning communities and the function of learning communities in addressing issues of
school improvement. Prerequisites: EDAD 500 or approval of department head.
540-3 School-Community Relationships. (3-0) Systems of interpretation of schools to
community publics. Promotion of effective school-community relations through media
of communication.
542-3 Leadership of Campus Resources. (3-0) The study of elementary and secondary
school resources emphasizes allocation and reallocation of fiscal, physical, and human

Course Descriptions
EDAD
311
resources to address the problems of campus improvement. Prerequisites: EDAD 500
or approval of department head.
545-3 Leadership of Curriculum Systems. (3-0) The study of the leadership of curriculum
systems emphasizes selection, implementation, alignment, and evaluation of
curriculum at the campus level. Principals must focus on curriculum development, best
practices in curriculum, evaluation of curriculum processes, and support of teachers
in the curriculum implementation processes. Prerequisites: EDAD 500 or approval of
department head.
555-3 Leadership of Diverse Learning Communities. (3-0) The study of the leadership of
diverse learning communities emphasizes procedures and techniques for identifying
and ameliorating educational problems associated with demographic and cultural
differences. The course focuses on ethical issues dealing with leadership, governance,
and policy development in educational settings/ institutions and the delivery of programs
to address the needs of special student populations served by the learning community.
Prerequisite: EDAD 500 or approval of department head.
560-3 Educational Leadership Applications. (3-0) The capstone study of leadership
theory in elementary and secondary schools emphasizes the application of theory to
administrative practice at the campus level. Critical issues and problems are examined
and analyzed through the use of case studies, problem-based learning projects, and
assessment-related activities. Prerequisite: Completion of a minimum of 27 semester
credits of EDAD coursework or approval of department head.
586-v Special Problems. (Variable) Open to graduate students who are capable of
developing a problem independently. Problems are chosen by the student and approved
in advance by the instructor. Prerequisite: Full admission into the College of Graduate
Studies and a graduate degree or certification program.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when the student is ready to begin the thesis. No credit until
the thesis is completed. Prerequisites: Completion of all other coursework required for
the degree and consent of the major professor or approval of the department head.
590-3 Selected Topics in Educational Administration. (3-0) An examination of different
topics each semester with a focus on contemporary issues in Educational Administration
and leadership. This course may be repeated for credit as the topic changes.
597-3 Internship for the Superintendent. (1-7) Supervised professional activities in the
area of the public school superintendency. Intern will be required to demonstrate
competencies in the performance of appropriate professional duties as culminating
experiences in the Superintendency Program. Prerequisite: Completion of the
professional courses in the Superintendency Preparation program or approval of
department head. Field assignment fee $75.
599-3 Internship for the Principalship. (3-0) Supervised professional activities in the area
of the public school principal, including elementary and secondary principalships and
the central office administrator. Intern will be required to demonstrate competence in
the performance of appropriate professional duties as the culminating experience in the
principal certification program. Students must complete the educational administration
core prior to enrolling in the internship. The internship course is typically a one-semester
course; however, this course may be repeated so that the student can satisfactorily
complete internship requirements. No more than 3 semester hours of internship course
work can be used to satisfy certification plan requirements. Prerequisite: Completion of
the educational administration core or approval of department head. Field assignment
fee $75.
601-3 Public School Finance and Fiscal Management. (3-0) The principles of school
finance, budgeting, and accounting procedures. A field experience will be required
as part of the course. Prerequisite: Principal or Mid-management certification or
approval of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
602-3 Administrative Law and Personnel Administration. (3-0) A comprehensive study
of public school law as it relates to contractual and at-will personnel. Emphasis is
placed on advertising, interviewing, selecting, and evaluating personnel. Special
attention is given to Equal Employment Opportunity guidelines, Federal Right
to Privacy Act, employee contracts, and records. Additional attention is given to
employee induction and student record. A field experience will be required as part

312 Course Descriptions
EDAD
of the course. Prerequisite: Principal or Mid-management certification or approval of
department head. Field assignment fee $75.
603-3 The School Superintendency. (3-0) A detailed study of the multiple roles and
responsibilities of the chief school administration, including the leadership role with
the community, school board, professional staff, and students. Some observations
and activities in the public schools and community will be required. A field experience
will be required as part of the course. Prerequisite: Principal or Mid-management
certification or approval of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
604-3 Educational Planning and Facility Development. (3-0) Study of major
administrative systems in public schools including transportation, distribution and
food service systems, energy management, health services, security, and safetyrelated
issues. Topics also include the study of present and future building and
equipment needs of public school systems, including operations, maintenance, and
planning for new facilities. A field experience will be required as part of the course.
Prerequisite: Principal or Mid-management certification or approval of department
head. Field assignment fee $75.
605-3 Instructional Development and School Improvement. (3-0) A study of research
and state policy affecting instructional improvement in public school systems. Special
emphasis on result-based accountability systems, including curriculum planning and
evaluation, professional development, and student assessment processes. A field
experience will be required as part of the course. Prerequisite: Principal or Midmanagement
certification or approval of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
610-3 Historical and Educational Foundations of Educational Leadership. (3-0) This
course will provide students an opportunity to study the philosophical, psychological,
and sociological dimensions of educational administration in a historical, as well as,
contemporary context. Prerequisite: Doctoral Standing.
611-1 Critical Issues in Educational Leadership. (1-0) This course is to provide an
opportunity to study a current and identified administrative problem in a specific
school district or combination of districts. Topics include but are not limited to,
future studies, brain-based learning, and strategic visioning and planning. With
departmental approval this course may be repeated when problems or topics differ.
Must be taken three times concurrently with residency. Graded on a satisfactory (S)
or unsatisfactory (U) basis. Prerequisites: Doctoral Standing.
612-3 Methods of Educational Research. (3-0) An overview of research methodology
including basic concepts employed in quantitative and qualitative research methods.
Includes computer applications for research. Prerequisites: Doctoral Standing.
614-3 Philosophy and Ethics in Educational Leadership. (3-0) This course will provide
students an opportunity to apply the concepts of ethics and philosophy to the personal
and professional aspects of school organization, operation, and leadership. Students
will apply these concepts in fashioning reasoned decisions, thoughtful analyses, and in
problem solving events. Prerequisites: Doctoral Standing.
621-3 Education Law and Policy. (3-0) A thorough investigation of policy making processes
and the interrelationship between legal and policy making processes at the national,
state, and local levels. An in-depth examination of legal principles and laws affecting
the administration and management of educational organizations. Prerequisite:
Doctoral Standing.
622-3 Data Analysis and School Improvement. (3-0) Emphasis on the fundamentals of
inferential data analysis with computer applications, which will enhance abilities in the
classroom and in administrative responsibilities. This course will provide information,
guidance, and models that will enable professional educators to develop effective
evaluation and appraisal systems appropriate to their needs. Interpretation and
application of assessment procedures and statistical concepts are emphasized in order
for educators to facilitate decision-making and disseminate test results and educational
evaluations to the community. Prerequisite: Doctoral Standing.
623-3 Theory & Practice of Organizational Leadership. (3-0) The application of theories
of organizational behavior to the problems of educational institutions. Through the
examination and applications of theories, including but not limited to leadership,
decision-making, communication, motivation, power and influence, group dynamics,

Course Descriptions
EDAD
313
and change, this course is designed to develop diagnostic and problem-solving
skills necessary for successful leadership of educational organizations. Prerequisite:
Doctoral Standing.
624-3 Advanced Studies in Educational Leadership. (3-0) Exploration of a critical issue
in the field of education from an interdisciplinary perspective; skills developed in
analyzing an issue, exploring its impact upon diverse educational settings, formulating
positions and seeking alternative solutions. Prerequisite: Doctoral Standing.
625-3 Methods of Inquiry I. (3-0) The study of scientific inquiry defined by the Tarleton
State University doctoral conceptual framework for investigating organizational
behavior. Integrated research methodology, univariate/bivariate statistical designs,
and program evaluation procedures represent both positivistic and post positivistic
scientific reasoning. Psychometric properties of measurement will be included.
Prerequisite: Doctoral Standing.
630-3 Educational Governance and Policies. (3-0) An exploration of the impact of political
processes on the development of educational policy, with an emphasis on federal
and state policy development. A required one-week trip at the student’s expense
to Washington, D.C. will be one of the requirements necessary to meet the course
objectives. Students will be responsible for student travel expenses determined by
the instructor. Prerequisite: Doctoral Standing or approval of the department head.
631-3 Methods of Inquiry II. (3-0) A continuation of inquiry as represented by the doctoral
program conceptual framework with emphasis on individualized application. The
course will emphasize integrated multivariate and advanced statistical design, and
research paradigms. Participants will be expected to focus investigative methods
to their major areas of interest in preparation for a doctoral dissertation proposal.
Prerequisites: EDAD 625 and Doctoral Standing.
641-3 Administrative Leadership in Higher Education. (3-0) A thorough investigation of
higher education administration theory applied to the practice of performing academic
duties combined with an in-depth examination of organizational influences that form
the academic, political, legal, governmental, financial, and local framework involved
in the administration and management of educational organizations. Prerequisites:
Doctoral standing or approval of department head.
645-3 Comparative Higher Education Systems. (3-0) This course is designed to explore
and study key post-secondary educational systems, structures, and organizational
issues in tertiary educational systems outside the United States. The course
will address topics such as internal and external governance of post-secondary
institutions, access to higher education, student affairs, academic personnel,
curriculum, instruction, and educational reform in higher education systems in
selected countries. Prerequisite: Doctoral Standing, or approval of department head.
685-3 Advanced Seminar in Educational Leadership. (3-0) Design of research and
inquiry in various areas of educational administration; application of models and
research procedures from the social and managerial sciences to policy issues in
educational organizations. Prerequisite: Doctoral Standing.
690-3 Selected Topics in Educational Leadership. (3-0) An examination of different
topics each semester with a focus on contemporary issues in educational leadership.
This course may be repeated for credit as the topic changes. Prerequisite: Admission
to the doctoral program in Educational Leadership.
699-3 Extended Internship in Educational Leadership. (3-0) Supervised activities in
a governmental, organizational, or higher education setting. During the extended
internship, the student will be required to demonstrate competencies appropriate
to the professional setting of the internship. Prerequisite: Doctoral Standing. Field
assignment fee $75.
788-3 Dissertation. (3-0) Scheduled when the student is ready to begin the thorough and
scholarly investigation of a topic acceptable to the dissertation committee. To be
acceptable, the dissertation must give evidence that the candidate has pursued a
program of research, the results of which reveal superior academic competence and
a significant contribution to the field. Graded on a satisfactory (S) or unsatisfactory
(U) basis. Prerequisite: Doctoral Standing and successful completion of the doctoral
qualifying examination.

314 Course Descriptions
EDSP
SPECIAL EDUCATION (EDSP)
361-3 Survey of Exceptional Learners. (3-0) The characteristics of exceptional learners and
the educational programs for individuals with disabilities will be surveyed. Additional
course content will include the legislation and court cases related to special education
and the referral, diagnosis, and placement of exceptional learners. A field experience is
required. Prerequisite: TASP/THEA requirement must be met.
462-3 Special Education Rules and Regulations for Teachers. (3-0) Laws and litigation
that affect the education of students with disabilities are examined. Includes
procedures pertinent to teachers providing special education services such as
federal and state regulations, IEPs, and the development of basic instructional plans.
Field experience required. Prerequisite: EDSP 361.
463-3 Teaching Learners with Learning Disabilities. (3-0) Learning disabilities are
examined with emphasis on history, definition, causation and characteristics.
Content includes teaching methods for language, academic, and social skills as well
as effective inclusive practices. Strategies for successful collaboration with parents,
guardians, paraprofessionals and general education teachers are studied. Field
experience required. Prerequisite: EDSP 361.
464-3 Teaching Learners with Developmental Disabilities. (3-0) Etiology and
characteristics associated with deficits in development are studied. Effects of
developmental disabilities in the areas of language acquisition and physical, social
and emotional functioning are examined. Course content includes methods for
teaching functional academic skills, communication skills and life management skills,
working with parents, paraprofessionals and related service personnel, community
based instruction and vocational planning. Field experience required. Prerequisite:
EDSP 361.
465-3 Behavior Management for Exceptional Learners. (3-0) Information is provided on
managing a classroom that includes students with disabilities. Topics include creating
positive interpersonal relationships in the classroom, increasing student motivation
and learning, minimizing disruptive behavior, behavioral management strategies,
curriculum adaptations, crisis management and behavior management theories and
strategies. Information will also be provided on the typical characteristics associated
with emotional disabilities and identification procedures utilized. Field experience
required. Prerequisite: EDSP 361.
467-3 Programming for Young Children with Disabilities. (3-0) Study of young children
with disabilities aged birth to 6 with an emphasis on the techniques for implementing
programs to meet the needs of the child and the family. Early intervention, medical
intervention, and public school educational programming for at-risk infants, toddlers,
and young children will be addressed as well as parent involvement models to
promote optimum parent-child and parent–professional relationships. Emphasis
on recent research related to early childhood special education. Field experience
required. Prerequisite: EDSP 361.
486-v Special Education Problems. (1 to 3-0) A course featuring independent research,
reading, application and discussion under personal direction of instructor. Topics
vary according to student need. Open to students of junior or senior classification
who have been admitted to the Teacher Education Program and with approval of the
instructor and department head.
505-3 Introduction to Exceptional Learners. (3-0) A survey of learner characteristics and
an examination of instructional techniques that promote academic, personal, and social
growth in exceptional learners and an examination of the process and procedures
relating to the placement of exceptional learners. Prerequisite: 18 hours of professional
education or certification.
511-3 Behavior Management in Special Education Environments. (3-0) Characteristics
of students with emotional disabilities, including the application of behavioral
management strategies appropriate for students with emotional and behavioral
disabilities. Course content includes: functional assessment of behavior; development
of behavior intervention plans; strategies for teaching appropriate behavior; crisis
management strategies; integrating behavior management with instructional
programs in school, community and home settings. Prerequisite: Admission to the

Course Descriptions
EDSP-EDTC
315
alternative teacher certification program at Tarleton.
513-3 Advanced Study of Learning Disabilities. (3-0) A study of the research on
learning disabilities, including causation, diagnosis and educational programming.
Course content includes: methods for teaching students with learning disabilities;
adapting general education classrooms to accommodate the inclusion of students
with learning disabilities; collaboration with parents, paraprofessionals and general
education teachers. Students will conduct a case study. Prerequisite: Admission to
the alternative teacher certification program at Tarleton.
515-3 Advanced Study of Developmental Disabilities. (3-0) A study of research-based
instructional methods appropriate for students with developmental disabilities.
Course content includes: the assessment and teaching of functional academic
skills, life management and communication skills; collaborating with parents,
paraprofessionals, general education teachers and related service providers;
community-based instruction; vocational planning and preparation. Prerequisite:
Admission to the alternative teacher certification program at Tarleton.
525-3 Appraisal of Exceptional Learners. (3-2) Standardized assessment of the academic
achievement of students referred for or currently receiving special education services
including test administration, analysis, and reporting of scores, and program planning.
Prerequisites: PSY 501 or concurrent enrollment or approval of department head.
527-3 Teaching Students with Severe to Profound Disabilities. (3-0) Definitions,
characteristics, and instructional techniques for students with severe and
profound disabilities, including functional assessment, applied behavioral analysis,
Individualized Education Program (IEP) goals and objectives, transition and
placement issues. Prerequisite: EDSP 505 or approval of department head.
528-3 Case Management for Educational Diagnosticians. (3-0) This course addresses
state and federal laws that affect the diagnosis, placements, and programs for
students with disabilities and the diagnostician’s role and responsibilities as
compliance officers. Enrollment limited to students admitted to the Diagnostician
Certification Program or permission of department head. Prerequisites: EDSP 525.
529-3 Assessing Cognitive Abilities of Exceptional Learners. (3-2) Standardized
assessment of the cognitive and adaptive behavior abilities of exceptional students.
Includes test administration, scoring, analysis, and program planning. Prerequisite:
CPSY 581 or PSY 581 or approval of department head. Lab fee $25.
586-v Special Education Problems. (1 to 3-0) Open to graduate students who are
capable of developing a problem independently. Problems are chosen by the student
and approved in advance by the instructor and department head. Prerequisite: Full
admission to the College of Graduate Studies and a graduate degree or certification
program.
597-3 Internship in Special Education Teaching. (1-40) A supervised, field-based
experience in a special education classroom. Interns must demonstrate proficiency
in applying effective teaching practices and classroom management strategies
in a school classroom. Prerequisite: admission to a teacher certification program
at Tarleton; satisfactory performance in the professional development courses
preceding the internship. May be repeated for credit. Field assignment fee $75.
599-3 Internship for Educational Diagnosticians. (1-7) Supervised professional activities
for persons preparing for certification as an educational diagnostician. Professional
activities will include test administration, scoring, analysis, diagnosis, report writing,
and program planning. Interns will be required to demonstrate competence in the
performance of professional duties as an educational diagnostician. A minimum of
300 hours of documented related professional activities will be required. Prerequisites:
EDSP 505, 525, 527, and 529 or approval of department head. Field assignment fee
$75.
EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY (EDTC)
300-3 Desktop Publishing in the Classroom (2-2) An exploration of applications relating
to digital graphics, printing techniques, animation products, and editing tools used in
desktop publishing. Students will analyze the K-12 Technology Applications Texas
Essential Knowledge and Skills (TEKS) and create a variety of desktop publishing

316 Course Descriptions
EDTC
products for use in their future classroom. Lab fee $20.
305-3 Multimedia in the Classroom. (2-2) An application of multimedia, graphics, and
animation tools used for teaching Technology Applications. Students will apply
appropriate techniques and strategies to create lesson plans and examples for use
in the classroom. Prerequisite: EDTC 300. Lab fee $20.
315-3 The Technology Applications Teacher. (2-3) Field based opportunities in area
schools allow students to observe technology applications teachers at all levels
(EC-12) and explore computer lab management in K-12 learning environments.
Prerequisites: EDTC 305 and EDU 320. Lab fee $20.
400-3 Video in the Classroom. (2-3) This course will prepare students to teach video,
graphics, and animation in K-12 Technology Applications classes. Students will
apply tools and techniques for integrated video technology to enhance the learning
environment and prepare exemplars and lesson plans for future classroom use.
Prerequisites: EDTC 315, EDU 320 and Acceptance into the Teacher Education
Program. Lab fee $20.
405-3 Web Mastering. (2-3) An exploration of the use of Web technology in educational
settings. Students will use appropriate technologies and techniques to plan and
implement web based instructional products for use in the K-12 classroom. The
creation of lesson plans and exemplars appropriate for teaching Technology
Applications in Web mastering are required. Prerequisite: EDU 330 and EDTC 400.
Lab fee $20.
410-3 Learning, Leading, and Assessment. (2-2) This course focuses on K-12 student
learning outcomes, data analysis, and instructional decision making. Mentoring
skills necessary for peer support are also explored. Students will apply tools for
enhancing their own professional growth and productivity and will use technology
in communicating, collaborating, conducting research, and solving problems that
typically arise in learning environments. Prerequisite: EDU 330. Lab fee $20.
486-v Educational Technology Problems. (1 to 3-0) A course featuring independent
research, reading, application, and discussion under personal direction of Instructor;
topics vary according to student need. Open to students of junior or senior
classification who have been admitted to the Teacher Education Program and with
approval of instructor and department head.
549-3 Educational Media and Technology. (2-2) This course provides an examination of the
role of technology in school settings and an exploration of available technologies and
the applications for instruction. Focus is on Web 2.0 applications for communication
and collaboration that expand and extend learning environments. Lab fee $20.
550-3 Teaching Desktop Publishing. (2-2) This course will prepare students to
integrate the tools of desktop publishing and graphic applications to successfully
demonstrate the knowledge and skills needed to teach Desktop Publishing. Students
will explore current research in the area of technology applications. Students will
apply tools for enhancing their own professional growth and productivity and will
use technology in communicating, collaborating, conducting research, and solving
problems that typically arise in learning environments. Prerequisite: EDTC 549. Lab
fee $20.
551-3 Multimedia and Animation for K-12 Instruction. (2-2) This course will
prepare students to integrate the tools of multimedia, graphics, and animation to
successfully demonstrate the knowledge and skills needed to teach the Technology
Applications Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills (TEKS). Students will explore
current research in the area of multimedia and will use technology in communicating,
collaborating, conducting research, and solving problems that typically arise in
learning environments. Prerequisite: EDTC 550. Lab fee $20.
552-3 Teaching K-12 Video Technology. (3-3) This course will prepare students to integrate
the tools of video, and animation to successfully demonstrate the knowledge and
skills needed to teach Technology Application Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills
(TEKS). Students will explore current research in the area of and will use technology
in communicating, collaborating, conducting research, and solving problems that
typically arise in learning environment. Prerequisite: EDTC 551. Lab fee $20.
558-3 Web Mastering for K-12 Instruction. (3-3) This course will prepare students to

Course Descriptions
EDTC-EDU
317
successfully demonstrate the knowledge and skills needed to teach Web mastering.
Students will explore current research in the area of web-based applications and
use technology in communicating, collaborating, conducting research, and solving
problems that typically arise in learning environments. Prerequisite: EDTC 552.
559-3 Leading & Learning with Technology. (2-3) The course focuses on using
technology to study K-12 student learning outcomes, assessment, data analysis, and
instructional decision making. Mentoring skills necessary for leadership and peer
technology support are also explored. An analysis of Statewide TAKS data will be
completed and applied to research of current educational problems. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. Lab fee $20.
586-v Educational Technology Problems. (1 to 3-0) Open to graduate students who
are capable of developing a problem independently. Problems must be chosen
by the student and approved in advance by the instructor and department head.
Prerequisite: Full admission to the College of Graduate Studies and a graduate
degree or certification program.
EDUCATION (EDU)
Note: Prior to enrolling in any teacher education course work, students must
complete 60 hours of coursework.
130-1 Introduction to the Teaching Profession. (1-1) An introduction to and analysis
of the culture of schooling and classrooms. Students will examine teaching as a
profession through directed field experiences. Lab fee $10.
200-3 Families, School, and Community. (3-2) A study of the child, family, community,
and schools, including parent education and involvement, family and community
lifestyles, child abuse, and current family life issues. The course includes a service
learning component to meet the field experiences requirement. Lab fee $10.
310-3 Foundations of Bilingual and English as a Second Language Education. (3-
0) An examination of the history, philosophies, theoretical and legal foundations
regarding Bilingual/English as a Second Language. The course also includes a
review of programmatic designs. Prerequisite: EDU 320.
315-3 Literacy Instruction for Bilingual Classrooms. (3-0) An examination of the knowledge
and skills required to teach limited English language learners, with an emphasis on
program implementation, curriculum, materials, oral language development, literacy
development and assessment strategies. Course will be delivered in Spanish and
English. Prerequisite: Passing scores on the BTLPT – Spanish Language Proficiency
Test - Spanish and EDU 310, 320, and RDG 311.
320-3 Professional Development I: Understanding Learners. (3-2) An examination of
students and teachers in learner centered schools. Topics will include brain-based
learning, cooperative learning, learning styles and strengths of diverse learners,
and formal and informal assessment, learner centered instruction. A technology lab
and documentation of directed field experiences are required. Pre-requisites or corequisite:
PSY 220 or 303 or FCS 300 and a minimum of 60 hours toward certification
or degree requirements. Lab fee $25.
330-3 Professional Development II: Effective Instruction. (3-2) An examination of the
relationship between the state adopted curriculum, the Learner-Centered Proficiencies
and best practices. Topics include: the lesson cycle, the inquiry model of learning,
use of technology, and other resources to plan, deliver and assess instruction; the
role of assessment in guided learning and managing a classroom. A micro-teaching
lab and documentation of field experiences are required. Pre-requisites: EDU 320;
PSY 220, 303 or FCS 300; and/or co-requisite 3 hours of 300 level reading, and
admission to the Tarleton Teacher Education Program. Lab fee $25.
404-3 Early Childhood Environments. (3-4) A study of all aspects of classroom
management, including the physical environment and use of centers, for diverse groups
of early elementary students. Current issues related to early childhood education will
be examined. Students will be expected to demonstrate developmentally appropriate
effective teaching practices in field-based setting. Prerequisites: Admission to the
Teacher Education program, EDU 320 or 330 and RDG 384. Concurrent enrollment
in EDU 415, RDG 409 and 410. Field assignment fee $75.

318 Course Descriptions
EDU
405-3 Content Area Instruction in Bilingual Classrooms. (3-0) An examination of
curriculum requirements as applicable to bilingual education, language concepts and
proficiencies needed for teaching language arts, math, science and social studies in
bilingual classrooms. Students will evaluate commercial and research-based programs
in order to adapt materials for students with varying degrees of language and literacy
proficiency. Field experiences required. Prerequisites: Passing scored on the BTLPT –
Spanish (Bilingual Language Proficiency Test- Spanish), EDU 310, 315 and RDG 311,
351.
415-3 Elementary Curriculum, Assessment, and Instruction. (3-0) The implementation
of assessment-driven instruction and curricular design in interdisciplinary contexts.
Students will apply their knowledge of developmental stages, learner needs, and the
stated expectations of state standards in the core content areas to design, implement,
and evaluate an interdisciplinary curriculum. Effective teaching practices, problem
based learning and technology applications will be demonstrated. Pre-requisites
EDU 320; EDU 330 and concurrent enrollment in EDU 404, RDG 409 and 410.
430-3 Professional Development III: Application of Effective Teaching Practices. (3-4)
Field-based/practicum experiences are required in school settings where students will
plan units of instruction, examine various models of instruction, analyze classroom
management strategies and demonstrate competencies in effective teaching
practices. Prerequisites: Admission to the Teacher Education Program, EDU 330 and
RDG 351. Field assignment fee $75.
435-3 Professional Development IV: Issues in Professional Development. (3-0) To
be taken with Practicum in Teaching. Students synthesize and validate concepts
encountered during teaching practicum. Focuses on professional issues related
to teaching and the school environment. Prerequisites: Admission to Practicum in
Teaching and concurrent enrollment in EDU 490, or approval of department head. Field
assignment fee $75.
483-3 Internship for Classroom Teaching. (1-9) This internship includes supervised,
field-based activities in public school classrooms. Major emphasis is placed on the
development of instructional strategies and professional practices designed to improve
teaching performance. Students are required to conduct a reflective analysis of their
teaching performance. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Admission to the
Teacher Education Program. Field assignment fee $75.
486-v Education Problems. (Credit variable) A course featuring independent research,
reading, and discussion under personal direction of instructor, topics vary according
to student need. Open to students of junior or senior classification who have been
admitted to the Teacher Education Program and with approval of department head.
490-6 Practicum in Teaching. (1-18) Supervised practicum in teaching in the public
schools at the appropriate level. Students are required to demonstrate proficiency in
the application of effective teaching practices and classroom management strategies.
Prerequisite: Admission to Practicum in Teaching. Field assignment fee $75.
501-3 Readings in Professional Development. (3-0) An examination of current issues
in the professional development of educators. Topics include models of professional
development, impact of professional development on public school student
achievement, effective evaluation of professional development, and identification
of best practice in writing and evaluating research with an emphasis on literature
reviews.
502-3 Cultural Diversity in Schools and Communities. (3-0) An examination of various
dimensions of culture related to teaching, learning, and support services in the
community. Topics of study will include ethnicity, socio-economic status, language,
gender, religion, age, and exceptionality.
504-3 Human Development. (3-0) Increasing the understanding of human behavior with
emphasis on the child, adolescent, and adult learner. Development of insight and
social and cultural forces in the formation of personality, the self, and roles in group
membership.
506-3 Adult Education. (3-0) Examines the philosophy and concepts of adult education
including the role of the adult educator, setting of objectives, integration of adult
learning with career goals or changes and assessment of educational needs of

Course Descriptions
EDU
319
adults.
510-3 Foundations of Elementary and Middle School Curriculum. (3-0) A study of
the elementary and middle school curricula, including English language arts and
reading; mathematics; life, earth and physical science; social sciences; fine arts;
health and physical education. Additional topics include the state adopted curriculum,
local school instructional programs and national/state assessment programs. Field
experience is required. Prerequisites: Admission to the College of Graduate Studies;
pending admission to the alternative teacher certification program at Tarleton.
511-3 Methods of Effective Teaching. (3-2) A study of the research on effective teaching
practices with an emphasis on direct instruction. Additional topics of study include
mastery learning, assessment of learning and use of assessment to guide instruction.
Students will apply technology and effective teaching practices to the design and
delivery of instruction. Technology lab is required. Prerequisite: Admission to the
alternative teacher certification program at Tarleton. Lab fee $10.
512-3 Seminar in Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies. (3-0) An integrated
approach to teaching Social Studies through the application of the writing process,
reading/writing connections, and children’s literature. Prerequisite: 18 hours of
professional education course work.
514-3 Creating and Managing the Learning Environment. (2-3) A study of the research
on creating and maintaining a positive learning environment. Additional topics for
study include: cultural dimensions of classroom management; motivating student
achievement; fostering cooperation among students; reinforcing appropriate
behavior; ethics and law governing teacher-student relations. Students will apply
teaching and classroom management practices in a clinical laboratory setting.
Prerequisite: Admission to the alternative teacher certification program at Tarleton.
Course fee $15.
520-3 Issues in the Education of Children. (3-0) The examination of issues related to the
education of young children. Course content includes: applying stage development
and learning theories to develop instructional strategies and classroom management
practices; cultural and individual differences; teaching English language learners
and learners with special needs. Prerequisite: Admission to the alternative teacher
certification program at Tarleton.
521-3 Issues in the Education of Adolescents. (3-0) The examination of issues related to
the education of adolescents. Course content includes: applying stage development
and learning theories to develop instructional strategies and classroom management
practices; cultural and individual differences; the adolescent subculture and factors
that place adolescents at risk; teaching English language learners and learners
with special needs. Prerequisite: Admission to the alternative teacher certification
program at Tarleton.
522-3 Teaching Math and Science in the Elementary School. (3-0) An advanced study
of methods and materials for the teaching of math and science. Emphasis will be on
helping teachers become more effective in teaching math and science by developing
questions, investigations, speculations, and explorations that reflect not only the content
of each area of study, but the process involved in learning.
534-3 Curriculum for Early Childhood Programs. (3-0) An advanced study will be made
of early childhood education curriculum and practices. An examination will be made
of current trends in early childhood curriculum with an emphasis on the modifications
needed to ensure the success of all young children. Prerequisite: 18 hours of
professional educational course work.
538-3 Curriculum Design and Implementation. (3-0) The curriculum selection, design,
implementation, and evaluation processes within the classroom and school district
settings are examined. Factors that influence the curriculum decision-making process
and a review of theories of curriculum development will be researched. Curriculum
alignment and curriculum auditing will be major emphases of this course.
545-3 Advanced Instructional Strategies. (3-0) The derivation of appropriate methods
and techniques from basic principles of learning. The development of working
skills needed in cooperative planning, selecting, and organizing teaching materials,
utilization of the environment, individual and group guidance, and evaluation

320 Course Descriptions
EDU
activities.
550-3 Assessment Issues for Educational Leaders. (3-0) The examination of assessment
as a process with emphasis on assessment of student achievement and on data
interpretation for the purpose of improving instruction.
555-3 Effective Instructional Programming. (3-0) An examination of research-based
best instructional and curricular practices and the evaluation and enhancement of
instructional and curricular programs related to identified best practices.
560-3 The Gifted Learner. (3-0) An in-depth study of the characteristics and needs of gifted
and talented students as they relate to both school and family settings. Different models
and programs for gifted education will be studied. Formal and informal identification
procedures will be examined in line with federal and state guidelines.
562-3 Creativity in the Classroom. (3-0) A study of the theories and models of creativity.
Emphasis will be given to identifying the creative potential of students in all
classrooms. Instructional processes which accommodate the needs of creative
learners will be examined and developed. Prerequisite: EDU 560.
564-3 Curriculum and Materials Development for the Gifted Learner. (3-0) A comparison
of regular and gifted curricula with a focus on developing an interdisciplinary
curriculum for gifted learners. Students will examine and evaluate existing materials
and equipment which support instruction for the gifted in both regular and special
programs. One focus will be on developing and evaluating teacher constructed
materials. Prerequisite: EDU 560.
566-3 Instructional and Evaluation Methods for the Gifted Learner. (3-0) Methods of
determining specific learning styles and talents will be learned, with emphasis placed
on implementing appropriate instruction for programs. Methods and tools of informal
and formal evaluation and assessment will be examined. Prerequisites: EDU 560
and 564.
569-3 Practicum in Gifted Education. (1-7) Supervises professional activities in gifted
and talented programs. Students will be required to demonstrate competence in
the process of delivering a synergistic gifted and talented program. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of EDU 560, 562, 564, and 566. Field assignment fee $75.
585-v Education Seminar. (variable) Presentation of project proposal, implementation,
and conclusions. Must be repeated a minimum of 3 times for 1 hour credit each
semester to complete masters project. Student must be continuously enrolled until
the graduate project is completed.
586-v Special Problems. (variable) Open to graduate students who are capable of
developing a problem independently. Problems chosen by the student and approved
in advance by the instructor. Prerequisite: Graduate major in Education.
590-v Selected Topics in Education. (variable) An examination of different topics each
semester with a focus on such subjects as the gifted student, the education of
culturally disadvantaged, teacher evaluation, or other selected topics concerning
the teaching/learning process. This semester may be repeated for credit as topic
changes. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
593-3 Internship in Elementary Teaching. (1-7) This course includes supervised
professional activities in the elementary public school classroom. Major emphasis
is placed on the development of instructional strategies and professional practices
designed to improve teaching performance. Students are required to conduct a
reflective analysis of their teaching performance, engage in field research activities,
and attend periodic meetings on campus. Prerequisites: Admission to a teacher
education program at Tarleton State University or employment as a teacher of record
in a public school in Texas. Field assignment fee $75.
598-3 Techniques of Research. (3-0) Fundamental concepts and tools of research
applied to psychological and educational problems. Rationale of research, analysis
of problems, library skills, sampling, appraisal instruments, statistical description and
inference, writing the research report, and representative research designs.
599-3 Internship in Teaching. (1-40) A supervised field-based experience in classroom
teaching. Interns must demonstrate proficiency in applying effective teaching
practices and classroom management strategies in a school classroom. Prerequisite:
admission to a teacher certification program at Tarleton; satisfactory performance in

Course Descriptions
ENGL
321
the professional development courses preceding the internship. May be repeated for
credit. Field assignment fee $75.
ENGLISH (ENGL)
100-3 Basic Writing. (3-2) Provides students with instruction in the basics of acceptable
writing, with special focus on preparing them to succeed in the writing demanded
throughout the Tarleton State University freshman composition sequence. The course
helps students address writing problems by work in such areas as the composing
process, arrangement, cohesion, paragraphing, syntax, and use of evidence. The
course also helps students (on an individual basis) with their particular problems in
grammar, usage, punctuation, and spelling. A student must earn a grade of at least C in
order to progress to ENGL 111. The course will not substitute for any other course and
does not count for degree credit. Course fee $10.
111-3 Introduction to College Composition. (3-0) (TCCNS = ENGL 1301) A prerequisite
to English 112, the course introduces students to the diverse characteristics of
writing for academic contexts. Students in English 111 write about ideas, in particular
responding analytically and critically to written sources. The course helps students
become familiar with academic audiences, situations, purposes, genres, and some
primary conventions (style, arrangement) of those genres. Moreover, students work
to develop their own composing processes, particularly for ways of inventing ideas,
planning, and revising their texts. Course fee $5.
112-3 College Composition and Research. (3-0) (TCCNS = ENGL 1302) A sequel to
English 111, this course introduces students to research in academic contexts.
Students address questions such as What is it for? What are its limitations? What
are some of its shapes? How does one go about it? The course introduces students
to a variety of research methods, systems of documentation, contemporary library
resources, and research genres. Among other writing tasks for the course, each
student is expected to carry out his/her own research study for possible publication in
The Tarleton Freshman Writer. Prerequisite: ENGL 111. Course fee $5.
210-3 The Short Story. (3-0) This course provides a study of narrative, including folktales
and emphasizing 19 th and 20 th century short stories. Extensive reading and analysis
of stories leading to an understanding of the narrative impulse and the possibilities of
this literary form. Prerequisites: ENGL 111 and 112.
220-3 Introduction to Literature. (3-0) A genre-based study of predominantly modern
literary works. Students will analyze form and content with particular emphasis
on the vocabulary and techniques germane to literature, investigate its attendant
treatment as an academic discipline, and explore its aesthetic connections to human
experience. Prerequisites: ENGL 111 and 112.
240-3 Literature and Film. (3-3) A study of styles, components, and techniques of
literary genres, with particular attention to the medium of film as it relates to literary
expression. Weekly lab meetings will entail screening of films appropriate to class
discussion and analysis. One 3-hour lab per week required. Prerequisite: ENGL 111
and 112 or prior approval of department head. Course fee $10.
250-3 Backgrounds of Western Literature. (3-0) A study of major works in translation
which provide the foundation for the literary tradition of the modern Western world,
emphasizing, but not limited to, the Ancient World, the Middle Ages, and the
Renaissance. Prerequisite: ENGL 111 and 112.
301-3 American Literature to 1865. (3-0) From the beginnings to 1865. A critical survey
of major writers and movements with emphasis upon such representative authors as
Poe, Emerson, Hawthorne, Thoreau, Dickinson, and Melville. Prerequisites: ENGL
111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
302-3 American Literature Since 1865. (3-0) From 1865 to the present. A critical survey
of major writers and movements with emphasis on such representative authors as
Crane, Howells, Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and
6 hours sophomore ENGL.
309-3 Technical Writing & Document Design. (3-0-WI) Process of developing technical
information, including researching, drafting, editing, revising, and designing
technical reports, proposals, manuals, job application documents and professional

322 Course Descriptions
ENGL
correspondence for specific audiences, using word processing and graphic
applications. Prerequisites: ENGL 111 and 112. Course fee $10.
310-3 Technical Writing and Editing. (3-0-WI) Study of advanced technical communication
situations such as formal reports, grant proposals, and professional articles, and
extensive discipline-specific professional level practice in these forms. Study of general
editorial techniques in formats, graphics, and layout and design methods in technical
publications. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 3 hours sophomore ENGL, ENGL 309.
Course fee $10.
312-3 Graphics and Technical Writing. (3-3) This course will examine the integration of
graphic components in printed and electronic mediums. Students will use computer
applications to compose and design graphics such as bar graphs, organizational
charts, flow charts, diagrams, and drawings. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 3
hours sophomore ENGL, ENGL 309. Course fee $10.
320-3 Advanced Grammars. (3-0) An introduction to the grammatical structure of modern
English at the level of word, clause, and discourse presented through the application
of the principles of descriptive grammars, accompanied by a review of current
prescriptive grammars. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore
ENGL.
330-3 Advanced Composition. (3-0-WI) Students will examine the rhetoric of composition
through intensive writing workshops and close reading of composition-related texts.
The goals of the course are (1) to discover and define some coherent relations
between rhetoric and composition; (2) to challenge the students’ presuppositions
about essayistic space through a process of peer- and instructor-reviewed writing
workshops. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL, or prior
approval of department head.
341-3 Cultural Studies. (3-0) This course explores an array of diverse cultural and historical
contexts through literature produced outside the common British and American
traditions. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
342-3 Genre Studies. (3-0) Literary genres consist of related kinds of works, combining
content and form, gradually changing as their cultures change. The purpose of
generic study is an understanding of literary tradition and of the way in which authors
speak to their times, and to all times, through the genres they inherit and modify. This
course will provide an intensive study of one or more genres. Prerequisites: ENGL
111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
343-3 Creative Writing. (3-0) Focuses on the craft and art of writing narrative, poetic, and
dramatic discourse. Attention to the conception, design, and execution both of the
whole work and of elements of figurative language, characterization, dialogue, point
of view, and poetic structure, as well as other elements of the craft. Prerequisites:
ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
350-3 Children’s Literature. (3-0) A general survey of literature for children. Includes a
study of types of literature for children and of the development of criteria for the
selection and evaluation of children’s books. This course may be counted as an
elective but not towards the 24-hour advanced English requirement for an English
major. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
370-3 An Introduction to Linguistics. (3-0) A study of descriptive linguistics revealing the
nature and scope of the characteristics and complexities of human language. Much
of the course consists of learning the phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics,
and pragmatics of modern English. Attention will also be focused on the nature and
diversity of the rule-bound creativity underlying the tacit systematic use of human
language. Prerequisite: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
390-3 Readings in Adolescent Literature. (3-0) Survey of literature with a focus on
teenage audiences. Readings will include both classics and contemporary selections.
Study will be concerned with increasing student understanding of unique aspects
of adolescent literature and its application in public school curricula. Prerequisites:
ENGL 111, 112 and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
395-1 Written Discourse Theory and Application. (1-0) Students will receive instruction
and training in written discourse theory and practice as appropriate and necessary
preparation for tutoring in the University Writing Center and/or the English and

Course Descriptions
ENGL
323
Languages Department Language Arts Lab. Students must receive prior approval
to enroll. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, 6 hours sophomore ENGL, and approval of
Writing Program Director and Writing Center Directors.
400-3 Shakespeare. (3-0) An in depth study of representative types of Shakespeare’s
drama and poetry. Credit for both ENGL 400 and THEA 400 will not be awarded.
Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
401-3 British Literature I. (3-0) A chronological study of the works of the principal authors
and their historic backgrounds from approximately 700 A.D. to the end of the
eighteenth century. The writers considered include Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton,
Pope, and Swift. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
402-3 British Literature II. (3-0) A chronological study of the works of the principal authors
and their historic backgrounds from the end of the eighteenth century to the present.
The writers considered include Wordsworth, Coleridge, Tennyson, Browning, and
Eliot. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
411-3 Studies in Rhetoric and Language. (3-0) This course offers advanced study in the
theory, nature, and practice of written discourse. Special emphasis is given to helping
students investigate language theoretically as a background for their own professional
and personal use. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
412-3 Technical Writing with Computer Applications. (3-0) Study of and practice in
use of word processing and desktop publishing in document design and publication.
Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, 3 hours sophomore ENGL, ENGL 309, ENGL 312.
Course fee $10.
415-3 Senior Literary Seminar. (3-0-WI) This course offers an opportunity for students
to engage in an intensified, focused, well-defined study. Possibilities include the
examination of a particular writer, groupings of writers, a specific geographic region,
and/or literary criticism. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore
ENGL.
420-3 Writing for Electronic Mediums. (3-0) Advanced study of and practice in writing
for electronic mediums with a primary focus on planning, designing, and composing
professional pages for the world wide web. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, 3 hours
sophomore ENGL, ENGL 309, 312. Course fee $10.
435-3 Film Studies. (3-3) A study of movies both as dramas – involving plot, characterization,
theme, etc. – and as artistic productions – involving shots, cuts, and other film
techniques. Other aspects of film criticism are covered. A three-hour lab per week is
required. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and 6 hours sophomore ENGL. Course fee
$10.
460-3 Advanced Studies in Secondary English. (3-0) This course applies the standards
of the National Council of Teachers of English to the curriculum of secondary English.
It provides an intensive review of composition principles, language conventions,
literary genres, and computer instructional technology. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112,
and 6 hours sophomore ENGL.
486-v English Problems. (Credit variable) A course featuring independent reading,
research, and discussion under personal direction of instructor, topics to vary
according to student need. Open to students of senior classification with prior
approval of department head.
510-3 Studies in American Literature. (3-0) Focuses on restricted periods in American
literary history. Examples include colonial American literature, the American
Renaissance, American literary naturalism, post-World War II American literature, and
minority literature in America. May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
520-3 Studies in the English Language. (3-0) Focuses on historical and/or linguistic study
of the English language. Topics will vary. Examples include history of the English
language and the English language in America. May be repeated for credit when
topics vary.
530-3 Studies in Rhetoric. (3-0) A study of written language theories. Course contents
include readings from a wide spectrum including classical Greece and Rome, the
European enlightenment, nineteenth century America, and modern and post-modern
periods. May be retaken for credit when topics vary.
540-3 Studies in Modern Fiction. (3-0) An evaluation of English and American short

324 Course Descriptions
ENGL-ENGR
stories, novels, and related criticism. Topics will vary and will include study of themes
and development of the genre. May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
550-3 Studies in Literature Before 1500. (3-0) A study of representative types of pre-1500
literature in English. Topics may vary. May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
560-3 Modern American and British Poetry. (3-0) A study of representative themes in
the development of American and English poetry. Related critical readings will be
studied. Topics will vary. May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
570-3 Studies in Comparative Literature. (3-0) A comparative study of great literature
in the world in translation. Topics may vary and may include examination of theme,
technique, and type. May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
580-3 Studies in the Teaching of Composition. (3-0) The course is devoted to the study
of the aims, skills, materials, and practices of composition teaching at college and
junior college levels. May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
585-v English Seminar. (Credit variable; 1-0 for each hour) Content varies according to
the needs and desires of the students. When topic varies, course may be taken for
credit more than once. Open to students of graduate classification.
586-v Special Problems. (Credit variable) Conference course. Directed independent
study under supervision of a senior faculty member.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when student is ready to begin thesis. No credit until thesis
is accepted. Prerequisites: 24 hours of graduate credit, including ENGL 598, and
prior approval of department head.
597-3 Internship. (1-7) Supervised professional activities in the college composition
classroom including presentations, evaluation, and conferences. May be repeated
once for credit. Field assignment fee $75.
598-3 Methods of Bibliography and Research Analysis. (3-0) An introduction to methods
of research and effective utilization of library resources. May include analytical
bibliography, enumerative bibliography, and textual criticism.
ENGINEERING (ENGR)
111-3 Foundations of Engineering I. (3-2) Introduction to the engineering profession,
ethics, and disciplines; development of skills in teamwork, communication, problem
solving, logic processing, design and visualization; computer applications including
programming and CAD tools. Co-requisite: MATH 118 or 109. Course fee $15. Lab fee
$10.
112-3 Foundations of Engineering II. (3-2) Development of skills in problem solving, design,
analysis, estimation, communication and teamwork; introduction to accounting and
conservation principles in engineering sciences emphasis on computer applications
and programming. Prerequisites: ENGR 111; MATH 120 or concurrent registration,
PHYS 122 or concurrent registration. Course fee $15. Lab fee $10.
221-3 Principles of Engineering I. (3-2) Unified presentation of conservation principles
applied to engineering mechanics systems in statics and dynamics. Prerequisites:
ENGR 112; PHYS 122; and MATH 209 or concurrent registration. Course fee $15.
Lab fee $10.
222-3 Principles of Engineering II. (3-0) Theory and application of energy methods in
engineering; conservation principles to investigate “traditional” thermodynamics and
internal flow fluids. Prerequisites: ENGR 112; MATH 209 or concurrent registration.
Course fee $15.
223-3 Principles of Engineering III. (3-2) Description of properties of materials using
a unified approach; discussion of the chemical structure, crystalline structure,
microstructure, interface structure, and phase diagrams for materials; develop
bulk properties and characteristics of metals, polymers, and ceramics; mechanical,
electrical, magnetic, thermal, and optical properties for these materials. Prerequisites:
ENGR 112; PHYS 122 and MATH 209. Course fee $15. Lab fee $10.
303-3 Engineering Economy. (3-0) Principles of economics equivalence; time value of
money, analysis of single and multiple investments; comparison of alternatives;
capital recovery and tax implications; certainty; uncertainty; risk analysis; public
sector analysis; and break-even concepts. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or concurrent
registration.

Course Descriptions
ENGR-ENPH
325
460-3 Engineering Integration. (1-6-WI) Culminating design experience in the last year
of the curriculum used to integrate the student’s education. Includes reference to
business concepts, mathematics, science, engineering and humanities. Emphasizes
team work, a holistic approach to problem solving, and incorporates appropriate
engineering standards and multiple realistic constraints. Prerequisites: Within one
year of graduation, completion of at least 30 hours of engineering courses and MATH
333 and MATH 306 with a C or better. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
486-v Special Problems. (Credit variable). Directed study of selected topics in
Engineering. May be repeated with approval of department head.
ENGINEERING PHYSICS (ENPH)
225-4 Electrical Circuit Theory. (3-3) Resistive circuits: circuit laws, network reduction,
nodal analysis, mesh analysis; energy storage elements; sinusoidal steady state;
AC energy systems; magnetically coupled circuits; the ideal transformer; resonance;
introduction to computer applications in circuit analysis. Prerequisites: PHYS 242 or
concurrent registration; MATH 209 or concurrent registration. Course fee $15. Lab
fee $10.
248-4 Introduction to Digital System Design. (3-3) Combinational and sequential digital
system design techniques; design of practical digital systems. Credit for both C
S 248 and ENPH 248 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: PHYS 242 or concurrent
registration. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
314-3 Signals and Systems. (3-0) Lumped linear passive and active circuit analysis
by Laplace transformation methods; transient and steady-state response; twoport
networks theory; Fourier series; Fourier transform; elementary feedback.
Prerequisites: ENPH 225, MATH 306 or concurrent registration.
332-3 Electromagnetic Field Theory. (3-0) Electrostatics; Laplace’s equation; the theory
of dielectrics; magnetostatic fields; electromagnetic induction; magnetic fields of
currents; Maxwell’s equations. Credit for both ENPH 332 and PHYS 332 will not
be awarded. Prerequisites: PHYS 242; MATH 306 and MATH 333 or concurrent
registrations.
343-4 Computer Architecture. (3-3) Hardware and software structures found in modern
digital computers. Instruction set architecture, hardwired design of the processor,
assembly language programming, microprogramming, I/O and memory units, analysis
of instruction usage, and hardware complexity. Credit for both C S 343 and ENPH 343
will not be awarded. Prerequisite: C S 248 or ENPH 248. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
345-4 Electronics. (3-3) Introduction to electronic systems; linear circuits; operational
amplifiers and applications; diodes, field effect transistors, bipolar transistors;
amplifiers and nonlinear circuits. Prerequisite: ENPH 225. Course fee $15. Lab fee
$10.
350-3 Communications Theory (3-0) Introduction to the frequency and time domain;
modulation; random signal theory; network analysis using nondeterministic signals;
basic information theory; noise. Prerequisites: ENPH 314 or concurrent enrollment,
ENPH 225. Course fee $15.
360-3 Microwave Theory (3-0) Review of Electromagnetic Theory and Transmission Lines,
Analysis of Transmission Lines and Waveguides, Microwave Network Analysis,
Impedance Matching, Power Dividers, Couplers, and Hybrids. Prerequisites: ENPH
332 or concurrent enrollment, and ENPH 225. Course fee $15.
430-3 Math Methods for Physicists & Engineers. (3-0) Mathematical techniques from
the following areas: infinite series; integral transforming; applications of complex
variables; vectors, matrices, and tensors; special functions; partial differential
equations; Green’s functions; perturbation theory; integral equations; calculus of
variations; and groups and group representatives. Credit for both ENPH 430 and
PHYS 430 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: MATH 306, MATH 333.
432-3 Microelectronic Circuit Fabrication. (3-0) Fundamentals of MOS and bipolar
microelectronic circuit fabrication; theory and practice of diffusion, oxidation, ion
implantation photolithography, etch; yield and reliability considerations; statistical
process control; integrated process design, simulation, and characterization.
Prerequisites: ENGR 223, ENPH 345 and ENPH 436 or concurrent registrations.

326 Course Descriptions
ENPH-ENTO
Course fee $15.
436-3 Solid State Physics. (3-0) The basic ideas of physics are applied to the
understanding of the properties of crystalline materials to include the definition of
such materials, electrical and thermal conductivity, heat capacity, crystalline binding,
the nature of metals, insulators, and semiconductors, dielectric properties, and
magnetic properties. Credit for both ENPH 436 and PHYS 436 will not be awarded.
Prerequisite: PHYS 334; MATH 306 or concurrent registration.
441-4 Microprocessor System Design. (3-3) Introduction to microprocessors; 8/16 bit
single board computer hardware and software designs; chip select equations for
memory board design, serial and parallel I/O interfacing; ROM, static and dynamic
RAM circuits for no wait-state design; assembly language programming, stack
models, subroutines and I/O processing. Credit for both C S 441 and ENPH 441 will
not be awarded. Prerequisite: ENPH 248 or C S 248. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
443-4 Linear Control Systems. (3-3) Application of state variable and frequency domain
techniques to modeling and analysis of single input, single output linear control
systems; physical implementation of control systems by integrating sensors, actuators
and other control system components; use of software design tools. Prerequisite
ENPH 314, MATH 306. Course fee $15. Lab fee $10.
486-v Special Problems. (Credit variable) Directed study of selected topics in Engineering
Physics. May be repeated with approval of department head.
ENTOMOLOGY (ENTO)
201-3 General Entomology. (2-2) (TCCNS = AGRI 2313) Principal orders of insects; the
relation of anatomy and physiology of insects to control methods; insecticides and their
uses; development, habits, and economic importance of more common insects with
control methods for the injurious species. Lab fee $4.
301-3 Veterinary Entomology. (2-2) Classification, biology, and control of arthropods
associated with livestock and wildlife. Identification will be emphasized in the
laboratory. Prerequisites: ANSC 107 or approval of instructor. Lab fee $5.
380-3 Integrated Pest Management. (3-0-WI) An introduction to the basic tenets of
integrated pest management emphasizing the ecologically sound use of chemical,
biological, cultural, and physical control tactics in managing pests. Prerequisites:
ENTO 201 and junior or senior classification or approval of instructor.
401-4 Advanced Economic Entomology. (3-4) Identification, biology, nature of damage,
economic thresholds, and management of arthropods attacking crops and livestock.
Pest management procedures involving natural, cultural, and biological suppression
methods will be stressed. Prerequisite: ENTO 201 or approval of instructor.
405-3 Horticultural Entomology. (2-2) Identification, nature of injury, life history, and control
of common insects and related arthropods attacking turf grasses, landscape plants,
shade, fruit, and nut trees, and greenhouse succulents. Management and control
strategies utilizing chemical, cultural, and biological control agents. Prerequisites:
ENTO 201 and HORT 200 or equivalents.
416-3 Pesticides. (3-0) A survey of chemical pesticides. Emphasis will be on the chemistry,
mode of action, and safe use of insecticides, herbicides, and fungicides. Less
common pesticides (rodenticides, piscicides, avicides, etc.) will also be reviewed.
The use of chemical pesticides as a part of an integrated pest management program
will be discussed. Prerequisites: ENTO 201 and senior classification or approval of
instructor.
484-v Entomology Internship. (Credit variable) A supervised, comprehensive working
experience consisting of a minimum 240 hrs (6 weeks) at a departmentally-approved
host location for career preparation in the public or private sector. Prerequisites:
Junior or Senior classification; Approval of Department Head and academic advisor
required prior to enrollment. Field assignment fee $75.
488-v Undergraduate Research. (Credit variable) Fundamental research methods will be
addressed through a faculty-directed project. Participation in an abbreviated lecture
series may be required. Project components may include a literature review, data
collection and analysis, testing, planning, project design, and/or computer modeling.
The student is required to prepare a final report and produce a presentation. No credit

Course Descriptions
ENTO-ENVE
327
is awarded until the report and presentation are submitted. Only one undergraduate
research experience will be counted toward degree requirements. Prerequisites:
Junior standing, completion of 12 hours in AGRN and/or ENTO, and approval of
department head.
490-v Special Topics. (3-0) Deals with selected topics in agriculture or integrated pest
management. May be repeated for credit when topics vary, with a maximum of six
hours counting towards the degree. Prerequisites: Approval of department head.
501-4 Advanced Economic Entomology. (3-4) Identification, biology, nature of damage,
economic thresholds, and management of arthropods attacking crops and livestock.
Pest management procedures involving natural, cultural, and biological suppression
methods will be stressed. Credit for both ENTO 401 and ENTO 501 will not be
awarded. Prerequisite: ENTO 201 or approval of instructor.
506-3 Integrated Pest Management. (3-0) An introduction to the basic tenets of integrated
pest management emphasizing the ecologically sound use of chemical, biological,
cultural, and physical control tactics in managing pests. Prerequisites: ENTO 201 and
graduate classification or approval of instructor.
516-3 Pesticides. (3-0) A survey of chemical pesticides. Emphasis will be on the chemistry,
mode of action, and safe use of insecticides, herbicides, and fungicides. Less
common pesticides (rodenticides, piscicides, avicides, etc.) will also be reviewed.
The use of chemical pesticides as a part of an integrated pest management program
will be discussed. Prerequisites: Advanced coursework in crop or animal production
and graduate classification.
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING (ENVE)
210-3 Survey of Environmental Engineering. (3-0) Survey of Environmental Engineering.
(3-0) Introduction to environmental and occupational health, atmospheric systems
and air pollution control, hazardous waste management, solid waste management,
waste water management, and water supply treatment. Prerequisites: CHEM 108,
and MATH 209 or concurrent enrollment. Course fee $10.
211-4 Soil Mechanics. (3-3) Introduction to the principles of soil and their influence on
the hydrological cycle, Darcy’s law and fluid flow through porous medium, stress
distribution and consolidation of soil, subsurface exploration. Credit for both HYDR
211 and ENVE 211 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: PHYS 122 or concurrent
enrollment and MATH 120. Course fee $15. Lab fee $10.
300-4 Mechanics of Fluids. (3-3) Principles of hydrostatics, dynamics of viscous and
non-viscous fluids, resistance to flow in pipes and open channels, transport
processes, energy equation, Bernoulli equation, conservation of mass, conservation
of momentum. Credit for both HYDR 300 and ENVE 300 will not be awarded.
Prerequisites: PHYS 122, MATH 209. Course fee $10. Lab fee $10.
301-4 Environmental Systems Modeling. (3-3) Apply conceptual and numerical techniques
to model environmental systems. Use differential equations to describe processes.
Prerequisites: MATH 306, ENGR 112, 222, and ENVE 300. Lab fee $15.
310-4 Basic Hydrology. (3-3) Study of the hydrologic cycle, precipitation processes,
soil moisture, infiltration, groundwater, rainfall-runoff processes, utilization of water
resources, and frequency analysis; introduction to HEC-HMS programs for modeling
hydrologic processes, elementary principles of field work. Credit for both HYDR
310 and ENVE 310 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: MATH 311 or concurrent
enrollment; HYDR 110 or ENVE 210; and ENVE 211. Lab fee $15.
320-4 Groundwater Hydrology. (3-3) Topics include aquifer characteristics, infiltration,
fluid dynamics of groundwater flow, potential flows, well analysis, water quality,
groundwater pollution, legal issues in groundwater. Credit for both HYDR 320 and
ENVE 320 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: ENVE 211, GEOL 105 or ENVE 210,
CHEM 108, MATH 209. Lab fee $10.
402-4 Atmospheric Systems and Air Pollution Control. (3-3) Study of atmospheric impact
on air pollution. Study of sources of air pollution and their control to include gases and
particulate matter. Study of air pollution regulations and air pollution modeling. Design
of systems to control and abate air pollution. Study and design of sampling systems to
monitor air pollution. Prerequisites: CHEM 108, ENGR 222, senior classification and

328 Course Descriptions
ENVE-ENVS
approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
410-3 Water Resources Engineering. (3-0) Fundamentals of hydraulics applicable to
open channel flow, natural streams and waterways; irrigation flow characteristics;
hydrologic analysis; fluid measurement methods; introduction to hydraulic models
including HEC-RAS; and economic aspects of water resources. Credit for both
HYDR 410 and ENVE 410 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: ENVE 300, ENVE 310,
and MATH 333.
420-4 Municipal and Industrial Water Supply and Waste Water Treatment. (3-3)
Treatment and distribution of residential and industrial water supplies, waste water
treatment and disposal methods of municipal and industrial systems, environmental
toxicology; aspects of groundwater monitoring and water quality maintenance.
Laboratory analysis of water and waste water quality. Design of elementary treatment,
distribution, and collection systems. Credit for both HYDR 420 and ENVE 420 will
not be awarded. Prerequisites: MATH 311 or concurrent registration, ENVE 300 and
CHEM 201. Course fee $10. Lab fee $15.
430-3 Texas Water Resource Management. (3-0-WI) The ecological relation of water
in this biosphere with special reference to the human role; the role of behavioral
sciences (social, legal, economic, political, and psychological) in the development,
conservation, regulation, and utilization of water resources; current political structure
and laws pertaining to the administration of water resources in the state of Texas.
Credit for both HYDR 430 and ENVE 430 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: ENVE
310 and POLS 202.
486-v Special Problems. (Credit variable) Directed study of selected topics in
Environmental Engineering. May be repeated with approval of department head.
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (ENVS)
185-1 Freshman Seminar. (1-0) Introduction to current developments and problems in the
environmental field as well as an overview of specializations within environmental
science. Speakers will come from many different areas of environmental science.
485-1 Seminar. (1-0) A review of current problems and developments in environmental
arena. Discussions of current literature and research. May be repeated once for
credit.
486-v Environmental Problems. (1 to 3-0) Independent study or research of current
topics in student’s major. Content and credit dependant on depth of study. May
be repeated for credit subject to approval of program lead or department head as
appropriate.
490-v Special Topics. (Credit Variable) A course on selected topics in the environmental
field such as water and air pollution, watershed analysis, environmental agricultural
issues, bioenergy or remediation methods. May be repeated for credit as topics vary
with a maximum of six hours.
500-3 The Regulatory Environment. (3-0) A survey of local, state, national, and
international regulatory agencies to include their organization and authority. Case
studies of environmental problems and legislated regulations are covered.
510-3 Environmental Geology. (3-0) Explores the physical controls geology imparts to
the global ecosystem through systems analysis of geologic processes. Hydrologic
processes, river system processes and restoration, energy resources, coastal
systems, and karst systems are all potential topics explored. Credit for both ENVS
510 and GEOL 510 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: GEOL 105 or consent of
department head.
520-3 Issues in Water Resources. (3-0) This course will provide a broad introduction to the
critical issues relating to the world’s freshwater resources. Students will examine the
occurrence, use, management, and conservation of water and water resources in the
U.S. and the world. Students will develop an understanding of the history and current
issues in water resources and the environmental problems and political response to
these issues.
525-3 Environmental Hydrology. (3-0) An examination of the processes that govern the
earth’s hydrologic cycle such as precipitation, evaporation and transpiration, runoff,
infiltration and ground water and an exploration of anthropogenic effects on the

Course Descriptions
ENVS-E S
329
hydrologic cycle. Topics include land-atmosphere interactions, movement of water in
subsurface environments, contaminant transport in groundwater systems, streamflow
generation, surface-water flow dynamics, urban runoff and flood control.
528-3 Environmental Literacy. (3-0) Scientific, social, business, and educational aspects of
environmental topics, to include biodiversity, water quality, point and nonpoint source
pollution control, carcinogens in the environment, industrial and agricultural chemicals,
ozone hole and CFCs, global warming, deforestation, natural resource conservation,
waste management, sustainable development, ecosystems, air quality, and green
consumerism.
529-3 Applications of Geographic Information Systems in Environmental Science.
(2-3) Environmental and natural resource applications of Geographic Information
Systems. Introduction to spatial analysis and 3-D analysis. The availability and uses
of digital resources. Prerequisite: E S 220. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
535-3 Watershed Modeling. (2-3) The course will explore commonly used watershed
models that can be used in linking sources of pollutants to receiving waterbodies.
The course will explore large watershed, streamflow, water quality, urban watershed,
and agricultural watershed models. Information will include model calibration and
evaluation techniques.
541-3 Environmental Site Assessment. (3-0) Introduction to Phase I and Phase II
investigations, principles of siting and installation of monitoring wells, a review
of sampling methods and sample design, and the use of water quality data to
characterize subsurface contamination. Credit for both GEOL 561 and ENVS 561 will
not be awarded. Prerequisites: GEOL 320 or consent of department Head.
580-3 Research and Writing in Agriculture and Environmental Science. (3-0) Preparation
of writing samples, technical reviews, and/or professional manuscripts related to
various topics in agriculture or environmental science. Prerequisite: Approved research
methodology course. Cross-listed with AGRI 580.
585-1 Graduate Seminar. (1-0) A graduate seminar with content varying according to the
needs and experiences of students and the instructor of record. May be repeated for
up to three hours credit as content varies.
586-v Environmental Problems. (Credit variable.) Independent research under the
supervision of an instructor. A formal report will be submitted to the instructor. A
student may not count more than 6 hours of Environmental Science problems toward
a degree. Lab fee $10.
588-3 Thesis (3-0) Scheduled when the student is ready to begin the thesis. No credit until
the thesis is completed. Prerequisite: BIOL 598 and consent of major professor.
590-3 Topics in Environmental Science. (3-0) Scientific aspects of varied environmental
topics, which may include waste disposal, wetlands, air pollution, energy, bioremediation,
or watershed analysis. May be repeated for credit as topics vary. Prerequisites: 12
hours of science (including six hours of chemistry) or approval of department head.
EARTH SCIENCE (E S)
210-3 Earth Systems Science. (3-2) Introduction to the nature and evolution of the earth,
hydrosphere, atmosphere and Solar System. Prerequisite: PHYS 102 and CHEM 102.
Enrollment in this course is restricted to Interdisciplinary Studies majors. Course fee
$10. Lab fee $10.
220-3 Geographic Information Systems for the Sciences. (2-3) Applications of
geographic information systems in the geological, environmental, earth, and
other sciences. Laboratory exercises will apply GIS programs to geological and
environmental problems. Course fee $15.
320-3 Astronomy. (3-0) A study of astronomical instrumentation and methodologies, a
survey of the solar system, star evolution, cosmology and the origins of the universe,
and a review of galactic types and histories. Theory reinforced by field experience.
Prerequisite: Junior level standing. Course fee $15.
330-3 Meteorology. (3-0) A study of the Earth’s atmosphere and the basic principles of weather
analysis, climate and climatic controls, with emphasis on climatic effects on man. Theory
reinforced by practical field experience. Prerequisite: Junior level standing. Course fee
$10.

330 Course Descriptions
E S-F A
340-3 Oceanography. (3-0) A study of our oceans from the physical, chemical, biological,
and geological aspects. Theory reinforced by practical field experience. Prerequisite:
Junior classification or approval of department head. Course fee $40.
350-3 Environmental Science. (3-0) Integration of existing knowledge of geological,
hydrological, and environmental processes associated with environmental
management and land-use planning issues; including discussions of surface and
subsurface water quality and quantity, soil erosion, solid and liquid waste disposal
and flooding. Case studies involving environmental impact analysis. Prerequisites:
GEOL 105, 107; CHEM 105, or approval of department head. Course fee $10.
413-3 Environmental Techniques. (2-2-WI) A survey of techniques used in environmental
investigations focusing on sampling and geochemical methods important to the
environmental industry. Topics to be covered may include topographic surveying,
geochemical sampling in surface waters and groundwater, soil sampling and site
characterization. Prerequisites: GEOL 105, MATH 109 or approval of department
head. Lab fee $10.
484-3 Earth Science Internship. (1-8) Pre-approved and supervised work experience in an
environmental or earth science position in industry or the public sector. Prerequisite:
Junior classification and approval of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
486-v Problems. (Credit variable) A course open to capable Earth Science and Geology
students. Topics may vary according to student need. May be repeated for credit,
subject to the approval of the department head. Prerequisite: Approval of department
head.
FINE ARTS (F A)
101-3 The Arts in History. (3-0) (TCCNS = HUMA 1315) A survey course emphasizing the
relationships of art, music, and theatre in the history of Western civilization. Designed
especially for entry-level majors in these fields, but may be taken by any student.
Requirements may include listening assignments and field trips to galleries and
concerts.
135-3 Visual and Theatre Arts. (2-4) An integrated course covering the elements and
principles of visual and theatre arts. The course includes a study of art and drama
periods, styles and modes of expression, color sources and symbolism as well as
acting concepts, drama techniques, and production management.
160-3 The Art of Film. (3-0) An overview of the historical development of cinema (including
contemporary and classic films) as an artistic and social force. Students study the
aesthetic elements of the cinema, the terminology governing film production and
the lines of critical inquiry that have been developed for the medium. Readings,
screenings and written reports required.
401-3 The Arts in Contemporary Society. (3-0-WI) An interdisciplinary course which
emphasizes the relationships of art, music, and theatre in contemporary society.
Class projects and individual research assignments involve analysis and either
written or oral reports. Prerequisites: Senior or advanced junior standing with 18 hrs
in ART, MUSC, or THEA or approval of department head.
485-v Fine Arts Seminar. (Credit variable) Design of course will focus on current topics
and issues in fine arts of interest to a group of students. May be repeated twice
for credit as topic and/or objectives of the course change. Prerequisite: Upper-level
status only.
486-v Individual Problems in Fine Arts. (Credit variable) A course featuring independent
reading, research, and discussion under personal direction of instructor. Topics vary
according to student need. Prerequisite: approval of department head.
586-3 Special Problems. (3-0) Conference course. Independent reading, research,
discussion under the supervision of an instructor. May be repeated as topic varies.
Prerequisite: Full admission to the College of Graduate Studies or approval of
department head.
590-3 Special Topics. (3-0) Selected topics in an identified area of art, music or theatre. May
be repeated as topics vary. Prerequisite: Full admission to the College of Graduate
Studies or approval of department head.

Course Descriptions
FCS
331
FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES (FCS)
101-2 Basic Clothing Construction. (2-2) Basic construction of garments taught through
lecture, demonstration, instructional media, and laboratory experience. No experience
in clothing construction required. A student must earn a grade of at least a “C” to
progress to FCS 202. This course will not count for degree credit for the BS degree in
FCS with teacher certification. Lab fee $15.
102-3 Principles of Design. (3-0) (TCCNS = HECO 1325) Factors influencing design
selection with emphasis on the fundamental structure and decorative qualities of
design, psychological approach to color, and creative problem-solving.
104-3 Infant and Toddler Development. (3-1) (TCCNS = TECA 1354) Emphasis is on the
child from conception through younger years with a study of growth and development
in the family setting. Directed observation in approved settings is required. Course
fee $15.
105-3 Science of Food Preparation. (2-3) (TCCNS = HECO 1315) Study of food, food
composition, and scientific principles involved in food preparation. Lab fee $20.
109-3 Clothing and Society. (3-0) A study of the functions of apparel in society. Includes
cultural and environmental influences, communications, social, and psychological
functions, factors involved in wardrobe planning and basic introduction to textile
fibers and fabrication.
202-3 Intermediate Clothing Construction. (2-3) (TCCNS = HECO 1328) Principles of
clothing construction taught through lecture, demonstration, instructional media,
and hands-on laboratory experience. Students are required to construct personal
garments and to produce samples illustrating various construction techniques.
Prerequisite: FCS 101 with a grade of “C” or higher or testing out of FCS 101 or
approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
203-3 Fashion Design. (2-3) The designer’s role in fashion production and marketing
is explored. With the aid of computer software, students develop an apparel line
appropriate to manufacturers’ standards. Emphasis is placed on style, color, fabric
and findings selection, and on the use of good design principles. Prerequisites: FCS
102 and 3 hours of ART or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
204-3 Introduction to Early Childhood Development. (3-1) (TCCNS = TECA 1311)
An introduction to the profession of early childhood education, focusing on
developmentally appropriate practices, types of programs, historical perspectives,
ethics, and current issues. One-hour lab per week in child development laboratory,
to include directed observation of young children and teaching experiences. Course
fee $15. Lab fee $5.
205-3 Consumer Issues and Decision Making. (3-0) Designed to make the student an
intelligent consumer of goods and services and to understand consumer decisionmaking
in the marketplace. Major influences on consumer problems, fraud, protection,
and consumer behavior.
206-3 Fashion Merchandising. (3-0) (TCCNS = HECO 2311) An introductory overview of
the fashion business and its scope, economic importance, and marketing practices.
The power of fashion and the role of the ultimate consumer are also addressed. Field
trips may be required.
210-3 Nutrition. (3-0) (TCCNS = HECO 1322 or BIOL 1322) A study of the essential
nutrients, including nutrient functions, food sources, deficiency symptoms, and
toxicity symptoms; the nutritional requirements of individuals throughout the life
cycle; the effects of nutrition on health and fitness; nutrition fads and controversies;
and evaluation of personal eating habits. Prerequisite: One semester of chemistry is
recommended. Course fee $50.
211-3 Nutrition, Health, and Safety for the Child. (3-1) (TCCNS = TECA 1318) A study of
nutrition, health, and safety for the child. Skill development in management of issues,
guidelines, and practices in nutrition, as well as community health, hygiene, safety,
and legal implications will be addressed. Integration of these principles applied to a
variety of settings. Course fee $15.
220-3 Life Cycle Nutrition. (3-0) Explores in depth the contribution that diet and nutrition
make to support growth and the development process throughout the life cycle.
Examines the distinct set of nutritional priorities for each stage of the life cycle with

332 Course Descriptions
FCS
a focus on health promotion and disease prevention as underlying lifetime goals.
Prerequisite: FCS 210 or approval of department head.
300-3 Child Development. (3-1) A survey of the child’s physical, mental, social, and
emotional development from birth to adolescence. Emphasis is placed on the child’s
first six years and those factors which influence his/her growth. One hour lab per
week in child development laboratory, to include directed observation of young
children. Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of department head. Course
fee $35. Lab fee $5.
302-3 Pattern Design. (2-3) A study of the design and construction of flat patterns for fashion.
Includes learning to make patterns for illustrated fashion designs, constructing muslin
test garments, and executing designs in fashion fabrics. Prerequisites: FCS 102 and
202. Lab fee $8.
304-3 Food Processing. (2-3) A study of the world food supply, trends and traditions in diet
and food sanitation, safety, security, and biotechnology, and impact of processing
on diet quality. Prerequisites: FCS 105, 210, junior classification, or approval of
department head.
305-3 Management of a Licensed Child Care Program. (2-3-WI) Basic principles of the
management of licensed child care programs are studied. Experience is gained in
using guidance techniques, methods and materials appropriate to the pre-school
level. The class plans and operates a child care program. Prerequisite: FCS 104 or
300, or concurrent enrollment. Course fee $30. Lab fee $8.
306-3 Textiles. (3-0) Study of fiber content, yarn development, fabric construction, and
finishes; the latest textile-related developments; selection and care of fibers and
fabrics appropriate for apparel and interiors will be discussed. Prerequisite: Junior
standing or approval of department head.
308-3 Advanced Fashion Merchandising. (3-0-WI) Functions and responsibilities
of the fashion merchandiser with consideration of various retail and wholesale
establishments. Emphasis on product knowledge, and profitable merchandising.
Field trips may be required. Prerequisite: FCS 206 and ACC 203 or approval of the
instructor.
309-3 Lifespan of the Family. (3-0) A study of the developmental tasks throughout the
family life cycle. Stages of the family from the newly established family through the
aging family are examined. Current issues such as family planning, divorce and
single parenting, alternate family forms, dual career families, and aging of family
members are included.
311-3 Human Sciences Occupations I. (3-0) A study of the organization and management
of Family and Consumer Sciences departments and programs within the secondary
schools. State requirements for programs, physical facilities, advisory councils, and
models for program delivery are included. Prerequisites: Junior classification and
permission of department head.
312-3 Human Sciences Occupations II. (3-0) A study of selected occupations within
the field of Family and Consumer Sciences. Special emphasis will be given to the
skills and content needed for program delivery to meet the needs of secondary and
challenged students in contemporary society. Prerequisites: Junior classification or
permission of department head.
316-3 Human Intimacy. (3-0) A functional approach to the understanding of the interpersonal
dynamics and choices in primary and secondary relationships such as those with
friends, dating partners, and potential mates. The study will include a brief historical
and cross-cultural perspective with emphasis on the roots of modern American
customs and the rituals of dating and mate selection. Current issues in human
sexuality are included. A major component of the class is a study of interpersonal
communication. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or approval of instructor.
325-3 Meal Management. (2-3) Designed to apply the fundamentals of nutrition and food
preparation in all types of meal service. Special emphasis is on time and money
management. Prerequisites: FCS 105, 210. Lab fee $20.
326-3 Visual Merchandising. (2-3) Basic principles of visual merchandising and as a sales
instrument. Exploration of theory and process of creating visual messages. Emphasis
is placed on design, display, fixtures, props, and lighting. The methods of instruction

Course Descriptions
FCS
333
will include studio problems, lectures and field experiences. Prerequisite: FCS 206 or
approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
327-3 Evaluation of Apparel Quality. (3-0) Development of skills necessary to evaluate
the quality of commercially constructed apparel from the perspectives of the structure,
aesthetics, cost, and expected performance of the finished product. Includes study of
the designer’s role and the production processes involved in apparel manufacturing.
Prerequisite: FCS 202.
333-3 Family Financial Management. (3-0) Special emphasis is given to the use of
family finances in achieving goals. Consideration made for financial protection and
financial planning for the family life cycle. Prerequisites: Either FCS 205, a course in
Economics, or approval of department head.
399-v Cooperative Education. (Credit variable) This course is designed to offer students
the opportunity to integrate academic study with work experience that is germane to
their major or minor. Enrollment requires a two-semester minimum commitment that
may be accomplished by 1) alternating semesters of full-time study with semesters
of curriculum-related employment, or 2) enrolling in courses at least half-time (6
semester hours) and working part-time in parallel positions of curriculum-related
employment. The department Cooperative Education advisor will supervise the
student’s experience and assign the final grade based on the student’s final report
which is required to complete the course. Students may participate in the Cooperative
Education program for an unlimited number of semesters but a maximum of 6
hours credit may be counted toward a degree. Prerequisites: Completion of 30
semester hours which includes 12 hours in the major or minor discipline in which
the Cooperative Education course is desired, minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and a
minimum GPA of 3.0 in the appropriate major or minor field, and department head
approval. Field assignment fee $75.
407-3 Teaching Methods in FCS. (3-0) To develop instructional techniques, process
skills, and leadership in content areas of Family and Consumer Sciences (FCS)
for FCS professionals working with individuals and families. Prerequisites: Senior
classification and approval of department head.
408-3 History of Costume. (3-0) Development of costume from ancient times to the present;
cultural and economic factors associated with the adoption and abandonment of
styles. Prerequisites: 6 hours from FCS 206, 306, 308, or approval of department
head.
409-3 Parenting. (3-0) A contemporary approach to basic principles and skills needed
for effective parenting. Study will include assessment of parenting programs and
techniques. Emphasis is placed on creating nurturing home environments through
the life cycle.
435-3 Food and Culture. (2-3) A study of the food beliefs and practices of the major
ethnic and religious groups in the U. S. and the nutritional implications of these food
practices, a cultural analysis of American food trends; ethnic issues and dietary
changes; and research methods in food habits. Course fee $10. Lab fee $20.
456-3 Research Methods in Human Sciences. (3-0-WI) Current research issues and the
importance of research in Human Sciences will be discussed. Main tasks include
review of literature, introduction to the scientific method of inquiry, analysis of results,
and completion of a research paper. Course fee $5.
460-3 Pre-professional Development. (3-0) Basic information for professional growth
including: information relevant to human sciences careers; business interactions;
global business-related social and cultural differences; professional correspondence;
development of professional marketing tools such as interview skills, preparation of
cover letters and resumes. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
470-3 Family and Economic Issues. (3-0) Designed to further students’ knowledge about
basic family financial management, financial literacy, and household economic issues
including non-financial resources such as time. Topics include aging, women’s work,
and other life events. Course fee $25.
484-v Internship in Family and Consumer Sciences. (Credit Variable) Practical application
of theory under the supervision of professionals in such related fields as extension,
home service, business, and government programs. Prerequisites: 2.0 overall GPA;

334 Course Descriptions
FCS-FIN
2.25 FCS GPA; completion of 90 hours course work; approved degree plan filed;
recommended course load of 9-12 hours. Field assignment fee $75.
486-v Special Problems. (Credit variable) An opportunity for research experience and
special projects for students majoring in Home Economics having special needs and
requirements for completion of work for their degree. Registration permitted only
upon recommendation of the department head. Prerequisite: Senior classification in
FCS.
491-3 Topics in Human Sciences. (3-0) Topics of current interest in Human Sciences. This
course may be repeated for a maximum 6 hours as topics change. Prerequisite:
Junior standing or approval of department head. Course fee $5.
585-3 Human Sciences Seminar. (3-0) Content varies according to the needs and desires
of the students. When topic varies, course may be repeated once for credit. Open to
students with graduate classification and approval of department head.
586-v Special Problems in Human Sciences. (Credit variable) A problem selection
course available to students who are capable of independent problem selection and
development. Chosen problems will be approved in advance by the instructor. May
be repeated for a maximum of six hours. Prerequisites: 6 advanced level hours in the
field of the chosen topic or approval of the department head.
590-3 Advanced Topics in Human Sciences. (3-0) Advanced topics in Human Sciences
requiring in-depth research and discussion. This course may be repeated for a
maximum 6 hours as topics change. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and approval
of department head.
FINANCE (FIN)
101-3 Personal Finance. (3-0) (TCCNS = BUSI 1307) A survey of individual and family
problems, includes financial planning, budgeting, use of credit, home ownership,
savings, investment, and tax problems.
301-3 Principles of Financial Management. (3-0) An analysis of financial decisionmaking
at the corporate level with emphasis on the maximization of stockholder
wealth. Topics covered include financial statement analysis, the valuation of stocks
and bonds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, dividend policy, leverage and capital
structure, methods of firm valuation, working capital management, mergers and
acquisitions, and bankruptcy. Prerequisites: ACC 204 and ECO 201.
302-3 Financial Intermediaries. (3-0) A study of the internal operations of financial
intermediaries with major emphasis on organization, source and allocation of funds,
supervision, and regulation. Prerequisites: FIN 301, ECO 303.
304-3 Economics of Financial Markets. (3-0) A study of the aggregate financial system
and capital markets and the impact these have on financial intermediaries. Topics
to be covered are: flow of funds analysis, interest rate theory, role of financial
intermediaries, and management of financial assets. Credit for both FIN 304 and
ECO 305 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: FIN 301, ECO 303.
399-v Cooperative Education. (Credit variable) This course is designed to offer students
the opportunity to integrate academic study with work experience that is germane to
their major or minor. Enrollment requires a two-semester minimum commitment that
may be accomplished by 1) alternating semesters of full-time study with semesters
of curriculum-related employment, or 2) enrolling in courses at least half-time (6
semester hours) and working part-time in parallel positions of curriculum-related
employment. The department Cooperative Education advisor will supervise the
student’s experience and assign the final grade based on the student’s final report
which is required to complete the course. Students may participate in the Cooperative
Education program for an unlimited number of semesters but a maximum of 6
hours credit may be counted toward a degree. Prerequisites: Completion of 30
semester hours which includes 12 hours in the major or minor discipline in which
the Cooperative Education course is desired, minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and a
minimum GPA of 3.0 in the appropriate major or minor field, and department head
approval. Field assignment fee $75.
400-3 Advanced Financial Management. (3-0) An advanced analysis of value –based
management techniques with the emphasis on the factor affecting the corporation’s

Course Descriptions
FIN
335
quest to maximize shareholder wealth. Topics covered include financial statement
analysis, cash flow analysis, economic and market value added, securities valuation,
the cost of capital, capital budgeting, capital structure, divided policy, the use of
leverage, working capital management, and corporate governance. Prerequisites:
FIN 301, ACC 303 and G B 311.
401-3 International Financial Management. (3-0) Issues and questions which concern
financial management of international corporations. Analysis of the financing of
investment abroad and the management of assets in differing financial environments.
The foreign investments decision, cost of capital and financial structure for
multinational decision making, management of foreign subsidiary working capital,
and financial control of multinational operations. Prerequisite: FIN 301 or approval of
department head.
402-3 Real Estate Finance. (3-0) A study of monetary systems, primary and secondary
money markets, sources of mortgage loans, federal government programs,
loan applications, processes and procedures, closing costs, alternative financial
instruments, equal credit opportunity acts, community reinvestment act, and state
housing agency. Prerequisite: G B 405 or approval of department head.
403-3 Case Studies in Finance. (3-0-WI) Capstone course requires students to use
fundamental concepts learned in previous finance, accounting, and economics
courses to analyze real-world finance problems. Using both structured and
unstructured cases, student teams analyze problems and recommend solutions.
Argument is presented both orally and in writing. Cases draw from such areas
as corporate finance, investments, international finance, and personal finance.
Prerequisite: ACC 303.
404-3 Investments. (3-0) The development of investment policy; the character of investment
risk; a comparison of investment media; description and analysis of security markets
and their operations. Prerequisites: ACC 204, FIN 301.
405-3 Federal Tax Accounting. (3-0) The present income tax law and regulations; income
tax legislation, treasury and court decisions, departmental ruling; income tax problems
and returns, social security and self employment taxes. Prerequisite: ACC 204 and
junior classification. Credit for both ACC 405 and FIN 405 will not be awarded.
406-3 Federal Tax Accounting--Advanced. (3-0) Current income tax law and tax
accounting procedures. Preparation of income tax returns of partnerships and
corporations. Prerequisite: FIN 405 or approval of department head. Credit for both
ACC 406 and FIN 406 will not be awarded.
408-3 Principles of Insurance. (3-0). A survey course focusing on the theory and practice
of private insurance and its economic and social significance. Major types of
insurance are examined: life, health, automotive, homeowners, and liability. Various
forms of risk management, characteristics of insurance contracts, government
regulatory characteristics, and institutional structures are studied. Prerequisite: FIN
301 or approval of department head.
486-v Problems. (Credit variable) A directed study of selected problems in finance. May
be repeated with approval department head. Prerequisite: Senior classification and
approval of the department head.
500-3 Foundations of Financial Systems. (3-0) An interdisciplinary course that examines
principles of accounting, economics, and finance as applied to the contemporary
business organization operating in a global market place. Focuses on integration of
theory and practice to develop framework for measuring, analyzing, and improving
financial performance.
501-3 International Finance and Business Strategy. (3-0) The course examines the major
international issues pertaining to finance, including choosing and implementing an
appropriate corporate strategy, the determination of exchange rates, international risk
management, transfer pricing, and evaluating and financing international investment
opportunities. There will be readings and case analysis and students will be required to
report on research findings. Credit for both FIN 501 and G B 501 will not be awarded.
505-3 Case Studies in Corporate Finance. (3-0) A course designed to use case studies
and financial analysis to further the graduate student’s knowledge and ability to make
financial management decisions. Selected cases will be assigned for outside the

336 Course Descriptions
FIN-FREN-G B
classroom analysis, and preparation of proposed solutions. The classroom will be
used to discuss the cases, the student’s proposal for solutions, and desired courses
of action. The cases will be such that students will be required to use prior knowledge,
current research, and a good deal of analytical ability in preparing their proposals.
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
506-3 Financial Markets and Institutions. (3-0) This course is intended to give the student
a broad coverage of the operation, mechanics, and structure of the financial system
within the United States, emphasizing its institutions, markets, and instruments.
Monetary policy of the Federal Reserve and its impact upon financial institutions are
treated.
507-3 Financial Management. (3-0) Course focuses on financial decision making in
the modern corporation. Basic issues include capital budgeting, capital structure,
corporate sources of funding, dividend policy, financial risk management, standard
theories of risk and return, and valuation of assets. Prerequisite: FIN 500 or approval
of instructor.
508-3 Managerial Economics. (3-0) Applies economic theory and methodology to business
and administrative decision-making. The tools of economic analysis are demonstrated
and their use in formulating business policies is explained. Topics include concepts
of profits, production and cost functions, demand theory, competitive pricing policies,
and business criteria for investment output and marketing decisions. Prerequisite:
Approval of MBA Director. Credit for both FIN 508 and ECO 508 will not be awarded.
585-3 Seminar on Consumer and Business Finance. (3-0) This course will cover selected
consumer and business finance topics. Examples include debt management, initial
public offering of a new business, Internet based finance and regulatory aspects,
and management of compensation. Students will be expected to research assigned
topics and submit reports. Credit for both FIN 585 and HRM 585 will not be awarded.
586-v Problems. (Credit variable) This course offers students the opportunity to become
acquainted with current research being conducted within the student’s area of
interest; directed reading of a number of sources selected in concert by the student’s
professor. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
590-3 Selected Topics in Finance. (3-0) An examination of different topics in finance from
areas such as investments, corporate financial management, and financial markets
and institutions. This course may be repeated for credit as the topic changes.
Prerequisites: Graduate standing and FIN 301 or FIN 507 or approval of instructor.
FRENCH (FREN)
101-4 Beginning French. (3-2) (TCCNS = FREN 1411) Instruction and practice in
understanding and speaking the French language with stress on sentence structure,
inflections, vocabulary, and pronunciation. Lab fee $5.
102-4 Intermediate French. (3-2) (TCCNS = FREN 1412) Instruction and practice in
understanding and speaking the French language with increasing emphasis on
reading and writing the language. Prerequisite: FREN 101 or equivalent. Lab fee $5.
201-3 Composition and Reading. (3-0) (TCCNS = FREN 2311) Development of
increased facility in the French language through reading, writing, and conversation.
Prerequisite: FREN 102 or equivalent.
202-3 Composition and Reading. (3-0) (TCCNS = FREN 2312) Readings in literature with
emphasis on vocabulary building, writing, and comprehension. Prerequisite: FREN
102 or equivalent.
486-v Special Problems. (Credit variable) A course featuring independent reading,
research, and discussion under personal direction of instructor. Topics vary according
to student need. Open to students of senior classification or by approval of department
head.
GENERAL BUSINESS (G B)
103-3 Business and Society. (3-0) (TCCNS = BUSI 1301) Business as an integral part of
society. Emphasis on ethics, social responsibility, the legal environment, and global
perspectives.
311-3 Business Statistics. (3-2) Methods of sampling, classifying, analyzing, and

Course Descriptions
G B
337
presenting numerical data; frequency distribution, averages, dispersion, times series
analysis, correlation, and forecasting for business purposes. Prerequisite: Junior
classification. Lab fee $5.
312-3 Business Correspondence. (3-0-WI) A practical study of the construction, form,
and uses of the different types of business letters and reports used in business and
industry. It is suggested that the student review ADMS 105 and basic English usage
prior to taking this course.
403-3 Texas Real Estate Agency Law. (3-0) A study of agency concepts, basic agency
relationships, disclosure and duties to client, disclosure and duties to third parties,
creation and termination of the agency relationship, seller agency, subagency, buyer
agency, representing more than one party in a transaction, dual agency, intermediary
brokerage, single agency, clarifying agency relationships, employment issues,
Deceptive Trade Practices and Consumer Protection Act, selected statutes and
TREC rules, ethical and legal responsibilities.
404-3 Principles of Real Estate I. (3-0) A study of licensing as a real estate broker and
salesperson, distinctions between real and personal property, the real estate market,
concepts of home ownership, real estate brokerage and the law of agency, fair
housing laws and ethical practices, Real Estate License Act, interests in real estate,
how ownership is held, legal descriptions, encumbrances and liens.
405-3 Principles of Real Estate II. (3-0) A study of real estate taxes and other liens, real
estate contracts, listing agreements, real estate appraisal, real estate financing
(principles and practice), title transfer, title records, closing the real estate transaction,
leases, property management, control of land use, real estate investment.
406-3 Texas Real Estate Contracts. (3-0) A study of the Texas Real Estate License Act
(TRELA) and the Rules of the Texas Real Estate Commission, the contract and other
promulgated contracts and associated forms, obtaining a real estate loan, property
descriptions, estimating seller net and buyer move-in.
407-3 Real Estate Law. (3-0) Study of legal concepts of real estate, land description,
real property rights and estates in land, contracts, conveyances, encumbrances,
foreclosures, recording procedures, and evidence of titles. Prerequisite: G B 405 or
approval of department head.
408-3 Real Estate Brokerage. (3-0) A study of real estate brokerage office, planning and
organization, operational policies and procedures, law of agency, recruiting, selection
and training of personnel records and control, real estate firm analysis and expansion
criteria.
409-3 Real Estate Appraisal. (3-0) A study of the central purposes and functions of an
appraisal, social and economic determinant of value, appraisal of case studies,
cost, market data and income approaches to value estimates, final correlations, and
reporting. Prerequisite: G B 405 or approval of department head.
432-3 Business Law I. (3-0) The study of the principles of law relating to law and ethics,
the judicial system, constitution, tort and criminal law, law of sales, and commercial
property. Prerequisite: Junior classification.
433-3 Business Law II. (3-0) The study of the principles of law concerning agency,
employment, partnerships, corporations, bankruptcy, secured transactions, creditor/
debtor rights, insurance, real and personal property, laws impacting the regulatory
environment of business such as consumer protection, environment, anti-trust, and
securities law. Prerequisite: Junior classification.
434-3 Employment Law. (3-0) A study of the laws relating to employment. Includes
defining the employer-employee relationship; regulation of discriminatory practices in
employment (Title VII, the 1964 Civil Rights Act, and other statutes); regulation of the
employment environment; and testing and evaluation of employee job performance.
Prerequisite: Junior classification.
444-3 Introduction to International Business. (3-0) Broad coverage of key concepts
and issues in international business. Emphasis on the environment of international
business and the operations of the multinational firm. Prerequisite: Junior
classification.
459-3 Business Strategy. (3-0-WI) A capstone course involving the integration of concepts
and principles studied in accounting, economics, finance, management, marketing,

338 Course Descriptions
G B
quantitative methods, and other relevant disciplines. Includes problem solving and
business decision making. Designed to be taken by senior business majors during
their last semester. Prerequisites: ACC 204, FIN 301, G B 311, MGMT 301, MKTG
314, or approval of department head.
484-3 International Business Law. (3-0) A study of international commercial business and
the legal environment within which it operates. The study of traditional international
concepts of treaties, sovereignty, public and private laws, customs laws, licensing,
franchising, environmental and employment law. Special emphasis on contracts for
international sale of goods (CISG), GATT and WTO Treaties, NAFTA, regional trade
areas.
485-3 Seminar in General Business. (3-0) A study of selected topics dealing with problems
or unique needs of business. May be repeated for credit as topics vary. Prerequisite:
Permission to enroll is required.
486-v Business Problems. (Credit variable) A directed study of selected problems in
business. May be repeated with approval of the head of the Department. Prerequisites:
Senior classification and approval of department head.
487-3 Small Business Consulting. (3-3) Students will develop skill in diagnosing and
analyzing problems of actual small business clients and will prepare formal written
reports and recommendations for client implementation. Prerequisites: Senior
classification and approval of department head.
489-3 Global Business Practices. (3-0) The study of basic international business
concepts, cultural literacy, and discipline specific content are then applied to practical
experiences and activities related to the foreign country visited. A required study
abroad at the student’s expense is required. Student may complete a maximum of
six hours of COBA sponsored study abroad toward degree completion. Prerequisites:
Junior or Senior. GB 489, MGMT 489, or MKTG 489 may not be taken concurrently.
Field assignment fee $75.
501-3 International Finance and Business Strategy. (3-0) The course examines the major
international issues pertaining to finance, including choosing and implementing an
appropriate corporate strategy, the determination of exchange rates, international risk
management, transfer pricing, and evaluating and financing international investment
opportunities. There will be readings and case analysis and students will be required to
report on research findings. Credit for both FIN 501 and G B 501 will not be awarded.
565-3 Managerial Statistics. (3-0) Review of applied descriptive and inferential statistical
calculations. Examination of statistics as a decision-making tool under uncertainty;
focusing on probability, univariate/inferential and multivariate statistics. Emphasis is
on interpretation of statistical information. Student will evaluate and interpret data,
and report on current problems in the student’s field of study. Prerequisite: PC based
or undergraduate statistics. MS, Management and MS, HRM majors must have
completed G B 598 or approval of instructor.
584-3 International Business Law. (3-0) A study of international commercial business and
the legal environment within which it operates. The study of traditional international
concepts of treaties, sovereignty, public and private laws, customs laws, licensing,
franchising, environmental and employment law. Special emphasis on contracts for
international sale of goods (CISG), GATT and WTO Treaties, NAFTA, regional trade
areas. In addition, a research based project will be required. Graduate standing
required.
586-v Business Problems. (Credit variable) This course offers students the opportunity to
become acquainted with current research being conducted within the student’s area of
interest, directed reading of a number of sources selected in concert by the student and
professor.
587-3 Small Business Consulting. (3-0) Students will develop skill in diagnosing and
analyzing problems of actual small business clients and will prepare formal written
reports and recommendations for client implementation, Prerequisites: 12 hours of
graduate work and approval of SBI director.
588-3 Seminar in Business Strategy. (3-0) An integrated view of the business functions
addressed in the MBA core curriculum. Applies case analysis methodology for
evaluating complex business situations, developing strategic alternatives, and

Course Descriptions
G B-GEN-GEOG
339
recommending effective solutions. Prerequisites: FIN 503 and MKTG 508. Pre- or
corequisites: the remaining MBA core courses.
589-3 Global Business Practices. (4.5-0) A study of basic international business
concepts, cultural literacy, and discipline specific content are then applied to practical
experiences and activities in the foreign country visited. A study abroad at the
student’s expense is required. Graduate students will be required to complete an
extensive research project in addition to other course requirements. Student may
complete a maximum of six hours of COBA sponsored study abroad toward degree
completion. Prerequisites: Admission into a COBA graduate program and approval of
instructor.
598-3 Business Research Methods. (3-0) Nature, scope, and significance of business
research and research methodology; primary research methods with applications to
specific problems, place of quantitative methods in research and individual investigation
and report on current problems in student’s field of interest.
GENETICS (GEN)
309-4 Introduction to Genetics. (3-2) Fundamental principles of genetics: variation, heredity,
and interaction of genes, linkage, sex linkage, and mutation. Special emphasis given
to breeding of farm crops and domestic animals. Laboratory includes demonstration
of Mendelian ratios with field crops and Drosophila and an introduction to statistical
methods as applied to agricultural research. Credit for AGRN 309, GEN 309 and VETE
309 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: BIOL 120 or 121 and junior classification. Lab
fee $7.
411-3 Genetics. (3-0) Molecular basis of gene structure, function, regulation and
expression, mutation theory, chromosomal aberrations, polyploidy effects and
inheritance, genetic engineering, biotechnology, and genetic ethics. Credit for both
AGRN 411 and GEN 411 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: AGRN 309 or GEN 309
or equivalent course.
511-3 Advanced Genetics. (3-0) Impact of molecular genetics and biotechnology in
agriculture and industry; evaluation of changes, discoveries, and potential of genetic
engineering; assessment of related ethical impact on society. Credit for both AGRN 511
and GEN 511 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: AGRN 309 or GEN 309 or equivalent.
GEOGRAPHY (GEOG)
110-3 World Regional Geography. (3-0) (TCCNS = GEOG 1303) Introduction to the basic
concepts of geography through a study of the major regions of the world. This course
enhances the understanding of world events, lifestyles, environments, cultures, and
conflicts and emphasizes thinking spatially to study human-land relationships.
120-3 Introduction to Human Geography. (3-0) This course is an introduction to
geography as a social science, emphasizing the relevance of geographic concepts to
human problems.
201-3 The Geography of Texas. (3-0) This course uses the key concepts of regional
geography to study the evolving character and nature of the different areas of
Texas. The interaction of people and environment is used to study the economic
development, social and political issues, urbanization, and other changes in Texas in
the past and present.
202-3 Economic Geography. (3-0) (TCCNS = GEOG 2312 OR ECON 2311) This course
examines economic activity and production as a function of geographic location.
Introduces the basic concepts related to the advance, spread, and distribution of
economic activity around the planet and considers the forces that are reshaping
the global economy, the fundamentals of spatial economics, and classical location
theories. Prerequisite: GEOG 110 or approval of instructor.
303-3 Geographic Techniques. (2-2) This course is an introduction to three main
techniques in geographic analysis: computer cartography, spatial statistics, and
geographic information systems (GIS). The student will learn basic principles and
techniques of producing maps, be introduced to basic spatial statistics, and learn
the use of GIS as a tool to gather, store, manipulate, and analyze various spatial
databases. Only three hours credit will be awarded for A EC 303, GEOG 303, or

340 Course Descriptions
GEOG-GEOL
AGRN 303. Prerequisite: GEOG 110 or approval of instructor. Lab fee $15.
485-3 Geography Seminar. (3-0) This course will consider major issues in modern
geography. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Prerequisites: GEOG 110,
junior classification or approval of instructor.
GEOLOGY (GEOL)
105-3 Physical Geology. (3-2) (TCCNS = GEOL 1403) An introduction to the physical
processes that operate in and on the planet Earth. Topics of discussion include: the
Earth’s structure, rocks and minerals, volcanoes, earthquakes, groundwater, rivers,
glaciers, and deserts. Core lab science credit will not be awarded for both GEOL 105
and GEOL 108. Course fee $45. Lab fee $10.
106-4 Historical Geology. (3-2) (TCCNS = GEOL 1404) History of the Earth from the
formation of the solar system to the present. Topics include the Earth’s development,
evolution of life on Earth, changes in the Earth’s geography throughout its history,
and the tools geologists use to investigate these topics. Prerequisite: GEOL 105 or
GEOL 108. Course fee $5. Lab fee $10.
107-4 Introduction to Environmental Science. (3-2) Introduction to the study of the
environment. The course will examine air, water, and soil pollution, and pollution
remediation. Energy, mineral resources, and land use will be studied. The course
will also emphasize a study of the water supply, water use, and water management.
Much of the laboratory will focus on land use planning and environmental pollution
remediation. Course fee $10. Lab fee $15.
108-3 Natural Disasters. (3-2) Course focuses on the causes, effects, and mitigation
of natural disasters around the world. Topics covered will include: plate tectonics,
earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunami, landslides, meteor impacts, climate change, and
major weather events such as tornadoes, floods, and hurricanes. Emphasis will be
on methods used by scientists to monitor and study these natural phenomena, as
well as the economic and societal impact of and response to the events. Core lab
science credit will not be awarded for both GEOL 105 and GEOL 108. Course fee
$15. Lab fee $10.
300-4 Crystallography and Mineralogy. (3-3) A study of the basic crystallographic forms,
some of the common ore and rock forming minerals. An introduction to Optical
Mineralogy. Prerequisite: GEOL 105. Lab fee $10.
305-3 Paleontology. (2-3) An introduction to the study of fossils. A survey of the systematics,
evolution and paleoecology of microfossils, plants, invertebrate and vertebrate fossils.
Prerequisites: GEOL 105, 106 and BIOL 120, 121 or approval of department head. Lab
fee $10.
306-4 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology. (3-3) An introduction to the origin,
characteristics, and associations of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Introduction
to igneous phase diagrams and metamorphic phase equilibria. Prerequisite: CHEM
105, 108, GEOL 105, MATH 107 or higher. Course fee $50. Lab fee $10.
310-3 Geomorphology. (2-3) Study of surface processes in geological environments
with emphasis on environmental and engineering applications. Topics include
weathering, soil formation and erosion, landslides, and landforms associated with
rivers, groundwater, coasts, arid and semi-arid climates. Laboratory emphasizes
aerial photo and topographic map interpretation. Prerequisites: GEOL 105. Course
fee $25. Lab fee $10.
312-3 Structural Geology. (2-3) A study of the forces and processes resulting in the
deformation of and structural features of units in the Earth’s crust. Lab work includes
solution of problems by descriptive geometry, geologic and topographic maps and
cross-sections. Prerequisites: GEOL 105, 106; MATH 109 or approval of department
head. Course fee $25. Lab fee $10.
313-4 Stratigraphy and Sedimentology. (3-3) A study of the origin, transportation, and
deposition of sediments and the formation of sedimentary rocks. Emphasis on the study
of strata and depositional systems and the utilization of sedimentology and stratigraphy
in economic geology, environmental geology, hydrogeology and petroleum geology.
Prerequisites: GEOL 105, 106, 203. Course fee $35. Lab fee $10.
314-3 Geochemistry. (2-3) A survey of the application of chemical principles to problems

Course Descriptions
GEOL-GERM-HIST
341
of geology. Topics include the origin and distribution of the elements and exploration
of the behavior and distribution of various elements in igneous, metamorphic, and
sedimentary rocks. Basic concepts of thermodynamics, solution chemistry, and
isotope geochemistry will be discussed. Credit for both GEOL 314 and CHEM 314
will not be awarded. Prerequisite: CHEM 108. Lab fee $10.
320-3 Hydrogeology. (2-3). Aquifer characteristics, physical principles of groundwater flow,
well analysis, geologic controls on local and regional groundwater movement, water
chemistry, groundwater pollution, legal issues in groundwater. Prerequisites: GEOL
105, CHEM 108, MATH 109, or approval of department head. Lab fee $10.
405-3 Field Geology. (2-3) An introduction to the identification and interpretation of rocks
and geological structures in the field. Field and laboratory activities include rock
identification and interpretation, surveying with plane table and alidade, measuring
and describing geological sections and field mapping with brunton compass, air
photos, and topographic maps. Prerequisites GEOL 105, 6 hrs upper level GEOL.
Course fee $50. Lab fee $10.
411-3 Economic Geology. (2-3) An introduction to the origin, classification, uses, and
economics of metallic and nonmetallic mineral deposits. Lab will introduce reflected light
microscopy, alteration petrology and simulate a complete mineral deposit exploration
program. Prerequisite: GEOL 306 or concurrent enrollment. Lab fee $10.
412-3 Subsurface Methods. (2-3) An introduction to methods used to investigate the Earth’s
subsurface environment. Includes seismic reflection and refraction, gravity, magnetics,
and electrical properties of the Earth. The course focuses on practical applications of
these methods and advantages and limitations of each. Prerequisite: MATH 109. Course
fee $10. Lab fee $10.
486-v Problems. (Credit variable) A course open to capable Geology and Earth Science
students. Topics may vary according to student need. May be repeated for credit,
subject to the approval of the department head. Prerequisite: Junior classification and
approval of department head.
521-3 Environmental Field Techniques. (3-3) Techniques and theory of field mapping and
sampling will be addressed. Surveying, mapping techniques, geochemical sampling,
and geotechnical testing will be practiced in the field. Lecture instruction will concentrate
on accuracy and precision of field sampling/analysis and the interpretation of field data.
Prerequisite: GEOL 105 and approval of instructor. Lab fee $10.
586-v Geology Problems. (Credit variable) Independent research under the supervision of
an instructor. A formal report will be submitted to the instructor. A student may not count
more than 6 hours of problems toward a degree.
GERMAN (GERM)
101-4 Beginning German. (3-2) (TCCNS = GERM 1411) Instruction and practice in
understanding and speaking the German language with stress on sentence structure,
inflections, vocabulary, and pronunciation. Lab fee $5.
102-4 Intermediate German. (3-2) (TCCNS = GERM 1412) Instruction and practice in
understanding and speaking the German language with increasing emphasis on
reading and writing the language. Prerequisite: GERM 101 or equivalent. Lab fee $5.
201-3 Composition and Reading. (3-0) (TCCNS = GERM 2311) Development of
increased facility in the German language through reading, writing, and conversation.
Prerequisite: GERM 102 or equivalent.
202-3 Composition and Reading. (3-0) Readings in either literary or technical German
with emphasis on vocabulary building, writing, and translation skills. Prerequisite:
GERM 102 or equivalent.
HISTORY (HIST)
101-3 World History to 1700. (3-0) (TCCNS = HIST 2311) A survey of world history from
prehistoric times to the beginning of the 18th century. Special attention will be given
to the origins of civilization in Africa, Asia, and the Middle East and its development
through the ancient, medieval, and early modern eras.
102-3 World History Since 1700. (3-0) (TCCNS = HIST 2312) A survey of world history
from the beginning of the 18th century to the present. Special emphasis will be placed

342 Course Descriptions
HIST
on the rise and fall of Western global influence between the 18th and 20th centuries,
and the numerous repercussions of this development.
201-3 United States History through 1877. (3-0) (TCCNS = HIST 1301) This course is a
survey of United States history from the first European contacts through the end of
the Reconstruction Period. It is designed to cover the broad sweep of United States
political, cultural, social, and economic history with emphasis on those periods that
have helped to shape a distinctive American character. This course with HIST 202 will
fulfill the legislative requirement of two semesters of United States history.
202-3 United States History Since Reconstruction. (3-0) (TCCNS = HIST 1302) This
course continues the survey of United States history to present times. The emphasis
is on the developments that contributed to the growth of modern America. This course
with HIST 201 will fulfill the legislative requirement of two semesters of United States
history.
302-3 The Ancient World. (3-0) A survey of the ancient Near East, Greece, the Hellenistic
period, and the Roman Republic and Empire. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval
of department head.
303-3 Europe in the Middle Ages. (3-0) A survey of Medieval Europe from the decline
of the ancient world to the eve of the Renaissance. Special attention will be given
to the examination of economic and social changes underlying the formation and
development of medieval civilization. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of
department head.
304-3 History of Texas. (3-0) A survey of Texas from the Spanish colonial period to the
present, with special attention to the Hispanic heritage, the Revolution and Republic,
the Civil War and Reconstruction, and the political and economic developments of
the modern state.
305-3 England and Great Britain to 1603. (3-0) A survey of English history from Roman
Britain to the death of Queen Elizabeth and the end of the Tudor dynasty. Special
emphasis will be in political, legal, and religious changes which formed the foundations
of modern England. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
306-3 British History from 1603 to Modern Times. (3-0) A survey of English and British
history from 1603 to modern times. Special emphasis will be on constitutional,
political, economic, and legal changes. Included as well will be a survey of the empire
and the United Kingdom. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
310-3 American Beginnings. (3-0-WI) The history of America from first European contact
to 1763. The course emphasizes relations between Europeans and Indians, imperial
rivalries, and the development of the English mainland colonies. Prerequisite: 6
hours of HIST or approval of department head.
311-3 Creating a Nation. (3-0) The United States from 1763 to 1815. This course
concentrates on the causes and consequences of the American Revolution, the
writing of the Constitution, and the triumph of liberal democracy. Prerequisites: 6
hours HIST or approval of department head.
312-3 The Age of Jackson, 1815-1848. (3-0) A study of American development during the
Jacksonian period with emphasis on the expansion of social and political democracy.
Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
313-3 Slavery, Sectionalism, and War. (3-0) A study of American development from the
Jacksonian period through Reconstruction. Special emphasis will be placed on the
expansion of social and political democracy, the events leading to the Civil War, and
the impact of that war on Reconstruction on the development of the United States.
Social and cultural forces, as well as politics, will be covered. Prerequisite: 6 hours
HIST or approval of department head.
315-3 Populism and Progressivism, 1877-1917. (3-0) A survey of turn-of-the-century
America, emphasizing the impact of industrialism and urbanism on politics and
society. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
316-3 Military History of the United States. (3-0) A study of the role of the military in
American development with emphasis on the 20th century. The course will concentrate
on the evolution of strategy and tactics, organizational change and civilian-military
relations. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
320-3 The Renaissance and Reformation. (3-0) A survey of European political, diplomatic,

Course Descriptions
HIST
343
and cultural history from 1300 to 1648. The course will focus on Renaissance
Humanism, the Protestant movements, the Catholic Reformation, and the emergence
of the European state system during the age of religious wars. Prerequisite: 6 hours
HIST or approval of department head.
321-3 Europe in the Age of Absolutism, 1648-1789. (3-0-WI) A study of the European
state system from the end of the Thirty Years’ War to the outbreak of the French
Revolution. The course will concentrate on the consolidation of absolute monarchies,
the rise of colonial empires, enlightened despotism, and the proliferation of
Enlightenment ideas in Europe. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department
head.
322-3 Revolutionary Europe, 1789-1850. (3-0) An examination of the forces of change in
modern Europe, beginning with the rise of Liberalism in the eighteenth century and
culminating with the failure of the revolutionary movements of 1848-49. Prerequisite:
6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
331-3 Colonial Latin America. (3-0) Exploration and colonization of the Spanish and
Portuguese dominions in South and Central America; political history of the colonies;
the church and colonial institutions; commercial systems of Spain and Portugal;
expansion into the North American borderlands; early independence movements.
Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
335-3 Mexico Before Independence. (3-0) A survey of Mexican history from the arrival of
the first peoples through the end of the Spanish colonial era. Early native civilizations,
especially the Maya and Aztec, will be studied as well as the incursion of the Spanish
and the conquest and colonization of Mexico.
336-3 History of Mexico, 1821-Present. (3-0) A survey of modern Mexico, including the
independence movement, conflict of centralism and federalism, war with the United
States, political and economic developments under Juarez, Maximilian, and Diaz,
and the social revolution of the 20th century. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST approval of
department head.
400-3 World War II and the Holocaust. (3-0) An examination of European history between the
rise of Hitler in the early 1930s to the end of World War II in 1945. Special attention will
be devoted to the origins, process, and consequences of the Holocaust. Prerequisite: 6
hours HIST or approval of department head.
401-3 United States and the World. (3-0-WI) A history of how world events influenced
American history from 1789 to the present. The course will discuss American diplomatic
and social reactions to major world occurrences. Emphasis will be on the twentieth
century, particularly on the two world wars and the Cold War Era.
402-3 Economic Development of the United States. (3-0) A survey of the economic
development of the United States from colonial times to the present. Credit for both
HIST 402 and ECO 402 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: ECO 101 or 201 and 6
hours HIST.
407-3 History Careers Outside the Classroom. (3-0) Examination of the choices available
for historians who seek careers outside of classroom teaching, including museums,
historic preservation, cultural resource management, archival administration, parks,
oral history, corporate history, and editing and publishing. Will not count as a history
course for purposes of teacher certification. Prerequisite: 6 hours of history.
410-3 Recent United States History, 1914-Present. (3-0) The history of the United States
since 1914. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
412-3 Social History of the United States Before 1865. (3-0-WI) The social, cultural, and
economic development of the United States from colonial times to the end of the Civil
War. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
413-3 Social History of the United States Since 1865. (3-0) The social, cultural, and
economic development of the United States since the Civil War. Prerequisite: 6 hours
HIST or approval of department head.
414-3 History of Trans-Mississippi West. (3-0) History of the Great West from the Lewis
and Clark expedition to the 20th century. Emphasis on the West as a distinctive
region in national politics, state building in the 19th century, and the development of
agriculture, transportation, and commerce. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of
department head.

344 Course Descriptions
HIST
415-3 History of the South. (3-0) A survey of southern history concentrating on factors
which made the region distinct from the rest of the United States, with major
emphasis on social and cultural development. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval
of department head.
420-3 Europe, 1850-1919. (3-0-WI) An analytical survey of important developments
in the political, social, economic, and intellectual history of Europe between the
revolutionary movements of 1848 and the first World War. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST
or approval of department head.
423-3 History of Russia and Eastern Europe. (3-0) A history of Russia and Eastern Europe
from the 18th century, through the Bolshevik Revolution, to the aftermath of the collapse
of the Soviet Union. Special emphasis will be placed on an analysis of those forces which
led to the downfall of the Soviet system and the problems of adjustment in post-Soviet
Russia and Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
424-3 National Histories. (3-0) Each time this course is offered, it will examine the history of a
particular state. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Prerequisites: 6 hours HIST
or approval of department head.
425-3 European Intellectual and Cultural History. (3-0) A survey of some of the
fundamental ideas in the European intellectual tradition through an analysis of
primary texts. The course begins with an examination of the foundations of western
thought in the Judeo-Christian and Graeco-Roman traditions. The latter half of the
course focuses on the ideas and ideologies that have shaped modern European
mentalities. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
426-3 Social History of Modern Europe. (3-0) An analysis of European society since
the industrial revolution, with emphasis on the social impact of industrialization and
urbanization, changing patterns of social stratification, mobility, and class conflict in
the 19th and 20th centuries. Prerequisite: 6 hours HIST or approval of department
head.
431-3 World Since 1919. (3-0) Major trends in world history following World War I, including
the impact of the Great Depression, the rise of totalitarianism, and the coming of
World War II. Events of the latter 20th century receive special emphasis. Prerequisite:
6 hours HIST or approval of department head.
440-3 Historical Method. (3-0-WI) An examination of the concepts basic to all historical
thinking; causation, periodization, change and continuity, the roles of social forces
and individuals, and problems of interpretation, accuracy, and truth. A comparison
of the social sciences and the humanities will focus on the distinctive nature of the
historical discipline as it has developed since the late nineteenth century. Required of
all history majors and students with teaching fields in history. Prerequisites: 12 hours
of HIST or approval of department head.
450-3 Special Topics in History. (3-0) A study of important periods, regions, and themes
in history. May be repeated when the topic varies.
484-3 Practicum, Field Problem, or Internship. (3-0) Supervised professional activities
in workplaces where historians find professional careers including museums, historic
preservation, cultural resource management, archival administration, teaching, parks,
oral history, corporate history, and editing and publishing. Will count as an elective
but not for teacher certification or completion of the history major. Prerequisite: HIST
407. May be repeated once for credit. Field assignment fee $75.
485-v History Seminar. (Credit variable) Individual instruction in selected fields of history.
The course will stress reports and wide readings in the field selected. Prerequisite:
Senior classification or approval of department head. May be taken more than once
for credit.
486-v Problems in History. (Credit variable) Independent reading, research and
discussion. Entry into this course will be arranged with the history counselor.
507-3 Public History Seminar. (3-0) An examination of public history careers available
for master’s level history graduates in areas outside of classroom teaching. This is a
gateway course for all public history courses.
508-3 Museum Studies. (3-0) An examination of the theory and practice of the multiple
careers available to historians in museums, including curating, collections care,
educational programming, exhibits, media relations, financial development, and

Course Descriptions
HIST-HLAB
345
construction and management of facilities. Course fee $50.
509-3 Historic Preservation. (3-0) An examination of historic preservation as an area of
professional employment for historians. Course fee $50.
510-3 Archival Principles and Practices. (3-0) An examination of the principles and
practices of archival management. Course fee $50.
520-3 State and Local History. (3-0) Selected problems. Readings and research in Texas
history. May be repeated when topics vary.
531-3 Directed Reading in American History Since 1877. (3-0) Readings and discussions
of selected problems. May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
532-3 Selected Topics in American History. (3-0) Research and writing of papers on
selected topics. May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
540-3 Directed Readings in European History. (3-0) Readings and discussions of
selected topics in early modern and modern European history. May be repeated for
credit when topics vary.
542-3 Selected Topics in European History. (3-0) Research and writing of papers on
selected topics. May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
543-3 Directed Readings in World History. (3-0) Readings and discussion of selected
topics in the history of regions and countries outside of Europe and the United States.
May be repeated for credit when topics vary.
586-v History Problems. (Credit variable) Conference course. Independent reading,
research, discussion, under supervision of senior professor.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when the student is ready to begin the thesis. No credit until
the thesis is completed. Prerequisites: 24 hours graduate credit, including HIST 598
and at least one research seminar, and consent of major professor.
598-3 Historiography and Historical Method. (3-0) A survey of various “schools” of
history with particular emphasis on recent trends and techniques in historical writing.
Prerequisite: Full admission to the graduate program or approval of instructor.
599-3 Practicum, Field Problem, or Internship. (3-0) Supervised professional activities
in workplaces where historians find professional careers including museums, historic
preservation, cultural resource management, archival administration, teaching, parks,
oral history, corporate history, and editing and publishing. Will count as an elective but
not for teacher certification or completion of the history major. May be repeated once for
credit. Requires approval of instructor and department head. Field assignment fee $75.
HISTOLOGY TECHNICIAN (HLAB)
214-4 Introduction to Histotechnology. (3-3) Introduction to the healthcare environment
and histology laboratory with emphasis on safety; infection control; mathematics;
communication; medical terminology and ethical, legal and professional issues. Lab
fee $15.
215-4 Histotechnology I. (2-6) Histotechniques: Tissue Processing; Introduction to basic
theories and practices of histotechnology including laboratory safety, fixation, tissue
processing, embedding, microtomy, routine staining and operation and maintenance
of lab equipment. Lab fee $15.
224-4 Functional Histology II. (3-3) This anatomic histology course emphasizes the
recognition, composition and function of organ systems including skeletal, nervous,
circulatory, endocrine and reproductive system tissues. Lab fee $15.
225-4 Histotechnology II. (2-6) Histotechniques: Theory and practice of histochemical
staining techniques. Topics include reagent preparation, basic tissue dye bonding,
differentiation, quality control, nuclear, connective tissue and carbohydrate staining
techniques. Lab fee $15.
234-3 Functional Histology I. (3-1) Cellular Histology; Emphasizes the recognition,
composition, and function of cells, cellular organelles, cell life cycles, blood and basic
tissue types. Lab fee $15.
235-3 Histotechnology III. (1-6) Histotechniques: Special Staining; Theory and practice
of histochemical staining techniques, including microorganism, tissue pigments,
minerals, and neural tissue staining. Includes specialized techniques such as
electron microscopy, immunohistochemistry, and muscle enzyme histochemistry. Lab
fee $15.

346 Course Descriptions
HLAB-HLTH-HNRS-HORT
282-1 Introduction to Medical Laboratory Sciences. (1-1) An introductory course in
medical laboratory science. Universal lab safety practices, computer applications for
science and medicine, basic lab mathematics, quality control and basic laboratory
equipment including microscopy, centrifugation, analytical weighing and other
laboratory equipment common to all medical laboratories. This course must be taken
during the first semester of enrollment in the HT/MLT certification programs. Course
fee $25. Lab fee $15.
285-2 Capstone Cases and Review. (2-2) Major theoretical and practical applications
in histotechnology including preparation of staining portfolio, mock registry exam
(program final) and attendance at pathologist case presentations. This course must
be taken during the final semester of enrollment in the HT program. Lab fee $15.
295-4 Clinical Histotechnology I. (0-192-240) An introductory histology laboratory-based
learning experience that enables students to observe and apply theory, skills, and
concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical professional. This course must
be taken during the first semester of the HT program. Grading in this course is pass/
fail, P/F. Field assignment fee $75.
296-4 Clinical Histotechnology II. (0-192-240) An intermediate histology laboratory-based
learning experience that enables students to apply theory, skills, and concepts. Direct
supervision is provided by the clinical professional. Prerequisite HLAB 295. Grading
in this course is pass/fail, P/F. Course must be taken during the second semester of
the HT program. Field assignment fee $75.
297-4 Clinical Histotechnology III. (0-192-240) An advanced histology laboratory-based
learning experience that enables students to apply and integrate theory, skills, and
concepts and to work independently. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical
professional. This course must be taken during the last semester of the HT program.
Prerequisites: HLAB 295, HLAB 296; Grading in this course is pass/fail, P/F. Field
assignment fee $75.
HEALTH (HLTH)
101-2 Wellness for Life. (2-2) (TCCNS = PHED 1338) The study of principles and techniques
needed to promote human health and hygiene. Topics will include, but not be limited to:
fitness assessment and skills; personal awareness and management techniques, self
motivation, proper nutrition, responsibility, and health choices as they relate to wellness.
Health related physical fitness laboratories for skills and strategies will be conducted.
Lab fee $5.
231-3 First Aid. (2-2) A course designed to provide an understanding of first aid and
emergency procedures, including theory and practice, given to victims of accident
and illness. Lab fee $5.
351-3 Principles of Health and Fitness for Children. (3-0) A survey of the essential
knowledge and skills of health and physical education as they relate to children
ages 6-14. Included will be skills related to personal health and safety, physical
fitness, motor development, games and sports, gymnastics, and rhythmic activities.
Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of department head.
HONORS PROGRAMS (HNRS)
185-1 Freshman Honors Seminar. (1.5-0) Discussion and argumentation about a topic
of broad intellectual, academic, ethical, or public significance. Topics and content
vary. Prerequisites: acceptance into Presidential Honors Program or permission of
the director of the Presidential Honors Program.
HORTICULTURE (HORT)
200-3 Principles of Horticulture. (3-0) (TCCNS = AGRI 1315 or HORT 1301) Introduction
to the horticulture industry and the career opportunities that are available. The course
includes an introduction to plant classification and structure, greenhouse construction
and management, orchard and vegetable crops, and plant propagation. Course fee
$50.
210-3 Horticulture Techniques. (2-2) Designed to acquaint the student with horticultural,
gardening, and landscaping techniques including pruning, propagation, landscape

Course Descriptions
HORT
347
installation, and construction. Prerequisite: HORT 200. Course fee $10.
270-3 Introduction to Turfgrass Science. (2-2) An introduction to turfgrass history,
benefits, and use. Growth and development of various turfgrass species and their
culture, including pest and disease management, are studied.
300-3 Plant Propagation. (2-2) Principles of propagating plants, including vegetables,
ornamentals, and fruits. Methods of handling seed; starting plants by the use of
cuttings, layers, buds, grafts, and bulbs; ways of propagating specific plants; factors
influencing growth of plants after transplanting. Prerequisites: BIOL 120 and HORT
200. Lab fee $4.
301-3 Landscape Design. (2-2) Planting design and use of plants in the landscape. Use of
drafting instruments, preparation of plans, perspective drawings, and cost estimates.
Prerequisite: Junior classification. Lab fee $2.
315-4 Weed Management. (3-2) General principles in the development of weed prevention
and management programs. Common weed ecology and life cycles, land management
factors, herbicide selection and performance, and cultural control strategies.
Laboratory includes weed identification and herbicide application methods. Credit for
both HORT 315 and AGRN 315 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: HORT 200 or 270.
Lab fee $10.
320-3 Landscaping and Gardening Practices. (3-0) The use of landscape plants, vegetable
and fruit crops for residential properties development. Gardening practices to include
pruning, planting design, fertilizing, pest control, and organic methods will be studied.
360-3 Horticultural Design. (2-2) Principles of landscape, interior, and floral design. Plant
identification, environmental requirements, and culture. Prerequisite: HORT 200 or
equivalent. Lab fee $5.
380-3 Golf Course Design and Construction. (2-2) Topics include the history of golf,
styles of golf courses and layouts, site analysis, and design of greens, tees, and
fairways. Construction practices as applied to tees, greens fairways, athletic fields,
drainage, and irrigation will be studied. Discussions will include environmental issues
related to design and construction, and permits as required by the government.
Prerequisite: HORT 200 and 270 or approval of instructor. Course fee $25. Lab fee
$15.
390-3 Horticultural Plants. (2-2) Identification, classification, and characteristics of
horticultural plants. Includes the study of trees, shrubs, aroids, cacti, bromeliads,
ferns, begonias, and orchids. Prerequisite: HORT 200 or equivalent or approval of
department head. Lab fee $8.
401-3 Greenhouse and Nursery Management. (2-2) A study of the variables affecting
greenhouse and nursery crop production. Both economic and physical variables will
be explored. Particular emphasis will be placed on management techniques used
by commercial establishments in producing and marketing ornamental nursery and
greenhouse plants. Prerequisites: HORT 200 and 300. Lab fee $2.
403-3 Greenhouse Crop Production. (2-2) Application of basic plant sciences to principles
and practices involved in plant selection, production, grading, and distribution of
plants grown in nurseries and greenhouses. Prerequisites: HORT 200, 300, and 401.
Lab fee $14.
420-3 Landscaping with Native Plants. (2-2) Identification, characterization, and utilization
of herbaceous and woody plants indigenous to Texas and other areas useful for
landscaping purposes. Principles and procedures of xeriscaping will be emphasized.
Field trips will be required. Prerequisite: HORT 200. Lab fee $5.
430-3 Horticultural Enterprises. (2-2) Horticultural business and educational enterprises
will be visited or explored. Students are required to complete a business portfolio
which will include photographs and written documents. Prerequisite: Junior or senior
classification. Course fee $15. Lab fee $5.
450-3 Retail Horticulture. (2-2) The establishment and management of a retail store with
emphasis on plant display, care, and marketing in a retail environment, and on customer
relations with respect to common home and landscape problems. Prerequisite: Junior
classification or approval of department head. Lab fee $10.
470-4 Turfgrass Management and Irrigation. (3-2) Characteristics and management of
turfgrasses used for home lawns and recreational areas. Turfgrass irrigation system

348 Course Descriptions
HORT-HPT
design. Prerequisite: HORT 200 and 270. Course fee $25. Lab fee $6.
480-3 Golf Course Management. (2-2) Environmental issues related to turfgrass and golf
course management will be covered. Topics will include greens management, water
conservation, course setup, personnel management, and budgeting. Prerequisites:
HORT 380 and 470. Lab fee $15.
484-v Internship. (Credit variable) Minimum of 240 hours (6 weeks) of on-the-job
training in a commercial or private horticultural or landscaping operation approved
by academic advisor. May be enrolled concurrently in HORT 486 as arranged with
advisor. Prerequisites: Senior or advanced junior classification and approval of
academic advisor. Field assignment fee $75.
486-v Horticultural Problems. (Credit variable) Individualized study of current topics
in student’s major concentration of study or supporting discipline. Specific content
and credit dependent upon student’s interest, needs, and depth of study. Maximum
undergraduate credit, four semester hours. Prerequisites: Senior classification and
advance approval by instructor of record.
488-v Undergraduate Research. (Credit variable) Fundamental research methods will be
addressed through a faculty-directed project. Participation in an abbreviated lecture
series may be required. Project components may include a literature review, data
collection and analysis, testing, planning, project design, and/or computer modeling.
The student is required to prepare a final report and produce a presentation. No credit
is awarded until the report and presentation are submitted. Only one undergraduate
research experience will be counted toward degree requirements. Prerequisites:
Junior standing, completion of 12 hours in HORT, and approval of department head.
490-v Special Topics. (3-0) Deals with selected topics in agriculture or horticulture. May be
repeated for credit when topics vary, with a maximum of six hours counting towards the
degree. Prerequisites: Approval of department head.
495-v Golf Course Internship. (Credit variable) Requires an internship position for
one summer, fall, or spring semester at an approved golf course. The intern will
submit weekly reports, a summary and evaluation of the experience, and an oral
presentation. Prerequisite: Approval of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
586-v Horticulture Problems. (Credit variable) Advanced independent study and research
on horticultural topics. Credit hours dependent upon depth of study and type of report
submitted to supervising professor. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
590-3 Special Topics. (2-3) Selected topics in horticultural sciences. May include field
trips, independent study, research, community service projects, or other activities
beyond the classroom. Prior academic training or experience requirements vary with
topics offered. May be repeated once for credit as topics vary. Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor or department head.
HEALTH PROFESSIONS TECHNOLOGY (HPT)
320-3 Biotechnology and Bioethics. (3-0) This course will cover the recent advances in
biology which have made new techniques and technologies possible for the production
of pharmaceuticals, foods, textiles, pesticides and chemicals. Ethical principles in
biotechnology and biomedicine are studied and applied to contemporary problems in
medicine and biomedical research. Additional topics include stem cell research; genetic
testing; organ transplantation; and research involving human subjects.
350-3 Microbiology for Allied Health Professionals. (3-0) This course will focus on an
introduction to modern medical microbiology that is clinically relevant for the allied
health professional. General concepts of bacterial, viral, parasitic and fungal infection
will be addressed, followed by a survey of the major human pathogens in each of
these categorizes. Conclusion of the course will include microbiology issues that are
applicable to clinical infection control protocols.
405-3 Issues and Trends in Health Care. (3-0) This course is designed to explore and
discuss concepts and issues that are pertinent to allied health care professionals
including legal and regularity issues, health service reform and cost containment,
workforce development, and quality assurance practices.
449-3 Pharmacology for the Allied Health Professionals. (3-0) This course will focus on
a survey of the more important drugs used in medicine, including basic principles,

Course Descriptions
HPT-HRM
349
clinical uses and possible adverse effects. Students will be introduced to important
issues affecting drug approval, legislation, manufacturing, formulation and delivery,
metabolism and measurement.
450-3 Pathophysiology for the Health Professionals. (3-0) This course will focus
on presentation of interrelationships between normal body functioning and the
physiologic changes that participate in disease production, and occur as a result
of disease. Emphasis on major disorders and other selected disorders provides a
concise, easy-to-understand introduction to the fundamentals.
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (HRM)
500-3 Human Resource Management. (3-0) Presents the fundamental principles and
techniques of personnel management and examines the management of human
resources from the point of view of the personnel officer, the operational manager
and the employee. Examines the responsibilities of organizational leadership for
incorporating human resource issues in strategic planning and initiatives. Emphasis
is placed on current legal considerations, issues and research. Course may not be
taken for MS HRM program credit.
501-3 Law and Regulation in Human Resources. (3-0) Examines legal issues and
regulatory processes related to employment relationships, equal employment
opportunity and affirmative action, privacy, employment testing and staffing,
copyrights and patents, compensation and benefits, employee/labor relations, and
occupational health and safety.
503-3 Managing Human Resource Development. (3-0) Focuses on the management of
human resources development training programs. Examines management issues,
identifying and responding to training needs, cost/benefit analysis, four-phase
evaluation and the selection and development of training staff. Prerequisite: HRM
501 or approval of instructor.
504-3 Personnel Problems Seminar. (3-0) Concerned with developing the student’s
proficiency in applying principles and technical tools to such personnel problems as
employment, employee education and training, labor relations, industrial health and
safety, wage and salary administration, and employee services.
507-3 HR Consulting and Job Analysis. (3-0) Theories, strategies, operational issues
and research related to conducting job analyses. Job description and specification
development are examined. Emphasis is placed on using appropriate techniques to
acquire, measure, assess and use information gathered in the work place. Course also
explores and develops consulting skills as used in the HR field. Field projects are used
extensively. Prerequisite: HRM 501 or with the approval of instructor.
510-3 The Adult Learning Environment. (3-0) Examines learning patterns, interests and
participation among adults, with implications for training and development programs.
Particular attention is given to the joint responsibility for learning between trainer and
adult participants.
514-3 Workforce Planning and Employment. (3-0) Focuses on the legal, ethical
and organizational considerations related to recruitment, assessment, selection,
placement and appraisal of employees and managers within various types of
organizations. Case law serves as a basis for discussing the role of the EEOC, INS,
DOL and other enforcement agencies in this critical human resource function. Career
development and record-keeping will also be addressed. Prerequisites: HRM 501 or
the approval of instructor.
515-3 Employee Benefits and Services. (3-0) Examines legal, social and technical
issues and research surrounding current trends in employee benefit programs.
Group health, disability and life insurance, retirement planning, time-off (leave) and
wellness programs are addressed. Emphasis is placed on program administration,
implementation and evaluation. Prerequisite: HRM 501 or approval of instructor.
516-3 Compensation Management. (3-0) Analyzes the theories, concepts, operational
practices and research related to managing comprehensive compensation
programs. Various types of compensation plans, including job evaluation levels and
wage structures are investigated. Emphasis is placed on the development of sound
compensation programs which consider current trends, legal implications and social

350 Course Descriptions
HRM-HYDR
requirements. Quantitative applications are required to analyze various case studies
and problems. Prerequisites: HRM 501.
524-3 Employment and Labor Relations. (3-0) Exploration of the labor union movement
and the process of collective bargaining, the formation of a union, labor agreement
negotiation, labor agreement administration, grievance processes, and arbitration
and mediation. Labor law and legal issues in labor relations are explored extensively
to include the National Labor Relations Act and the functions of the NLRB. Negotiation
skills are developed via mock labor contract negotiations. Prerequisite: HRM 501 or
with the approval of instructor.
555-3 Internship in Human Resource Management. (3-0) Provides work experience in
the human resource field under the supervision of a faculty-approved management
sponsor. Emphasis is placed on the application of human resource management
skills to real world, practical problems and situations. A minimum of 20 work hours
per week is expected, with a total of 200-300 on-the-job hours required during
the semester. Prerequisite: Completion of 12 graduate semester hours in Human
Resource Management, preregistration coordination and approval of instructor. Field
assignment fee $75.
585-3 Seminar on Consumer and Business Finance. (3-0) This course will cover selected
consumer and business finance topics. Examples include debt management, initial
public offering of a new business, Internet based finance and regulatory aspects, and
management of compensation. Students will be expected to research assigned topics
and submit reports. Credit for both FIN 585 and HRM 585 will not be awarded.
586-v Problems. (Credit variable) This course offers students the opportunity to study
human resource management topics and perform research within the student’s
area of interest as directed by the responsible professor. Prerequisite: approval of
department head.
589-3 Global Human Resource Management Practices. (3-0) A study of basic
international business concepts, cultural literacy, and discipline specific content are
then applied to practical experiences and activities in the foreign country visited.
Graduate students will be required to complete an extensive research project in
addition to other course requirements. A study abroad at the student’s expense is
required. Student may complete a maximum of six hours of COBA sponsored study
abroad toward degree completion. Prerequisites: Admission into a COBA graduate
program and approval of instructor.
595-3 Professional Issues in Human Resources. (3-0) Examines contemporary
professional issues in human resource management. Emphasis is placed on current
issues, ethical decision-making processes, work place investigations, and continued
professional development. Successful completion of a comprehensive competency
examination covering the principal areas studied within the human resource
management function (human resource management practices, selection and
placement, training and development, compensation management, labor relations
and occupational safety, health and security) is required. Prerequisite: A minimum of
15 hours in Human Resource Management, Psychology or concurrent enrollment.
HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES (HYDR)
110-3 Introduction to Hydrology. (3-0) Introduction to the basic principles and practices
of Hydrology including the relation of the physical and biological sciences to an
understanding of the water cycle. Topics covered will also include determination
of drainage areas, unit hydrographs, recurrence intervals, introduction to routing,
probabilities, and conversion factors. Course fee $15.
211-4 Soil Mechanics. (3-3) Introduction to the principles of soil and their influence on
the hydrological cycle, Darcy’s Law and fluid flow through porous medium, stress
distribution and consolidation of soil, subsurface exploration. Credit for both HYDR
211 and ENVE 211 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: PHYS 122 or concurrent
enrollment and MATH 120. Course fee $15. Lab fee $10.
300-4 Mechanics of Fluids. (3-3) Principles of hydrostatics, dynamics of viscous and
non-viscous fluids, resistance to flow in pipes and open channels, transport
processes, energy equation, Bernoulli equation, conservation of mass, conservation

Course Descriptions
HYDR
351
of momentum. Credit for both HYDR 300 and ENVE 300 will not be awarded.
Prerequisites: PHYS 122, MATH 209. Course fee $10. Lab fee $10.
310-4 Basic Hydrology. (3-3) Study of the hydrologic cycle, precipitation processes,
soil moisture, infiltration, groundwater, rainfall-runoff processes, utilization of water
resources, and frequency analysis; introduction to HEC-HMS programs for modeling
hydrologic processes, elementary principles of field work. Credit for both HYDR
310 and ENVE 310 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: MATH 311 or concurrent
enrollment; HYDR 110 or ENVE 210; and HYDR 211. Lab fee $15.
311-3 GIS in Water Resources. (3-2) An introduction to the geographic information system
(GIS), basic concepts and applications in watershed hydrology and water resources.
The course provides students hands-on experience in using GIS to visually analyze
hydrologic data. In addition, the course covers the advanced topic of integrating GIS
and hydrologic models. Prerequisite: GEOL 105, HYDR 110. Lab fee $15.
320-4 Groundwater Hydrology. (3-3) Topics include aquifer characteristics, infiltration,
fluid dynamics of groundwater flow, potential flows, well analysis, water quality,
groundwater pollution, legal issues in groundwater. Credit for both HYDR 320 and
ENVE 320 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: HYDR 211, GEOL 105 or ENVE 210,
CHEM 108, MATH 209. Lab fee $10.
410-3 Water Resources Engineering. (3-0) Fundamentals of hydraulics applicable to
open channel flow, natural streams and waterways; irrigation flow characteristics;
hydrologic analysis; fluid measurement methods; introduction to hydraulic models
including HEC-RAS; and economic aspects of water resources. Credit for both HYDR
410 and ENVE 410 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: HYDR 300, HYDR 310, MATH
333.
420-4 Municipal and Industrial Water Supply and Waste Water Treatment. (3-3)
Treatment and distribution of residential and industrial water supplies, waste water
treatment and disposal methods of municipal and industrial systems, environmental
toxicology; aspects of groundwater monitoring and water quality maintenance.
Laboratory analysis of water and waste water quality. Design of elementary treatment,
distribution, and collection systems. Credit for both HYDR 420 and ENVE 420 will not
be awarded. Prerequisites: MATH 311 or concurrent registration, HYDR 300 and
CHEM 201. Course fee $10. Lab fee $15.
430-3 Texas Water Resource Management. (3-0-WI) The ecological relation of water
in this biosphere with special reference to the human role; the role of behavioral
sciences (social, legal, economic, political, and psychological) in the development,
conservation, regulation, and utilization of water resources; current political structure
and laws pertaining to the administration of water resources in the state of Texas.
Credit for both HYDR 430 and ENVE 430 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: HYDR
310 and POLS 202.
440-1 Internship. (0-1-WI) Work experience with consulting firms, government agencies,
and other practitioners. This course emphasizes students’ practical experiences.
Cannot be taken more than once for credit. Prerequisite: GEOL 105, HYDR 110.
Field assignment fee $75.
450-3 Modeling in Hydrology. (3-0) Necessity of model studies. Introduction to various
types of models; physics of surface and ground water flow; finite difference model;
finite element model; solution of practical problems by numerical modeling.
Prerequisites: MATH 333 or 360; HYDR 300, HYDR 320.
486-v Hydrology Problems. (Credit variable) A directed study of selected problems in
hydrology.
488-v Undergraduate Research Project. (Credit variable-WI) Preliminary research
methods will be addressed through a faculty-directed project that integrates hydrology
with the student’s support area. Project components may include a literature review,
data analysis, testing, planning, design, modeling, and computer programming. The
student is required to prepare a final report and give a presentation. No credit is
earned until the student has enrolled in at least 3 credit hours and the final report and
presentation are certified as completed by the faculty member directing the project,
at which time the student will receive 3 credit hours. Prerequisites: Junior Standing,
HYDR 310, HYDR 320, and 9 or more advanced hours defining a support area.

352 Course Descriptions
I T
INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY (I T)
105-3 Principles of Drafting. (2-4) An introduction to mechanical drafting involving
geometrical constructions, orthographic projection, dimensioning techniques, sectional
views, auxiliary views, isometric views, and other topics related to manufacturing and
other areas of drafting. Lab fee $10.
106-3 Power Transfer Technology. (2-4) A study of power transfer mechanisms used in
industrial machines including those used for obtaining mechanical advantage (gears,
pulleys, inclined planes, and levers), pneumatics, and hydraulics. The theory of
operation and practical applications are stressed. Lab fee $10.
117-3 Metals Technology. (2-4) A study of metals and their machining characteristics and
application. Emphasis is placed on layout, precision measurement, and heat treating.
Laboratory experiences include work with sheet metal, metal casting, and metal lathe
operation. Lab fee $10.
235-3 Solid Modeling. (2-4) A study of complex three-dimensional solid models used
in the fields of mechanical engineering, sheet metal, welding, and other areas of
manufacturing and engineering. Orthographic views projected from solid models and
annotation techniques are used to produce engineering drawings. Prerequisite: I T
105 or 3 semester hours of drafting or approval of instructor. Lab fee $10.
303-3 Industrial Materials. (2-4-WI) A study of the structure, properties, processing,
and application of metallic, polymeric, ceramic, and composite materials utilized
in manufacturing. Laboratory exercises include processing methods, physical and
mechanical testing, modification of properties, manufacturing applications, and
material identification. Lab fee $10.
314-3 Principles of Technology Education. (3-0) A study of the Texas Technology Education
curriculum, to include the areas of communication, manufacturing, construction,
energy, power, transportation, computer applications, bio-related technology, electricity,
electronics, graphics, principles of technology, and other related technologies.
317-3 Machine Tool Technology. (2-4) Fundamentals and principles of metal removal
processes. Emphasis is placed on metal lathes, milling machines, grinding machines,
and electric discharge machines. Prerequisite: I T 117. Lab fee $10.
318-3 Research and Reporting for Technologists. (3-0-WI) A study of research tools,
methods, and data collection techniques used in the field of Engineering Technology.
Emphasis will be placed on gathering, analyzing, and presenting technical information
related to manufacturing topics in both oral and written form. Technical reports,
product documentation, and correspondence will also be discussed. Prerequisites:
ENGL 112 and Junior status or approval of department head.
320-3 Industrial Safety. (3-0) A study of principles and practices used to establish a safe and
healthful environment for industrial personnel. Includes a study of general industrial
safety, safety and health regulation agencies, hazard recognition and correction, and
first aid. Credit for both I T 320 and MGMT 320 will not be awarded.
324-3 Thermoplastic Processing. (2-4) A study of thermoplastic materials and processes
used in plastics manufacturing. Emphasis will be placed on injection molding,
thermoforming, extrusion, rotational casting, expansion processes, hot melt casting,
and coatings. Also the impact of material selection on processing parameters will be
stressed. Lab fee $10.
325-3 Thermoset Plastic Processing. (2-4) A study of the processes, equipment, and molds
that are used to produce thermoset products. Emphasis will be placed on pultrusion,
compression molding, transfer molding, filament winding, and hand lay-up of glass
reinforced composite materials. The properties of thermoset materials will also be
studied. Lab fee $10.
340-3 Ceramics and Jewelry. (2-4) A study of the history, media, and processes used in
the design and creation of jewelry, ceramics, and pottery. Other three-dimensional
media may also be studied. Emphasis is on the historical significance of threedimensional
artifacts as an expression of cultural advancement. Principles and
techniques of investment casting, sculpting in wax, slip casting, and other methods
of creating three-dimensional art will be emphasized. Lab fee $10.
345-3 Industrial Design. (2-4) An application based course that exposes students to
industrial design and provides experience in the varied aspects of the design

Course Descriptions
I T
353
process, culminating in a final, individual design project. Topics include, but are
not limited to: Working drawings, tolerancing, dimensioning, material selection and
pricing, sketching and proper design techniques. Prerequisite: I T 235 or approval of
instructor. Lab fee $10.
350-3 Numerical Control Systems. (2-4) Principles, techniques, and applications found in
numerically controlled machine tool programs. The course will focus on the application
of computer assisted machine programs to generate and verify tool paths. Laboratory
experiences include generating, posting, simulating, and machining N/C part programs.
Prerequisite: I T 117 or approval of instructor. Lab fee $10.
393-3 Modular Technology. (2-4) This course will investigate various systems used in
modular technology education. Modular technology studies will include broadcasting
technology, applied physics, power energy, transportation, graphic communication,
composites, and computer application. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Lab fee $15.
399-v Cooperative Education. (Variable) This course is designed to offer students the
opportunity to integrate academic study with work experience that is germane to
their major or minor. Enrollment requires a two-semester minimum commitment that
may be accomplished by 1) alternating semesters of full-time study with semesters
of curriculum-related employment, or 2) enrolling in courses at least half-time (6
semester hours) and working part-time in parallel positions of curriculum-related
employment. The department Cooperative Education advisor will supervise the
student’s experience and assign the final grade based on the student’s final report
which is required to complete the course. Students may participate in the Cooperative
Education program for an unlimited number of semesters but a maximum of 6
hours credit may be counted toward a degree. Prerequisites: Completion of 30
semester hours which includes 12 hours in the major or minor discipline in which
the Cooperative Education course is desired, minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and a
minimum GPA of 3.0 in the appropriate major or minor field, and department head
approval. Field assignment fee $75.
405-3 Architectural Drafting. (2-4) A course in residential architectural drafting using
computer-aided drafting. Emphasis is placed on residential design and home
planning. Lab fee $10.
450-3 Numerical Control Programming. (2-4) A study of advanced machine control
techniques used in manufacturing including; in-part fixturing, high speed machining,
and table driven parts programs. The role and function of post processors for machine
control will be explored. Lab experiences include designing fixtures, creating post
processors and machining assembles using N/C part programs. Prerequisite: I T
350. Lab fee $10.
461-3 Computer Aided Visualization. (2-4) The principles of computer aided visualization
and simulation as they relate to mechanical design and assemblies. Software tools
will be used to analyze parametric parts and assemblies for strength, function, range
of motion and interference. Photorealistic animation and images will also be produced
to simulate realistic lighting, texture, and colors. Prerequisite: IT 361 or approval of
instructor. Lab fee $10.
484-6 Internship. (0-6) An approved, supervised, comprehensive work experience
consisting of a minimum of 240 hours (6 weeks) in an industrial or manufacturing
enterprise. Prerequisites: Junior or senior classification and approval of academic
advisor and department head. The internship may be repeated for a maximum of 6
hours of credit. Field assignment fee $75.
486-v Problems. (Variable) This course is designed to meet the needs of Engineering
Technology students who have above average academic ability and who need to
pursue subject matter that is not normally included in the Engineering Technology
curriculum. Approval for enrollment in this course shall be with the concurrence of the
individual instructor and the department head. The student must be currently enrolled
in one of the majors offered in the Engineering Technology Department. Prerequisite:
completion of 30 or more hours in the Department of Engineering Technology.
495-3 Engineering Technology Projects. (2-4) A capstone projects course emphasizing a
team approach to the analysis and solutions of manufacturing problems. Projects will
be supplied by industry whenever possible. Emphasizes scheduling, design, working

354 Course Descriptions
KINE
in teams, final written report and presentation. Restricted to Engineering Technology
majors. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Lab fee $15.
586-v Problems. (Variable) Open to students who are pursuing graduate work and have a
background in Engineering Technology. Problem chosen by the student and developed
through conferences and activities directed by the supervising professor. Prerequisite:
Graduate classification and approval of department head.
KINESIOLOGY (KINE)
200-3 Foundations of Kinesiology. (3-0) (TCCNS = PHED 1301) An introductory course
in the field of Kinesiology. Included will be the history of physical education and sport;
health-related fitness concepts; nutrition for sport and athletics; career opportunities in
Kinesiology; and objectives and principles of Kinesiology.
212-3 Introduction to Athletic Training. (2-2) An introductory course required for entrance
into the Athletic Training licensure program. It includes the study and application of
the requirements and competencies necessary for licensure and the skills involved in
the care of the athlete and physically active.
218-3 Theory of Gymnastics and Dance. (2-2) Theory and practice of skills in basic
gymnastics and tumbling; dance activities including square dance, folk, and countrywestern
dance. Prerequisite: KINE 119. Lab fee $5.
219-2 Coaching Football. (1-3) Concentration on skills and techniques in coaching
football.
220-2 Coaching Basketball. (1-3) Concentration on skills and techniques in coaching
basketball.
223-2 Coaching Track and Field. (1-3) Concentration on skills and techniques in coaching
track.
224-2 Coaching Baseball. (1-3) Concentration on skills and techniques of coaching
baseball.
226-2 Coaching Volleyball. (2-2) Concentration on skills and techniques of coaching
volleyball.
227-2 Sports Officiating. (2-2) A course designed to teach the rules and mechanics of
sports officiating in football, basketball, volleyball, and baseball/softball. Students will
be required to assist in a variety of officiating activities outside the formal classroom.
228-2 Coaching Softball. (2-2) Concentration on skills and techniques of coaching softball.
250-3 Games and Activities for Children. (3-0) A course designed to acquaint the student
with the underlying theory and principles of play activities for children and to introduce
the student to a variety of games and activities for children.
310-3 Tests and Measurements. (2-2) Use and function of tests in Exercise and Sport
Studies. Test construction and interpretation will be studied. Statistical techniques
will be reviewed. Prerequisite: 12 hours of Physical Education course work and junior
classification. Lab fee $5.
312-3 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries. (2-2) The study and application of skills
in the prevention and care of injuries affecting the athlete and physically active.
Prerequisites: HLTH 231, BIOL 219. Lab fee $15.
313-3 Assessment of Athletic Injuries and Illnesses. (2-2) The study and application of
principles and techniques for assessment of athletic injuries and illnesses including
signs and symptoms, classification of injuries and illnesses, emergency assessment,
and clinical assessment. Prerequisites: KINE 212, 312, BIOL 219, 220.
314-3 Therapeutic Exercise. (2-2) The study and application of therapeutic exercise
techniques in the rehabilitation of athletic injuries including restoration of range
of motion, muscular strength and endurance, cardiorespiratory endurance,
neuromuscular control, and balance. Prerequisites: KINE 212, 312, BIOL 219, 220.
320-3 Theory of Strength Training and Conditioning. (3-0) The study and survey of
contemporary strength training and conditioning. Successful completion of the course
allows the student to sit for the appropriate examinations relative to being certified as
a Strength and Conditioning Specialist. Prerequisites: BIOL 219 or 220, HLTH 231.
Lab fee $5.
326-3 Outdoor Adventure. (2-2) Outdoor resources and adventure activities are utilized as
opportunities for experiential learning. Activities can include the Tarleton Challenge

Course Descriptions
KINE
355
Course, hiking, backpacking, camping, mountaineering, rock climbing, biking,
canoeing, kayaking, orienteering, safety and first aid. Lab fee $25.
330-3 Motor Behavior. (2-2-WI) A study of the behavioral characteristics for skill acquisition
due to motor, physical, and neuromuscular development. Prerequisites: KINE 200 or
approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
340-3 Integrated Movement Activities. (3-0) A study of movement experiences designed
to integrate concepts of exercise and sport studies with language arts, mathematics,
science, social studies, art, and music. Prerequisite: KINE 250 or approval of
department head.
380-3 Adaptive, Corrective, and Developmental Exercise. (2-2) A study of the
behavioral characteristics, causes, needs, and corrective strategies for individuals
with disabling conditions. Practical application with special needs individuals is a
course requirement. Prerequisite: KINE 330. Lab fee $5.
402-3 Psychological Aspects of Sports. (3-0) This course gives students a basic overview
of sports psychology, covering aspects such as confidence, focus, mental training,
visualization, peak performance, and the mind-body connection. It also examines the
differences between group and individual sports and the mindsets of the prototypical
athletes who engage in them. Prerequisite: Junior or higher classification.
405-3 Practicum in Kinesiology. (1-4) Applied learning experience for Kinesiology majors.
Students will be placed in the Kinesiology Activity Program, Recreational Sports
Program, Human Performance Laboratory, a variety of athletic settings, or other with
instructor’s approval. Departmental Professional Development requirements and
minimum standards of health-related fitness must be completed by the end of the
course. Prerequisites: Senior classification or approval of department head. Lab fee
$5.
412-3 Therapeutic Modalities. (2-2) The study and application of therapeutic modalities
in the care of athletic injuries including psychological aspects, healing process, pain
control, superficial cold and hear, electrotherapy, ultrasound, mechanical energy, and
biofeedback. Prerequisites: KINE 212, 312, BIOL 219, 220.
413-3 Management in Athletic Training. (3-0) A study of the principles and application
of knowledge and skills necessary to manage an athletic training program including
areas of finance, information, insurance, human resources, facilities, ethics, and
legal considerations. Prerequisite: Approval of Director of Athletic Training Education
Program.
414-3 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training I. (1-9) Clinical experience in athletic
training under appropriate supervision of qualified professionals in collegiate and
clinical settings. Prerequisite: Approval of Director of Sports Medicine. Lab fee $5.
415-3 Clinical Experience in Athletic Training II. (1-9) Clinical experience in athletic
training under appropriate supervision of qualified professions in collegiate and high
school settings. Prerequisite: Approval of Director of Sports Medicine. Lab fee $5.
416-3 Individual and Team Sport Skills. (2-2) A course designed to acquaint the student
with a variety of individual and team sport activities. Included will be history,
strategies, and physical skills related to those activities along with foundations of
exercise. Designed as a capstone course prior to student teaching. Prerequisites: 18
hours of KINE course work and EDU 330 or approval of department head. Lab fee
$5.
420-3 Physiology of Exercise. (2-2) Effects of physical exercise on body processes.
Prerequisites: BIOL 219, 220. Lab fee $5.
430-3 Physiotherapy. (2-2) Physiology of exercise in the treatment of the degenerative effects
of sedentary lifestyles associated with chronic disease and/or disabilities. Prerequisite:
KINE 420 or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
440-3 Exercise Electrocardiography. (2-2) A study of the rate, rhythm, and axis of the heart
obtained during graded exercise testing. Prerequisites: BIOL 219 or 220, HLTH 231,
KINE 420, 430 or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
470-3 The Organization and Administration of Kinesiology Programs. (3-0) A course
designed to study the principles, practices, and procedures in the organization and
administration of kinesiology programs. Prerequisites: 12 hours of kinesiology and
senior classification.

356 Course Descriptions
KINE
480-3 Kinesiology. (3-0) Investigation and analysis of human motion in relationship to
structure and function according to general mechanical laws and other factors.
Prerequisites: BIOL 219, 220.
482-6 Internship in Kinesiology. (1-19) Supervised internship with selected agencies
and organizations such as intramural sports, city recreation departments, YMCAs
and YWCAs, Boys’ Clubs, Girl and Boy Scouts, rehabilitation centers, and similar
agencies and organizations. Prerequisites: Senior classification and approval of
department head. Field assignment fee $75.
485-v Seminar. (Credit variable) This course will focus on current topics and issues of
interest in exercise and sport studies. It may be repeated for credit as topics change.
Prerequisites: Junior level standing or approval of department head.
486-v Problems. (Credit variable) Directed study of selected problems in Physical
Education. May be repeated for credit with approval of department head. Restricted
to Physical Education majors and minors.
500-3 Physical Education for the Elementary School Child. (3-0) A study of the unique
physical needs of the elementary school age child and current trends in meeting those
needs. Emphasis upon the identification of appropriate activities for each grade level,
the role of the classroom and special teachers in physical education, and state and
national standards and requirements. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
501-3 Readings in Kinesiology. (3-0) This course is designed as a study of published
reports and research in the field of kinesiology.
502-3 Advanced Psychological Aspects of Sports. (3-0) This course is designed to
help students both learn and apply practical as well as theoretical information as
it relates the psychology of sport. Various mental training skills that can enhance
athletic performance will be covered. Other areas that will be explored include stress,
motivation, goal-setting, leadership, imagery, and self-efficacy.
503-3 Research in Kinesiology. (3-0) The course is designed to prepare students for
publication of papers and articles in professional journals within the Kinesiology
discipline. Emphasis will be placed on extensive reading assignments and discussion
of published and unpublished research. The student is expected to prepare a final
paper and submit for publication in an appropriate professional journal. Prerequisites:
KINE 501 and graduate major in Kinesiology.
505-3 Administration of Athletic Programs. (3-0) A study of the administrative functions
of directors of athletic programs. Liability laws, financial administration, personnel,
public relations, and state laws governing athletic programs will be explored.
506-3 School and Community Health Programs. (3-0) For teachers, coaches, and school
administrators who desire an understanding of a well balanced program.
512-3 Contemporary Issues in Sports Medicine. (3-0) A study of the contemporary issues
in Sports Medicine. Content areas may include eating disorders, injury prevention,
emergency care, drug education and testing, pre-participation physical exams,
history, terminology, specific injury care, and legal and ethical issues.
513-3 Administrative Practices in Sports Medicine. (3-0) An examination and application
of administrative practices related to Sports Medicine. Prerequisite: Acceptance into
the Sports Medicine Advanced Certificate Program.
514-3 Special Topics in Sports Medicine. (3-0) An overview and study of selected special
topics as related to Sports Medicine. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Sports
Medicine Advanced Certificate Program.
515-3 Education and Research in Sports Medicine. (3-0) A study of selected research
topics and position statements as related to Sports Medicine. The course will also
focus on the application of strategies and technology to enhance Sports Medicine
education. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Sports Medicine Advanced Certificate
Program.
516-3 Leadership and Professional Development in Sports Medicine. (3-0) A course
designed to prepare students for the leadership roles related to Sports Medicine.
Issues in Professional development will also be examined. Prerequisite: Acceptance
into the Sports Medicine Advanced Certificate Program.
517-3 Leadership and Professional Development in Kinesiology & Athletics. (3-0) A
course designed to prepare students for the leadership roles related to Kinesiology &

Course Descriptions
KINE-L S-MATH
357
Athletics. Issues in Professional development will also be examined.
525-3 Exercise Prescription through the Lifespan. (2-2) Advanced course in clinical
exercise testing and prescription relative to children, healthy adults, and diseases
of the cardiovascular, pulmonary, metabolic, musculoskeletal, neuromuscular, and
immunologic systems. The course is designed to provide the student with a basic
understanding of the pathphysiology and exercise responses in these populations
and fits with American College of Sports Medicine. Lab fee $10.
526-3 Facilities in Kinesiology, Recreation, & Athletics. (3-0) Principles, terminology,
and standards for planning, constructing, and maintaining kinesiology, recreation,
and athletic facilities.
528-3 Adaptive Physical Education. (3-0) A study of muscle re-education and the
application of exercise to orthopedic, muscular, and neurological disorders. Principles
of planning and directing therapeutic and adaptive programs in physical education
activity.
536-3 Advanced Tests and Measurements in Kinesiology. (3-0) A study of descriptive
and inferential statistical techniques used in a variety of health-related and athleticrelated
tests. Test construction, reliability, validity, and objectivity methods will be
studied.
540-3 Motor Learning and Control. (3-0) A survey of the theories and practical applications
of human motor performance and achievement.
570-3 History of Physical Education. (3-0) A survey of physical education and sports from
the origins in Ancient Greece to the present. The emphasis being social and cultural
developments that contributed to the growth of physical education and sports in the
modern world.
585-3 Seminar. (3-0) Discussion of laws, certification, professional ethics, and other current
programs relating to health and physical education. May be repeated for credit when
topics vary.
586-v Problems. (Credit variable) Directed study of elected problems in health and
physical education. Prerequisite: KINE 501.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when the student is ready to begin the thesis. No credit until
the thesis is completed. Prerequisites: KINE 501, EDU 557, and consent of major
professor.
599-3 Internship. (1-7) Supervised work experience in an athletic related position with
public schools, community colleges, and university and colleges. The internship
course is typically a one-semester course; however, this course may be repeated in
order for the student to successfully complete the intern experience. Only 3 hours of
internship will be applied to the MS degree. Prerequisite: Completion of at least 18
graduate hours and approval of the graduate advisor. Field assignment fee $75.
LIBERAL STUDIES (L S)
498-3 Liberal Studies Capstone Course. (3-0-WI) This course requires students to integrate
and use fundamental concepts learned in previous courses within the students’
degree concentrations including research and analysis of real-world phenomena and
problems. Students will present written reports on their research, supplemented by
appropriate internet and multimedia materials, as well as portfolios documenting their
research. This is a writing intensive course for Liberal Studies majors. Prerequisites:
CIS 103 or 300; ENGL 309; senior standing, approved degree plan for Bachelor of
Science in Liberal Studies program.
MATHEMATICS (MATH)
100-3 Basic Mathematics. (3-0) This course features an intensive study of basic arithmetic
concepts and skills, and the introduction to basic algebra as a preparatory course for
MATH 101, Fundamentals of College Algebra. It does not count for degree credit. A
student must earn a grade of at least C in order to progress to MATH 101. Course fee
$10.
101-3 Fundamentals of College Algebra. (3-0) A study of functions, polynomials (including
operations and factoring), rational expressions and equations, systems of linear
equations in two and three variables, and exponents. Approved graphing calculator

358 Course Descriptions
MATH
required. Not for degree credit. A student cannot get credit for MATH 101 if credit has
previously been received for MATH 107. A student must earn a grade of at least C in
order to progress to MATH 107. Enrollment in this course will be in accordance with
the Mathematics Placement and Continuing Enrollment Rules. Course fee $10.
107-3 College Algebra. (3-0) (TCCNS = MATH 1314) The study of quadratic, polynomial,
exponential, and logarithmic functions and equations; conic sections; sequences
and series; and the Binomial Theorem. Additional topics may include: mathematical
induction and matrices. Approved graphing calculator required. Prerequisite:
Enrollment in this course will be in accordance with the Mathematics Placement and
Continuing Enrollment Rules. Course fee $40.
108-3 Elementary Applied Mathematics. (3-0) (TCCNS = MATH 1332) Elementary
mathematical applications to problems of finance, probability, statistics, and
geometry, and the development of reasoning skills. This course cannot be counted
on a degree program for a mathematics major. Prerequisite: Enrollment in this course
will be in accordance with the Mathematics Placement and Continuing Enrollment
Rules. Course fee $10.
109-3 Plane Trigonometry. (3-0) (TCCNS = MATH 1316) Angles and coordinates,
trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles and applications, reduction theorems
and formulas, identities and conditional equations, addition formulas and derived
relations, angular and linear speed, logarithms, and radian measure. Prerequisite:
MATH 107 or concurrent registration. Course fee $40.
110-3 Math for Business I. (3-0) (TCCNS = MATH 1324) Linear equations and applications,
linear forms and systems of linear equations, matrix algebra and applications, linear
programming, probability and applications, and statistics. Prerequisite: Enrollment in
this course will be in accordance with the Mathematics Placement and Continuing
Enrollment Rules. Course fee $10.
111-3 Mathematics for Business II. (3-0) (TCCNS = MATH 1325) Application of
mathematical concepts to topics from finance, management science, marketing,
and economics. Concepts addressed include linear models, exponential functions,
probability and statistics, and introductory calculus concepts. This course cannot be
counted on a degree program for a mathematics major. Prerequisite: MATH 107 or
110. Course fee $10.
118-4 Precalculus. (3-3) (TCCNS = MATH 2412) Applications of algebra and trigonometry
to the study of elementary functions and their graphs including polynomial, rational,
exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. Additional topics will be
chosen from analytical geometry, mathematical induction, sequences, and series.
Prerequisite: Enrollment in this course will be in accordance with the Mathematics
Placement and Continuing Enrollment Rules. Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
120-4 Calculus I. (3-3) (TCCNS = MATH 2413) Algebraic and transcendental functions, limits,
continuity, derivatives and related applications, an introduction to the definite integral,
integration, and the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. Use of computer technology and
laboratory assignments will be required in this course. Prerequisite: MATH 109 or MATH
118. Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
131-3 Introduction to Probability and Statistics. (3-0) Introduction to sets, counting
techniques, probability, random variables, mean and variance, distributions, and
statistical inference. Credit for MATH 131 will not be given if credit for MATH 300 has
previously been awarded. Prerequisite: MATH 107. Course fee $10.
209-4 Calculus II. (3-3) (TCCNS = MATH 2414) Applications of integration, integration
techniques, sequences and infinite series, power series, parametric and polar curves.
Use of computer technology and laboratory assignments will be required in this course.
Prerequisite: MATH 120. Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
232-3 Applied Matrix Algebra. (3-0) An introduction to matrix and vector arithmetic,
Gaussian Elimination, matrix factorization, determinant, matrix inverse, eigenvalues
and eigenvectors. Applications to be chosen from linear models, linear optimization
and the Simplex Method, orthogonal projections and least-square problems, matrix
diagonalization, discrete dynamical systems, cryptology and computer graphics.
Technology will be emphasized. Prerequisite: MATH 120. Course fee $10.
300-3 Principles of Statistics. (3-0) Data collection and analysis, elementary probability,

Course Descriptions
MATH
359
discrete and continuous distributions, regression, correlation, estimation, and
nonparametric methods. This course cannot be counted on a degree program for a
mathematics major. Credit cannot be awarded for both MATH 300 and MATH 350.
Prerequisite: MATH 107. Course fee $10.
301-3 Number Theory. (3-0) The study of congruence relations, rational integers,
diophantine equations, quadratic reciprocity law, linear forms, integral domains, and
related topics. Prerequisite: 6 hours of MATH including MATH 120.
302-3 Principles of Geometry. (3-2) Euclidean geometry topics including logic, properties of
parallel lines, triangles, quadrilaterals, circles, measurement, similarity, proportionality,
and transformations. Technology will be incorporated where appropriate. Credit for
both MATH 302 and MATH 402 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: MATH 120. Course
fee $10. Lab fee $5.
303-3 Concepts of Elementary Mathematics I. (3-2) Problem solving, sets, functions,
logic, elementary number theory, concepts of properties of whole numbers, rational
numbers, integers, and real numbers. Designed for those planning to teach in
elementary school. Prerequisites: MATH 107 and Junior standing. Course fee $15.
Lab fee $5.
305-3 Concepts of Elementary Mathematics II. (3-2) Basic concepts in algebra, geometry,
calculators and computers, metric system and measurement, and probability and
statistics. Prerequisite: MATH 303. Course fee $15. Lab fee $5.
306-3 Differential Equations. (3-0) Solutions and applications of homogeneous and
nonhomogeneous ordinary differential equations, including first-order equations and
higher-order linear equations. Qualitative properties of solutions are investigated, as
well as exact methods for solving differential equations and initial value problems
including series, Laplace transforms, separation of variables, variation of parameters,
and undetermined coefficients. Prerequisite: MATH 209.
309-3 Algebraic Functions. (3-0) Surveys elements of Algebra with in-depth examination
of sets, functions, quadratic equations, polynomials, exponential and logarithmic
functions. To fulfill degree requirements for math or for electives, students must earn
a grade of C or better. (May be used to fulfill the College Algebra requirement except
for teacher education.)
310-3 Discrete Mathematics. (3-0) Introduces students to the techniques and tools of
reasoning, decision making and combinational problem solving. Topics include sets
and logic, combinations, probability, relations and functions, Boolean properties and
graph theory. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or concurrent enrollment.
311-3 Probability and Statistics I. (3-0) Topics will include probability axioms and properties;
conditional probability and independence; counting techniques; and discrete,
continuous, univariate, and multivariate random variables. Prerequisites: MATH 209.
332-3 Linear Algebra. (3-0) A study of the theory of real vector spaces and linear
transformations. Topics include vector spaces, inner product, norm, distance,
subspaces, spanning sets, linear dependence and independence, bases, dimension,
linear systems, coordinates, linear transformations, kernel, image, isomorphisms,
inverse linear transformations, matrix representations of linear transformations,
similarity, direct sums, and canonical forms. Prerequisites: MATH 209, MATH 232
and MATH 310.
333-4 Calculus III. (3-3) The calculus of two dimensional vectors, parametric equations,
cylindrical and spherical coordinates, multivariable differential calculus, directional
derivatives and their applications, multiple integration, vector analysis, line and surface
integrals, Green’s Theorem, Stokes’s Theorem. Use of computer technology and
laboratory assignments will be required in this course. Prerequisite: MATH 209. Course
fee $10. Lab fee $5.
350-4 Principles of Bio-Statistics. (3-2) An introduction to statistical methods that are applied
in biology and agriculture. Use of technology and hands-on laboratory assignments
will be required in this course. This course cannot be counted on a degree program
for a mathematics major. Credit cannot be awarded for both MATH 300 and 350.
Prerequisite: MATH 107. Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
360-3 Numerical Analysis. (3-0) An introduction to numerical analysis. Topics will be selected
from error analysis, solving algebraic equations, interpolation, numerical differentiation

360 Course Descriptions
MATH
and integration, methods for solving systems of equations, approximation theory, and
initial value problems of ordinary differential equations. Prerequisite: MATH 209 and 3
hours of C S.
402-3 College Geometry. (3-2) Euclidean geometry topics including logic, properties of
parallel lines, triangles, quadrilaterals, circles, measurement, similarity, proportionality,
and transformations. Additional topics include projective and non-Euclidean geometry.
Technology will be incorporated where appropriate. Credit for both MATH 302 and
MATH 402 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: MATH 120. Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
404-3 Survey of Mathematical Ideas. (3-0) This course is designed to bring together and
supplement the technical material of other mathematics courses to communicate
mathematics effectively. Topics in algebra, trigonometry, geometry, statistics, and
discrete mathematics will be explored. Technology will be used where appropriate.
Prerequisites: MATH 120 and MATH 302 or MATH 402 or concurrent enrollment.
Course fee $10.
405-3 Concepts of Elementary Mathematics III. (3-0) This course is designed to develop
and extend the mathematical content knowledge of prospective middle school
teachers. Topics will include the development of algebraic reasoning through the use
of patterns, relations, and functions with an emphasis on multiple representations
(numerical, graphical, verbal, and/or symbolic). Technology will be integrated into the
curriculum where appropriate. Prerequisite: Junior Standing with at least one of the
following: MATH 305 or MATH 402 or concurrent enrollment in MATH 402. Course
fee $10.
409-3 Advanced Analysis. (3-0-WI) A study of the theory of the calculus of functions of a
single variable. Topics include the topology of the real line, functions, sequences and
their limits, continuity, differentiation, and integration. Prerequisite: MATH 209.
411-3 Probability and Statistics II. (3-0) Topics will include normal distributions; sampling
distributions; the central limit theorem; descriptive statistics; and the theory of
statistical estimation and testing, with applications to proportions, means, contingency
tablets univariate linear regression, and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: MATH
311.
420-3 Mathematical Modeling. (3-0) An advanced course in mathematical modeling
requiring students to build and validate deterministic models of complex phenomena.
The course will emphasize both qualitative and quantitative computational techniques
of applied mathematics. Prerequisites: MATH 209 and 6 hours of advanced MATH.
432-3 Abstract Algebra. (3-0-WI) The study of preliminary notions, group theory, the
theory of rings and ideals, and polynomial rings. Prerequisite: MATH 332.
470-3 Introductory to History of Mathematics (3-0) An introduction to the historical and
philosophical development of the various branches of mathematics. The evolution
of mathematical ideas will be studied from their developmental stages to the modern
concepts used today. Prerequisite: 6 advanced hours in MATH.
484-3 Internship. (0-4) The student will complete a supervised and comprehensive work
experience in a mathematics-related position with a public or private business
organization for career preparation in a mathematics-related enterprise. The work
experience must be formally approved and arranged with a cooperating sponsor prior
to semester of enrollment in the course, and should be completed within the semester
of course enrollment. Oral and written reports of the internship experience will be
required. Prerequisite: At least 24 hours of degree-applicable MATH coursework with
no grade lower than a ‘C’ in a MATH course, minimum 2.6 MATH GPA, minimum 2.6
overall GPA, junior or senior classification, and approval of department head. Field
assignment fee $75.
486-v Mathematics Problems. (Credit variable) Special problems in mathematics. Not
covered by any course in the curriculum. Work may be either theory or laboratory.
May be repeated with approval of the department head for additional credit when
fewer than four credits have been earned. Prerequisite: Approval of department
head.
488-v Undergraduate Research Project. (Credit variable) Methods of research in the
mathematical sciences or in mathematics education through a research project
directed by a departmental faculty member. The student is required to prepare a final

Course Descriptions
MATH
361
report and presentation. No credit is earned until the student has enrolled in at least
3 credit hours and the final report and presentation are certified as completed by the
faculty member directing the project, at which time the student will receive 3 credit
hours. Prerequisite: Mathematics major, junior standing, 24 semester hours MATH
and approval of department head.
490-3 Math Topics. (3-0) Topics will be selected from areas of mathematics suitable for
upper level study. This course may be repeated once, with department head approval,
as topics change. Prerequisite: MATH 209 and 6 hours of advanced MATH.
501-3 Nonparametric Statistics. (3-0) Introduction to nonparametric statistics. Topics will
include hypothesis testing, contingency tables, rank tests, and goodness-of-fit tests.
Prerequisite: MATH 300 or MATH 311 or MATH 350 or MATH 505.
505-3 Probability and Statistics. (3-0) Topics will be selected from: distributions and
stochastic processes, parametric and nonparametric statistics, and time series analysis.
Prerequisite: MATH 311.
506-3 Dynamical Systems. (3-0) Advanced study of dynamical systems. Topics will be
selected from discrete and continuous dynamical systems, sensitivity analysis,
models of the physical, life, and social sciences, and bifurcation analysis. Prerequisite:
MATH 306 and MATH 332.
508-3 Abstract Algebra. (3-0) Topics will be selected from: groups, homomorphism,
isomorphism, direct products and sums, invariant properties, rings, and fields.
Prerequisite: MATH 432.
509-3 Complex Variables. (3-0) An introduction to complex analysis. Topics will be selected
from elementary operations and analytic functions, curves and integrals, power
series, Cauchy’s theorem, zeroes and singularities of analytic functions, Laurent
series, maximum principle, analytic continuation, harmonic functions, conformal
mapping and transformations. Prerequisite: MATH 333.
511-3 Operations Research. (3-0) This course examines the theoretical support and
applications of the simplex algorithm for linear programming and for dynamic
programming. Transportation and scheduling problems are among the applications
to be emphasized. Prerequisite: MATH 332.
512-3 Design of Experiments. (3-0) Students will learn about planning and conducting
an experiment. Data analysis using appropriate software is covered. Prerequisite:
MATH 505 or approval of department head.
520-3 Real Analysis. (3-0) Topics will be chosen from: sets and operators; cardinal
numbers and ordinal types; metric spaces and Lebesque measure; metric properties
of sets; differentiation and integration. Prerequisite: MATH 409.
530-3 Mathematical Modeling. (3-0) An advanced course in mathematical modeling.
Topics will be selected from scaling, dimensional analysis, regular and singular
perturbation theory, stability theory, and asymptotic analysis. Prerequisites: MATH
306 and MATH 332.
540-3 Topology. (3-0) An introduction to point set topology. Topics will include open
and closed sets, interior, closure, boundary, neighborhoods, continuous functions,
separation and subspaces. Additional topics will be selected from compactness,
connectedness and continua. Prerequisite: MATH 409.
550-3 Linear Algebra. (3-0) An advanced course in linear algebra. Topics to be selected
from linear spaces and operators, canonical forms, quadratic forms and optimization,
computation and condition, and compatible systems. Prerequisite: MATH 332.
560-3 Numerical Analysis. (3-0) An advanced study of numerical analysis. Topics will
be selected from linear systems, approximation theory, numerical differential and
integral equations, integration theory. Prerequisite: MATH 409 and either 360 or 6
hours C S.
570-3 History of Mathematics. (3-0) A historical and philosophical development of
mathematics from earliest times down to the present. Mathematical topics are
presented in a historical and philosophical setting not only to provide a unifying
theme, but also to illustrate how the evolution of mathematical ideas finally led to
modern concepts in the field. Students having prior credit for History of Mathematics
will not receive credit for MATH 570. Prerequisite: 6 advanced hours in MATH.
571-3 Euclidean and Non-Euclidean Geometries. (3-0) This course focuses on important

362 Course Descriptions
MATH
geometric concepts of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometric from an axiomatic
perspective. Technology will be included where appropriate. Prerequisite: 3 hours of
undergraduate geometry. Course fee $15.
573-3 Theory of Functions. (3-0) This course is designed to emphasize the role of function
as the key unifying concept of mathematics and to extend the understanding of the
structural foundations of mathematics. The properties of various families of functions
will also be studied. Prerequisite: 24 hours of MATH, including MATH 120. Course
fee $15.
575-3 Statistical Reasoning and Probability. (3-0) This course focuses on statistical
reasoning and decision making by extending the elements of probability and statistic
introduced in an undergraduate course. Topics may include probability theory,
distribution functions, statistical inference, sampling methods, regressional analysis,
and ANOVA. Technology will be incorporated where appropriate. Prerequisite: 3
hours of undergraduate statistics. Course fee $15.
576-3 Topics in Secondary Mathematics. (3-0) This course applies the standards of
the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics to the curriculum of secondary
mathematics. It explores techniques to implement the standards through the use of
manipulative, graphing handhelds, and computer technology. Prerequisite: 24 hours
of MATH, including MATH 120. Course fee $15.
577-3 In-depth Mathematical Reasoning (3-0) The study of mathematics from an
advanced perspective, taking into account not only the interconnections among
topics but their relationship to higher mathematics. Important new mathematical
insights and understandings will be revealed in its structure and its applicability. The
focus will be on concept analysis, problem analysis, and mathematical connections
as well as mathematical habits of mind. Prerequisite: 24 hours from MATH, including
MATH 120. Course fee $15.
578-3 Technology-Aided Mathematics. (3-0) Students will engage in mathematical
problem-solving using technological tools. Technologies may include graphing
handhelds, data collection devices, computer software packages, and internet
resources. This course may be repeated for credit as the topic changes. Prerequisite:
24 hours of MATH, including MATH 120. Course fee $15.
579-3 Trends and Issues in Research. (3-0) In this seminar-style course, students have
a forum for discussion and presentation of inquiries into the history, current trends,
and issues pertaining to analysis of research trends in mathematics education
and its effect on policy, curriculum, and the teaching and learning of mathematics.
Prerequisite: 24 hours of MATH, including MATH 120. Course fee $15.
580-3 Selected Topics in Mathematical Theory. (3-0) An examination of topics in
mathematical theory appropriate for secondary mathematics educators. Topics
will be selected from geometry and topology, number theory, modern algebra, and
library research in mathematics. This course may be repeated for credit as the topic
changes. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
586-v Advanced Special Problems in Mathematics. (Credit variable) Special problems
in mathematics. Work may be either theory or laboratory. May be repeated with
approval of the department head for additional credit when fewer than four credits
have been earned. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when the student’s committee chair determines the student
is ready to begin the thesis. No credit is earned until the student has enrolled in at
least 6 credit hours of thesis and the thesis is certified as completed by the student’s
committee, at which time the student will be awarded 6 credit hours of thesis.
Prerequisite: 18 hours of approved graduate credit toward the degree and consent of
the student’s committee.
590-3 Selected Topics in Mathematics. (3-0) An examination of topics in applied
mathematics. Topics for study will be selected from advanced mathematical
modeling, advanced numerical techniques, practical optimizations, calculus of
variations, dynamic programming, integral equations, optimal control, perturbation
methods, and library research in applied mathematics. This course may be repeated
for credit as the topic changes. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
598-1 Research Analysis. (1-0) An overview of the components of research in the main

Course Descriptions
MET-MGMT
363
areas of mathematics. These areas will include pure mathematics and statics,
applied mathematics and statistics, and mathematics education. The course will
culminate with a study of what is a proper literary review and how to submit an article
for publication. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the mathematics department or
approval of the department head.
MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (MET)
216-3 Introduction to Manufacturing Systems. (2-4) A study of organizational and
production techniques used in manufacturing. A thematic team approach will be
used to design and produce a product using principles of mass production. Concepts
of manufacturing that will be studied will include: principles of tooling, quality, plant
layout, resource planning and scheduling. Lab fee $10.
326-3 Ergonomics and Work Methods. (2-3) Introduction to the design of man-machine
systems with particular emphasis on the application of ergonomics to the manufacturing
workplace and environment. Use of anthropometric data in design; limitations of human
performance; effects of environmental stress on work performance, safety, and health.
Prerequisite: MATH 107 and 3 hours of statistics or concurrent enrollment. Lab fee $10.
336-3 Industrial Controls. (3-2) The theory and application of electronic programmable
devices such as programmable logic controllers, temperature controllers, counters,
etc. Emphasis is also given to control devices using pneumatics and hydraulics.
Ladder logic and input/output devices will be emphasized. Prerequisite: MATH 109.
Lab fee $10.
386-3 Quality Management. (2-2) A study of the application of various methods used by
manufacturing to quantify product quality. This will include a review of the ASTM,
ANSI, and ISO tests as they apply to metallic, polymeric, ceramic, and composite
materials. Statistical Quality Control, Statistical Process Control, Total Quality
Management, and ISO 9000 will also be investigated. Laboratory assignments will
acquaint the student with the variety of instrumentation that is used in quality control
and their use. Prerequisite: 3 hours of statistics or concurrent enrollment. Lab fee
$10.
426-3 Computer Simulation. (2-2) An introduction to systems simulation with special
emphasis on discrete event simulation, random number generators, common
simulation approaches, independence issue, steady state conditions, survey of
simulation languages, model validation, and output analysis. The student will be able
to develop simulation models of industrial systems and to understand the issues
involved in simulation studies. Lab fee $10.
436-3 Production Planning. (3-0) A study of the principles and theory used in the design
and maintenance of production operations and inventory systems. These include
forecasting techniques, inventory models, production control models and assembly
line balancing. Particular emphasis is on MRP. Just-in-Time, and Synchronous
Manufacturing. Prerequisites: MATH 120 and 3 hours of statistics or concurrent
enrollment.
446-3 Manufacturing Management. (3-0) Applications of modern manufacturing principles
including: design for manufacturability, group technology, just-in-time, synchronous
manufacturing, concurrent engineering, flexible manufacturing, and product
management to effectively manage the manufacturing environment. Prerequisite:
MATH 107.
476-3 Automated Manufacturing Systems. (3-0) An analysis of materials flows to design
automated manufacturing systems in the manufacturing environment. This will
include material handling systems, how computer-aided manufacturing software
improves productivity, automated storage and retrieval systems, automated guided
vehicles, bar-coding systems, automated warehousing, and the programming and
application of robots. Prerequisites: MET 336, 386.
MANAGEMENT (MGMT)
301-3 Principles of Management. (3-0) A study of the basic managerial functions of planning,
organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling resources to accomplish organizational
goals. The systems concept of management and role of the manager in each level

364 Course Descriptions
MGMT
of the organization are emphasized. Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of
department head.
302-3 Personnel/Human Resources Management. (3-0) Fundamental functions of
human resources management; relationship between personnel management and
organizations’ emerging role of personnel administration in development of strategic
policy for organizations. Prerequisite: MGMT 301.
303-3 Supervisory Management. (3-0) Investigates the role, function, and responsibilities
of the supervisor in modern organizations through study of sociological and
psychological theories in human relations. The primary emphasis is on development
of supervisory skills in communications, motivation, discipline, morale, and
grievances as they arise in superior-subordinate relationships. Prerequisite: MGMT
301 or approval of department head.
304-3 Small Business Management. (3-0) Oriented toward planning for and managing a
small business, starting a business, and buying a business franchise. May include
computer simulation and consultation for actual small business. Prerequisites: MGMT
301, ACC 204, MKTG 314 or department head approval.
320-3 Industrial Safety. (3-0) A study of principles and practices used to establish a safe
and healthful environment for industrial personnel. Includes a study of general
industrial safety, safety and health regulation agencies, hazard recognition and
correction, and first aid. Credit for both I T 320 and MGMT 320 will not be awarded.
325-3 Advanced Leadership Applications (3-0) Advanced studies of contemporary
leadership issues; the history of leadership; leadership theories; leadership ethics
and values; group dynamics; organizational behavior; methods of effective team
building; community activism; the politics of gender, race, disability, and age; the
dynamic of power; and the aspect of professional networking. Course will include in
depth study of above mentioned topics, as well as extensive discussion and research
of related leadership issues. Prerequisites: MGMT 301 or approval of department
head.
350-3 Organization Behavior. (3-0) This course provides a comprehensive analysis of the
behavior of people at work in all types of organizations. Topics include fundamentals
of organizational behavior: values, ethics, motivation, group dynamics, individual
differences, attitudes, decision-making, conflict, power, change, stress, leadership,
rewarding behavior, communication, and organizational structure.
402-3 Creating Productive Relationships. (3-0) A practical and theoretical course dealing
with behavior. Emphasis will be on identifying and classifying behavior in order to better
understand behavior and to develop strategies for effectively managing interpersonal
relationships. Exercises and role playing are used to illustrate major points. Materials
fee required.
403-3 Wage and Salary Administration. (3-0) Wage and salary administration in public and
private organizations; determinants of general wage and salary levels and structures;
total compensation systems, interrelationship among employee performance,
intrinsic and extrinsic rewards, perceived equitable payments, employee satisfaction.
Prerequisite: MGMT 302.
404-3 Recruitment, Selection and Placement. (3-0) Recruitment and selection of
human resources for organizations; optimal utilization of human resources within
organizations; use of tests and other techniques in human resource management.
Prerequisite: MGMT 302.
405-3 Human Resource Development. (3-0) Practical and theoretical approaches
to training and development of employees in an organization. Topics include
organization, role and scope, training and development functions, philosophies,
strategies, need analysis, development of program content, methods, materials and
techniques, and evaluation and control of the training and development function.
Prerequisite: MGMT 302.
406-3 Employee and Labor Relations. (3-0) Collective bargaining, labor market
fundamentals, unionism, and related issues of labor economics.
407-3 Business Ethics. (3-0-WI) An analysis and examination of significant contemporary
ethical issues and problems existing throughout the professional business arena.
Emphasis will be upon the manager’s social and environmental responsibilities to

Course Descriptions
MGMT
365
employees, customers, and the public.
412-3 Entrepreneurship. (3-0) Addresses the process of generating ideas for new
business, writing comprehensive business plans. Emphasis on information sources,
industry analysis. Prerequisite: Senior classification in a business discipline or
approval of instructor.
414-3 Supply Chain and Logistics Concepts. (3-0) The key business concepts, issues
and decisions required for the organization and management of supply chains
within the perspective of a global marketplace. Supply Chain Management involved
planning and coordinating the value-adding activities and flow of materials/finished
goods and information among the organizational units or firms that participate in
the product fulfillment process so that products are distributed to customers in the
right quantity, at the right time, and at the lowest total supply chain cost subject to
customer and other service requirements. Credit cannot be awarded for both MGMT
414 and MKTG 414.
421-3 Production and Operations Management. (3-0) Topics covered include: industrial
organization, scientific management, planning and control, building locations and
layouts, wage rates, corporation relationships, and research. Prerequisites: MGMT
301, FIN 301, G B 311.
422-3 Management Science. (3-0) Applications and use of quantitative techniques of
decision making with emphasis on management needs. Relation of techniques to
computer-generated solutions. Prerequisites: CIS 104, G B 311, and 6 hours of MATH;
approval of instructor.
450-3 Management Information Systems. (3-2-WI) This course investigates management
issues related to business information systems designed to meet the informational
needs of the various business subsystems. The concepts of systems development,
security, privacy and ethics associated with information systems are stressed.
Prerequisites: CIS 103 or 3 hours Advanced CIS or ACC/CIS 301 and Junior
classification. Credit will be awarded for only 1 of the following courses: ACC 450,
CIS 450, or MGMT 450. Course fee $15. Lab fee $15.
454-3 International Management. (3-0) A global approach to the study of management
to include international dimensions of the marketplace and environment, the role
of culture, international strategic management, organizational behavior and human
resource management.
484-3 Internship. (1-6) Preapproved and supervised work experience in a management
related position with a public or private business organization. May be repeated for a
total of 6 hours credit. Prerequisites: Junior classification and approval of department
head. Field assignment fee $75.
485-3 Seminar in Management (3-0) Deals with current issues in management. Readings
are required from current management publications and other related periodicals.
May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Prerequisites: 15 hours in MGMT and
approval of department head.
486-v Problems. (variable) A directed study of selected problems in management. May
be repeated with department head approval. Prerequisites: Senior classification and
approval of department head.
489-3 Global Management Practices. (3-0) A study of basic international business
concepts, cultural literacy, and discipline specific content are then applied to practical
experiences and activities in the foreign country visited. A study abroad at the
student’s expense is required. Student may complete a maximum of six hours of
COBA sponsored study abroad toward degree completion. Prerequisites: Junior or
Senior status. GB 489, MGMT 489, or MKTG 489 may not be taken concurrently.
Field assignment fee of $75.
500-3 Foundations of Management. (3-0) Students develop an integrated strategic,
operational, and process view of the organization. Focus is on operations, marketing,
information systems, research processes and statistical techniques for decision
making, management, leadership and ethics, and human resource management.
Students demonstrate mastery of secondary research techniques, case analysis
methodology, communication skills, and hands-on computer skills. Prerequisite:
For MBA, MS HRM, and MS ML majors: Course must be taken within the first 12

366 Course Descriptions
MGMT
graduate hours OR with the approval of the department head. Prerequisite for all
other majors: Approval of instructor.
501-3 Organizational Behavior. (3-0) Behavioral theory in organizational context. A study of
individual and group dynamics in the business environment. Specific emphasis is given
to leadership, motivation, communication, employee supervision, and morale.
504-3 Personnel Problems Seminar. (3-0) Concerned with developing the student’s
proficiency in applying principles and technical tools to such personnel problems as
employment, employee education and training, labor relations, industrial health and
safety, wage and salary administration, and employee services.
505-3 Analytical Methods for Management Decisions. (3-0) A study of analytical
techniques which may be used to facilitate decisions analysis. Topics include the
concept of utility, break even analysis, network models, linear programming, game
theory and computer simulation. Course activity will consist of surveying analytical
techniques which may be used to facilitate analysis of alternative decisions and
practice in applying the techniques through problem solving. Prerequisites: G B 311
or MATH 300 and graduate standing.
506-3 Influencing Organizational Productivity through Interpersonal Relations. (3-0) A
practical and theoretical course dealing with interpersonal behavior and its influence
on organizational productivity. Emphasis will be on identifying and classifying
behavior in order to better understand behavior and to develop strategies for creating
productive relationships with others. Particular emphasis is directed toward the
impact of interpersonal behavior in business organizations and the potential effect on
productivity. Materials fee required.
507-3 Responsibilities and Ethics of Leadership. (3-0) An examination of an
organization’s social and environmental responsibilities to its employees, customers,
and the general public. Practical emphasis is given to the case study method for
evaluating the performance of various organizations. Establishes a theoretical
framework for understanding ethics, principles and values of leadership as they affect
the organization, the organizational environment and society.
508-3 Analysis & Design of Organizations. (3-0) Examines theories, processes and “fit”
models of organization design. Emphasizes alignment of structure, technology,
information systems, reward systems, people and culture, and management processes
with organizational goals. Compares and contrasts the flexible, adaptive learning
organization with the traditional centralized, standardized, and formalized organization.
509-3 Seminar on Management and Leadership. (3-0) Examines and explores the
distinctions between management and leadership. Emphasis is on the case study
method for examining the applications of leadership principles and theoretical
models to varied organizational situations. This course focuses on developing
leaders who can effectively deal with the rapidly changing leadership challenges that
modern organizations face. MS, Management students must take this course as their
integrating capstone course having completed or be concurrently completing the
core courses for the program.
510-3 Leadership Development. (3-0) Leadership is explored through the process of
developing oneself as a leader while developing followers. Emphasis is placed upon
learning the skills necessary to lead through the ethical use of influence in order to
achieve organizational strategic goals.
511-3 Managing Operations and Services. (3-0) A study of concepts, models and
methods used to effectively manage the manufacturing and/or service operations of
for-profit and not–for-profit organizations. Emphasis will be placed on the design and
use of cross-functional operations planning, control, and support systems. Topics
of contemporary relevance will be examined to include supply chain management,
enterprise resource planning, time-based competition, and quality improvement.
513-3 Strategic Impact of Technology. (3-0) Explores the strategic implications of
emerging information systems and communication technology on both for-profit and
not-for-profit organizations. Students will research, evaluate, present, and discuss
case situations of current and potential technology applications. Students will have
opportunities to interact with representatives of national and global entities that
are either developing or applying technology. Emphasis will be on trend and issue

Course Descriptions
MGMT-MKTG
367
identification, managing and interfacing with technology, organizational implications,
and strategic insight.
568-3 Organizational Development and Change. (3-0) Study, research and analysis of
pro-active strategies for organizational change using the theories and techniques
of applied behavioral science. Examines the phases of consulting, strategies,
intervention decisions and actions, multiple roles, skills and phases of internal and
external consultants, ethical dilemmas and guidelines and the implementation of
action research. A complete, step-by-step, intervention strategy is developed during
this course.
585-3 Management Seminar. (3-0) Selected management topics of current importance to
business management. May be repeated once for credit when topics vary.
586-v Problems. (Credit variable) This course offers students the opportunity to study
management topics and perform research within the student’s area of interest as
directed by the responsible professor. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
589-3 Global Management Practices. (15-0) A study of basic international business
concepts, cultural literacy, and discipline specific content are then applied to practical
experiences and activities in the foreign country visited. A study abroad at the
student’s expense is required. Student may complete a maximum of six hours of
COBA sponsored study abroad toward degree completion. Prerequisites: Admission
into a COBA graduate program and approval of instructor.
595-3 Internship. (1-8) Prepared and supervised work experience in a management-related
position with a public or private business organization. May be repeated for a total of 6
hours credit. Prerequisite: Approval of MBA Director. Field assignment fee $75.
MARKETING (MKTG)
312-3 Public Relations. (3-0) A study of the techniques used in planning public relations
programs for businesses, schools, churches, and civic associations. Topics include
press relations, crisis management, advertising, speech writing, and campaign
activities. Credit for both COMS 312 and MKTG 312 will not be awarded. Prerequisite:
3 hours of COMS.
314-3 Marketing. (3-0) Examination of the principles and concepts of marketing goods,
services, and intangibles by profit and non-profit organizations in a free enterprise and
global economy. Prerequisite: Junior classification.
315-3 Personal Selling. (3-0) A study of the role and function of personal selling as a part
of the marketing mix. Techniques in identifying and locating prospective customers,
approaching the prospect, presentation, and demonstrations of products and
services, closing the sale, and servicing customer accounts are covered in theory
and practice. Prerequisite: MKTG 314 or approval of department head.
316-3 Consumer Behavior. (3-0) Acquaints students with individual and group behavior of
people performing in consumer role. Considers such topics as buying motives, social
class, and research techniques in consumer behavior. Prerequisite: MKTG 314.
317-3 Retailing. (3-0) Fundamental operations of retailing, studying of buying practices,
pricing, store locations and layout, sales promotions, personnel management, and
stock control. Designed to aid the student seeking a general knowledge of the retail
field as well as those specializing in Marketing. Prerequisite: MKTG 314.
318-3 Promotional Strategy. (3-0) The study of a controlled, integrated program
of promotional variables. Designed to present a company and its products to
prospective customers; to promote need-satisfying attributes of products toward the
end of facilitating sales and long-run performance. Prerequisite: MKTG 314.
319-3 Internet Marketing. (3-0) An application-based course on the utilization of the
Internet, e-mail, and the world wide web for commercial purposes. In the course
students will examine e-commerce techniques and database management for both
business-to-customer and business-to-business activities as well as construction of
effective web pages and other marketing strategies for both. Prerequisites: MKTG
314 and CIS 103.
401-3 Advertising. (3-0) Analysis of advertising in modern media. Study of the history,
design, and effects of advertising. Students will also study the uses of different
media for advertising purposes. Credit for both COMS 401 and MKTG 401 will not be

368 Course Descriptions
MKTG
awarded.
402-3 Services Marketing. (3-0) Introduce the student to the service environment. An indepth
analysis of the most successful service-oriented industries and firms within the
world’s fastest-growing economic sector will be presented. Prerequisite: MKTG 314.
412-3 Sales Management. (3-0) Administration of an effective sales force, including strategy,
planning, recruiting, training, motivating, coordinating, leading, and directing sales
forces at all levels of marketing enterprises. Prerequisites: MKTG 314 and 315.
414-3 Supply Chain and Logistics Concepts. (3-0) Explore key business concepts,
issues and decisions required for the organization and management of supply chains
within the global marketplace. Supply Chain Management involves planning and
coordinating the value-adding activities and flow of materials, finished goods and
information. Supply chain organizations participate in the product fulfillment process
so that products are distributed to customers in the right quantity, time, and at the
lowest cost subject to customer expectations and other service requirements. Credit
cannot be awarded for both MGMT 414 and MKTG 414.
415-3 Marketing Research. (3-0) Familiarizes students with the accurate, objective, and
systematic gathering, recording, and analyzing of data about problems relating to
marketing goods and services. Prerequisites: G B 311, MKTG 314.
416-3 Marketing Management. (3-0-WI) The application of strategic planning and
management of all functional aspects of the marketing operation of an enterprise
using comprehensive analytical methods and an integrated marketing mix. This is
a Writing Intensive Course, which students cannot pass without passing the writing
tasks as defined by the instructor. Prerequisites: Senior classification and 9 hours of
MKTG.
454-3 International Marketing. (3-0) A global approach to the study of comparative
marketing systems, including economic, social, technological, governmental, and
political environments as they affect international marketing operations. Prerequisites:
MKTG 314 and G B 444 or approval of department head.
479-3 The Technology of E-Business. (3-2) This course examines the linkage of
organizational strategy and electronic methods of delivering products, services, and
exchanges in inter-organizational, national, and global environments. Information
technology strategy and technological solutions for enabling effective business
processes within and between organizations in a global environment are considered.
Credit for both CIS 479 and MKTG 479 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: CIS 103
or CIS 300. Lab fee $15.
484-3 Internship. (1-8) Pre-approved and supervised work experience in a marketing-related
position with a public or private business organization. May be repeated for a total of 6
hours credit. Prerequisites: Junior classification and approval of department head. Field
assignment fee $75.
486-v Problems. (Credit variable) A directed study of selected problems in marketing. May
be repeated with approval of the department head. Prerequisite: Senior classification
and approval of department head.
489-3 Global Marketing Practices. (3-0) A study of basic international business concepts,
cultural literacy, and discipline specific content are then applied to practical
experiences and activities in the foreign country visited. A study abroad at the
student’s expense is required. Student may complete a maximum of six hours of
COBA sponsored study abroad toward degree completion. Field assignment fee $50.
Prerequisites: Principles of Marketing (MKTG 314), Junior or senior classification
and approval of instructor. GB 489, MGMT 489, or MKTG 489 may not be taken
concurrently.
490-v Special Topics in Marketing. (Variable) An examination of current topics in
marketing. Readings required from current marketing publications and other related
periodicals. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Prerequisite: 9 hours of
MKTG.
508-3 Marketing Management. (3-0) Study of the planning and coordination of marketing
functions specifically related to product, pricing, promotion, and distribution
strategies. Includes case analysis and presentation of results. Prerequisite: MGMT
500 or approval of department head.

Course Descriptions
MKTG-MLAB
369
509-3 Marketing Strategy. (3-0) Develops the role of product, pricing, promotion, and channel
and physical distribution in the development of a firm’s integrated marketing program.
Cases are used to evaluate and compose alternative courses of action.
554-3 International Marketing. (4.5-0) A global approach to the study of comparative
marketing systems, including economic, social, technological, governmental, and
political environments as they affect international marketing operations. Graduate
students will be required to complete an extensive research project in addition to
other course requirements.
585-3 Marketing Seminar. (3-0) Selected marketing topics of current importance to business
marketing. May be repeated once for credit when topics vary.
586-v Problems. (Variable) This course offers students the opportunity to become
acquainted with current research being conducted within the student’s area
of interest; directed reading of a number of sources selected in concert with the
student’s professor. Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
589-3 Global Marketing Practices. (4.5-0) A study of basic international business
concepts, cultural literacy, and discipline specific content are then applied to practical
experiences and activities in the foreign county visited. A study abroad at the
student’s expense is required. Graduate students will be required to complete an
extensive research project in addition to other course requirements. Student may
complete a maximum of six hours of COBA sponsored study abroad toward degree
completion. Prerequisites: Admission into a COBA graduate program and approval
of instructor.
MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNICIAN (MLAB)
214-2 Introduction to Urinalysis. (1-5) An introduction to urinalysis and body fluid
analysis, including the anatomy and physiology of the kidney, and physical, chemical
and microscopic examination of urine, cerebrospinal fluid, and other body fluids. Lab
fee $15.
224-4 Introduction to Hematology. (2-6) Introduction to the theory and practical application
of routine procedures, both manual and automated. Red blood cell and white blood
cell physiology, morphology (normal and abnormal), maturation sequences and
associated diseases are included. Lab fee $15.
228-2 Coagulation. (2-2) A course in coagulation theory, procedures, and practical
applications. Includes laboratory exercises which rely on commonly performed
manual and semi-automated methods.
234-5 Introduction of Medical Microbiology. (4-5) Instruction in the theory, practical
application and pathogenesis of clinical microbiology, including specimen collection,
processing, identification, susceptibility testing and reporting procedures. Lab fee
$15.
244-4 Introduction to Immunohematology. (2-8) A study of blood group antigens and
antibodies. Performance of routine blood banking procedures, including blood group
and Rh typing, antibody screens, antibody identification, cross matching, elution and
absorption techniques. Lab fee $15.
264-3 Introduction to Immunology-Serology. (2-4) An introduction to the theory and
application of basic immunology, including the immune response, principles of
antigen-antibody reactions, and principles and techniques of serologic procedures.
Lab fee $15.
274-4 Laboratory Operations. (2-7) An intermediate course in the clinical laboratory
sciences that includes the principles of laboratory instrumentation and automation,
quality control concepts, point of care testing and phlebotomy. Supervised laboratory
experiences in instrument operation, calibration and maintenance, and point of care
testing and phlebotomy. Lab fee $15.
276-5 Introduction to Clinical Chemistry. (3-8) An introduction to the principles and
procedures of various tests performed in clinical chemistry. Presents the physiological
basis for the test, the principle and procedure for the test and the clinical significance
of the test results including quality control and normal values. Also includes basic
chemical laboratory techniques and safety for electrolytes, acid-base balance,
proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, enzymes, metabolites, endocrine function, therapeutic

370 Course Descriptions
MLAB-MLS
drug monitoring, and toxicology. Lab fee $15.
282-1 Introductory Skills for Medical Laboratory Science. (1-1) An introductory course
in the medical laboratory sciences program that includes basic laboratory safety
practices, computer applications, lab mathematics, quality control and basic laboratory
equipment. This course must be taken during the first semester of enrollment on the
MLT and HT certification programs. Course fee $25.
285-2 Advanced Topics and Capstone Review. (2-0) This course examines the
integration of all areas/concepts of the laboratory and correlates laboratory test
data with diagnostic applications and pathophysiology using critical thinking skills.
This course includes a capstone examination and may only be taken during the last
semester of the MLT/HT programs.
292-2 MLT Field Practicum IV. (0-14) Structured, supervised work-based instruction that
helps students gain practical experience in the clinical laboratory. Opportunities are
centered in the rural health setting. Course must be taken in the last semester of the
MLT program. Grading in this course is pass/fail, P/F. Field assignment fee $75.
293-1 MLT Field Practicum III. (0-7) Structured supervised work-based instruction that
helps students gain practical experience, enhance skills and integrate knowledge in
microbiology and urinalysis. Grading in this course is pass/fail, P/F. Field assignment
fee $75.
294-1 MLT Field Practicum I. (0-7) Structured supervised work-based instruction that
helps students gain practical experience, enhance skills and integrate knowledge in
blood bank, serology and automation. Grading in this course is pass/fail, P/F. Field
assignment fee $75.
295-1 MLT Field Practicum II. (0-7) Structured supervised work-based instruction that
helps students gain practical experience, enhance skills and integrate knowledge in
chemistry and hematology. Grading in this course is pass/fail, P/F. Field assignment
fee $75.
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE (MLS)
414-1 Urinalysis and Renal Physiology. (1-0) A study of renal physiology, the formation of
urine, and the relationship to renal and other systemic diseases. Requires concurrent
enrollment in MLS 415 or approval of department head.
415-1 Urinalysis Laboratory. (0-5) Supervised learning experiences using microscopic,
chemical, and automated techniques in analysis of urine. Requires concurrent
enrollment in MLS 414 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
416-1 Body Fluids Analysis. (1-1) Advanced concepts related to the biochemical
and cellular analysis of body fluids. Includes normal physiologic function and
pathophysiology of synovial, semenal, cerebrospinal, serous, and amniotic fluid.
424-2 Hematology I Lecture. (2-0) Studies on the formation, function, and identification
of normal cellular blood elements are discussed. Emphasis is placed on normal
physiology and characteristics of blood cells in all ages. Requires concurrent
enrollment in MLS 425 or approval of department head.
425-1 Hematology I Laboratory. (0-5) Supervised experiences with emphasis placed
on the enumeration, morphology and staining characteristics of normal blood
cells. Manual and automated techniques will be used. Emphasis will be placed on
specimen collection, processing, and generation and evaluation of diagnostic data.
Requires concurrent enrollment in MLS 424 or approval of department head. Lab fee
$15.
426-2 Hematology II Lecture. (2-0) Studies on the formation and identification of abnormal
cellular blood elements are discussed. Emphasis is placed on abnormal physiology
and hematologic manifestations of disease. Requires concurrent enrollment in MLS
427 or approval of department head. Prerequisite: MLS 424 or approval of department
head.
427-1 Hematology II Laboratory. (0-5) Supervised experiences with emphasis placed on
the enumeration, morphology, and staining characteristics of abnormal blood cells.
Emphasis will be placed on specimen processing and generation and evaluation
of diagnostic data. Requires concurrent enrollment in MLS 426 or approval of
department head. Prerequisite: MLS 425 or approval of department head. Lab fee

Course Descriptions
MLS
371
$15.
428-1 Hemostasis. (1-2) Discussion and comparison of the hemostatic coagulation and
fibrinolytic systems with emphasis on normal and abnormal physiology. Supervised
learning experiences with emphasis on analytes to evaluate coagulation and
fibrinolysis. Manual and automated techniques will be discussed and used.
Prerequisites: MLS 425 and MLS 424 or approval of department head.
434-2 Medical Microbiology I Lecture. (2-0) Discussion of growth characteristics,
morphology, physiology, and identification criteria of human pathogenic
microorganisms and normal flora. Concurrent enrollment in MLS 435 or approval of
department head.
435-1 Medical Microbiology I Lab. (0-5) Supervised experience with emphasis on isolation
by staining, cultural, and differential biochemical characteristics of pathogenic
microorganisms. Concurrent enrollment in MLS 434 or approval of department head.
Lab fee $15.
436-2 Medical Microbiology II Lecture. (2-0) Discussion of antimicrobial susceptibility,
anaerobic bacteria, mycobacteria, chlamydia, rickettsia, and an overview of
infections by organ system. Emphasis is on epidemiology, pathogenesis, source of
isolation, and conventional and molecular methods of diagnosis of human pathogenic
organisms. Requires concurrent enrollment in MLS 437 or approval of department
head. Prerequisite: MLS 434 or approval of department head.
437-1 Medical Microbiology II Lab. (0-5) Supervised experience with emphasis on staining,
isolation, identification, and antimicrobial susceptibility testing of microorganisms
isolated from clinical specimens. Emphasis is also placed on specimen processing and
generation and evaluation of diagnostic data. Requires concurrent enrollment in MLS
436 or approval of department head. Prerequisite: MLS 435 or approval of department
head. Lab fee $15.
438-1 Medical Mycology and Virology. (1-1) Discussion of the epidemiology and
pathogenesis of fungi and viruses implicated in human disease. Emphasis will be
placed upon diagnostic tools used in the clinical laboratory to isolate, culture, and
identify these microorganisms.
444-2 Immunohematology I Lecture. (2-0) Discussion of the principles of immunohematology
in relation to blood grouping, typing, compatibility testing, and antibody detection and
identification. Concurrent enrollment in MLS 445 or approval of department head.
445-1 Immunohematology I Lab. (0-4) Supervised experiences related to blood grouping
and typing and compatibility testing. Emphasis is placed on specimen processing
and generation and evaluation of diagnostic data. Requires concurrent enrollment in
MLS 444 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
446-2 Immunohematology II Lecture. (2-0) Discussion of the principles of
immunohematology in relation to transfusion and transplant medicine, donor
processing, and component preparation and storage. Concurrent enrollment in
MLS 447 or approval of department head. Prerequisite: MLS 444 or approval of
department head.
447-1 Immunohematology II Lab. (0-4) Supervised experiences related to antibody
detection and identification, incompatibility and transfusion reaction resolution;
component processing and storage; and selection for therapy. Emphasis is placed
on specimen processing, laboratory techniques, and generation and evaluation
of diagnostic data. Requires concurrent enrollment in MLS 446 or approval of
department head. Prerequisite: MLS 445 or approval of department head. Lab fee
$15.
448-1 Introduction to Medical Genetics. (1-0-WI) An introduction to the concepts of
gene structure and inheritance patterns. Emphasis will be placed on the types of
inheritance patterns associated with different disease conditions in which clinical
diagnostics plays a valuable role in disease diagnosis or patient counseling.
451-1 Clinical Parasitology Lecture. (1-0) Discussion of parasites causing disease in
humans and their life cycles, identification, and pathology in humans. Opportunistic
parasites in the immunocompromised host will also be addressed.
452-1 Clinical Parasitology Laboratory. (0-5) Supervised experiences in the identification
of human parasites. Specimen collection, processing and criteria for rejection will

372 Course Descriptions
MLS
also be addressed. Emphasis will be placed on deriving diagnostic laboratory results
and evaluation of those results. Lab fee $15.
464-1 Immunology and Serology I Lecture. (1-0) Discussion of immunological
mechanisms fundamental to resistance to disease with emphasis on basic humoral
and cellular immune response and resistance to microbial disease. Concurrent
enrollment in MLS 465 or approval of department head.
465-1 Immunology and Serology I Laboratory. (0-3) Supervised laboratory experience
with emphasis on the detection, identification, and characterization of antigens and
antibodies of infectious etiology using serologic techniques. Emphasis is placed on
specimen processing and generation and evaluation of diagnostic data. Concurrent
enrollment in MLS 464 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
466-1 Immunology and Serology II Lecture. (1-0) Discussion of immunologic mechanisms
and pathogenesis involved in autoimmune, allergic, and immunodeficient diseases.
Prerequisite: MLS 464 or approval of department head. Concurrent enrollment in
MLS 467 or approval of department head.
467-1 Immunology and Serology II Laboratory. (0-3) Supervised learning experience
with emphasis on the detection, identification, and characterization of antigens and
antibodies involved in autoimmune disease. Also emphasis on cells involved in
cellular immunity using immunologic techniques. Emphasis is placed on specimen
processing and generation and evaluation of diagnostic data. Prerequisite: MLS 465
or approval of department head. Concurrent enrollment in MLS 466 or approval of
department head. Lab fee $15.
474-1 Introduction to Laboratory Safety and Instrumentation. (1-2) Introduction to the
theories and principles of instrument operation and safety practices commonly used
in the clinical laboratory. Supervised learning experience in instrument operation and
troubleshooting. Course fee $15.
475-1 Advanced Laboratory Automation, Statistics, and Quality Assurance Concepts.
(1-2) Discussion and comparison of operating principles of automated analyzers,
complex laboratory techniques, statistical methods and quality assurance concepts
applicable to the clinical laboratory. Supervised learning experience in instrument
operation, troubleshooting, electrophoresis and chromatography. Application of
statistics to quality assurance and evaluation of laboratory results will be discussed.
476-2 Clinical Chemistry I Lecture. (2-0) An introduction to the theories and principles
of diagnostic methods used to measure common analytes involved in water and
acid base balance, mineral and metabolic homeostasis in serum and other body
fluids. Normal physiology and biochemical manifestation of disease are emphasized.
Requires concurrent enrollment in MLS 477 or permission of department head.
477-1 Clinical Chemistry I Laboratory. (0-5) Supervised learning experiences with
emphasis on manual, semi-automated, and automated procedures for assaying
electrolytes, blood gases, carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and drugs. Emphasis
is placed on specimen processing and generation and evaluation of diagnostic
data. Requires concurrent enrollment in MLS 476 or approval of department head.
Prerequisite: MLS 474 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
478-2 Clinical Chemistry II Lecture. (2-0) Discussion and comparison of diagnostic
methods employed in the clinical chemistry laboratory. Emphasis is placed on
diagnostic metabolites, enzymology, endocrinology, and tumor markers. Normal
physiology and biochemical manifestations of disease are discussed. Requires
concurrent enrollment in MLS 479 or approval of department head. Prerequisite:
MLS 476 or approval of department head.
479-1 Clinical Chemistry II Laboratory. (0-5) Supervised learning experiences with
emphasis on manual, semi-automated, and automated procedures for assaying
metabolites, drugs, enzymes, hormones, and tumor markers. Emphasis is placed
on specimen selection, processing, analyses, and evaluation of diagnostic data.
Requires concurrent enrollment in MLS 478 or approval of department head.
Prerequisite: MLS 477 or approval of department head. Lab fee $15.
482-1 Computer Applications in Science and Medicine. (1-1) Use of computers in the
scientific and medical fields. Emphasis is placed on using word processing and spread
sheets; charting and graphing of data; presentation packages; tools for literature

Course Descriptions
MLS
373
search; information search using the internet; and description and evaluation of
current laboratory information systems. Course fee $10.
486-v Clinical Laboratory Science Problems. (Credit variable) A course open by invitation
to capable Clinical Laboratory Science students who wish to pursue a selected
problem study. Students are permitted and encouraged to work independently under
the guidance of an instructor. May be repeated for credit, subject to the approval of
the department head. Prerequisites: Admission to the Clinical Laboratory Science
program, the ability to do independent work, and approval of the department head.
Lab fee $10.
491-v Integrated Clinical Laboratory Practice and Research. (Credit variable-WI) An
integrated clinical laboratory course designed to introduce the concepts of specimen
tracking and processing using a laboratory information system, test result utilization,
utilization review, and clinical research. Emphasis will be placed on workload
organization; quality control evaluation accuracy; consistency; validity of results
generated; and appropriate reporting of results. Lab fee $15.
492-v Clinical Laboratory Practicum I. (Credit variable 1-5) Structured clinical experience
directed toward development of laboratory skills, organizing work, and solving
problems in hematology, hemostasis, and body fluid analysis. Emphasis is placed
on the analysis of quality assurance data and application of laboratory information
systems and automation. Grading in this course is satisfactory/unsatisfactory. Field
assignment fee $75.
493-v Clinical Laboratory Practicum II. (Credit variable 1-5) Structured clinical
experience directed toward development of laboratory skills, organizing work, and
solving problems in medical microbiology and parasitology. Emphasis is placed
on the analysis of quality assurance data and application of laboratory information
systems and automation. Grading in this course is satisfactory/unsatisfactory. Field
assignment fee $75.
494-v Clinical Laboratory Practicum III. (Credit variable 1-5) Structured clinical
experience directed toward development of laboratory skills, organizing work, and
solving problems in immunology, serology, and blood banking. Emphasis is placed
on the analysis of quality assurance data and application of laboratory information
systems and automation. Grading in this course is satisfactory/unsatisfactory. Field
assignment fee $75.
495-v Clinical Laboratory Practicum IV. (Credit variable 1-5) Structured clinical
experience directed toward development of laboratory skills, organizing work and
solving problems in clinical chemistry, toxicology, and molecular pathology. Emphasis
is placed on the analysis of quality assurance data and application of laboratory
information systems and automation. Grading in this course is satisfactory/
unsatisfactory. Field assignment fee $75.
496-v Advanced Clinical Practicum. (Credit variable; 1-8 for each hour) Structured
clinical experience directed toward development of laboratory skills, organizing work,
and solving problems in the clinical laboratory. Emphasis is given to high complexity
testing. Prerequisites: completion of NAACLS-accredited MLT-AD program, MLT (CLT)
certification, and 2 years of approved work experience, or approval by department
head. Grading in this course is satisfactory/unsatisfactory. Field assignment fee $75.
501-1 CLS Literature Review Seminar. (1-0) Review of current literature topics in the
medical laboratory sciences. Emphasis is placed on critique of methods, research
design and value to the current body of knowledge. May be repeated for credit for a
maximum of 6 credit hours.
502-2 Molecular Diagnostics. (2-1) An overview of molecular mechanisms including
replication, transcription, and translation. Emphasis is placed on the principles of
molecular methods and their application in diagnosis of microbiologic, immunologic,
genetic, endocrine, hematopoietic, and metabolic disease.
504-2 Clinical Correlations and Capstone Review. (2-0) Course employs an integrative
approach to laboratory medicine with emphasis on the review of patient cases
and appropriate utilization of laboratory tests in diagnosis and case management.
A comprehensive review and assessment of the concepts in clinical laboratory
medicine.

374 Course Descriptions
MLS
506-2 Laboratory Management. (2-0) Designed to acquaint students with the principles
of operating a clinical laboratory. Emphasis is on personnel, financial, marketing,
and general administrative management. Also, the student is introduced to
writing instructional objectives, constructing evaluation instruments, and planning
instructional strategies and establishing a professional development program. Ethical
issues in laboratory medicine are also discussed.
520-2 Medical Genetics. (2-0) Study of human genetics including chromosome structure,
principles of inheritance, anatomy and physiology of a gene, genetic expression and
regulation, cytogenetics, immunogenetics, molecular genetics, with an emphasis
on diagnostic testing for human genetic diseases and the genetic basis of cancer.
Prerequisite: BIOL 303 or MLS 448 or approval of department head.
521-2 Immunopathology. (2-0) Principles of innate and adaptive immunity including
antigen recognition, signal transduction, lymphocyte development and homeostasis
of lymphocyte populations, cytokine effects, failure of host defense mechanisms such
as autoimmunity, immunodeficiencies, immunoproliferative diseases, analysis of the
immune response in intact and manipulated organisms, and tumor immunobiology,
with emphasis on clinical induction, measurement and manipulation of the human
immune response. Prerequisite: BIOL 385 or MLS 466 or approval of department
head.
525-3 Clinical Molecular Microbiology. (3-0) Studies of the genetics and physiology of
microbes, including fundamental processes of gene regulation, genome structure,
and protein synthesis and processing. Emphasis is placed on the clinical molecular
identification of bacteria, viral, fungal and parasitic organisms including real-time
PCR techniques, quality assurance practices, and interpretation of results in a clinical
setting.
530-3 Medical Biochemistry. (3-0) A review of the major biochemical processes in the
human body, their physiology role and their relationship to human disease. Emphasis
will be placed upon emerging diagnostic testing and clinical correlations in the areas
of endocrinology, tumor biology, lipoprotine structure and function, diabetes case
management, protein structure and function, and toxicology. Prerequisite: BIOL (or
CHEM) 474 or MLS 478 or approval of department head.
531-3 Molecular & Cellular Pathology. (3-0) A study of the molecular and cellular aspects
of human disease. Emphasis will be placed on microarrays and other emerging
diagnostic testing as applied to the regulation of the eukaryotic cell cycle, signal
transduction pathways, molecular mechanisms, receptor/membrane function and
their relationship to tumor biology, endocrine dysfunction, dyslipidemia and other
pathophysiologic conditions. Prerequisite: BIOL 509 or MLS 502 or approval of
department head.
540-3 Clinical and Anatomic Pathology. (3-0) Clinical and anatomic pathology is focused
on the development of pathophysiologic mechanisms underlying human disease.
Students are introduced to basic etiologies and pathogenesis that underlie all
diseases. More detailed discussions of pathologic mechanisms including structural
lesions (morphology) and functional consequences (clinical presentation) will be
discussed within specific diseases of organ systems. Applications of the clinical
laboratory in disease diagnosis and management will also be included.
550-2 Molecular Diagnostics Techniques I. (1-5) This course provides an introduction
to the basic genetic techniques used in a clinical molecular genetics laboratory.
Laboratory technique instruction, skill development and practice in isolation of
DNA and RNA from clinical samples, preparation of nucleic acid probes, molecular
hybridization techniques, amplification techniques and hybridization analysis will
be addressed. Emphasis will be placed on laboratory design issues, prevention
of product contamination, quality assurance and regulatory issues, safety, and
interpretation and application of test results. Course fee $50. Lab fee $30.
551-2 Molecular Diagnostics Techniques II. (1-5) This course provides a continuation
of the basic genetic techniques covered in Molecular Diagnostics Techniques I,
which may be used in a clinical molecular genetics laboratory. Laboratory technique
instruction, skill development and practice in real-time PCR, reverse transcriptase
PCR, nested PCR and single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) detection will be

Course Descriptions
MLS-MQL
375
emphasized. Emphasis will be placed on laboratory design issues, prevention
of product contamination, quality assurance and regulatory issues, safety, and
interpretation and application of test results. Course fee $50. Lab fee $30.
572-2 Clinical Laboratory Administration. (2-0) Principles and practices of administration
of the clinical laboratory. Emphasis is placed on administrative issues unique to the
clinical laboratory including coding, billing, reimbursement, government regulation,
accreditation and information management processes. Prerequisite: MLS 506 or
approval of department head.
586-v Clinical Laboratory Science Problems. (Variable) Independent research under
the supervision of an instructor. A formal report will be submitted to the instructor. A
maximum of six hours may be taken.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when the student is ready to begin thesis. No credit until
thesis is completed. Prerequisite: Approved research course and consent of major
professor.
590-3 Special Topics. (3-0) Study of selected topic(s) directly related to medical laboratory
science. May be repeated once for credit as topic varies.
599-v Practicum, Field Problem, or Internship. (Variable) Supervised professional
activities in specialized laboratory settings. A maximum of six hours may be taken.
Field assignment fee $75.
MANUFACTURING QUALITY AND LEADERSHIP (MQL)
524-3 Statistics for Quality. (3-0) Introduction to decision making for technologists using
quantitative methods. The emphasis will be on identifying opportunities for process/
product improvement in manufacturing using statistical applications. Besides
exploratory data analysis, basic probability, distribution theory and statistical inference
will be covered. Special topics will include experimental design, regression, control
charts and acceptance sampling.
525-3 Six Sigma and Design of Experiments. (3-0) Introduction to design and analysis of
experiments. Applications in product and process design and development; process
correction and quality improvement. Taguchi’s loss-function approach to quality.
Strategies for reliable data acquisition and validation will be addressed. Prerequisites:
MQL 568, MQL 524.
536-3 Manufacturing Planning. (3-0) Topics that will be covered include strategic issues
such as the design of products and services, and the design of processes and
facilities. Planning and controlling activities including capacity planning, quality
control, inventory control, scheduling, and project planning are covered. The
emphasis of this course will be on the development and application of analytical
methods and techniques Prerequisites: MQL 524 or concurrent enrollment.
546-3 Manufacturing Systems Management. (3-0) A study of concepts and models
used as a competitive advantage in the management of processes to produce and
supply goods in the manufacturing/ service industries. Topics will include operations
management and strategy, product design and learning curves, project management,
Manufacturing/Service process selection and design. Applications of Operations
Research science techniques enable the development of the Manufacturing Systems
Management methodologies.
562-3 Supply Chain Management. (3-0) Exploration of the key issues associated with the
design and management of industrial supply chains. Supply Chains are concerned
with the efficient integration of suppliers, factories, warehouses and stores so that
products are distributed to customers in the right quantity and at the right time. The
course will focus on minimizing the total supply chain cost subject to various service
requirements.
568-3 Quality Management. (3-0) The course focuses on manufacturing related
principles and best practices reflected in ISO 9000 Standards. Topics included
are: manufacturing process improvement; process orientation; quality function
deployment; process control and capability; role of inspection; economics of quality;
and productivity measurement. Emphasizes role of ISO certification in the global
market along with the contributions of Deming, Juran, and Crosby. Prerequisites:
MQL 524 or concurrent enrollment.

376 Course Descriptions
MQL-M S
576-3 Automated Manufacturing Systems. (3-0) An analysis of materials flow to design
automated manufacturing systems in the manufacturing environment. Preconditions
for manufacturing automation in manufacturing, principles for and quality by automated
machine tools, NC-technology, adaptive control, FMS, computer communication,
simulation, monitoring, maintenance, human factors.
588-v Thesis. (1 to 6 variable) Scheduled when student is ready to begin the thesis. No
credit is awarded until thesis is completed. Prerequisites: MQL 525 and consent of
major professor.
598-3 Seminar in Manufacturing Quality Topics. (3-0) This course guides the student
toward an in-depth understanding of the principles, techniques and applications of
quality in modern manufacturing companies. The student will review current literature
in the field of quality management and write a comprehensive proposal or report on
the topic. Prerequisites: MQL 525 or concurrent enrollment.
MILITARY SCIENCE (M S)
101-2 Foundations of Leadership. (2-2) The purpose of this course is to introduce issues
and competencies that are central to a commissioned officer’s responsibilities. These
initial lessons establish a framework for understanding officership, leadership, and
Army values. Additionally, the course addresses “life skills” including fitness and time
management. This course is designed to provide accurate insights into the army
profession and the officer’s role within the Army.
102-2 Basic Leadership. (2-2) This course expands upon the fundamentals introduced
in the previous course by focusing on communications, leadership, and problem
solving. “Life skills” lessons include: problem solving, goal setting, and interpersonal
communication skills. The course also provides current information about life in the
Army, the organizations of the Army, employment benefits, and work experiences
expected of junior officers.
201-3 Individual Leadership Studies. (3-2) The first semester of the M S II year is designed
to develop cadet’s knowledge of self, self-confidence, and individual leadership skills.
Through experiential learning activities, cadets develop problem solving and critical
thinking skills, and apply communication, feedback and conflict resolution skills.
202-3 Leadership and Teamwork. (3-2) The second semester of the M S II year focuses
on self development, guided by knowledge of self and group processes. Experiential
learning activities are designed to challenge cadets’ current beliefs, knowledge and
skills. This course also prepares enrolled students for the ROTC Advanced Course,
as well as the summer Leaders Training Course.
Note: Prerequisites for enrollment in advanced courses are determined by the
Professor of Military Science.
301-3 Leadership & Problem Solving. (3-2) This course is designed to enable a student
with no prior military or cadet experience to quickly learn essential cadet knowledge
and skills. The course introduces the principles of physical fitness, healthy lifestyles
and the Leader Development Program that will be used to evaluate leadership
performance and provides cadets with developmental feedback, used throughout the
year. Cadets learn how to plan and conduct individual and small unit training, as well
as basic tactical principles. The course conducts a four-week study of reasoning skills
and the military-specified application of these skills in the form of the Army’s troop
leading procedures. The final four weeks examines officership. This course serves as
the first and primary course of the ROTC Advanced Courses.
302-3 Leadership and Ethics. (3-2) This course is designed to continue the development of
cadets as leaders by presenting instructions in the areas of leadership, interpersonal
communications, values and ethics. The leadership module expands on key
leadership concepts and provides feedback for cadet leadership self-development
efforts. Interpersonal communications lessons address general communication
theory as well as written and spoken communication skills. The highlight of the
communication module is the opportunity for cadets to present an information briefing
and receive feedback from both instructor and fellow students.
401-3 Leadership and Management. (3-2) This course concentrates on Army operations
and training management, communications and leadership skills and supports the

Course Descriptions
M S-MUAP-MUSC
377
beginning of the final transition from cadet to lieutenant. The course enables cadets
to attain knowledge and proficiency in several critical areas needed to operate
effectively as an Army officer. These subjects have the added benefit of preparing
cadets to lead the cadet battalion throughout the remainder of the year. At the end of
this semester, cadets possess the fundamental skills, attributes, and abilities required
to operate as competent leaders in the cadet battalion.
402-3 Officership. (3-2) The final semester course of the M S IV year trains cadets on
Military Law, task organizations, maintenance, supply management, and physical
training. Cadets conduct a Capstone Practical Exercise, assuming leadership roles
as a lieutenant entering a new unit. The course is designed to prepare transition and
groom senior cadets to become Army Officers.
486-v Independent Study. (Credit variable) A course open to Military Science students.
Topics vary according to student need. May be repeated for a maximum of 6
hours. Open to students of junior or senior classification. Prerequisite: Approval of
department head.
APPLIED MUSIC (MUAP)
121-1 Applied Music for Music Minors or Non-Majors. (.5-0) Course fee $25. Lab fee $15.
122-1 Applied Music for Music Minors or Non-Majors. (.5-0) Course fee $25. Lab fee
$15.
131-2 Applied Music Concentration. (1-3) Course fee $50. Lab fee $30.
132-2 Applied Music Concentration. (1-3) Course fee $50. Lab fee $30.
221-1 Applied Music for Minors or Non-Majors. (.5-1.5) Course fee $25. Lab fee $15.
222-1 Applied Music for Minors or Non-Majors. (.5-1.5) Course fee $25. Lab fee $15.
231-2 Applied Music for Majors. (1-3) Course fee $50. Lab fee $30.
232-2 Applied Music for Majors. (1-3) Course fee $50. Lab fee $30.
321-1 Applied Music for Minors or Non-Majors. (.5-1.5) Course fee $25. Lab fee $15.
322-1 Applied Music for Minors or Non-Majors. (.5-1.5) Course fee $25. Lab fee $15.
331-2 Applied Music for Majors. (1-3) Course fee $50. Lab fee $30.
332-2 Applied Music for Majors. (1-3) Course fee $50. Lab fee $30
421-1 Applied Lessons for Music Minors or Non-Majors. (.5-1.5) Course fee $25. Lab
fee $15.
422-1 Applied Music for Minors or Non-Majors. (.5-1.5) Course fee $25. Lab fee $15.
431-2 Applied Music for Majors. (1-3) Course fee $50. Lab fee $30.
432-2 Applied Lessons for Majors. (1-3) Course fee $50. Lab fee $30.
MUSIC (MUSC)
100-1 Marching Band. (1-4) Marching Band membership is open to all students of the
University with approval of the director. Activities include half-time performances, pep
rallies, parades, and other concerts. Prerequisites: Prior marching band experience in
high school or junior college or approval of department head. Credits may substitute for
required KINE and may be repeated.
115-1 Italian Diction. (1-1) Italian pronunciation for singers. Lab fee $10.
125-1 German Diction. (1-1) German pronunciation for singers. Lab fee $10.
147-4 Theory I: Basics of Music. (3-2) Introduction to music fundamentals, staff, clefs, key
signatures, scales, time signatures and notation; meter and rhythm; chords; harmony;
melodic organization and structure; use of Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI);
aural skills. Computer software used for some written and ear-training assignments.
Prerequisite: A passing grade on the placement examinations in theory and aural skills.
Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
148-4 Theory II: Diatonic Harmony. (3-2) Part writing of figured bass requiring all
diatonic triads and seventh chords; nonharmonic tones and elementary modulation,
harmonization of melodies in eighteenth-century style; aural skills. Prerequisite:
MUSC 147. Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
151-1 Beginning Class Piano I. (3-1.5) (TCCNS = MUSI 1181) This is the first semester
of a four-semester sequence designed to develop keyboard and musicianship skills,
including fundamental technique, scale playing, sight reading, harmonization of
melodies, and accompaniment. The course is intended for music majors in passing

378 Course Descriptions
MUSC
the Piano Proficiency Examination. All other majors and undeclared majors must
have the permission of the course instructor to register. Course fee $10. Lab fee
$10.
152-1 Beginning Class Piano II. (3-1.5) (TCCNS = MUSI 1182) This is the second semester
of a four-semester sequence designed to develop keyboard and musicianship skills,
including fundamental technique, scale playing, sight reading, harmonization of
melodies, and accompaniment. The course is intended for music majors in passing
the Piano Proficiency Examination. All other majors and undeclared majors must
have the permission of the course instructor to register. Course fee $10. Lab fee
$10.
161-1 Intermediate Class Piano I. (3-1.5) This is the third semester of a four-semester
sequence designed to develop keyboard and musicianship skills, including
fundamental technique, scale playing, sight reading, harmonization of melodies,
and accompaniment. The course is intended for music majors in passing the Piano
Proficiency Examination. All other majors and undeclared majors must have the
permission of the course instructor to register. Course fee $10. Lab fee $10.
162-1 Intermediate Class Piano II. (3-1.5) This is the fourth semester of a four-semester
sequence designed to develop keyboard and musicianship skills, including
fundamental technique, scale playing, sight reading, harmonization of melodies,
and accompaniment. The course is intended for music majors in passing the Piano
Proficiency Examination. All other majors and undeclared majors must have the
permission of the course instructor to register. Course fee $10. Lab fee $10.
213-3 Fundamentals of Music. (3-1) (TCCNS = MUSI 1300) Development of music
reading, performance, and listening skills. May be taken by all who desire to develop
basic music skills. Course fee $10. Lab fee $10.
226-1 String Class. (1-2) Beginning string class for music majors; maintenance of
instruments; evaluation of materials and literature. Students develop a basic
performance technique on two instruments. Lab fee $10.
227-2 Woodwind Class. (2-1) Instruction on basic woodwind instruments for music majors;
maintenance of instruments; evaluation of materials and literature. Students develop
a basic technique on two instruments. Lab fee $10.
228-2 Brass Class. (2-1) Performance instruction on basic brass instruments for music
majors; maintenance of instruments; evaluation of materials and literature. Students
develop a basic technique on two instruments. Lab fee $10.
229-1 Percussion Class. (1-2) Fundamental performance techniques on the most frequently
used percussion instruments, both of definite and indefinite pitch; conventions of
notation, instrument maintenance, evaluation of materials, and literature. For music
majors. Lab fee $10.
235-1 French Diction (1-1) French pronunciation for singers. Lab fee $10.
247-4 Theory III: Counterpoint. (3-2) Practice in contrapuntal composition in eighteenthcentury
tonal styles. A review of Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) systems will
be presented early in the semester. Computer software will be used for some written
and ear-training assignments. Prerequisites: MUSC 147, 148. Course fee $10. Lab fee
$5.
248-4 Theory IV: Chromatic Harmony. (3-2) Part writing of figured bass exercises and
melody harmonizations requiring altered chords, 9th, 11th, and 13th chords; remote
modulations, study of sonata, rondo, variation and other nineteenth-century forms;
aural skills. Introduction to analysis of tonal music according to the theory of structural
levels. Prerequisites: MUSC 147, 148, 247. Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
311-2 Conducting I. (2-1) Introduction of conducting techniques, rehearsal procedures,
development of interpretive skills in music. Prerequisite: Completion of all first- and
second-year music courses or approval of department head. Lab fee $5.
312-2 Conducting II. (2-1) Special emphasis on instrumental and choral conducting
techniques. Prerequisite: MUSC 311 or approval of the department head. Lab fee $5.
313-3 Music Appreciation. (3-0) This course provides opportunities to become familiar with
the basic elements of music. Emphasis is on learning to listen to music and on the role
it plays within the wider contexts of history and society. Listening materials are drawn
from a variety of sources: classical music, non-Western music, American popular music

Course Descriptions
MUSC
379
(particularly jazz, country, and rock), and the American folk tradition. Course fee $10.
Lab fee $5.
315-3 Developmental Musical Experiences. (3-0) Study and appraisal of music teaching
techniques, elementary music literature, learning activities, curricular plans and
materials essential to the sequential development of musical learning in the
elementary school. Designed to provide knowledge of psychology, theory and practice
of music education in the elementary schools. Emphasis is placed upon the nature,
organization and maintenance of the elementary music program. Prerequisite: Junior
or senior-level status.
316-1 Performance Practice of Ensembles. (1-2) Organization, rehearsal procedures,
and public performance practices of ensembles. Establishing a philosophy of music,
developing effective ensemble discipline, motivation, selection of repertoire, auditions,
and the professional development of the music director are emphasized. Lab fee $10.
324-3 Popular Music in America. (3-0) An introductory study of popular music in the
U.S., emphasizing development and application of analytic skills oriented toward the
popular arts. Concert attendance and listening requirements. Course fee $10. Lab
fee $5.
325-3 Jazz History. (3-0) An in-depth study of the recordings, history, major figures, musical
forms and social importance of an original American art form. Principal styles to be
covered include ragtime, blues, Dixieland, big band swing, bop, cool, hard bop, free,
fusion and funk. This course fulfills the core visual and performing arts requirement.
326-2 History of Music I. (2-0) Study of history, social setting, and style of Western art
music from Greek antiquity to the end of the Renaissance period. MUSC 247 or
approval of department head.
327-3 History of Music II. (3-0-WI) Study of the history, social setting and style of Western
art music in the Baroque and Classical periods. Prerequisite: MUSC 326 or approval
of department head.
328-3 History of Music III. (3-0-WI) Study of the history, social setting and style of Western
art music during the Romantic and 20th century periods. Prerequisite: MUSC 327 or
approval of department head.
329-2 World Music. (2-0) Historical and analytical survey of the great variety of musical
styles from around the world. Music cultures of sub-Saharan Africa, India, indigenous
America, and Japan are among those explored. Emphasizes the complex
interrelationships of music to culture, society, and daily life. MUSC 247 or approval of
department head.
300-1 Marching Band. (1-4) Marching Band membership is open to all students of the
University with approval of the director. Activities include half-time performances, pep
rallies, parades, and other concerts. Prerequisites: Prior marching band experience in
high school or junior college or approval of department head. Course may be repeated
for credit. Lab fee $10.
335-3 Choral Techniques. (3-0) Choral techniques, materials and rationale for the
development of superior choral ensembles to include: budgeting, acoustical
considerations, music selection criteria, historical development of choral music and
style, programming, public relations, sight reading, and development of a philosophy of
music.
345-2 Class Composition. (2-1) Advanced instruction in composition; the writing and study
of small- and larger-form musical compositions employing contemporary styles and
techniques. May be taken 2 times for credit. Prerequisites: MUSC 248 or approval of
instructor. Lab fee $5.
349-2 Twentieth Century Theory. (2-1) A study of scales, chords, key centers, set-theory,
polytonality, sound mass, electronic and computer techniques in analysis and writing.
Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
411-2 Piano Literature. (2-0) This course will encompass the study of piano literature
from the Renaissance period to present day with emphasis given to the Classical,
Romantic, and Contemporary eras. Genres include sonata, suite, concerto, and
chamber works with piano of varying cultures. Prerequisites: Must be at the junior
level of applied piano lessons or have consent of the instructor.
412-2 Vocal Literature. (2-0) This course will encompass the study of solo vocal literature

380 Course Descriptions
MUSC
from the Renaissance period to present day. Emphasis will be given to the
development of German and French art song in Europe. Prerequisite: Junior level in
applied voice or consent of instructor.
413-2 Instrumental Literature. (2-0) This course will encompass the study of literature for
band, jazz ensemble and orchestra, as well as solos and small ensemble groups.
Students will explore and analyze significant composers and their literature in each
of the historical periods through the 21st century. Prerequisite: Junior level in applied
instrumental lessons or consent of the instructor.
433-1 Capstone Course in Music. (1-12) The capstone experience is the culmination
of undergraduate music study and provides students with an opportunity to make
their personal statement of preparedness for a post-college life with music. Projects
may include a 50-minute solo recital, a lecture-recital, or an undergraduate thesis
or research paper. In conjunction with the student’s advisor, study abroad and other
formats may be acceptable. Prerequisites: Senior standing. Music majors seeking
education certification must take this course before the semester in which they are
student teaching. Lab fee $10.
442-2 Band Techniques. (2-1) Introduction and materials of band techniques to include
drill design and the development of the marching ensemble; the organization,
administration, programming, repertoire, band literature, budgeting, and historical
development of the modern concert wind ensemble; the development of a functional
philosophy of music. Prerequisites: Two semesters MUSC 100 or approval of
department head.
448-2 Scoring and Arranging for Ensembles. (2-0) A practical study of the skill of scoring
music for various instrumental and choral groups. Projects in adapting music from a
variety of sources. Emphasis is placed on transcribing and arranging for elementary,
junior, and senior high ensembles. Prerequisite: MUSC 248 or approval of department
head.
451-2 Piano Pedagogy. (2-0) This course will encompass the study of piano pedagogy
from beginner level through intermediate and advanced level piano study, including
present and past techniques of piano instruction. Prerequisites: Must be at the junior
level of applied piano lessons or have consent of the instructor.
452-2 Vocal Pedagogy. (2-1) Teaching voice majors how to teach singing. Includes
physiology of the vocal mechanism and the application of various techniques
appropriate in developing and correcting issues with the voice. Appropriate repertoire
for varying levels and voice types will be covered as well as basic business aspects
of private studio teaching. Prerequisite: Junior level in applied voice or consent of the
department head. Lab fee $5.
453-2 Instrumental Pedagogy. (2-1) This course will focus on the study of instrumental
pedagogy, from beginner level through advanced study, used primarily in one-on-one
instruction in the studio. Lab fee $10.
485-3 Music Seminar. (3-0) Content varies according to the needs of students and
opportunities available. When topic varies, course may be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of department head.
486-v Music Problems. (Credit variable) A directed study of selected problems in music.
540-3 Foundations of Music Education. (3-0) An investigation of historical and
philosophical principles that provide the context for contemporary music education.
The course focuses on developing a vision of music education for the future. Topics
include philosophical principles of music education, psychological theories relevant
to music teaching, and practical application of these principles through the National
Standards for Music. Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate program.
541-3 Research in Music Education I. (3-0) An exploration of methods and materials of
research in music, including styles of writing and proper documentation of sources
with an emphasis on developing strategies for organization and information access.
Prerequisite: Admission to the College of Graduate Studies.
542-3 Research in Music Education II. (3-0) Overview of music education research.
Research design and methodology to include an introduction to the component
parts of research and the different types of research. Prerequisite: Admission to the
College of Graduate Studies.

Course Descriptions
MUSC-NUR
381
550-3 Technology in the Music Classroom. (3-0) Development of concepts and skills
related to current computer technology in music. Applications of technology in the
music classroom will aid in students’ acquisition of musical knowledge and skills,
and will assist with time-management and organization for the music educator.
Prerequisite: Admission to the College of Graduate Studies.
NURSING (NUR)
250-1 Introduction to Nursing. (1-0) Provides an introduction to nursing as a scientific
discipline with its own unique body of knowledge. Gives pre-admission nursing students
an introduction to program concepts, contemporary health care and professional
nursing practice. Pre-requisite: Successful completion of thirty semester credit hours of
general academic courses required for the BSN. Course fee $20.
255-2 Concepts of Professional Nursing. (2-0) Emphasizes core professional standards,
attitudes, and values fundamental to the discipline of nursing. Legal and ethical
nursing issues, communication, caring, professional boundaries and engagement in
life long learning receive special attention. Admission to the nursing program. Pre- or
Co-requisite: NUR 250. Course fee $20.
260-2 Nursing Pathophysiology. (2-0) This course focuses on the pathophysiologic
alterations, interactions, and effects of selected diseases across the life span
taking into consideration genetic, ethnic, and cultural variables. Concepts of health
promotion, disease prevention, disease progression, and treatment are approached
from a cellular and multi-system perspective. Content aims at stimulating critical
thinking for application to nursing practice. Pre-requisite: Admission to the nursing
program. Pre- or co-requisite NUR 255. Course fee: $20.
265-3 Nursing Pharmacology. (2-3) This course introduces current concepts of
pharmacology and their relationship to nursing practice. Clinical experience through
the use of simulation focuses on all aspects of medication administration. Prerequisite:
Admission to the nursing program. Pre- or co-requisite NUR 255. Course
fee $20. Lab fee $10.
270-5 Foundations of Nursing Care. (3-6) Introduces a systematic approach to patientcentered
care. Emphasis is on understanding of knowledge, skills and attitudes
fundamental to the discipline of nursing. Focuses on safe performance of direct care
skills in the simulation lab and the hospital. Pre- or co-requisites: NUR 255, 260 and
265. Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
301-3 Family Health Nursing. (2-3) Provides an introduction to rural versus urban diversity
in health care within the context of family and its implication for nursing practice.
Clinical experiences occur in a variety of settings. Pre-requisites: NUR 255. Course
fee $20. Lab fee $10
302-4 Maternal-Newborn Health Nursing. (2-6) Focus is on culturally sensitive care for
individuals within the context of family and community during the childbearing period
including care of the neonate. Clinical experiences are provided in a variety of health
care settings. Prerequisites: NUR 301, 322, and 323. Pre- or co-requisite: NUR 325.
Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
303-3 Behavioral Health Nursing. (2-3) Emphasizes behavioral health principles in nursing
care of mentally and emotionally disabled patients and their families. Knowledge
of specific psychopharmacological agents is applied to treatment outcomes.
Clinical practicum provides opportunities to examine common psychopathologies,
developmental disorders, and community mental health phenomena in a variety of
settings. Pre-requisites: NUR 301, 322, and 323. Pre- or co-requisite: NUR 325.
Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
305-2 Professional Role Transitions. (2-0) Emphasizes core professional standards,
attitudes and values fundamental to the discipline of nursing. Responsibility and
accountability for role transition, professional growth and practice are also included.
This course is designed for LVNs admitted for BSN completion. Prerequisite:
Admission to the nursing program. Course fee $20.
314-3 Perioperative Nursing. (2-3) Allows students to expand their understanding and
skill in providing care to patients during all phases of the perioperative period. Clinical
experiences include outpatient surgery and diagnostic procedure areas of hospitals

382 Course Descriptions
NUR
as well as traditional surgical areas. Prerequisite: Completion of the Sophomore II
Nursing semester. Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
316-4 Care of Adults for Licensed Nurses. (3-3) Introduces a systematic conceptually
based approach to patient centered care. Emphasizes the study of pathophysiologic
and pharmacotherapeutic processes as the body responds to stress, injury, and
disease. Focuses on evaluation of safe performance of direct care skills. Clinical
experiences occur in the simulation lab and the acute care setting. This course is for
LVNs admitted for BSN completion. Pre- or co-requisite NUR 301, 305, 322 and 325.
Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
322-3 Health Assessment. (2-3) Fosters the acquisition of skills and techniques used in
comprehensive health assessment of adults. Clinical/laboratory experiences focus on
norms in well patient while identifying common deviations in health status of adults of
ages in the simulation lab. Pre-requisite: NUR 255, 260, 265, 270. Course fee $20. Lab
fee $10.
323-6 Nursing Care of Adults. (3-9) Continues to utilize conceptual based process to focus
on nursing care of adult medical-surgical patients. Emphasis is on clinical judgment,
therapeutic and professional communication, realistic care planning, and provision
of safe, compassionate, multidimensional care of adult patients in a variety of health
care settings and simulation lab. Pre-requisite: NUR 270. Pre- or co-requisites: NUR
301 and 322. Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
325-1 Scholarly Inquiry in Nursing. (1-0) Focuses is on an introduction to nursing
informatics and the use of databases for research to support evidence based nursing
practice. Pre-requisites: NUR 255. Course fee $20.
330-4 Nursing Care of the Older Adult. (2-6) Focus is on risk reduction, disease
prevention, and strategies for health promotion, restoration, and maintenance in a
vulnerable older population. Emphasis is placed on integrating assessment, data
analysis, therapeutic communication, and critical thinking skills to direct culturally
sensitive care of older adults. Clinical experiences are conducted in a variety of
health care settings and the simulation lab. Pre-requisites: NUR 301, 322, 323. Preor
co-requisite: NUR 325. Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
401-3 Emergency Nursing. (2-3) Refines the nursing process in caring for clients of all
ages experiencing medical/surgical emergencies, psychosocial crises, and trauma.
Clinical experiences include provision of emergency care to individuals and diverse
populations in acute care facilities and rural community settings. Age and cultural
sensitivity and critical reasoning are reinforced. Prerequisites: Completion of the
Junior II Nursing semester. Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
402-3 Transcultural Nursing. (2-3) Considers assumptions about health, illness, and
death that are deeply entwined within cultural, social, and religious beliefs of various
people groups. Alternative healing systems and practices in contemporary society
will be explored, as well as differences between provider and client cultures. Clinical
experiences among diverse ethnocultural populations will enhance self-awareness
and lead to age and culturally sensitive care. Prerequisites: Completion of the Junior
II Nursing semester. Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
403-3 Nursing in the United Kingdom. (15 per week for 3 weeks-0) This is a study abroad
course that examines nursing history, health care delivery, nursing practice and nursing
education in the United Kingdom as compared to the United States. A study abroad at
the student’s expense is required.
408-4 Nursing Care of Infants and Children. (2-6) Utilizes a conceptual based process to
focus on acute and chronic care, health promotion, injury prevention, disability and
end of life issues in infants and children and the impact on their families. Emphasis
is on culturally sensitive care and communication. Clinical experiences in acute care,
simulation lab and community settings incorporate an interdisciplinary collaborative
approach in the delivery of care. Pre-requisites: NUR 301, 302, 325, 330. Course fee
$20. Lab fee $ 10.
409-5 Advanced Technology and Nursing. (3-6) Combines knowledge of biomedical
and information technologies with developing awareness of our human capacity for
caring. Clinical emphasis is on the safe and effective use of advanced technology
in the delivery of nursing care to individuals who experience major and complex

Course Descriptions
NUR-PHIL
383
alterations in physiological, psychosocial, and spiritual health. Prerequisites NUR
302, 303, 322. Pre- or co-requisite: NUR 411. Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
410-4 Nursing Leadership and Management. (2-6) Emphasizes leadership and
management theories in practical application to issues arising in nursing management
positions. Clinical experiences focus on management of multiple patients in acute
care and interactive observation of leaders and managers in a variety of settings.
Pre-requisites: NUR 325, 330. Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
411-2 Nursing Research. (2-0) Emphasis is on an applied understanding of evidence
based practice as it relates to the science of nursing. Focuses on appraisal, critique
and dissemination of nursing research. Pre-requisites: MATH 131 or 300, NUR 325.
Course fee $20.
412-5 Nursing Care of Adults with Complex Needs. (2-9) Comprehensive care of the adult
experiencing complex health alterations within the framework of human caring. Clinical
experiences occur in specialty settings and simulation lab. Pre-requisites: NUR 325,
330. Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
425-3 Population Health Nursing. (2-3) Focuses on the aggregate, community, or
population as the unit of care. Emphasis is placed on epidemiology, health promotion,
disease and injury prevention. Clinical experiences occur in a variety of community
settings. Pre-requisites: NUR 301 and 325. Pre- or co-requisites: NUR 411. Course
fee $20. Lab fee $10.
458-v Nursing Seminar. (Variable) Design of course will focus on current topics and issues
of interest to a group of students. May be repeated for credit as topic and/or objectives
of the course change. Prerequisite: Upper-division standing in the nursing major or
approval of department head.
460-5 Transition to Professional Nursing Practice. (2-9) Course fosters synthesis
and validation of the curricular concepts gained in prior semesters. Immersion
experience to promote transition to practice is based in a rural locale to facilitate
study of the geopolitical aspects of a particular manageable and measurable setting.
Time will be dedicated to administering standardized tests used in assessing some
student learning outcomes. Pre-requisites: Successful completion of all graduation
requirements with the exception of concurrent enrollment in NUR 411 and 425.
Course fee $20. Lab fee $10.
486-v Nursing Problems. (Variable) This course allows the student to explore a topic of
special interest while working independently under the guidance of an instructor. The
student formulates objectives and a plan of evaluation of the project. May be repeated
for credit, subject to approval by the head of the Department of Nursing. Prerequisite:
Upper-division standing in the nursing major or approval of department head.
PHILOSOPHY (PHIL)
101-3 Introduction to Philosophy. (3-0) (TCCNS = PHIL 1301) A study of the writings of
major philosophical authors.
201-3 Introduction to Logic. (3-0) (TCCNS = PHIL 2303) This course will introduce the
student to the basic principles and concepts of formal logic, formal and informal
fallacies, deductive and inductive reasoning, truth tables, symbolic notation, Venn
diagrams, and the logic of scientific method. It will also include consideration of the
philosophical foundations of logic.
301-3 Ethics in the Professions. (3-0) This course will consider both the responsibilities
inherent in a profession as such and some of the specific ethical dilemmas that
arise in particular professions: business, science, engineering, military, education,
medicine, etc. Prerequisite: Junior classification.
304-3 World Religions. (3-0) A study of the philosophical, ethical, and social dimensions
of the religions of the world. Focuses on major religions but lesser known ones may
be included. The course will emphasize the diversity of religious experience and
traditions. Credit for both PHIL 304 and R S 304 will not be awarded.
403-3 Political Theory Through 1789. (3-0) Philosophical ideas concerning basic political
problems from the Greeks to 1789. Credit for both PHIL 403 and POLS 403 will not be
awarded. Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
404-3 Political Theory Since 1789. (3-0) Philosophical ideas concerning basic political

384 Course Descriptions
PHIL-PHYS
problems since 1789. Credit for both PHIL 404 and POLS 404 will not be awarded.
Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
485-3 Philosophy Seminar. (3-0) An examination of major philosophical issues and
theories. May be repeated for credit as topic varies. Prerequisite: Junior classification
or approval of department head.
486-v Problems in Philosophy (Credit variable) Independent reading, research, and
discussion. Entry into this course will be arranged with the instructor and department
head.
585-3 Philosophy Seminar. (3-0) Content varies according to the needs and desires of
students. When topic varies, course may be taken for credit more than once.
PHYSICS (PHYS)
101-4 Great Ideas of Physics. (3-3) Great Ideas of Physics is a laboratory science course
designed to introduce the student to the concepts of physics in an elementary
mathematical setting, and to discuss their significance to science, technology, and
society. Topics will be drawn from both classical and contemporary physics. Prerequisite:
Two semesters of high school algebra or MATH 101. This course cannot be used for
credit toward a degree in physics or mathematics. Course fee $15. Lab fee $8.
102-3 Essential Elements of Physics. (2-3) This course introduces fundamental physics
and astronomy concepts to students planning to become elementary and middle
school teachers. Students are expected to design and conduct inquiry based
experiments including the development of hypothesis, collection and analysis of
data, and the use of appropriate laboratory equipment. Topics include motion, forces,
energy, waves, light, electricity, magnetism, stellar and planetary evolution, and
the atom. Enrollment in this course is restricted to Interdisciplinary Studies majors.
Prerequisite: Math 107. Course fee $15. Lab fee $9.
103-3 Planetary Astronomy. (3-2) A laboratory science course of study in topics of astronomy
and astrophysics, including the history of astronomy, Kepler’s laws, gravitation, formation
of the solar system, asteroids, comets, meteors, a detailed survey of the planets and
their evolution, and discussion on the possibility of extraterrestrial life in the universe.
Prerequisites: Two semesters of high school algebra or MATH 101. Course fee $15. Lab
fee $8.
104-4 General Physics I. (3-3) An introduction to mechanics, heat, and wave motion. This
course is a trigonometry-based physics course. A student cannot get credit for PHYS
104 if credit has been previously received for PHYS 122. Prerequisite: MATH 109 or
118 or concurrent enrollment. Course fee $15. Lab fee $8.
105-4 General Physics II. (3-3) An introduction to electricity and magnetism, light, and
modern physics. This is a trigonometry-based physics course. Prerequisite: PHYS
104. A student cannot get credit for PHYS 105 if credit has previously been received
for PHYS 242. Course fee $15. Lab fee $8.
113-4 Stellar Astronomy. (3-3) A laboratory science course of study in topics of astronomy
and astrophysics, including the sun and its source of energy, stellar formation and
evolution, black holes, galaxies, cosmology, and the creation and evolution of the
universe. Prerequisites: Two semesters of high school algebra or MATH 101. Course
fee $15. Lab fee $8.
122-4 Principles of Physics I. (3-3) This is an introduction to mechanics, heat, and wave
motion. This is calculus-based physics course. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or concurrent
registration. Course fee $15. Lab fee $8.
242-4 Principles of Physics II. (3-3) This is an introduction to electricity, magnetism,
optics, and modern physics. Prerequisites: PHYS 122 and MATH 209 or concurrent
registration. Course fee $15. Lab fee $8.
331-3 Mechanics I. (3-0) Particle dynamics in one, two, and three dimensions; conservation
laws; dynamics of a system of particles; motion of rigid bodies; central force problems.
Prerequisites: PHYS 242; MATH 306 and MATH 333 or concurrent registrations.
332-3 Electromagnetic Field Theory. (3-0) Electrostatics; Laplace’s equation; the theory
of dielectrics; magnetostatic fields; electromagnetic induction; magnetic fields of
currents; Maxwell’s equations. Credit for both ENPH 332 and PHYS 332 will not be
awarded. Prerequisites: PHYS 242, MATH 306 or concurrent registration, MATH 333

Course Descriptions
PHYS
385
or concurrent registration.
333-3 Thermodynamics. (3-0) Concept of temperature, equations of state; the first and
the second law of thermodynamics; entropy; change of phase; the thermodynamics
functions. Prerequisites: PHYS 242, MATH 333 or concurrent enrollment.
334-3 Modern Physics I. (3-2) Foundations of the atomic theory of matter; kinetic theory;
elementary particles; radiations; atomic model; atomic structure; atomic spectra
and energy levels; quantum theory of radiation; x-rays; special theory of relativity.
Prerequisites: PHYS 242; MATH 333 or MATH 306 or concurrent registration. Lab
fee $8.
350-3 Medical Physics I. (3-0) The course will provide an introduction to the physics of
human physiological processes as well as the physics used in the design of medical
diagnostic tools and techniques. Prerequisite: PHYS 242 or consent of the instructor.
Course fee $15.
403-3 Astronomy and Astrophysics. (3-2) A laboratory science course of study in the
topics of astronomy and astrophysics, including Planetary Astronomy, Stellar
Astrophysics, Galactic Astronomy, Cosmology and Astrobiology. Prerequisites:
MATH 120, PHYS 122. Course fee $15. Lab fee $8.
430-3 Mathematical Methods for Physicists and Engineers. (3-0) Mathematical techniques
from the following areas: infinite series; integral transforming; applications of complex
variables; vectors, matrices, and tensors; special functions; partial differential equations;
Green’s functions; perturbation theory; integral equations; calculus of variations; and
groups and group representatives. Credit for both ENPH 430 and PHYS 430 will not be
awarded. Prerequisite: MATH 306, 333.
432-3 Optics. (3-0) Huygen’s principle applied to geometric optics; interference; diffraction;
polarization; crystal optics; electromagnetic theory of light; interaction of light with
matter. Prerequisites: ENPH/PHYS 332, MATH 306 and MATH 333.
434-3 Modern Physics II. (3-2) The constitution of the atomic nucleus; natural radioactivity;
artificially induced nuclear transmutations; alpha, beta, and gamma decay; nuclear
reactions; nuclear structure and nuclear forces; nuclear fission; neutron physics.
Prerequisites: PHYS 334 and MATH 306. Lab fee $8.
435-3 Quantum Physics. (3-0) The Schroedinger equation; one dimensional systems;
the Heisenberg uncertainty principle; magnetic moments and angular momentum;
two and three dimensional systems; approximation methods; scattering theory.
Prerequisite: PHYS 334 and MATH 306.
436-3 Solid State Physics. (3-0) The basic ideas of physics are applied to the
understanding of the properties of crystalline materials to include the definition of
such materials, electrical and thermal conductivity, heat capacity, crystalline binding,
the nature of metals, insulators, and semiconductors, dielectric properties, and
magnetic properties. Credit for both ENPH 436 and PHYS 436 will not be awarded.
Prerequisite: PHYS 334; MATH 306 or concurrent registration.
437-3 Nuclear Physics and Techniques (3-0) The study of nuclear phenomena and
properties including mass, stability, magnetic moment, radioactive decay processes
and angular momentum. The use of nuclear techniques to analyze problems in other
fields of engineering with a special emphasis on the characterization of electronic
materials. Prerequisite: PHYS 334. Course fee $15.
450-3 Medical Physics II. (3-2) The course covers the physics of ionizing radiation and
its application in areas of medical physics, radiation safety, and manufacturing.
Prerequisite: PHYS 334 or consent of instructor. Course fee $15. Lab fee $8.
486-v Special Problems. (Credit variable) This course is designed to develop the theoretical
or experimental capabilities, or both, of individual senior physics majors. Prerequisites:
Senior classification and approval of department head.
488-v Undergraduate Research Project. (Credit variable) Methods of research in physics
or in physics education through a research project directed by a departmental faculty
member. The student is required to prepare a final report and presentation. No credit
is earned until the student has enrolled in at least 2 credit hours and the final report
and presentation are certified as completed by the faculty member directing the
project, at which time the student will receive 2 credit hours. Prerequisite: Physics
major, junior standing and 14 semester hours of physics.

386 Course Descriptions
POLS
503-3 Astronomy. (3-0) Selected topics in astronomy appropriate for public school teachers.
Course may be repeated when topic changes.
POLITICAL SCIENCE (POLS)
201-3 American National Government. (3-0) (TCCNS = GOVT 2305 OR GOVT 2302)
A study of the American national governmental system. This course with POLS 202
satisfies the legal requirement for graduation from state colleges and universities.
202-3 Texas Government. (3-0) (TCCNS = GOVT 2306 OR GOVT 2301) A study of the
constitution of the state of Texas and of the state and local governmental units created
by the constitution. This course satisfies the TEA requirement for out-of-state teacher
certification and, when taken with POLS 201, the legal requirement for graduation
from state colleges and universities.
301-3 Political Economy of Globalization. (3-0) This course provides an overview of the
demographic, technological, and economic forces that have come together to shape
a more culturally, economically, and politically integrated world. It will also examine
the hard political and economic choices that must be made in this more intensely
competitive environment.
302-3 Elections and Political Parties. (3-0) The study of the electoral process in American
national, state, and local political systems. Emphasis will be placed on the evolution
of the structure and functions of political parties, interest groups, the news media,
and other participants in the electoral process. Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
303-3 Comparative State and Local Government and Politics. (3-0) Variations and
similarities in the practice of politics and in the administration of government in the
states. Particular attention is given to local government and state-national relations.
Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
304-3 The Executive. (3-0) The study of the organization of executive power in American
national, state, and local systems. Emphasis will be placed on the evolution of the
structure and functions of the Presidency of the United States and national, state,
and local bureaucracies, and the role of parties, legislatures, courts, interest groups,
and other participants in the executive process. Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
305-3 Legislation. (3-0) The study of the legislative process in American national, state,
and local political systems. Emphasis will placed on the evolution of the structure
and functions of the Congress and the state legislatures, and the role of executives,
courts, parties, interest groups, and other participants in the legislative process.
Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
306-3 Political Economy. (3-0) A study of the historical, philosophical, and theoretical
relationships between the state and the economy. Credit for both POLS 306 and
ECO 306 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: 3 hours of ECO and 6 hours of POLS or
approval of instructor.
307-3 Public Administration. (3-0) A survey of the concepts and practices of American
public administration. Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
308-3 International Politics. (3-0-WI) The development of the national state system, the
problems and issues which have arisen, international agencies created to cope with
these problems, and the principles of international conduct. Prerequisites: POLS
201, 202.
310-3 Environmental Politics. (3-0) An introduction to the politics of environmental
protection in America. The focus of the course is upon domestic environmental
policy with particular attention paid to the federalism in shaping and implementing
environmental policies. Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
320-3 Terrorism and Political Violence. (3-0) A study of the causes of terrorism and other
forms of political violence, with particular emphasis on measures of prevention and
counter-terrorism.
401-3 Constitutional Law I. (3-0) The origin and growth of the constitutional aspects of
national power as shown by leading U.S. Supreme Court decisions on commerce,
federalism, jurisdiction, money, monopolies, treaties, and war. Prerequisites: POLS
201, 202, HIST 201, 202.
402-3 Constitutional Law II. (3-0) The origin and development of constitutional prohibitions
as shown by leading U.S. Supreme Court decisions on civil rights, contracts, due

Course Descriptions
POLS
387
process, economic regulation, eminent domain, labor relations, obscenity, political
utterance, and religion. Prerequisite: POLS 401.
403-3 Political Theory Through 1789. (3-0) Philosophical ideas concerning basic political
problems from the Greeks to 1789. Credit for both PHIL 403 and POLS 403 will not
be awarded. Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
404-3 Political Theory Since 1789. (3-0) Philosophical ideas concerning basic political
problems since 1789. Credit for both PHIL 404 and POLS 404 will not be awarded.
Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
405-3 Comparative Government and Politics. (3-0) The government and politics of the
major world powers. Examples may be drawn from Asia, Africa, Europe and the
Americas. Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
410-3 Environmental Policy. (3-0) An introduction to the politics of environmental
protection worldwide. The focus of this course is upon international environmental
policy with particular attention paid to the agreements and treaties made by nations
to shape and implement environmental policy. Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
415-3 Foreign Policy. (3-0) The study of America’s role in the modern world. Particular
emphasis is placed on the policy makers, for example, the President, Congress, the
State Department, and the Department of Defense, and on external factors such as
other nations. Prerequisites: POLS 201, 202.
416-3 Conflict Studies. (3-0) A study of the causes of international and civil conflict,
historical changes in the nature of war, and predictions of future conflicts.
417-3 Peace Studies. (3-0) A seminar on the causes of peace, covering bargaining and
war termination, social conflict resolution, international cooperation, and the ethics of
peace.
420-3 Weapons of Mass Destruction. (3-0) Examines the physical and political effects of
chemical, biological, and nuclear weapons, with emphasis on issues of deterrence
and arms control.
421-3 Civil Wars and Military Intervention. (3-0) A study of the causes, characteristics,
and effects of civil wars, with particular emphasis on preventing the resumption of
warfare after peace agreements. The effect of military intervention on the outcome
and recurrence of civil war is studied in detail.
480-3 Administration of Justice. (3-0) Analyzes the structure, function, and interrelationship
of the components of the criminal justice system at the federal, state, and local levels.
The history and philosophy of criminal justice in a democratic society will be included.
Credit for both POLS 480 and C J 480 will not be awarded.
484-v Internship. (Credit variable) Application and integration of academic study and
development of skills in a field setting. Field projects include direction of a political
campaign, internship in a city or county administrative office, or in a not-for-profit
organization for analyzing or carrying out governmental policy. Minimum of 200 hours
of work required for 3 hours of credit. Prerequisites: 2.5 overall grade point average,
advanced standing, and approval of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
485-v Political Science Seminar. (Credit variable) Independent reading, research,
discussion, and paper writing, under personal direction of instructor. Prerequisites:
Senior classification, 18 hours POLS, or approval of department head. May be taken
more than once for credit.
486-v Political Science Problems. (Credit variable) Independent reading, research and
discussion. Entry into this course will be arranged with the political science counselor.
490-3 Political Science Capstone Course. (3-0) This course requires students to
integrate and use fundamental concepts learned in previous political science courses
to research and analyze real-world political phenomena and problems. Students will
present oral and written reports on their research, supplemented by appropriate
internet and multimedia materials, as well as portfolios documenting their research.
530-3 Public Management. (3-0) The practical application of theories of public administration,
the study of problems of administrative management in public organizations, and the
use of law for administrative decision-making.
560-3 Political Culture. (3-0) The study of political culture as it forms and is formed by
public policy. Examples may include the culture of environmental policy, bureaucratic
policy, foreign policy, and others.

388 Course Descriptions
POLS-P SC-PSY
561-3 Politics of Education. (3-0) The study of the relationship between politics and
education in America including K-12 and post-secondary systems.
562-3 Environmental Policy. (3-0) The study of the politics of the natural environment with
emphasis on the role of government in environmental protection.
585-3 Political Science Seminar. (3-0) Contents vary according to the needs and desires
of students. Independent reading, research, discussion, and writing under personal
direction of instructor. May be repeated once for credit when topic varies.
586-v Political Science Problems. (Credit variable) Conference course. Independent
reading, research, discussion, under supervision of senior professor.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0) Scheduled when student is ready to begin thesis. No credit until thesis
is accepted. Prerequisites: 24 hours of graduate credit and approval of department
head.
599-3 Practicum, Field Problem, or Internship. (3-0) Supervised professional activities
in school administration, counseling, supervision, college or public school teaching,
or other public service professions. Major emphasis is placed on the student’s
involvement in successful practices in the area of professional interest. May be
repeated once for credit. Field assignment fee $75.
PHYSICAL SCIENCES (P SC)
101-4. Physical Sciences Survey. (3-3) A one-semester survey course of the physical
sciences. Topics are selected from astronomy, meteorology, chemistry, geology and
physics to illustrate the philosophic methods of science. This course does not count
toward the university lab science requirement. Lab fee $5.
PSYCHOLOGY (PSY)
101-3 General Psychology. (3-0) (TCCNS = PSYC 2301) An overview of psychology,
the scientific study of human behavior and mental processes and the variables that
influence these processes. Topics covered in the course include motivation, emotions,
intelligence, sensory processes, perception, learning, thinking, mental health, and
psychotherapy.
102-3 Psychology of Adjustment. (3-0) (TCCNS = PSYC 2315) A study of human
behavioral and mental processes that permit us to adjust or to meet the demands
of a changing physical or psychological environment with an emphasis upon
effective personal-social adjustment. Topics covered include social influence, stress,
psychological factors and physical health, health-enhancing behaviors, addictive
behaviors, methods of coping, gender roles and differences, and interpersonal
attraction.
201-3 Psychology of Human Development. (3-0) (TCCNS = PSYC 2312) A lifespan
study of the development of human beings from conception to death. The growth and
developmental patterns of the eight age groups are studied with attention directed
to experimental evidence, case studies, and contemporary theories. May not be
counted as part of the professional education component for teacher certification.
220-3 Child and Adolescent Psychology. (3-0) (TCCNS = PSYC 2308) A study of children
from infancy through adolescence with emphasis on the analysis of behavior based
on experimental evidence and contemporary theory.
301-3 Psychology of Learning. (3-0). An investigation into the major theoretical
approaches, concepts and principles, and experimental methods of learning.
Prerequisite: PSY 101 or approval of department head.
303-3 Educational Psychology. (3-0) The study of the psychology of learning within
educational settings. Topics include theories and research on human development,
cognition, learning, and motivation, and their application to the processes of teaching
and learning. Issues such as cultural diversity, standardized testing, individual
differences, exceptionalities, and the learning environment are also considered.
305-3 Human Cognitive Processes. (3-0) A survey of human cognition and information
processing, including perception, attention, memory, reasoning, and problem solving.
Also included are the experimental methods and current theories of human cognition.
Prerequisite: PSY 101 or approval of department head.
307-3 The Human Lifespan. (3-0) Surveys development from conception through

Course Descriptions
PSY
389
adulthood with emphasis on social adaptation of individuals and roles in families,
groups, and communities. Cognitive, social, personal and biological factors of the
stages of development are included.
309-3 Writing in Psychology. (3-0-WI) The study of advanced technical communication in
psychology. Involves learning and using the current edition of the Publication Manual
of the American Psychological Association for formal research reports, literature
reviews grant proposals, and professional articles. Also involves learning to write
professional psychological reports. Prerequisites: PSY 101, ENGL 111, and ENGL
112, or approval of department head.
310-3 Abnormal Psychology. (3-0) An overview of the history, causes, and treatments of
deviant behavior. Psychological, social, and physiological factors as they relate to the
development of abnormal behavior and its subsequent treatment. Prerequisite: PSY
101 or approval of department head.
311-3 Behavior Analysis and Behavior Management. (3-0). Examines the basic principles
and methods of behavior analysis and behavior management techniques. Includes a
systematic review of behavioral and cognitive-behavioral methodologies for dealing
with human problems such as disruptive behavior, personal adjustment difficulties,
behavioral deficits, phobias and fears, developmental disorders, stress and maladaptive
behavior in a variety of settings. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or approval of department
head.
320-3 Psycholinguistics. (3-0) The course emphasizes the study of language, understanding
languages, producing language and speech, language development, and related
topics such as reading, language and the brain, linguistic diversity, and universals.
Prerequisite: PSY 101 or approval of department head.
330-3 Elementary Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences. (3-0) Measures of central
tendency, variability, and correlation. Applications of statistical inference to research
in Psychology. Reliability and validity of psychological tests and measurement. Also
included are analysis of variance, multiple analysis of variance, and regression.
Prerequisites: PSY 101 and MATH 107 or equivalent.
332-3 Psychopharmacology. (3-0) A study of the neuroscientific basis of the effects of
drugs on behavior. Emphasis will be placed on major antipsychotic, anti-anxiety, and
antidepressant drugs and their clinical use and side effects. Drug abuse such as
alcohol, marijuana, and cocaine will also be reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 101, BIOL
219 or BIOL 220, and 4 additional hours of lab science, or approval of department
head.
335-4 Principles of Research for the Behavioral Sciences. (3-2-WI). The study of various
research designs used in the behavioral sciences. Includes laboratory exercises to
acquaint and give students hands-on experience with experimental procedures and
basic and applied research. Experiences are also provided in developing a research
proposal, obtaining approval and consent to conduct research, using statistical
computer applications, and a writing research report. Ethical and legal issues in
conducting research are also considered. Prerequisites: PSY 309 and 330, or approval
of department head. Lab fee $20.
350-3 Personality. (3-0) An introduction to personality, which is the unique and relatively
stable patterns of behavior, thoughts, and feelings that make human beings different.
Various theoretical approaches - psychodynamic, cognitive, behavioral, humanistic,
and existential - will be covered and will be related to personality and personality
development. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or approval of department head.
360-3 Sport Psychology. (3-0) This course will provide students with an overview of the
theories and research related to sport and exercise behavior. Topics to be covered
include the history of sport psychology, behavioral principles, anxiety, motivation,
leadership, group dynamics, gender, and personality. The course will also be
designed to relate these principles to exercise and sport performance. Prerequisite:
PSY 101 or approval of department head.
401-3 Psychological Tests and Measurement. (3-0). An introduction to the principles of
psychological testing. Includes the use and critical evaluation of tests of achievement,
intelligence, aptitude, and personality. Prerequisite: PSY 101, MATH 107 or higher,
and PSY 330, or approval of department head.

390 Course Descriptions
PSY
402-3 Adaptive Psychology. (3-0) A consideration of how adaptation has influenced
social, cognitive and developmental processes in humans. Comparisons between
humans and other species, and between different human cultures will be included.
Prerequisite: PSY 101 or approval of department head.
403-3 Animal Behavior. (3-0) A survey of the major areas of animal behavior research from
a psychological perspective. Research examining the development and display of
behaviors will include subject samples ranging from insects to humans conducted in
natural, quasi-experimental, and experimental studies. Prerequisites: PSY 101, BIOL
219 or BIOL 220, and 4 additional hours of lab science, or approval of department
head.
405-3 Social Psychology. (3-0) An introduction to the theories and topics of social
psychology. This course emphasizes the effect of social variables upon the behavior
of individuals. Topics covered include socialization, language and communication,
prejudice, social attitudes, attitude change, aggression, prosocial behavior, and group
behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or approval of department head.
410-3 Industrial/Organizational Psychology. (3-0). A survey of the basic theories and
practices of Industrial/Organizational psychology including selection testing, job
analysis, performance appraisal training, employment motivation, job satisfaction,
leadership and group processes within organizations. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or
approval of department head.
412-3 Biological Foundations of Behavior. (3-0) Surveys the biological basis of behavior.
Includes an in-depth examination of the physical structure of the human body and the
role of chemical and electrical operations within it and how it influences psychological
functioning. Emphasis will be placed on the developmental, cognitive, affective
and behavioral effects of such operations. Recent research will also be reviewed.
Prerequisites: PSY 101, BIOL 219 or BIOL 220, and 4 additional hours of lab science,
or approval of department head.
420-3 History of Psychology. (3-0). The historical analysis of pre-scientific psychology,
including the philosophical and physiological roots leading to the development of
the early schools of psychological thought and scientific psychology, and current
psychological theoretical positions. Prerequisites: PSY 101 and junior classification, or
approval of department head.
486-v Problems in Psychology. (variable) Independent reading and research on various
topics related to Psychology. Entry into the course will be arranged by the director of
the Psychology program.
490-3 Special Topics. (3-0) An examination of different topics each semester with a focus
on contemporary issues in psychology. This course may be repeated for credit as the
topic changes.
500-3 Behavioral Statistics. (3-0) Review of descriptive statistics with emphasis on
inferential statistics. Includes correlation, one-way and two-way analysis of variance,
regression analysis and experimental design. Use of computer software with emphasis
on experience with SPSS. Prerequisite: Undergraduate statistics recommended.
501-3 Research Methods. (3-0) A study of the scientific method of research, types
of research and research design. Students are required to review, analyze and
interpret research findings in their major field and develop a research project with the
assistance of their instructor. This course should be taken after the completion of 12
graduate semester hours. Prerequisites: PSY 500 or equivalent graduate statistics
course. Lab fee assessed.
502-3 Social Psychological Processes. (3-0) An in-depth examination of the individual
in a social and cultural context. Topics include: the behavior of groups, the roles of
individuals within groups, and the influence of groups on an individual’s perceptions,
attitudes, emotions, and behavior. Major theories and supporting research are covered.
Includes a selected emphasis on specific topics, with individual or team projects and/or
original research.
503-3 Theories of Learning. (3-0) Study of major theories of learning, factors which
influence the process of learning, and application of these theories and processes
to general and special populations. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate School or
approval of department head.

Course Descriptions
PSY
391
504-3 Human Development. (3-0) A lifespan survey of the development of human beings
from conception to death. Topics included will be research and theory into physical,
cognitive, social, and personality development in each of the different age groups:
prenatal, infancy, childhood, adolescence, and adulthood.
505-3 Practicum I: Field Experience. (3-0) Provides supervised experience in mental
health, counseling, marriage and family, school, rehabilitation, and other field settings
outside the University. The field experience will consist of a minimum of 150 clock
hours. Liability insurance is required. An application must be submitted by the
published due date in the semester prior to field placement and approved by the
practicum/internship director. Prerequisite: 3.0 or greater GPA and CPSY 557, or
approval of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
511-3 Cultural, Minority and Gender Issues. (3-0) Study of interaction of social/cultural
groups in America, problems of minorities and ethnic groups, problems related to
gender and age, problems within family systems and contemporary sources of
positive change.
513-3 Crisis Intervention and Management of Individuals and Families. (3-0)
Examination of the dynamics and treatment of developmental and situational crises
within families and other varied settings. Emphasis is on intervention in particular
crises such as divorce, death, sexual or physical abuse, life-change, substance
dependency, suicide, and emotional dysfunction. Theories and approaches to
crisis intervention and management described with role play and field observations.
Prerequisites: CPSY 550 or PSY 560, and CPSY 553, or approval of department
head.
514-3 Assessment of Intelligence and Achievement. (3-0) Introduces the selection,
administration, and interpretation of selected tests used in the individual measurement
of intelligence. Prerequisites: CPSY 558 and PSY 581, or approval of department
head. Course fee $50.
515-3 Physiological Psychology. (3-0) An examination of the biological basis of behavior
with an emphasis on the structure and biochemistry of the human nervous system.
Includes an exploration of the interactive relationships between biological processes,
psychopharmacology, genetics, neurological disorders, normal growth and
maturation, perception, memory, emotion, stress, mental disorders, consciousness,
and communication. Contemporary theories and research are investigated and
critiqued.
516-3 Advanced Quantitative Methods and Experimental Design. (3-0) This course
provides an overview of advanced statistical techniques to analyze quantitative data
resulting from experimental and quasi-experimental research designs. This course is
a continuation of PSY 500 and 501 and requires students to demonstrate proficiency
in the use of SPSS for data analysis. The course reviews One-Way and Two-Factor
ANOVA. Other topics include ANCOVA, MANOVA, MANCOVA, multiple regression,
logistic regression, data reduction techniques (factor analysis and principal components
analysis), and non-parametric analyses appropriate for two- and multi-group designs.
The course emphasizes the integration of multivariate and advanced statistical design
with applicable research paradigms.
520-3 History and Systems. (3-0) Historical analysis of the development of the science of
psychology from early philosophical theories through the establishment of psychology
as a science to modern theoretical positions.
521-3 Evolutionary Psychology. (3-0) In-depth evaluation of the current theories of
adaptation with a large focus on how adaptation has influenced social, cognitive and
developmental processes in humans. Evidence from cross-cultural studies as well as
cross species studies will be reviewed and discussed.
522-3 Psychometrics. (3-0) Systematic treatment of the logic of measurement, including
such topics as scaling models, validity, variance and covariance, reliability, theories of
measurement error an test construction. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate School
or approval of department head.
560-3 Foundations of School Psychology. (3-0) Introduces the foundations, professional
standards, ethics, and laws related to the delivery of school psychological services.
Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate School or approval of department head.

392 Course Descriptions
PSY-RDG
580-3 Personality and Social Assessment. (3-0) Instruction and supervision in the
assessment of emotional, motivational, interpersonal, and attitudinal characteristics of
children and adults. Includes the administration, scoring, and interpretation of many
widely-used tests. Prerequisites: CPSY 558 and 581, or approval of department head.
Lab fee $50.
581-3 Assessment and Evaluation Fundamentals. (3-0) This course examines the
nature and development of standardized tests, with emphasis on ethical standards,
psychometric theory, test standards and test construction. Selection criteria and
utilization of standardized and other instruments in various environments are
considered. Includes evaluations and critiques of published tests and experiential
exposure to different types of psychological tests. Prerequisite: PSY 500 or EDU
598, or approval of department head.
582-3 Behavior Management and Therapy. (3-0). Examines basic theories of human
learning, major approaches to behavior management and therapy and principles of
applied behavior analysis. Formal treatment planning application and evaluation of
programs for management of specific behavioral/psychological problems. Includes
case review and practice in individual interventions. Prerequisites: CPSY 550 or PSY
560, and CPSY 553, or approval of department head.
583-3 Consultation and Supervision. (3-0) Introduces the application of psychological
principles of consultation and supervision in selected settings. Emphasis is on analysis
of client and consultee/supervisor behaviors, individual and group communications,
program evaluation and possible intervention options in selected environments.
Prerequisites: CPSY 550 or PSY 560, and CPSY 553, or approval of department
head.
584-3 Practicum II: Field Experience. (3-0) Continues Practicum I. The field experience
will consist of 150 clock hours with 100 client contact hours. Prerequisite: PSY 505,
3.0 GPA, and consent of the practicum/internship director. Field assignment fee $75.
586-v Problems. (variable) Directed independent study or research under the supervision
of a member of the psychology faculty. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and approval
of department head.
587-3 Practicum III: Field Experience. (3-0) Continues Practicum II. The field experience
will consist of 200 clock hours with 100 client contact hours. Prerequisites: PSY 584,
3.0 GPA, and consent of practicum/internship director. Field assignment fee $75.
588-3 Thesis. (3-0). Scheduled when the student is ready to begin the thesis. No credit until
the thesis is completed. Prerequisites: Completion of all course work required by the
degree and consent of the major professor.
590-v Special Topics. (variable) An examination of different topics each semester with a
focus on contemporary issues in counseling. This course may be repeated for credit
as the topic changes.
595-3 Internship I. (3-0) Supervised professional activities in psychology. Major emphasis
is placed on the student’s involvement in successful practices in the area of interest.
Students must have met all academic and professional standards of practice before
placement. Lab experiences are included. Prerequisites: Completion of all course work
required by the degree and application for internship. Field assignment fee $75.
596-3 Internship II. (3-0) Continued supervised experience of professional activities
in psychology in the student’s area of interest. Major emphasis is placed on the
integration of theoretical and conceptual principles, as well as professional and
personal skill development. Prerequisites: PSY 595 and application for internship.
Field assignment fee $75.
READING (RDG)
100-3 Basic Reading. (3-0) The study of ways a student may enhance existing reading and
writing skills; evaluate and examine new theories of learning in relation to individual
needs; develop problem solving abilities and critical thinking; acquire individual
capacities for understanding oneself in relation to college expectations. The class will
use relevant, pertinent materials designed to enrich a student’s background knowledge.
301-3 An Introduction to Children’s Literature. (3-0) A survey of literature for children
focusing on the use of classic and contemporary texts to promote interest, motivation,

Course Descriptions
RDG
393
& critical reading skills for self-selected reading in the elementary student. Prepares
teachers to use texts to emphasize literary genre, text structures, & literary devices
as tools for making connections & meaning. Prerequisites: Required core ENGL
classes for degree. Credit will not be granted for RDG 301 and ENGL 350.
311-3 Reading I – Reading Acquisition and Development. (3-0) Focuses on researchbased
competencies essential for effective literacy instruction. Surveys characteristics
of normal reading development in the emergent/early learner; explores materials,
procedures, assessment and instructional methods considered effective in teaching
oral language, writing, strategy building for comprehension, vocabulary, and
word identification; reviews diagnosis of reading difficulties in the young reader.
Prerequisites: Required core and degree ENGL and completion of or concurrent
enrollment in RDG 301.
351-3 Content Area Reading. (3-0-WI) This course provides an understanding of factors
which influence learning from content text and teaches specific instructional strategies
which promote comprehension, vocabulary development, effective study strategies,
and test-taking skills. Includes ways to modify text for diverse learners. Attention
is given to the principles of research-based reading instruction. Prerequisite: Nine
hours required English.
384-3 Assessment and Instruction of the Developing Reader. (3-0-WI) A field-based
course that surveys informal and formal assessment procedures related to classroom
reading instruction. Includes correlates of reading difficulty and instructional strategies
for individualizing reading instruction. Prerequisites: RDG 311 and Admission to
Tarleton Teacher Education Program.
409-3 Reading and Writing Across the Curriculum. (3-0-WI) Theory and instructional
strategies for teaching the writing process in elementary and middle schools. Includes
stages of the writing process, issues at the different grade levels, teaching with minilessons,
early literacy, spelling, handwriting, developing listening skills, writing, and
the use of children’s literature to teach writing. Prerequisites: RDG 301, 311 and 384,
and concurrent enrollment in RDG 410, EDU 415, and EDU 404 or 430.
410-3 Implementation of Classroom Reading Instruction. (3-0) A survey of state and
national reading initiatives, approaches to teaching reading, procedures for organizing
the elementary and middle school classrooms for reading instruction, research on
effective reading-writing instruction, and roles of school personnel and parents in the
school reading program. Prerequisites: RDG 311 and 384, RDG 301, and concurrent
enrollment in RDG 409 and EDU 430 or 404 or approval of department head.
486-v Reading Problems. (1 to 3-0) A course featuring independent research, reading,
application and discussion under personal direction of instructor. Topics vary
according to student need. Open to students of junior or senior classification who
have been admitted to the Teacher Education Program and with approval of instructor
and department head.
570-3 Literacy Development. (3-0) Models of the reading and writing processes. Includes
characteristics of emergent, early, transitional and fluent literacy; instructional
strategies in reading and writing; phonics instruction and strategies for teaching
English language learners; the essential knowledge and skills in the language arts
curriculum. Prerequisite: admission to the alternative teacher certification program at
Tarleton.
571-3 Advanced Strategies for Literacy Development. (3-0) A study of the research
in literacy development from early childhood through adulthood. Course content
includes: developing research-based literacy programs from early childhood through
adulthood; applying informal diagnostic and remedial procedures for English language
learners, elementary, secondary and adult readers; surveying print and non-print
materials, including textbooks, trade books and computer software. Prerequisite:
Admission to the alternative teacher certification program at Tarleton.
572-3 Language Arts for Today’s Learner. (3-0) Examines research and strategies
for implementing the reading/writing process in classrooms. Examines integrated
curriculum, use of children’s literature, classroom management and organization,
evaluation, working with diverse learners, and developing support networks.
Prerequisites: RDG 573 or 9 hours of undergraduate reading courses or approval of

394 Course Descriptions
RDG-RNRM
department head.
573-3 Foundations of Reading. (3-0) Examines theoretical models of the reading process,
historical perspectives on reading instruction, and language learning. Develops an
understanding of the construction of reading theory and its relationship to instructional
practices. Prerequisite: Elementary, secondary, or all-level certification or approval of
department head.
574-3 Reading Resources and Materials. (3-0) Surveys a variety of print and non-print
materials including content-area textbooks, trade books, and computer software.
Includes evaluation of materials and application of reading principles to instruction in
content areas. Prerequisite: RDG 573 or 9 hours of undergraduate reading courses
or approval of department head.
575-3 Reading Research and Assessment. (3-0) Examines methods and techniques
employed in reading research and assessment. Includes a review of research
and the development, implementation, and dissemination of classroom research.
Explores the application of appropriate diagnostic and correctional procedures for
elementary, secondary, and adult learners having difficulty reading. Includes clinical
practice. Prerequisite: RDG 573 or 9 hours of undergraduate reading courses or
approval of department head.
576-3 Organization and Administration of Reading Programs. (3-0) Surveys state
laws, trends and issues related to the administration of reading programs. Examines
instructional issues and reading programs for pre-K through adult learners. Includes
censorship issues, textbook/test adoption procedures, roles and responsibilities in
the reading program, staff development, and change strategies. Prerequisite: RDG
573 or 9 hours of undergraduate reading courses or approval of department head.
586-v Problems. (Credit variable) Directed study of selected problems in reading.
Prerequisite: Approval of department head.
RANGE AND RANCH MANAGEMENT (RNRM)
221-3 Wildlife Conservation and Management. (3-0) (TCCNS = AGRI 2330) An introduction
to the principles and practices of managing wildlife and habitat; factors regulating
wildlife populations including behavior, disease, predation, and harvest; and public
policy related to wildlife conservation. Credit for both RNRM 221 and WLDM 221 will
not be awarded. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and MATH 107 or higher. Course fee
$5.
300-3 Rangeland and Forest Plants. (2-2) Comprehensive study of native and naturalized
North American plants used for range, habitat, and wood products. Major domesticated
pasture plants. Detailed treatment of systematics, nomenclature, morphological
features, and ecology with emphasis on economically important range, lumber-pulp,
and watershed species. Prerequisites: AGRN 105 and BIOL 120. Lab fee $2.
301-3 Principles of Range Management. (2-2) Principles and practices for managing
native grazing lands. Use of the Cardinal Principles for conservation of range
resources. Sustained forage, animal, water, etc., production and ranching profitability.
Application of ecology and plant physiology to grazing management. Land-vegetation
manipulations to restore deteriorated ranges and watersheds. Prerequisites: AGRN
105 and BIOL 120. Lab fee $2.
302-3 Range Plants (2-2) Nomenclature and classification of range plants in the U.S. with
emphasis on distribution, ecology, and economic value of species important in Texas.
Prerequisite: Completion of all required freshman agriculture courses. Lab fee $5.
305-3 GIS for Natural Resource Managers. (2-2) An introductory course on the use of
geographic information systems (GIS) in natural resource management. Laboratory
exercises will apply knowledge learned in lectures to solve real world problems in
natural resource management using GIS software. Cross-listed with AGRN 305 and
WLDM 305: Credit will not be given for multiple enrollments in these cross-listed
courses. Lab fee $15.
310-3 Wildlife Management Techniques. (2-2) Field and laboratory techniques used in
wildlife management and research. Determining age, food habits, population analysis,
habitat analysis, and introduction to research. Credit for both RNRM 310 and WLDM
310 will not be awarded. Modest cost of field trips will be borne by student Prerequisite:

Course Descriptions
RNRM
395
RNRM 221 or WLDM 221. Course fee $5.
315-3 Range Ecology. (2-2) Introduction of the physical and biological components
of rangeland ecosystems and their influence on plant and animal growth. Field
study of range ecosystems in the Cross Timbers area with emphasis on dynamics,
interactions, and manipulation. Prerequisites: AGRN 105, ANSC 107, and RNRM
302. Lab fee $7.
320-3 Watershed Management. (3-0) Management and planning of range and forest land
watersheds for maintenance or improvement of water and soil resources. Effects of
vegetation and land management practices on water quality and quantity, erosion,
and sedimentation. Prerequisite: RNRM 301.
375-3 Conservation of Natural Resource. (3-0) Principles and philosophies associated
with the development, management, and use of natural resources in relation to
the ecological and social consequences inherent to management alternatives.
Sustainable development and use will be emphasized. Credit for both RNRM 375
and WLDM 375 will not be awarded. Course fee $5.
399-v Cooperative Education. (Credit variable; 1-3 for each hour) This course is
designed to offer students the opportunity to integrate academic study with work
experience that is germane to their major or minor. Enrollment requires a twosemester
minimum commitment that may be accomplished by 1) alternating
semesters of full-time study with semesters of curriculum-related employment, or
2) enrolling in courses at least half-time (6 semester hours) and working part-time
in parallel positions of curriculum-related employment. The department Cooperative
Education advisor will supervise the student’s experience and assign the final grade
based on the student’s final report which is required to complete the course. Students
may participate in the Cooperative Education program for an unlimited number of
semesters but a maximum of 6 hours credit may be counted toward a degree.
Prerequisites: Completion of 30 semester hours which includes 12 hours in the major
or minor discipline in which the Cooperative Education course is desired, minimum
overall GPA of 2.5 and a minimum GPA of 3.0 in the appropriate major or minor field,
and department head approval. Field assignment fee $75.
412-3 Range Improvement and Development. (2-2) Principles and practices associated
with the development of rangelands for livestock and wildlife production. Study of
grazing systems, facilities development, brush control, reseeding, fertilization, and
burning to improve rangeland productivity. Prerequisite: RNRM 301 or consent of
instructor. Lab fee $2.
416-3 Range Analysis and Planning. (2-2) Methods and applications of sampling,
describing, and evaluating range plant communities with emphasis on inventory
and monitoring programs for private and public lands. Application of biometrics to
inventory data. Prerequisite: RNRM 301 or consent of instructor. Lab fee $2.
484-v Internship. (Credit Variable) An approved, supervised, comprehensive work
experience consisting of a minimum of 240 hours (6 weeks) for career preparation
in a public, commercial, or private range-related enterprise or ranching operation.
Prerequisites: Senior or Junior classification and approval of academic advisor and
department head. Field assignment fee $75.
486-v Problems in Range Management. (Credit variable) Individualized or small group
studies of current topics applicable to the management of rangeland with emphasis
on the student’s specific major and interests. Prerequisites: Senior classification and
advance approval by instructor.
488-v Undergraduate Research. (Credit variable) Fundamental research methods will be
addressed through a faculty-directed project. Participation in an abbreviated lecture
series may be required. Project components may include a literature review, data
collection and analysis, testing, planning, project design, and/or computer modeling.
The student is required to prepare a final report and produce a presentation. No credit
is awarded until the report and presentation are submitted. Only one undergraduate
research experience will be counted toward degree requirements. Prerequisites:
Junior standing, completion of 12 hours in AGRN and/or RNRM, and approval of
department head.
490-v Special Topics. (3-0) Deals with selected topics in agriculture or range management.

396 Course Descriptions
RNRM-R S-SOC
May be repeated for credit when topics vary, with a maximum of six hours counting
towards the degree. Prerequisites: Approval of department head.
515-3 Rangeland Ecosystems. (3-0) Specialized study of rangeland ecosystems with
emphasis on herbivory as an ecological process. An in-depth review of assessment
methodology, trends in research, and current ecological issues. Prerequisites: RNRM
315 and 416 and graduate classification.
586-v Range Management Problems. (Credit variable) Advanced independent or group
study of selected range management problems or topics. Credit hours dependent on
scope and depth of study. Enrollment must be approved in advance by supervising
instructor.
RELIGION STUDIES (R S)
101-3 Survey of the Old Testament. (3-0) A survey of the historical background and basic
teachings of the Old Testament and its influence in the ancient world.
102-3 Survey of the New Testament. (3-0) A survey of the historical background and basic
teachings of the New Testament and its influence in the ancient world.
304-3 World Religions. (3-0) A study of the philosophical, ethical, and social dimensions
of the religions of the world. Focuses on major religions but lesser known ones may
be included. The course will emphasize the diversity of religious experience and
traditions. Credit for both PHIL 304 and R S 304 will not be awarded.
SOCIOLOGY (SOC)
101-3 Cultural Anthropology. (3-0) A comparative study of culture, cultural patterns, and
sociocultural change with the emphasis on preliterate societies.
201-3 Introduction to Sociology. (3-0) (TCCNS = SOCI 1301) A general introduction
to the concepts and elementary methods used in the study of society. Special
attention is given to social organization, social stratification, social institutions, formal
organizations, small groups, and social change.
202-3 Social Problems. (3-0) (TCCNS = SOCI 1306) A study of several major problems
facing contemporary society in such areas as family, mental health, crime and
juvenile delinquency, racial and ethnic relationships. Prerequisite: SOC 201.
301-3 Sociology of the Family. (3-0) A comparative study of the family as a social
institution with emphasis on formation, functions, maintenance, child rearing, and
family disorganization. Prerequisites: Junior classification and SOC 201 or approval
of department head.
303-3 Race and Ethnic Relations. (3-0) Includes an analysis of relations between
dominant groups and minority groups that make up American society. Theories of
race relations and prejudice, the meaning of racial differences, group conflict, and
modes of accommodation are emphasized.
304-3 Medical Sociology. (3-0) This course explores how the sociology of health and
illness are affected by social structure and cultural factors, including how these
influence health and illness and people’s perceptions of the same. Additionally, this
course explores the concrete organizations that make up medical systems and how
that system reflects the interests of doctors, insurance companies, pharmaceutical
industries, hospitals, researchers, the government, and the consumer. Prerequisites:
SOC 201 or 202 or approval of department head.
305-3 Criminology. (3-0) Theories of criminology and significant research on causes,
extent, cost and ecology of crime; police, criminal, and juvenile courts; and prisons
and reformatories. Course also focuses on prevention and rehabilitation. Credit for
both C J 305 and SOC 305 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: SOC 201 or approval
of instructor.
307-3 Rural Sociology. (3-0) Adaptations of families to rural environments, farming, and
other occupations; organizations, agencies, and institutions serving rural people;
problems in delivering services to the country; and rural development and change.
Prerequisites: Junior classification and SOC 201 or approval of instructor.
308-3 Deviant Behavior. (3-0) An examination of the factors and conditions leading to
behaviors that violate and deviate from fundamental social values. The relationship
of personal and social maladjustment is addressed in relation to the various theories

Course Descriptions
SOC
397
of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: SOC 201.
310-3 Sociology of Aging. (3-0) The study of the reciprocal relationship between society
and those considered aged by society, utilizing concepts and theoretical frameworks
applicable to that population group. The course also examines the social forces that
impinge on the aging process, including socially constructed images of the aged, and
patterns of inequality of gender, race, and economics. Credit for both SWK 310 and
SOC 310 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: SOC 201.
312-3 Environmental Sociology. (3-0) Examines relationships and interactions between
society and the environment. Also examines how the natural world and its degradation
influence the way societies are organized by studying human communities as part of
natural ecosystems. Prerequisite: SOC 201.
315-3 Sociology of Sport and Leisure (3-0) This course examines the mechanisms
through which sport and leisure institutions and practices are created, maintained,
and transformed. Particular attention is paid to the relationship between sport and
leisure institutions and other social systems such as the family, religion, politics, and
economics. Topics considered include violence, discrimination, power, globalization,
and the role of the media. This course places a strong emphasis on exploring the
ways in gender, race, and class intersect with sport and leisure institutions.
320-3 Social Stratification and Inequality. (3-0) The study of social inequality in human
society, with emphasis on the social class structure of the United States, its origins,
development, and consequences for the society and the individual. Prerequisite: SOC
201 or approval of instructor.
330-3 Social Science Statistics. (3-0) Surveys the application of elementary forms of
statistical processes, including central tendency, variation, the normal curve and Z
scores, analysis of variance, regression analysis, and correlations, to social science
data. The application of statistics will be made to the following areas: social work,
sociology, criminal justice, political science, and gerontology. SPSS will be utilized for
data analysis.
402-3 Methods of Social Research. (3-0-WI) Principles and methods of social research,
including research design, methods of observation, questionnaires, interviews, and
other sources of social data; qualitative and quantitative techniques of inference;
analysis and research report writing. Limited research studies and projects will be
undertaken by the students. Prerequisites: Junior classification, SOC 201 and 202,
or approval of department head.
403-3 Sociological Theory. (3-0-WI) This course examines the major schools of
sociological thought, including perspectives from both classic and contemporary
sociological theory. Prerequisites: Junior classification, SOC 201 or approval of
department head.
404-3 Sociology of Religion. (3-0) An examination of the basic principles of religion,
religious belief, and practice as a sociological concept. Attention will be given to the
relationship of religion to the progress and stability of the social order. Prerequisite:
SOC 201 or approval of department head.
405-3 Social Psychology. (3-0) The scientific study of the influence of society, groups,
culture, and other persons on the attitudes, behavior, and experiences of the
individual. An examination of the total person as he or she functions in relation to
the social environment. Prerequisites: Junior classification, SOC 201 and 202, or
approval of department head.
412-3 Gender in Society. (3-0) Socialization to sex roles; male/female differences in family,
work, and political behavior; male/female inequality; effects of gender in education and
religion; and current changes in sex role definitions. Prerequisite: SOC 201 and junior
classification.
413-3 Social Development and Change. (3-0) This course focuses on social processes
and social problems as they are contained in the highly interdependent world
system. Social change and development stresses historical, comparative, and critical
perspectives, and addresses the problem of how and why societies and cultures
around the world change and whether those changes promote justice, equity,
democracy, and development of human potential. Prerequisites: Junior standing and
SOC 201.

398 Course Descriptions
SOC-SOSC-SPAN
414-3 Medical and Health Care Policy. (3-0) Intensive study of current trends and issues
related to professional health care practice, service delivery, and populations at risk.
Provides an opportunity to explore the many ways in which issues related to health,
illness, and disability policies including cultural factors impact clients, families, and
society. Appropriate ways for health care professionals to understand and intervene
in these areas will be discussed. Credit for both SOC 414 and SWK 414 will not be
awarded.
421-3 Death and Dying. (3-0) The ramifications of death, including the experiences and
rights of the dying and the significance to those who mourn. Using major sociology
theories, focuses on the meaning to society of the reality and symbolism of death.
Credit for both SWK 421 and SOC 421 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: SOC 201.
422-3 Age and Ethnic Stratification. (3-0) Studies aging as a process and life stage as
affected by health, economic status, and stratification in this society and in other
industrialized countries. Addresses culture, ethnicity, and race as key dimensions
in understanding aging and health as delivered to diverse populations. Prerequisite:
SOC 310.
485-v Sociology Seminar. (Credit variable) Independent reading, research, discussion,
and paper writing under personal direction of instructor. Prerequisite: Senior
classification or approval of department head. May be taken more than once for
credit if topics vary.
486-v Problems in Sociology. (Credit variable) Independent reading, research and
discussion. Entry into this course will be arranged with the sociology counselor.
499-3 Sociology Internship/Capstone. (0-8) Serving as a required, capstone course,
students assist the faculty supervisor with their placements in a social science
related agency. The field experience, coupled with textbook materials and weekly
class seminars, provides students the opportunity to integrate sociological theory
with practical experience. At the agency, students will work 120 hours, acquiring
professional skills while earning college credit. Students will also keep a journal
of internship experiences and write a final paper that applies sociology to the field
experience. Prerequisites: major in sociology, senior standing, and approval of the
undergraduate advisor. Field assignment fee $75.
586-3 Problems in Sociology. (3-0) Independent reading, research, and discussion under
the supervision of an instructor. May be repeated as topic varies for up to six hours of
credit.
590-3 Special Topics in Sociology. (3-0) Selected topics in an identified area of sociology.
May be repeated as topics vary.
SOCIAL SCIENCES (SOSC)
301-3 Social Sciences Survey. (3-0) An interdisciplinary course emphasizing the relationships
of history, political science, economics and the social sciences. Prerequisites: 9 hours
of HIST, POLS, ECO or SOC.
SPANISH (SPAN)
101-4 Beginning Spanish I. (3-2) (TCCNS = SPAN 1411) Introduction to the Spanish language
for communication on a basic level. Applies the four-skills approach of reading, writing,
listening, and speaking. Integrated classroom instruction and electronic language lab.
Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
102-4 Beginning Spanish II. (3-2) (TCCNS = SPAN 1412) Continuation of four-skills
introduction to the Spanish language for communication on a basic level. Integrated
classroom instruction and electronic language lab. Prerequisite: SPAN 101 or
equivalent as approved by department head. Course fee $10. Lab fee $5.
103-3 Basic Spanish for Vocations. (3-0) Instruction and practice in understanding and
speaking basic colloquial Spanish encountered in a particular occupational context
such as farming, ranching, or law enforcement. May be taken for elective credit and
may also satisfy specified program requirements.
104-3 Intermediate Spanish for Vocations. (3-0) Instruction and practice in understanding
and speaking Spanish encountered in specific educational and occupational contexts.
Prerequisite: SPAN 101.

Course Descriptions
SPAN-SWK
399
201-3 Intermediate Spanish I. (3-0) (TCCNS = SPAN 2311) Review of basic language
structure. Oral and written expression on an intermediate level. Prerequisite: SPAN
102 or equivalent as approved by department head.
202-3 Intermediate Spanish II. (3-0) (TCCNS = SPAN 2312) Intensive review of language
and structure with continued practice in oral and written expression on an intermediate
level. Prerequisite: SPAN 201 or equivalent as approved by department head.
303-3 Advanced Spanish Grammar and Composition. (3-0) Analysis of advanced
Spanish grammar and development of more sophisticated writing skills. Prerequisite:
SPAN 202 or equivalent as approved by department head.
306-3 Spanish Conversation. (3-0) Emphasis on conversation fluency. Theme-based
intensive practice in a wide range of applications to develop and enhance oral skills.
Focus on informal settings rather than formal presentations. Prerequisites: successful
completion of SPAN 202 or equivalent as approved by department head; completion
of or concurrent enrollment in SPAN 303 or approval of department head.
400-3 Foundation in Literary Studies. (3-0-WI) Introduction to the study of Hispanic
Literature and to the study of narrative, poetic and dramatic genres. Overview
of literary movements in Spanish and Latin American Literature and to textual
commentary and analysis. Prerequisite: SPAN 303 and 306 or approval of instructor.
401-3 Survey of Peninsular Literature. (3-0-WI) An overview of the literature and literary
movements of Spain. Commentary and analysis of Spanish texts from the “Poema
del Mio Cid” to the 20th century.
402-3 Survey of Spanish-American Literature. (3-0-WI) An overview of the literature
and literary movements of Spanish America. Commentary and analysis of Spanish
American texts from the chronicles of the conquistadors to the 20th century. Prerequisite:
SPAN 400 or approval of instructor.
406-3 Spanish and Spanish-American Culture. (3-0) An overview of history, literature,
arts, and folklore of Spain and Spanish America. May be taken abroad. Prerequisites:
SPAN 303 and 306 or approval of department head.
407-3 Advanced Oral and Writing Skills. (3-0-WI) This course provides practice of both
speaking and writing in the Spanish language, building on the skills acquired in SPAN
303 and 306. The language functions will be practiced at the advanced level required
for the Texas Oral Proficiency Test (TOPT). Prerequisites: SPAN 303 and 306.
485-v Spanish Seminar. (Credit variable; 1-0 for each hour) Studies in specific Spanish
or Spanish American literary and/or cultural productions, including film and music.
When topics vary, course may be taken for credit more than once. Pre-requisite:
SPAN 400 or approval of instructor.
486-v Special Problems. (Credit variable) A course featuring independent reading,
research, and discussion under personal direction of the instructor. Topics vary
according to student needs. Prerequisite: SPAN 303 and 306 and approval of
department head.
SOCIAL WORK (SWK)
207-3 Social Welfare in America. (3-0) Provides a general introduction to human services
in the United States. Emphasis is on services and programs directed at the most
vulnerable populations in our society. Race, ethnicity, gender, and socioeconomic
status are considered in an effort to understand the need for various human services
and social welfare programs.
208-3 Introduction to Social Work. (3-0) (TCCNS = SOCW 2361) Focuses on the
profession of social work: historical development, values and ethics, and various
aspects of practice with an emphasis on the generalist perspective and populations
at risk.
300-3 Methods and Skills of Interviewing. (3-3) This pre-practice course will introduce
students to the Generalist Social Work Practice Model. Beginning social work
skills introduced include the principles of conducting a helping interview, including
initial client contact, attending and listening, empathetic responses, exploration
and elaboration, questioning, gaining cooperation, self-disclosure, and termination.
Issues of problem solving with diverse populations and persons from different
cultural backgrounds as well as ethical issues of helping relationships are explored.

400 Course Descriptions
SWK
Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in SWK 208.
303-3 Social Work with Diverse Populations. (3-0) theoretical, political, cultural, and
economic issues related to diverse populations. An emphasis will be placed on
social work practice with oppressed populations. Societal forces which promote
discriminatory and oppressive values, beliefs, and attitudes will be examined.
306-3 Social Welfare Policy. (3-0-WI) A study of social welfare as society’s response
to the needs of individuals, groups, and communities; a historical review of policy
development reflecting society’s changing values; policy analysis to determine impact
on various systems including populations at risk; role of social policy in promoting
social justice and social change. Prerequisite: SWK 207 or concurrent enrollment.
310-3 Social Work with Aging Populations. (3-0) This course will use a competencybased
approach to preparing students to engage in social work practice with aging
populations. The focus will be on the four domains of geriatric competencies
adopted by the Hartford Geriatric Social Work Initiative. The four domains are: 1)
values, ethics, and theoretical perspectives; 2) assessment; 3) intervention; 4) aging
services, programs, and policies. Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of
the Director of the Social Work Program.
311-3 Social Issues. (3-0) Utilizes major theoretical perspectives from sociology to explore
causes and consequences of contemporary social issues in American society such
as alienation, family stresses, poverty, unemployment and technological change.
314-3 Methods of Social Work Research (3-0-WI) Principles of the scientific method for
building knowledge of and evaluating practice. Topics include: ethical and cultural
issues in research; research design and methodology; quantitative and qualitative
research strategies; evaluation of practice; critical evaluation of published research;
and completion and reporting of research projects.
316-3 Practice I. (3-0) Focus is on theories and methodologies needed for generalist social
work practice with individuals and small groups. Critical evaluation of the value base
of the social work profession and basic practice concepts for understanding a variety
of intervention models in diverse settings will be explored. Prerequisite: Admission to
the Social Work Program and completion of SWK 300. Course fee $20.
320-3 Service Learning. (Variable 1-3) Each student will identify and respond to a
community/neighborhood challenge through volunteer, service learning work with
a non-profit community agency and/or under direct supervision of the instructor.
Volunteer work may be accomplished in the student’s home neighborhood or
community. Students will engage in supervised individual hours of service activities
and have the opportunity to reflect on the responses to those problems.
329-3 Human Behavior and Social Environment I. (3-0) Using systems theory as an
organizing perspective, this course provides an integrated look at the bio-psychosocial
factors influencing human development. Cultural factors affecting human
functioning, as well as implications for social work practice are explored. Prerequisites:
Completion of or concurrent enrollment in SWK 300, PSY 101, SOC 201, and a
course in human biology (BIOL 219 and 220 or PSY 412).
339-3 Human Behavior and Social Environment II. (3-0) This course is a continuation of
Human Behavior and Social Environment I with emphasis on theories and knowledge
about the range of social systems in which individuals live and the ways in which
systems deter people from achieving well-being. Values and ethical issues related to
bio-psycho-social theories are included. Prerequisite: SWK 329.
377-3 Alcohol and Drug Abuse. (3-0) Focus on psychoactive substances of use and
abuse including: alcohol, legal/illegal drugs, and their impact on individuals, families,
and society. Models of addiction, society’s attitudes, and services for persons and
families are explored.
411-3 Child Welfare. (3-0) This course focuses on the practice of social work in a child
welfare context. This course is designed to introduce students to a variety of social
work practice settings in child welfare. Past and present child welfare policies and
programs will be examined.
412-3 Practice II. (3-0) Focus is on the theory and practice of social change at community,
society, and global levels. Models of community organization--community
development, social action, and social planning will be emphasized including

Course Descriptions
SWK-THEA
401
methods of resource delivery and redistribution. Prerequisite: SWK 300, SWK 316.
Course fee $20.
413-3 Human Rights. (3-0) Using the United Nations Declaration on Human Rights as a
basis, this course examines human rights and human rights violations using a global
perspective.
414-3 Medical and Health Care Policy. (3-0) Intensive study of current trends and issues
related to professional health care practice, service delivery, and populations at risk.
Provides an opportunity to explore the many ways in which issues related to health,
illness, and disability policies including cultural factors impact clients, families, and
society. Appropriate ways for health care professionals to understand and intervene
in these areas will be discussed. Credit for both SOC 414 and SWK 414 will not be
awarded.
421-3 Death and Dying. (3-0) The ramifications of death, including the experiences and rights
of the dying and the significance to those who mourn. Using major sociology theories,
focuses on the meaning to society of the reality and symbolism of death. Credit for both
SWK 421 and SOC 421 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: SOC 201.
422-6 Field Placement I. (3-16) A field experience that provides the student with the
opportunity to integrate theory and develop skills in an agency-based, educationally
directed, professionally supervised experience in a social work practice setting. A
minimum of 225 hours required to be completed and participation in a three-hour-per
week seminar. Prerequisites: Acceptance into the field program and completion of SWK
207, 316, and 339. Field assignment fee $75.
423-6 Field Placement II. (3-16) A continuation of SWK 4226 with emphasis on generalist
social work practice and on the interrelationships among human behavior, social
policy, research, and practice. A minimum of 225 hours required to be completed and
participation in a three-hour-per week seminar. Prerequisites: Completion of SWK
422 with a grade of C or better. Field assignment fee $75.
432-12 Child Welfare Practicum. (n/a-0) A practicum limited to students in the Title IV-E
Child Welfare Program. Provides students with an opportunity to integrate theory
and develop practice skills in a child welfare setting. Requires a minimum of 450
hours be completed in a professionally supervised State of Texas Child Protective
Services setting. Prerequisites: Acceptance to the Title IV-E Child Welfare Program,
completion of all required social work courses. Practicum fee $50.
452-3 Women’s Issues. (3-0) Examines the role of women from a global perspective.
Focuses on specific issues that affect the everyday lives of women. Special attention
is given to the differential and unequal treatment of women based on age, race, social
class, and cultural differences.
459-v International Social Work. (Credit variable) Provides students with an understanding
of social work practice and social welfare policies from an international perspective.
The implications of globalization and its impact on social welfare policies and social
work practice will be examined. Strategies for inter-cultural social work practice and
methods of combating discrimination also will be examined. Students may have the
opportunity to travel outside the U.S. in order to become familiar with social welfare
policies and programs from an international perspective. Approval of the Director of
the Social Work Program is required prior to enrollment.
485-v Social Work Seminar. (Credit variable) Intensive studies of current trends and
issues related to professional social work practice, social service delivery, and
populations at risk. May repeated for credit when topics vary. Prerequisite: Junior
classification or approval of the Social Work Program Director.
486-v Problems in Social Work. (Credit variable) Independent reading and research on
various social work-related topics. Entry into the course will be arranged by Social Work
Program Director.
THEATRE (THEA)
105-3 Introduction to the Theatre. (3-0) (TCCNS = DRAM 1310) A beginning theatre
course providing a survey of the fields of theatre activity. The course provides an
introductory knowledge of all phases of drama: literature, performance, theatre plants,
design, costuming, and types of drama. Participation in a college theatre production is

402 Course Descriptions
THEA
encouraged.
106-3 Acting I. (2-3) (TCCNS = DRAM 1351) Introduction to the art of acting through basic
theory and technique. Participation in college theatre production is encouraged.
107-2 Rehearsal and Performance. (1-4) (TCCNS = DRAM 1220) Participation in and
analysis of one or more full-length plays, reader’s theatre, forensics, and an evening
of interpretation and/or television production under the direction of a departmental
staff member during a semester. May be taken up to 3 times as course content
changes.
108-1 Production Crafts Practicum. (0-3) Construction of scenery in a laboratory situation
and through theatrical and television production. May be taken up to 3 times for
credit.
109-3 Theatrical Make-Up. (2-3) (TCCNS = DRAM 1341) Design and application of makeup
for the stage; areas explored include theory, color, character analysis, materials,
old age, three-dimensional, and fantasy make-up.
201-3 Voice and Performance. (3-0) (TCCNS = DRAM 2336) Oral presentation of literary
forms with emphasis on the vocal mechanism and phonetics. Interpretative readings
in prose, poetry, and drama are directed to help students gain a sensitivity to literary
genre and develop effective speech habits through vocal analysis, guided practice,
and class drills emphasizing pronunciation, enunciation, and articulation. Credit for
both THEA 201 and COMS 201 will not be awarded.
203-3 Technical Theatre I. (2-3) (TCCNS = DRAM 1330) The study of technical procedures
employed in planning, building, painting, and lighting scenery. Backstage participation
in play production as an active set builder and crew member will be required. Stage
lighting will be approached from its practical and aesthetic value as a contributing factor
to production. Prerequisite: 6 hrs of THEA courses or equivalent experience. Lab fee
$10.
204-3 Technical Theatre II. (2-3) The study of theatrical costuming and its application in
contemporary theatre. Theory on costuming will be applied in laboratory situations
and through theatrical production. Lab fee $10.
206-3 Acting II. (2-3) (TCCNS = DRAM 1352) An analytical approach to acting with emphasis
on techniques of characterization, stage presence, and movement. Special attention
will be given to the role of the actor as an integral member of an ensemble effort.
Theories of acting and of acting styles will also be studied. Participation in a college
theatre production is encouraged. Prerequisite: THEA 106 or approval of department
head.
207-3 History of the Theatre I. (3-0) (TCCNS = DRAM 2361) Theatre from its origins to
1750; plays, playwrights, actors, costumes, scenic arts of each period as related to
events of period and to contemporary theatre.
208-3 History of the Theatre II. (3-0) (TCCNS = DRAM 2362) Theatre since 1750; plays,
playwrights, actors, costumes, scenic arts of each period as related to events of period
and to contemporary theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 207 or approval of department
head.
300-3 Scene Design and Construction. (2-3) The study of the elements of a design used
to capture mood, atmosphere, and idea of a play; designing to scale, and drawing
ground plans and elevations; technical elements of scene construction. Students
must work set crew for theatrical production as laboratory.
301-3 Costume Design and Construction. (2-3) Studies in stage costuming; history,
characterization, fabrics, construction and design. A lecture and laboratory course
including student planning, illustration, construction, and designing of costumes for
University productions. Prerequisite: Technical Theatre II or equivalent experience.
302-3 Directing I. (2-3) Basic techniques for the stage including scene interpretation,
pictorial composition, movement and rehearsal routine. Students will direct and
supervise production of short plays.
303-3 Lighting for the Theatre. (2-3) History and techniques of lighting for the stage.
Major emphasis is placed on design and practical application. Prerequisite: Technical
Theatre I or equivalent experience. Lab fee $10.
304-3 Sound for the Theatre. (2-3) Techniques of sound for the stage, including multitrack
recording, editing, and the study of microphones. Major emphasis is placed on

Course Descriptions
THEA-VETE
403
practical application. Prerequisites: THEA 203 or equivalent experience. Lab fee $10.
400-3 Shakespeare. (3-0) A study in depth of representative types of Shakespeare’s
dramas and poetry. Credit for both ENGL 400 and THEA 400 will not be awarded.
Prerequisites: 12 hours of ENGL or approval of department head.
404-3 Theory and Criticism. (3-0-WI) A study of the philosophy of aesthetics in theatre and
the arts. From the works of various philosophers, directors and actors beginning with
Aristotle to contemporary writers.
407-3 Theatre Management. (2-3) Theatre management, promotion, finances, organization,
emphasis on contract negotiations, planning and use of facilities. A lecture-laboratory
course applied to a producing theatre operation and plant. Lab fee $5.
484-3 Internship. (0-30) Minimum of 6 weeks of full-time experience with a professional
theatre company approved by the department head. (May be repeated once for a
total of 6 hours of academic credit.) Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission
of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
485-v Theatre Seminar. (Credit variable) A course open to Theatre students. Topics vary
according to student need. May be taken up to three times for credit, for a maximum
of 9 hours.
486-v Theatre Problems. (Credit variable) A course featuring independent study in
theatre. Research and discussion under personal direction of an instructor. Topics
will vary according to student need. Open to students of senior classification with
approval of department head.
VETERINARY TECHNOLOGY (VETE)
107-3 General Animal Science. (2-2) The scientific study of animal agriculture involving beef
cattle, swine, sheep, goats, and horses. Subjects covered will include management
practices involving reproduction, nutrition, health, handling, genetic selection, and
shelter. Marketing strategies and procedures. Credit for both ANSC 107 and VETE 107
will not be awarded. Course fee $40. Lab fee $13.
308-4 Physiology of Reproduction. (3-2) Breeding efficiency of cattle, sheep, swine,
and horses. Study includes the anatomy and physiology of the male and female
reproductive tracts, hormones directly controlling reproduction, estrus and estrous
cycles, ovulation, mating, gestation, pregnancy tests, parturition, sperm physiology,
semen evaluation, collection and storage of semen, and the primary causes of
sterility in males and females. Credit for both ANSC 308 and VETE 308 will not be
awarded. Prerequisites: VETE 107 and junior classification. Course fee $35. Lab fee
$15.
309-4 Introduction to Genetics. (3-2) Fundamental principles of genetics: variation, heredity,
and interaction of genes, linkage, sex linkage, and mutation. Special emphasis given
to breeding of farm crops and domestic animals. Laboratory includes demonstration
of Mendelian ratios with field crops and Drosophila and an introduction to statistical
methods as applied to agricultural research. Credit for AGRN 309, GEN 309 and VETE
309 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: BIOL 120 or 121 and junior classification.
Course fee $50. Lab fee $7.
315-3 Animal Diseases and Parasites. (2-2) Diseases of farm animals, both infectious and
non-infectious, parasites, parasitic diseases. Disease and parasite prevention through
sanitation, treatment of animal diseases. Credit for both ANSC 315 and VETE 315 will
not be awarded. Prerequisite: Junior classification or approval of department head. Lab
fee $2.
401-3 Domestic Animal Care and Management. (3-0) Study of the principles involved in
care and management of domesticated animals. Topics include daily management,
nutrition, common diseases, animal growth and reproduction. Prerequisites: VETE
107, and junior classification or approval of instructor.
400-3 Research and Writing in Animal Sciences. (3-0-WI) Detailed discussions and
literature review of current knowledge in areas such as reproductive and alimentary
physiology, nutrition, parasitology, pharmacology, and genetics. Topics will include
experimental design and statistical evaluation of agricultural research. Students
will prepare various types of writings based on scientific literature. Credit for both
ANSC 400 and VETE 400 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: Senior classification in

404 Course Descriptions
VETE-WLDM
agriculture.
406-3 Animal Nutrition. (3-0) The animal body, its composition and food, some physiochemical
bases of life processes; digestion, composition, metabolism, and functions of feeds
and nutrients; vitamins, inorganic elements, and metabolism; growth, reproduction,
lactation. Credit for both ANSC 406 and VETE 406 will not be awarded. Prerequisites:
VETE 107 and senior classification or approval of instructor.
485-v Seminar. (Credit variable) A review of current problems and developments in
agriculture; professional opportunities and responsibilities; individual investigations and
reports. Credit for both ANSC 485 and VETE 485 will not be awarded. Prerequisite:
Senior classification.
WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT (WLDM)
101-1 Introduction to Wildlife Management. (1-0) (TCCNS = AGRI 1131) A seminar
course for Wildlife Management majors that introduces students to the field of
Wildlife Management; acquaints students with academic facilities, programs, and
requirements; and teaches study skills for successful college and lifetime learning.
201-3 Avian Science. (2-2) An introduction to the study of birds, their structure, physiology,
reproduction, ecology and behavior. Relates gamebird production and biology to basic
ornithological principles. Laboratory covers production of game birds from conception
and incubation to marketing and sales. Gamebirds studied are various quail, pheasant,
partridge, and wild turkey species. Credit for both WLDM 201 and ANSC 201 will not be
awarded. Prerequisites: Sophomore classification or approval of the department head.
Course fee $10.
221-3 Wildlife Conservation and Management. (3-0) (TCCNS = AGRI 2330) An introduction
to the principles and practices of managing wildlife and habitat; factors regulating
wildlife populations including behavior, disease, predation, and harvest; and public
policy related to wildlife conservation. Credit for both RNRM 221 and WLDM 221 will
not be awarded. Prerequisites: ENGL 111, 112, and MATH 107 or higher. Course fee
$45.
305-3 GIS for Natural Resource Managers. (2-2) An introductory course on use of
geographic information systems (GIS) in natural resource management. Laboratory
exercises will apply knowledge learned in lectures to solve real world problems in
natural resource management using GIS software. Cross-listed with AGRN 305 and
RNRM 305: credit will not be given for multiple enrollments in these cross-listed
courses. Prerequisites: WLDM 221 or RNRM 221 or junior classification. Lab fee
$15.
310-3 Wildlife Management Techniques. (2-2-WI) Field and laboratory techniques used
in wildlife management and research. Determining age and food habits, population
analysis, habitat analysis, and introduction to research. Credit for both RNRM 310 and
WLDM 310 will not be awarded. Prerequisite: WLDM 221 and one semester statistics.
Modest costs of field trips will be borne by the student. Course fee $5.
311-3 Wildlife Diseases. (3-0) Basic mechanisms of diseases as they occur in wildlife
populations; interplay of habitat requirements, individual physiological requirements
and disease producing mechanisms of varied wildlife species. Control/Prevention of
infectious, non-infectious, parasitic diseases and parasites. Prerequisite: WLDM 221
and sophomore classification or approval of department head. Course fee $5.
375-3 Conservation of Natural Resources. (3-0) Principles and philosophies associated
with the development, management, and use of natural resources in relation to
the ecological and social consequences inherent to management alternatives.
Sustainable development and use will be emphasized. Credit for both RNRM 375
and WLDM 375 will not be awarded. Course fee $5.
385-3 Fish and Wildlife Laws and Administration. (3-0) A review and analysis of state
and federal laws and international treaties and conventions affecting fish and wildlife;
their application and administration. The organizational structure of state, federal and
international agencies; their objectives, policies and practices. Prerequisite: WLDM 221
and junior classification. Course fee $5.
399-6 Cooperative Education. (0-6) This course is designed to offer students the
opportunity to integrate academic study with work experience that is germane to

Course Descriptions
WLDM
405
their major or minor. Enrollment requires a two-semester minimum commitment that
may be accomplished by 1) alternating semesters of full-time study with semester
of curriculum-related employment, or 2) enrolling in courses at least half-time (6
semester hours) and working part-time in parallel position of curriculum-related
employment. The department Cooperative Education advisor will supervise the
student’s experience and assign the final grade based on the student’s final report,
which is required to complete the course. Students may participate in the Cooperative
Education program for an unlimited number of semesters but a maximum of 6
hours credit may be counted toward a degree. Prerequisites: Completion of 30
semester hours which includes 12 hours in the major or minor discipline in which
the Cooperative Education course is desired, minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and a
minimum GPA of 3.0 in the appropriate major or minor field, and department head
approval. Field assignment fee $75.
401-3 Population Dynamics. (3-0) An introduction to population biology, including models of
simple population growth, competition, and predator-prey interactions; demographic
rates and life tables; and techniques for estimating demographic parameters.
405-3 Urban Wildlife and Fisheries. (3-0) Urban wildlife and fisheries trains students to
establish and maintain diverse, self-sustaining urban wildlife and fish populations at
levels in harmony with ecological, social, and economic values of the human community
and to develop optimal levels of public appreciation and use of urban wildlife and fish
resources and associated habitats. Includes discussions on conservation education as
a tool for furthering urban wildlife and fisheries appreciation. Prerequisites: WLDM 221,
310, 375 or approval of department head. Course fee $5.
426-3 Big Game Ecology and Management. (2-2) Survey of distributions and life histories
of North American big game species. Productivity, food habits, economic significance
and management will be examined. Will include a study of current management
strategies employed on deer farms in North America with a focus on the Texas
deer industry and impacts on traditional wildlife management. Credit for both ANSC
426 and WLDM 426 will not be awarded. Prerequisites: WLDM 221 and 8 hours of
advanced ANSC/WLDM or approval of the department head. Modest cost of field
trips will be borne by the student. Course fee $5.
440-3 Wildlife Field Studies. (0-6) A field course in which students capture, measure, and
mark animals; collect descriptive measures of vegetation that characterize wildlife
habitat; and record field observations using a journal. This course requires a oneweek
field trip at student’s expense (in addition to field experience fee). Prerequisites:
WLDM 221, 310. Field assignment fee $75.
484-3 Internship. (0-6) Formally arranged and approved on-the-job training with a
cooperating sponsor in government or private sector of the wildlife management or
natural resources field. A minimum of 40 hours of training is required for each hour of
academic credit. A maximum of six hours may be earned by internship completion. Oral
and written reports of internship experience required. Prerequisite: Advanced standing
and approval of department head. Field assignment fee $75.
485-1 Seminar. (1-0) A review of current issues and developments in wildlife management
and natural resources; professional opportunities and responsibilities; individual
investigations and reports using scientific and popular literature. Prerequisites:
WLDM 221, 310, 375 and senior classification in WLDM.
486-3 Problems. (3-0) Individualized study of current topics in wildlife management, natural
resource management or a supporting discipline. Specific content and credit depend
upon student’s interests, needs, and depth of study. Maximum undergraduate credit,
six semester hours. Prerequisite: Senior classification and advance approval by
academic advisor.
490-3 Special Topics. (3-0) Selected topics in wildlife and natural resource management.
May be repeated for credit when topics vary, with a maximum of six hours.
Prerequisite: WLDM 221, 310, advanced classification and approval of department
head.
590-3 Special Topics. (3-0) Selected topics in the wildlife sciences. May be repeated
for credit when topics vary, for a maximum of six hours. Prerequisites: Approval of
department head.

Index
$1,000 Tuition Rebate .......................... 7
3-Peat .................................................. 35
A
Academic Appeals ............................ 122
Academic Course Load
Graduate ........................................ 214
Undergraduate ................................. 62
Academic Fresh Start ......................... 31
Academic Honesty ............................. 62
Academic Information ........................ 62
Accelerated Degree Program .............. 79
Accounting ................................. 123, 267
Accreditation ......................................... 2
Administrative Systems ............ 131, 270
Admissions ......................................... 17
Advised ............................................ 20
Application Fee .............................. 21
Early Notification .............................. 19
First-Time Freshman ....................... 19
Graduate ........................................ 210
International Students ................. 212
Post-Baccalaureate .................... 212
Individual Approval ......................... 21
Non-Degree Student ...................... 211
Outstanding High School Students .... 20
Post-Baccalaureate .......................... 30
Readmissions .................................. 31
Regular Admission ......................... 19
Adventure Training .............................. 88
Agricultural and Consumer
Resources .............................. 269
Agricultural Communication ..... 105, 269
Agricultural Economics ............. 114, 271
Agricultural Services and
Development ................ 105, 276
Agriculture ........................................ 273
Agronomy ......................................... 274
Agronomy and Range Management .. 114
Animal Industries .............................. 109
Animal Production ............................ 109
Animal Science ........................... 109, 278
Application for a Degree
Graduate ........................................ 218
Undergraduate ................................. 78
Applied Music .................................. 377
Archeology ....................................... 282
Art ............................................. 162, 282
Associate of Applied Sciences
Histotechnology .............................. 196
Medical Laboratory Technology ...... 198
Audit Policy ........................................... 68
B
Baccalaureate Degree Requirements .... 75
Bachelor of Applied
Arts and Sciences ..................... 80
Agricultural ...................................... 108
Business ............................................ 132
Criminal Justice Administration ....... 171
Information Technology ................... 127
Manufacturing and Industrial
Management .............................. 192
Bachelor of Applied Technology ............. 82
Health Professions Technology ......... 199
Veterinary Technology .................... 112
Bachelor of Arts
Communication Studies .................. 157
English .............................................. 160
History ............................................. 167
International Studies ......................... 169
Music ................................................ 163
Political Science .............................. 168
Spanish ............................................. 161
Bachelor of Business Administration
Accounting ...................................... 123
Administrative Systems ................... 131
Computer Information Systems ....... 127
Economics ........................................ 124
Finance ............................................. 125
Human Resources Management ........ 129
Interdisciplinary Business ................. 130
International Business ........................ 132
Management ..................................... 129
Marketing .......................................... 130
Bachelor of Fine Arts
Art .................................................... 162
Theatre .............................................. 166
Bachelor of Music .............................. 163
Bachelor of Science
Accounting ........................................ 123
Administrative Systems .................... 131
Agricultural Economics .................... 115
Agricultural Services and
Development .......................... 106
Agronomy and Range

Index 407
Management ............................ 116
Animal Industries .............................. 111
Animal Production .............................. 111
Animal Science.............................. 110
Applied Science .......................... 82, 133
Biology ............................................. 175
Biomedical Science .......................... 176
Business Administration ................... 131
Chemistry .......................................... 179
Communication Studies ................... 158
Computer Information Systems .......... 126
Computer Science.............................. 187
Criminal Justice .............................. 171
Economics ........................................ 124
Engineering Physics ........................ 183
Environmental Engineering ............... 184
Environmental Sciences ................... 117
Family and Consumer Sciences .......... 108
Finance ............................................. 125
Geoscience ....................................... 180
Horticulture and Landscape
Management .............................. 116
Hydrology .......................................... 187
Industrial Technology ....................... 191
Interdisciplinary Agriculture ............. 107
Interdisciplinary Studies ................... 146
Kinesiology ....................................... 151
Liberal Studies .................................... 85
Management ..................................... 129
Manufacturing Engineering
Technology .............................. 190
Mathematics ..................................... 193
Medical Laboratory Science ............. 196
Physics ............................................. 185
Political Science .............................. 168
Psychology ....................................... 153
Sociology .......................................... 171
Wildlife Management ....................... 111
Bachelor of Science Nursing ................ 205
Bachelor of Social Work ...................... 170
Biology ........................................ 175, 284
Biomedical Science .............................. 176
Board of Regents .................................... 16
Breakage Deposit ................................... 38
Business ............................................... 132
Business Administration ...................... 131
C
Calendar ................................................. 6
Campus .................................................. 15
Career Services Center ......................... 55
Census Chart .......................................... 72
Center for Student Engagement .......... 59
Certification
All-Level ........................................ 144
Alternative ......................................... 145
Elementary ....................................... 144
Secondary .......................................... 144
Chancellor ............................................. 16
Chemistry .............................. ..... 179, 287
Class Attendance .................................. 62
Classification (Student) .......................... 62
Class Rings .......................................... 78
Clery Act ................................................. 2
College of
Agricultural & Environmental
Sciences .......................... 102, 222
Business Administration ........... 120, 227
Education ................................. 136, 233
Graduate Studies .............................. 208
Liberal & Fine Arts .................... 156, 252
Science & Technology ................ 174, 258
Communications ......................... 157, 302
Computer Information Systems .... 126, 289
Computer Science ....................... 186, 305
Concurrent Enrollment ................... 21, 69
Conditions of Refunds .......................... 38
Cooperative Education ......................... 82
Core Curriculum.
See General Education Requirements
Counseling .......................................... 301
Counseling Psychology ..................... 304
Course Credit .......................................... 67
Course Descriptions ........................... 266
Explanation of .............................. 266
CPA Certification .............................. 123
Credit by Examination .......................... 67
Credit Hour Requirements .................... 78
Criminal Justice ......................... 171, 299
D
Dairy Science ..................................... 308
Deficiency Plans .................................. 142
Degree Plan Information
Graduate .......................................... 216
Undergraduate ................................... 77
Department
of
Accounting, Finance, and
Economics .............................. 123
Agricultural and Consumer
Sciences .......................... 105, 222
Animal Science and Wildlife

408 Index
Management .................... 109, 223
Biological Sciences ................... 175, 258
Chemistry, Geosciences, and
Environmental Science ... 179, 259
Communication Studies .................... 157
Computer Information Systems . 126, 228
Curriculum and Instruction .............. 144
Educational Leadership and
Policy Studies ................ 150, 236
Engineering and Physic .................... 182
Engineering Technology ... 189, 191, 261
English and Languages .............. 160, 252
Environmental and Agricultural
Management ................... 114, 223
Fine Arts .......................................... 162
Kinesiology .............................. 151, 244
Management, Marketing, and
Administrative Systems .. 128, 229
Mathematics .............................. 193, 263
Medical Laboratory Sciences .... 195, 264
Military Science ................................. 87
Nursing ............................................. 200
Psychology and Counseling ....... 153, 245
Social Sciences ......................... 167, 253
Social Work, Sociology, and
Criminal Justice .............. 170, 256
Developmental Courses ........................ 78
Rules for Students in ........................ 62
Dining Services .................................... 55
Disabillity Services .............................. 83
Dissertation ........................................ 220
Division of General Studies ................ 307
Doctor of Education
Educational Leadership .................... 242
Double Major ....................................... 78
Drop and Withdrawal Policies ................ 71
Limits on .......................................... 72
Dropped Classes .................................... 37
Duck Camp .......................................... 60
E
Earth Science ....................................... 329
e-CAMPUS .......................................... 99
Economics ................................... 124, 308
Education .................................... 317, 335
Educational Administration ................. 310
Educational Technology ...................... 315
Engineering .......................................... 324
Engineering Physics ..................... 183, 325
English .......................................... 160, 321
Enrollment and Faculty .......................... 15
Entomology .......................................... 326
Environmental Engineering .......... 184, 327
Environmental Science ................. 115, 328
Equal Educational Policy ........................ 2
Excessive Hours .............................. 34, 41
Exemptions
Tuition and Fees .............................. 53
Expenses ............................................... 32
F
Family and Consumer
Sciences .......................... 106, 331
Federal Direct Plus Loans ...................... 44
Fee Increases from
Legislative Mandates ................ 72
Fees
Explanation of .................................... 33
Payment of .......................................... 36
Final Examination Schedules .................... 6
Finance ....................................... 125, 334
Financial Aid ........................................ 41
Academic Eligibility .......................... 41
Excessive Hours ................................. 41
Grade Point Average .......................... 41
Refund Policies .............................. 42
Fine Arts .............................................. 330
First Year Experience ............................59
First-Year Teachers Warranty ............... 143
Forgiveness Options .............................. 75
French .................................................. 336
Freshman Convocation ........................... 6
G
General Business ................................. 336
General Educational Development
Test (GED) .............................. 20
General Education Requirements ......... 76
General Property Deposit ..................... 38
Genetics ............................................... 339
Geography ......................................... 339
Geology ............................................... 340
Geoscience .......................................... 180
German ................................................ 341
Grading System ..................................... 69
Graduate .......................................... 215
Graduate Assistantships ...................... 220
Graduation.
See Application for a Degree
Apply for .......................................... 78
Under a Particular Catalog ................... 77
Grants .................................................. 45

Index 409
Grassburr ................................................ 61
Greek Life .............................................. 59
H
Hazlewood Act ...................................... 52
Health .................................................. 346
Health Professions Technology .... 199, 348
Histology Technician .......................... 345
History .......................................... 167, 341
Histotechnology .................................. 197
Holds on Registration ............................ 21
Home-Schooled Graduates ..................... 20
Honors
Graduate with ...................................... 79
Programs .......................................... 346
Horticulture .......................................... 346
Horticulture and Landscape
Management.............................. 115
Housing
Application .................................... 22, 56
On-Campus Requirement .................... 56
Human Resource Management ..... 129, 349
Hydrology ............................................. 187
Hydrology an Water Resources .............. 350
I
Immunizations ....................................... 25
Industrial Technology ................... 191, 352
Interdisciplinary Agriculture ................ 106
Interdisciplinary Business .................... 130
Interdisciplinary Degree Program ........ 80
Interdisciplinary Studies ...................... 146
International Baccalaureate
Diploma Program ...................... 26
International Business ......................... 132
International Students .............................27
International Studies ........................... 169
J
J-TAC ..................................................... 61
K
Kinesiology .................................. 151, 354
L
Late Payment Fee .................................. 35
Late Registration Fee ............................. 35
L.E.A.D.S .............................................. 59
LEAP/SLEAP ........................................ 46
Learning Communities .......................... 57
Liberal Studies ..................................... 357
Libraries ................................................. 84
Loans ..................................................... 43
Late Payments of ................................ 45
M
Management ................................ 129, 363
Manufacturing and Industrial
Management ............................ 192
Manufacturing Engineering
Technology .................... 190, 363
Manufacturing Quality and
Leadership ............................... 375
Marketing .................................... 130, 367
Master of Arts
English .............................................. 252
History .............................................. 253
Political Science ............................... 255
Master of Business Administration ..... 229
Master of Criminal Justice .................. 256
Master of Education
Counseling ........................................ 248
Curriculum and Instruction .............. 233
Educational Administration .............. 236
Kinesiology ...................................... 244
Master of Science
Agricultural and Consumer
Resources ................................ 222
Agriculture ....................................... 223
Biology ............................................. 258
Counseling Psychology .................... 249
Educational Psychology ................... 250
Environmental Science ..................... 259
Humand Resource Management ...... 230
Information Systems ........................ 228
Liberal Studies .................................. 220
Management and Leadership ........... 231
Manufacturing Quality and
Leadership ............................... 261
Mathematics ..................................... 263
Medical Laboratory Sciences ........... 264
Mathematics ................................ 193, 357
Medical Laboratory Science ........ 196, 370
Medical Laboratory Technician .......... 369
Medical Laboratory Technology ......... 198
Meningitis .............................................. 58
Military Credit ....................................... 68
Military Science .................................. 376
Minors ............................................. 78, 91
Business ............................................ 133
Business Administration ....................133

410 Index
International Business ...................... 133
International Studies
with Language ......................... 169
International Studies
without Language ................... 169
Mathematics ..................................... 194
Military Science ................................. 88
Music ................................................ 166
Technical Writing ............................. 161
Wildlife Management ....................... 112
Mission Statement ................................. 14
Molecular Diagnostics Certificate ....... 199
Music ........................................... 163, 377
N
National Guard/Reserves ....................... 87
NCAA .................................................... 52
Non-Accredited High
School Graduates ...................... 20
Nonrefundable Fees ............................... 38
Non-Standard Baccalaureate
Level Credit .............................. 67
Nursing ........................................ 205, 381
O
Official College Transcripts .................. 18
Official High School Transcripts ........... 18
Orientation ............................................. 60
Outreach Programs
e-CAMPUS ........................................ 99
Southwest Metroplex Center .............. 94
Waco ................................................... 97
P
Parent Loans .......................................... 44
Parent Relations ..................................... 60
Parking Fee ............................................ 35
Philosophy ........................................... 383
Physical Education ........................ 78, 152
Physical Sciences ................................ 388
Physics ......................................... 185, 384
Placement, Continuing Enrollment, and
Completion Rules ...................... 63
Political Science .......................... 168, 386
Pre-Enrollment Recommendations ........ 17
Pre-Law Study ....................................... 82
Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental ....................... 177
Pre-Pharmacy ...................................... 178
Pre-Physical Therapy .......................... 177
Pre-Theological Program ...................... 83
Pre-Veterinary Medicine
Program ........................... 112, 177
Principal’s Certificate .......................... 240
Principle of Equal Opportunity ............... 2
Privacy of Information ............................ 2
Probation ............................................... 73
Psychology .......................................... 388
Psychology and Counseling ................ 153
Purpose of Catalog .................................. 5
R
Range and Ranch Management ........... 394
Ranger Challenge .................................. 88
Reading ................................................ 392
Readmissions ......................................... 31
Recreational Sports ................................ 57
Refunds ................................................. 37
Reinstatement Fee ................................. 38
Release of Records ................................ 21
Religion Studies ...................... 78, 83, 396
Repeated Course Fee ............................. 35
Reserve Officers’ Training Corps
(ROTC) Program ...................... 87
Residence (Determination of) ............... 39
Residence Requirements ....................... 76
Residential Living & Learning .............. 55
Restricted Activities Period ................... 62
Returned Check ..................................... 38
Rodeo Activities .................................... 57
S
Scholarships ........................................... 47
Scholastic Honors .................................. 70
Social Sciences .................................... 398
Social Security Number Disclosure ...... 25
Social Work ................................. 170, 399
Sociology .............................. ...... 171, 396
Spanish ........................................ 161, 398
Special Education ................................ 314
Specialist in School Psychology .......... 250
Strategic Goals ...................................... 15
Student Disability Services ................... 83
Student Government Association .......... 59
Student Handbook/Planner .................... 61
Student Health Center .............................58
Student Judicial Affairs ......................... 58
Student Leadership Programs ................ 59
Student Life Studies .............................. 60
Student Organizations ........................... 61
Student Programming Association ........ 61
Student Publications .............................. 60
Student Success ..................................... 85

Index 411
Student Teaching ................................. 140
Studnet Counseling Center .................... 57
Summer Program ................................... 21
Superintendent Certificaton ................. 241
Suspension ............................................. 73
T
Table of Contents .................................... 3
Tarleton Heritage ................................... 14
Teacher Education Program ................ 136
Admission ......................................... 137
Student Teaching .............................. 140
Texan-2-Texan ...................................... 60
Texan Bucks .................................... 36, 38
Texas A&M University System ............ 16
Texas Common Course
Numbering System ................... 29
Texas Success Initiative (TSI) ............... 22
Texas Tuition Guarantee ....................... 46
Theatre ......................................... 166, 401
Thesis ................................................... 217
Thompson Student
Activities Center ....................... 61
TMATE ............................................... 145
Transcripts
College....................................... 18
High School .............................. 18
Transfer Policy .................................... 121
Transfer Students ........................... 28, 142
Articulation Policies ........................... 28
Core Curriculum ................................ 28
Qualifications ..................................... 28
TCCNS ............................................... 29
TSI Exemptions ..................................... 22
Tuition & Fees ....................................... 32
Tuition Rebate ....................................... 79
Web Services ......................................... 84
Wildlife Management .................. 110, 404
William D. Ford Federal
Direct Loan Program ................ 43
Withdrawing
Drop and Withdrawl Policies ............. 71
University, from the ........................... 37
Work Opportunities ............................... 47
Writing Proficiency Requirement .......... 76
Y
Yearbook ............................................... 61
U
Undecided Major ................................... 90
Undergraduate Degree Programs .......... 89
University Calendars ............................... 6
V
Veterans ................................................. 87
Veterans’ Assistance ............................. 52
Veterinary Technology ................ 110, 403
Vocational Rehabilitation ...................... 52
W
Warning ................................................. 73

Notes

Notes

Notes

Notes

Notes